ARCHITECT c4000 System Service and Support Manual
Manual Revision Number
204733-126
Front Matter Content Control Number
204734-126
© 2009, 2015 Abbott Laboratories, Abbott Park, IL. All rights reserved.
Revision Log
Click to view Chapter 4 Removal and Replacement and Chapter 5 Verification Procedure Revision History
All other Revision History is located in the table below:
REVISION
DATE
SECTIONS REVISED/ADDED
TSBs INCORPORATED
ISAs INCORPORATED
204733-126
Apr/2015
c4000 Revision 204733-126 Change Listing
N/A
N/A
204733-125
Nov/2014
c4000 Revision 204733-125 Change Listing
N/A
N/A
204733-124
Oct/2014
c4000 Revision 204733-124 Change Listing
N/A
N/A
204733-123
June/2014
c4000 Revision 204733-123 Change Listing
N/A
N/A
204733-122
Apr/2014
c4000 Revision 204733-122 Change Listing
N/A
N/A
204733-121
Sept/2013
c4000 Revision 204733-121 Change Listing
N/A
N/A
204733-120
May/2013
c4000 Revision 204733-120 Change Listing
N/A
N/A
204733-119
Jan/2013
c4000 Revision 204733-119 Change Listing
N/A
N/A
204733-118
Aug/2012
c4000 Revision 204733-118 Change Listing
N/A
N/A
204733-117
July/2012
c4000 Revision 204733-117 Change Listing
N/A
N/A
204733-116
July/2012
c4000 Revision 204733-116 Change Listing
N/A
N/A
204733-115
JUN/2012
c4000 Revision 204733-115 Change Listing
N/A
N/A
204733-114
Mar/2012
c4000 Revision 204733-114 Change Listing
N/A
N/A
204733-113
July/2011
c4000 Revision 204733-113 Change Listing
N/A
N/A
204733-112
April/2011
c4000 Revision 204733-112 Change Listing
N/A
N/A
204733-111
Jan/2011
c4000 Revision 204733-111 Change Listing
N/A
N/A
204733-110
Oct/2010
c4000 Revision 204733-110 Change Listing
N/A
N/A
204733-109
Sept/2010
c4000 Revision 204733-109 Change Listing
N/A
128-002A
204733-108
May/2010
c4000 Revision 204733-108 Change Listing
N/A
128-002A
204733-107
Jan/2010
c4000 Revision 204733-107 Change Listing
N/A
N/A
204733-106
Nov/2009
c4000 Revision 204733-106 Change Listing
N/A
N/A
204733-105
Oct/2009
c4000 Revision 204733-105 Change Listing
N/A
N/A
204733-104
Sept/2009
c4000 Revision 204733-104 Change Listing
N/A
N/A
204733-103
Aug/2009
c4000 Revision 204733-103 Change Listing
N/A
N/A
204733-102
Jul/2009
c4000 Revision 204733-102 Change Listing
N/A
N/A
204733-101
Apr/2009
ALL (NEW PUBLICATION)
N/A
N/A
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-126) • © 2009, 2015 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
Proprietary Information
(Document Control Number 204735-103)
The information, documents and related graphics published herein (the “Information”) are the sole property of Abbott Laboratories.
Permission to use the Information is granted, provided:
• The copyright notice appears on all copies
• Use of the Information is for operation of ABBOTT products by Abbott trained personnel or informational use only
• The Information is not modified in any way; and
• No graphics are used separate from accompanying text.
Each person assumes full responsibility and all risks arising from use of the Information. The Information is presented “AS IS” and may
include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Abbott Laboratories reserves the right to make additions, deletions, or modifications to
the Information at any time without any prior notification.
Qualifications:
• All samples (printouts, graphics, displays, screens, etc.) are for information and illustration purposes only and shall not be used for
clinical or maintenance evaluations. Data shown in sample printouts and screens do not reflect actual patient names or test
results.
• The information was developed to be used by Abbott Laboratories trained personnel, by other persons knowledgeable or
experienced with the operation and service of the product identified, under the supervision and with cooperation from Abbott
Laboratories technical support or service representatives.
• In no event shall Abbott Laboratories or its affiliates be liable for any damages or losses incurred in connection with or arising from
the use of the information by persons not fully trained by Abbott Laboratories. This limitation shall not apply to those persons
knowledgeable or experienced with the operation and service of the product identified, under the supervision and with cooperation
from Abbott Laboratories technical sales and service representatives.
• No part of this media may be reproduced, stored, retrieved, or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written
permission of Abbott Laboratories.
• No confidential relationship shall be established in the event that any user of the Information should make any oral, written or
electronic response to Abbott Laboratories (such as feedback, questions, comments, suggestions, ideas, etc.). Such response and
any information submitted therewith shall be considered non confidential, and Abbott shall be free to reproduce, publish or
otherwise use such information for any purposes whatsoever including, without limitation, the research, development, manufacture,
service, use, or sale of products incorporating such information. The sender of any information to Abbott is fully responsible for its
content, including its truthfulness and accuracy and its non infringement of any other person's proprietary rights.
• Abbott Laboratories is not engaged in rendering medical advice or services.
• Updates to the Information may be provided in either paper or electronic format. Always refer to the latest documents for the most
current information.
All Abbott Laboratories product names and trademarks are owned by or licensed to Abbott Laboratories, its subsidiaries or affiliates. No use
of any Abbott trademark, trade name, trade dress, or product name may be made without the prior written authorization of Abbott
Laboratories, except to identify the product or services of Abbott Laboratories. All other trademarks, brands, product names, and trade
names are the property of their respective companies. All rights reserved.
Except as permitted above, no license or right, express or implied, is granted to any person under any patent, trademark, or other proprietary
right of Abbott Laboratories.
ABBOTT LABORATORIES MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WITH RESPECT TO THE
INFORMATION. ABBOTT LABORATORIES HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED, CREATED BY LAW, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE OR NON INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL ABBOTT
LABORATORIES BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DIRECT,
INDIRECT, SPECIAL (INCLUDING LOSS OF PROFIT) CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE EXISTENCE OR USE OF THE INFORMATION, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER ABBOTT LABORATORIES HAS
BEEN ADVISED AS TO THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100 are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various
jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-107) • © 2009, 2010 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
c4000 Revision 204733-102 Change Listing
This page lists the changes from 204733-101 to Revision 204733-102. The revisions to the manual are indicated below. Be sure the manual
contains the latest revision number of all pages.
Section
Numbers
Sections
Revised / Added
FRONT
Title
Change Manual Revision Number to 204733-102.
FRONT
Title
Change Front Matter Content Control Number to 204734-102.
FRONT
Rev Log
Add 204733-102 change log.
Revision
Change Proprietary Information Control Number to 204735-102.
1
Gen. Data
1
2
Updated links to Biological Safety section.
Troubleshooting
2
7
Changed Document Control Number 204737-102.
Updated text in Card Cage section.
Pre-Site
Specification &
Checklist
7
8
Changed Document Control Number 204736-102.
Change Document Control Number 204741-102
Updated text in System Specification.
Installation
Change Document Control Number 204742-102
8
Updated ci4100 Installation Checklist.
8
Corrected paragraph format in c4000 Attach External Plumbing and Water Bath filter.
8
Corrected paragraph format in c4000 Module Upack-Installation A and B.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
c4000 Revision 204733-103 Change Listing
This page lists the changes from 204733-102 to Revision 204733-103. The revisions to the manual are indicated below. Be sure the manual
contains the latest revision number of all pages.
Section
Numbers
Sections
Revised / Added
FRONT
Title
Change Manual Revision Number to 204733-103.
FRONT
Title
Change Front Matter Content Control Number to 204734-103.
FRONT
Rev Log
Add 204733-103 Revision Log.
1
Gen. Data
Change Document Control Number 204736-103
Revision
1
Update text in Mechanical Hazards
1
Update text in Spill Clean-up
1
Update text in Chemical Hazards, Sodim Azide
7
Pre-Site
Specification &
Checklist
Change Document Control Number 204741-103
7
Updated text in System Specification, under Electrical, Power, and Heat Output Specification and in
Module UPS Specification.
7
Updated text in Module UPS Specification.
7
Updated text in Pre-Site Checklist, under c4000 Module Electrical Supply Requirements.
7
Added Electrical Shock Hazard symbols to 60 Hz Power Measurements and 60 Hz Power
Measurements
7
Added Chemical Hazard symbols to Liquid Waste c4000 (Options), Liquid Waste i1000SR and Pump
Waste (if required)
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
c4000 Revision 204733-104 Change Listing
This page lists the changes from 204733-103 to Revision 204733-104. The revisions to the manual are indicated below. Be sure the manual
contains the latest revision number of all pages.
Section
Numbers
Sections
Revised / Added
FRONT
Title
Change Manual Revision Number to 204733-104.
FRONT
Title
Change Front Matter Content Control Number to 204734-104.
FRONT
Rev Log
Add 204733-104 Revision Log.
Troubleshooting
Change Document Control Number 204737-103
2
2
Revision
Update MECH LED graphic.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-104) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
c4000 Revision 204733-105 Change Listing
This page lists the changes from 204733-104 to Revision 204733-105. The revisions to the manual are indicated below. Be sure the manual
contains the latest revision number of all pages.
Section
Numbers
Sections
Revised / Added
FRONT
Title
Change Manual Revision Number to 204733-105.
FRONT
Title
Change Front Matter Content Control Number to 204734-105.
FRONT
Rev Log
Add 204733-105 Revision Log.
General Data
Change Document Control Number 204736-104
1
Revision
1
Updated text in Mechanical Hazards
1
Updated graphic 7A_1074b in Cuvette Washing - Water & Wash Solution Aspiration and Drying,
Vacuum Pumps
1
Replaced graphic 7A_1053a with 7A_1074b in Robotic Assembly Description
2
2
Troubleshooting
Change Document Control Number 204737-104
Updated graphic Mixer Block Diagram to 7A_2043b
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-105) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
c4000 Revision 204733-106 Change Listing
This page lists the changes from 204733-105 to Revision 204733-106. The revisions to the manual are indicated below. Be sure the manual
contains the latest revision number of all pages.
Section
Numbers
Sections
Revised / Added
FRONT
Title
Change Manual Revision Number to 204733-106
FRONT
Title
Change Front Matter Content Control Number to 204734-106
FRONT
Rev Log
Add 204733-106 Revision Log
8
Installation
Change Document Control Number to 204742-103
Revision
8
Reconfigured entire Installation section
8
Added Standalone Installation Instructions
8
Added New c4 and New i1000SR Installation Instructions
8
Added New c4 and Existing i1000SR Installation Instructions
8
Added Existing c4 and New i1000SR Installation Instructions
8
Added Existing c4 and Existing i1000SR Installation Instructions
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-106) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
c4000 Revision 204733-107 Change Listing
This page lists the changes from 204733-106 to Revision 204733-107. The revisions to the manual are indicated below. Be sure the manual
contains the latest revision number of all pages.
Section
Numbers
Sections
Revised / Added
FRONT
Title
Change Manual Revision Number to 204733-107
FRONT
Title
Change Front Matter Content Control Number to 204734-107
FRONT
Proprietary
Information
Change Revision Number to 204735-102
FRONT
Proprietary
Information
Updated trademark information
1
General Data
Change Document Control Number to 204736-105
Revision
Updated Biological Hazard area, Precaution with new text references about reporting incidents.
Updated Sodium Azide information in Chemical Hazards
Update Fluidics Diagram 7A_9002b.pdf
Added Total Wiring Diagram 7A_9003b to Key Diagrams, M&Ds and Alignment/Adjustment
Procedures table
Updated Wiring Diagram 7A_9003b
Updated Power Switches text and updated table text.
Updated text in Mixer Assembly
2
Troubleshooting
Change Document Control Number to 204737-105
Updated Mixer Driver Board table text and graphics 7A_2077a and 7A_2044b
Updated voltage output in Main Power Supply
Updated text in Power Supply Connections, Transformer table and AC table
Updated text Power Supply Schematics Table
Added Text to Power Transformer Cable Pinout
Added text Circuit Protector to MC1 under Transformer
Updated schematic 7A_9027b.pdf in Stirrer Motor and Sensor Schematic Diagram
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-107) • © 2009, 2010 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
c4000 Revision 204733-108 Change Listing
This page lists the changes from 204733-107 to Revision 204733-108. The revisions to the manual are indicated below. Be sure the manual
contains the latest revision number of all pages.
Section
Numbers
Sections
Revised / Added
FRONT
Title
Change Manual Revision Number to 204733-108
FRONT
Title
Change Front Matter Content Control Number to 204734-108
General Data
Change Document Control Number to 204736-106
1
Revision
Replaced Key Diagrams, M&Ds and Alignment Procedure table.
2
Troubleshooting
Changed Chapter 2 Troubleshooting Document Control Number to 204737-106
Replaced AC/DC Driver graphic 7A_2042a with 7A_2079a
Added new link to Mixer Driver Board Functional Diagram table.7A_20778a
Replaced Mixer Driver Board graphic 7A_2044a with 7A_2078a
Corrected Cable Routing and Connector Pin-out TS table
Text correction to RSH Functional Diagram Link table
Added new link in RSH Key Diagrams, M&Ds and Alignment Procedures table. Added graphic
7A_9045a.
6
Planned
Maintenance
Changed Chapter 6 Planned Maint. Document Control Number to 204740-102
Added text to PM Procedure #1 table
Added text to PM #1 Checklist
8
Installation
Changed Chapter 8 Troubleshooting Document Control Number to 204742-104
Installation /
Standalone
Installation Checklist text correction Unpack-Remove Packing Tape, Remove Center Support Boards
text correction
Transformer Voltage-Install Power Cord
Robotic Position Setup-Delete Lifting Hazard Caution, changed list order in Flush Lines (c4000)
Check Wash Cup Flow-text correction
Installation / New
c4000 and New
i1000SR
Installation Checklist text correction
ci4100 Integration-text correction, replaced graphic 7A_8304a with 7A_8305a
SCC HW and Cabling Installation-added Electrical Shock Hazard Warning, replaced Connect Power
for SCC Components text, replaced Install Printer text
Transformer Voltage-Install Power Cord text correction
Robotic Position Setup-Check Wash Cup Flow text correction
Installation / New
c4000 and
Existing i1000SR
Installation Checklist text correction
Unpack- Remove Center Support Boards text correction
Set i1000SR Jumper to Module 2-added text
SCC HW and Cabling Installation-added Electrical Shock Hazard Warning, replaced Install Printer
text, replaced Connect Power for SCC Components text
Installation /
Existing c4000
and New
i1000SR
Installation Checklist text correction
c4000 Kits Package Checklist-text correct Carrier Plate
ci4100 Integration-correct text for Install Barcode Reader and Bottle Spinner, Install Covers
SCC HW and Cabling Installation-added Electrical Shock Hazard Warning, replaced Connect Power
for SCC Components text
Robotic Position Setup- Check Wash Cup Flow text correction
Installation /
Installation Checklist text correction
Existing c4000
and Existing
i1000SR
c4000 Kits Package Checklist-text correct Carrier Plate
ci4100 Integration-delete graphic 7A_8304a, correct text for Install Barcode Reader and Bottle Spinner
SCC HW and Cabling Installation-added Electrical Shock Hazard Warning, replaced Connect Power
for SCC Components text
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-108) • © 2009, 2010 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
c4000 Revision 204733-109 Change Listing
This page lists the changes from 204733-108 to Revision 204733-109. The revisions to the manual are indicated below. Be sure the manual
contains the latest revision number of all pages.
Section
Numbers
Sections
Revised / Added
FRONT
Title
Change Manual Revision Number to 204733-109
FRONT
Title
Change Front Matter Content Control Number to 204734-109
Installation
Changed Chapter 8 Troubleshooting Document Control Number to 204742-105
Installation /
Standalone
Updated table to include added task to Install Nameplate and Install Decal.
c4000 Install
Accessories
Added task to Install Nameplate and Install Decal and give c4000 Accessory Kit #2 information.
Installation / New
c4000 and New
i1000SR
Installation Checklist text correction
ci4100 Integration-text correction, replaced graphic 7A_8304a with 7A_8305a
SCC HW and Cabling Installation-added Electrical Shock Hazard Warning, replaced Connect Power
for SCC Components text, replaced Install Printer text
Transformer Voltage-Install Power Cord text correction
Robotic Position Setup-Check Wash Cup Flow text correction
8
Revision
ci4100 Integration Added task to Install Nameplate and Install Decal and give c4000 Accessory Kit #2 information.
Installation / New
c4000 and
Existing i1000SR
Updated table to include added task to Install Nameplate and Install Decal.
ci4100 Integration Added task to Install Nameplate and Install Decal and give c4000 Accessory Kit #2 information.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-109) • © 2009, 2010 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
c4000 Revision 204733-110 Change Listing
This page lists the changes from 204733-109 to Revision 204733-110. The revisions to the manual are indicated below. Be sure the manual
contains the latest revision number of all pages.
Section
Numbers
Sections
Revised / Added
FRONT
Title
Change Manual Revision Number to 204733-110
FRONT
Title
Change Front Matter Content Control Number to 204734-110
General Data
Changed Document Control Number to 204736-107
1
Revision
Added new bullet statement plus a Caution and removed autoclave statement from Sodium Azide
information in Chemical Hazards.
6
Planned
Maintenance
Document Control Number, change to 204740-103
Updated PM Procedure #1 table to “To check degasser output for bubbles”.
Updated PM Procedure #2 table to “To check degasser output for bubbles”.
Updated PM Procedure #3 table to “To check degasser output for bubbles”.
Updated PM #1 Checklist table to add step “Check degasser output for bubbles” and renumber other
steps.
Updated PM #2 Checklist table to add step “Check degasser output for bubbles” and renumber other
steps.
Updated PM #3 Checklist table to add step “Check degasser output for bubbles” and renumber other
steps.
7
Pre-Site
Specification and
Checklist
Document Control Number, change to 204741-104
Added ‘Sodium Azide Awareness” statement to Pre-Site Checklist table.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-110) • © 2009, 2010 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
c4000 Revision 204733-111 Change Listing
This page lists the changes from 204733-110 to Revision 204733-111. The revisions to the manual are indicated below. Be sure the manual
contains the latest revision number of all pages.
Section
Numbers
Sections
Revised / Added
FRONT
Title
Change Manual Revision Number to 204733-111
FRONT
Title
Change Front Matter Content Control Number to 204734-111
Installation and
Setup
Changed Document Control Number to 204742-105
c4000 Installation
ChecklistStandalone
Under c4000 Install Accessories, changed Install Nameplate & Install Decal to Install Nameplate &
Apply Decals.
c4000 Install
Accessories
Deleted Install Cover and Cover Plate and added Install Nameplate & Apply Decals with two graphics
7A_9125A & 7A_9126a.
8
Revision
ci4100 Installation Under ci4100 Integration, changed Install Nameplate & Install Decal to Install Nameplate & Apply
Checklist-New
Decals.
c4000 and New
i1000
ci4100 Integration Deleted Install Cover and Cover Plate and added Install Nameplate & Apply Decals with two graphics
7A_9125A & 7A_9126a.
ci4100 Installation Under ci4100 Integration, changed Install Nameplate & Install Decal to Install Nameplate & Apply
Checklist-New
Decals.
c4000 and New
i1000
ci4100 Integration Deleted Install Cover and Cover Plate and added Install Nameplate & Apply Decals with two graphics
7A_9125A & 7A_9126a.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-111) • © 2009, 2011 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
c4000 Revision 204733-112 Change Listing
This page lists the changes from 204733-111 to Revision 204733-112. The revisions to the manual are indicated below. Be sure the manual
contains the latest revision number of all pages.
Section
Numbers
Sections
Revised / Added
FRONT
Title
Change Manual Revision Number to 204733-112
FRONT
Title
Change Front Matter Content Control Number to 204734-112
Troubleshooting
Changed Document Control Number to 204737-107
AC/DC Controller
Updated S1 & S2 Switch Setting table for S2-8 add c4000 and change setting to ON.
MECH LED
Updated LED number 9-10 to correct Function title error, changed to Reagent Bottle Sensor.
2
Revision
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-112) • © 2009, 2011 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
c4000 Revision 204733-113 Change Listing
This page lists the changes from 204733-112 to Revision 204733-113. The revisions to the manual are indicated below. Be sure the manual
contains the latest revision number of all pages.
Section
Numbers
Sections
Revised / Added
FRONT
Title
Change Manual Revision Number to 204733-113
FRONT
Title
Change Front Matter Content Control Number to 204734-113
Troubleshooting
Changed Document Control Number to 204737-108
Thermal Bath
Controller (TBS)
Board
Adding New Digital TBC board and LEDs, Switches and Test pins information.
2
Revision
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-113) • © 2009, 2011 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
c4000 Revision 204733-114 Change Listing
This page lists the changes from 204733-113 to Revision 204733-114. The revisions to the manual are indicated below. Be sure the manual
contains the latest revision number of all pages.
Section
Numbers
Sections
Revised / Added
FRONT
Title
Change Manual Revision Number to 204733-114
FRONT
Title
Change Front Matter Content Control Number to 204734-114
Planned
Maintenance
Changed Document Control Number from "204740-103" to "204740-104".
6
Revision
Removed Planned Maintenance Procedures. Updated with ISA 128-006
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-114) • © 2009, 2011 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
c4000 Revision 204733-115 Change Listing
This page lists the changes from 204733-114 to Revision 204733-115. The revisions to the manual are indicated below. Be sure the manual
contains the latest revision number of all pages.
Section
Numbers
Sections
Revised / Added
FRONT
Title
Change Manual Revision Number to 204733-115
FRONT
Title
Change Front Matter Content Control Number to 204734-115
1
General Data
Added attention activator under misc. symbol.
5
Procedures
Added P-672, P-673, and P-674.
Intallation &
Setup
8
Changed Document Control Number from "204742-107" to "204742-108".
Intallation &
Setup
8
Updated installation procedures - Added new black articulated arm instruction to C4000 and i1000sr.
Added Installation Checklist verification steps, attention activators.
Revision
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-115) • © 2009, 2012 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
c4000 Revision 204733-116 Change Listing
This page lists the changes from 204733-115 to Revision 204733-116. The revisions to the manual are indicated below. Be sure the manual
contains the latest revision number of all pages.
Section
Numbers
Sections
Revised / Added
FRONT
Title
Change Manual Revision Number to 204733-116
FRONT
Title
Change Front Matter Content Control Number to 204734-116
Troubleshooting
Changed Document Control Number from "204737-108" to "204737-109".
2
Revision
Updated DAQ BD Front Panel table.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-116) • © 2009, 2012 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
c4000 Revision 204733-117 Change Listing
This page lists the changes from 204733-116 to Revision 204733-117. The revisions to the manual are indicated below. Be sure the manual
contains the latest revision number of all pages.
Section
Numbers
Sections
Revised / Added
FRONT
Title
Change Manual Revision Number to 204733-117
FRONT
Title
Change Front Matter Content Control Number to 204734-117
Installation
Changed Document Control Number from "204742-107" to "204742-108".
8
Revision
Update/Correct unpack instructions and checklists.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-117) • © 2009, 2012 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
c4000 Revision 204733-118 Change Listing
This page lists the changes from 204733-117 to Revision 204733-118. The revisions to the manual are indicated below. Be sure the manual
contains the latest revision number of all pages.
Section
Numbers
Sections
Revised / Added
FRONT
Title
Change Manual Revision Number to 204733-118
FRONT
Title
Change Front Matter Content Control Number to 204734-118
Installation
Changed Document Control Number from "204742-108" to "204742-109".
8
Revision
Update/Correct unpack instructions and checklists.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-118) • © 2009, 2012 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
c4000 Revision 204733-119 Change Listing
This page lists the changes from 204733-118 to Revision 204733-119. The revisions to the manual are indicated below. Be sure the manual
contains the latest revision number of all pages.
Section
Numbers
Sections
Revised / Added
FRONT
Title
Change Manual Revision Number from 204733-118 to 204733-119
FRONT
Title
Change Front Matter Content Control Number from 204734-118 to 204734-119
Installation
Changed Document Control Number from "204742-109" to "204742-110".
8
Revision
Update Installation Checklist to include link to the new procedures and steps to perform procedures.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-119) • © 2009, 2013 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
c4000 Revision 204733-120 Change Listing
This page lists the changes from 204733-119 to Revision 204733-120. The revisions to the manual are indicated below. Be sure the manual
contains the latest revision number of all pages.
Section
Numbers
Sections
Revised / Added
FRONT
Title
Change Manual Revision Number from 204733-119 to Revision 204733-120.
FRONT
Title
Change Front Matter Content Control Number 204733-119 to Revision 204733-120.
8
Installation
Change Document Control Number 204742-110 to 204742-111.
Installation
Add M&D 3526 Check Water Bath Tempature
Revision
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-120) • © 2009, 2013 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered
trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL
60064 • All rights reserved.
c4000 Revision 204733-121 Change Listing
This page lists the changes from 204733-120 to Revision 204733-121. The revisions to the manual are indicated below. Be sure the manual
contains the latest revision number of all pages.
Section
Numbers
Sections
Revised / Added
FRONT
Title
Change Manual Revision Number from 204733-120 to Revision 204733-121.
FRONT
Title
Change Front Matter Content Control Number 204733-120 to Revision 204733-121.
8
Installation
Revision
Change Document Control Number 204742-111 to 204742-112.
Pressure Monitoring/Clot Detection Subsystem Installation
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-122) • © 2009, 2014 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered
trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL
60064 • All rights reserved.
c4000 Revision 204733-122 Change Listing
This page lists the changes from 204733-121 to Revision 204733-122. The revisions to the manual are indicated below. Be sure the manual
contains the latest revision number of all pages.
Section
Numbers
Sections
Revised / Added
FRONT
Title
Change Manual Revision Number from 204733-121 to Revision 204733-122.
FRONT
Title
Change Front Matter Content Control Number 204734-121 to Revision 204734-122.
2
Troubleshooting
Revision
Change Document Control Number 204737-109 to 204737-110.
Add New Style MECH LED Board Diagram with LED Reference
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-122) • © 2009, 2014 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered
trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL
60064 • All rights reserved.
c4000 Revision 204733-123 Change Listing
This page lists the changes from 204733-122 to Revision 204733-123. The revisions to the manual are indicated below. Be sure the manual
contains the latest revision number of all pages.
Section
Numbers
Sections
Revised / Added
FRONT
Title
Change Manual Revision Number from 204733-122 to Revision 204733-123.
FRONT
Title
Change Front Matter Content Control Number 204734-122 to Revision 204734-123.
5
Revision
General Data
Change General Data Control Number 204736-108 to revision 204736-109
Procedures
Added Remove Universal Shutter From Mount Plate Action to C1.02 Optics Shutter
Added Install Universal Shutter on Mount Plate Action to C1.02 Optics Shutter
Added Install Universal Shutter on Mounting Post Action to C1.02 Optics Shutter
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-123) • © 2009, 2014 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered
trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL
60064 • All rights reserved.
c4000 Revision 204733-124 Change Listing
This page lists the changes from 204733-123 to Revision 204733-124. The revisions to the manual are indicated below. Be sure the manual
contains the latest revision number of all pages.
Section
Numbers
Sections
Revised / Added
FRONT
Title
Change Manual Revision Number from 204733-123 to Revision 204733-124.
FRONT
Title
Change Front Matter Content Control Number 204734-123 to Revision 204734-124.
8
Installation &
Setup
8
Revision
Change Control Number 204742-112 Revision 204742-113.
Added Leveling instructions to the c4000 Standalone Installation Instructions
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-124) • © 2009, 2014 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered
trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL
60064 • All rights reserved.
c4000 Revision 204733-125 Change Listing
This page lists the changes from 204733-124 to Revision 204733-125. The revisions to the manual are indicated below. Be sure the manual
contains the latest revision number of all pages.
Section
Numbers
Sections
Revised / Added
FRONT
Title
Change Manual Revision Number from 204733-124 to Revision 204733-125.
FRONT
Title
Change Front Matter Content Control Number 204734-124 to Revision 204734-125.
8
Installation &
Setup
8
Revision
Change Control Number 204742-113 Revision 204742-114.
Installation checklist, pressure monitor PCB information.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-125) • © 2009, 2014 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered
trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL
60064 • All rights reserved.
c4000 Revision 204733-126 Change Listing
This page lists the changes from 204733-125 to Revision 204733-126. The revisions to the manual are indicated below. Be sure the manual
contains the latest revision number of all pages.
Section
Numbers
Sections
Revised / Added
FRONT
Title
Change Manual Revision Number from “204733-125” to” 204733-126”.
FRONT
Title
Change Front Matter Content Control Number “204734-125” to “204734-126”.
Chapter 8
Installation
Change Control Number “204742-114” to “204742-115”.
Revision
Add note to c4000 Standalone ci4000; New c4000, New i1000SR, New c4000 Existing i1000SR,
Existing c4000, New i1000SR and Existing c4000, Existing i1000SR Installation Checklists to verify
module serial numbers (S/N) configured in the SCC with S/N on instruments.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-126) • © 2009, 2015 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered
trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL
60064 • All rights reserved.
Chapter 1 General Data
(Document Control Number 204736-115)
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-123) • © 2009, 2015 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
How to Use This Manual
Links
Biological Hazards
Chemical Hazards
Electrical Hazards
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD)
Hazards
Laser Light
Overview
Safety Icons and Hazard Symbols
Waste Handling and Disposal
Overview
The purpose of this manual is to provide information useful for servicing the ARCHITECT system and is composed of the following sections:
Section
Topic
General Data
This section contains a product overview, information on manual usage, accident prevention symbols and system specifications.
Troubleshooting
This section contains reference and normal operation information for the system. The information includes block and functional
diagrams, mechanism and motor listings and LED operating conditions.
Parts Lists
This section provides lists of Supplemental Tools and Supplies, Customer and Field Service replaceable parts which are indexed by
item number and description.
Removal &
Replacement
This section contains Removal & Replacement procedures which are indexed by number to the Parts Lists.
Procedures
This section contains configuration, adjustment, calibration, checks and test procedures used to setup or verify instrument
operation. Procedures are also used to assist in troubleshooting.
Planned
Maintenance
This section contains preventative maintenance (PM) recommendation checklists. These recommendations may be subject to
change due to local business or regulatory needs.
Pre Site
Specification &
Checklist
This section includes the site specifications and a checklist that outlines the activities of the Field Service Engineer/ Representative
(FSE/FSR). An open action item summary is included in the checklist.
Installation
This section outlines the activities required to install or relocate a system.
Hazards
Introduction
The c4000 is designed for optimal operator safety; however, this does not reduce the importance of safety awareness where hazards exist. This section
describes the types and locations of potential hazards that could cause physical harm or damage to the laboratory environment, or where failure to follow
instructions may result in instrument failure or generation of erroneous patient results. Warnings are inserted throughout this manual to alert Field Service
Representatives (FSRs) to potential hazards.
Hazard Signal Words
Standard warning conventions, including hazard signal words and symbols, are described below.
Signal Word
DANGER!
Definition
Denotes an immediate hazard which, if not avoided, could result in serious injury
or death. This signal word represents the highest level of any hazardous situation.
Denotes a hazard which could result in moderate to serious personal injury.
WARNING
Denotes potential hazards that could result in minor injury. Also used for
conditions or activities that could interfere with proper functioning or performance
of the instrument.
Caution
Denotes operator or service information.
Note
Safety Icons and Hazard Symbols
Safety icons in this manual and on the c4000 identify potentially dangerous conditions. Field Service Representatives must recognize the icons and
understand the type and degree of potential hazard. The following icons may be used with text or in lieu of text. If text accompanies the icon, it describes the
nature of the hazard and is labeled with DANGER, WARNING or CAUTION. In some situations, instrument labels refer Field Service Representatives to the
manual for specific information.
Symbol
Hazard
Caution Moving Parts
Caution Chemical Hazard
WARNING
Splash / Spray Hazard
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Probe Stick Hazard
WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
DANGER!
DANGER!
High Voltage
High Voltage
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Note
Card Cage Ground
Caution Class 2 Laser Radiation
Description
Identifies an activity or area where
moving parts are present.
Identifies an activity or area where
hazardous chemicals are present.
Refer to the Material Safety Data
Sheet (MSDS) or package insert
for specific safety information.
Identifies an area where fluids may
be under pressure.
Identifies an activity or area where
potentially infectious materials may
be present. Follow procedures
outlined in Biological Hazards.
Identifies an activity or area where
probes may be present.
Identifies the possibility of
electrical shock if procedural or
engineering controls are not
observed.
Identifies high voltage areas over
600 volts.
Identifies high voltage areas.
Alerts the user to the possibility of
electrical shock in noted activity or
at posted location in the power
supply. Follow precautionary
measures outlined in Electrical
Safety.
Identifies an area where
electrostatic discharge may be
present. A ground strap must be
worn while servicing the system.
Identifies the location on the card
cage where the ground strap is
clipped.
Warns against direct viewing into
the bar code laser beam or
reflections from the beam.
Caution Hot Surface
Caution Lifting Hazard
Identifies an area where a hot
surface is present.
Identifies an activity where lifting or
moving a heavy object requires
assistance and/or appropriate
lifting devices.
The labeling of c4000 reagents/calibrators/controls or liquid consumables may include one or more of the following hazard symbols. The symbols and/or
other country-specific warnings are used to convey properties of the chemical or chemical mixture and to notify the user that precautions should be taken
when handling the material. Always consult the specific package insert or Material Safety Data Sheet for further information.
Hazard Symbol
Definition / Description (with Standard Abbreviation)
Indicates the material is Oxidizing (O).
Indicates the material is Highly Flammable (F) or Extremely Flammable (F +).
Indicates the material is Toxic (T) or Very Toxic (T +).
Indicates the material is Harmful (Xn) or an Irritant (Xi).
Indicates the material is Corrosive (C).
Indicates the material is Dangerous for the environment (N).
Electrical Hazards
The c4000 does not pose uncommon electrical hazards if installed properly and operated without alteration and connected to a power source that meets
required specifications. Refer to Electrical, Power, and Heat Output Specifications in System Specification for details.
Basic electrical hazard awareness is essential to the safe operation of any system. Only qualified personnel should perform electrical servicing. Elements of
electrical safety include, but are not limited to the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Inspect electrical cabling into and on the c4000 periodically for signs of wear and damage.
Turn the instrument OFF before disconnecting the power cord and before servicing any electrical or internal components.
Determine the cause of a blown fuse or thrown circuit breaker and correct the problem before attempting to resume operation of the equipment.
Only use replacement fuses of the specified type and electrical rating.
Verify the power to the instrument is turned OFF. Be aware that a high voltage charge may remain on the power supply with the power OFF.
Use an electrically insulated tool to disconnect the power supply and short both male pins to the instrument chassis.
Keep liquids away from all connectors of electrical or communication components.
Unplug the instrument before clean up of major liquid spills.
Make sure hands are dry prior to touching any switches or outlets.
Keep the floor dry and clean under and around the c4000.
Use only approved power cords and electrical accessories, such as those supplied with the instrument, to protect against electric shock.
Connect power cords only to properly grounded outlets.
It is recommended that a ground fault circuit interrupter be used when working in a wet environment.
Mechanical Hazards
The c4000 is an automated system that operates under computer control. As with most automated equipment, there is potential for injury and bodily harm
from moving mechanical components whenever the instrument is in operation. The c4000 minimizes mechanical hazards by providing guards to protect
against accidental contact with moving components.
The c4000 requires accurate positioning of all samples, reagents, calibrators, controls and consumables before executing any program. If safeguards must
be removed or disconnected during setup and testing procedures, use caution. Stay a safe distance away from the moving components: fast-moving parts
may cause injury. Always replace the safeguards upon completion of setup and testing procedures. It is never acceptable for instrument operators to reach
into the instrument when it is in an operating mode. Should intervention be necessary during a run, the run should be interrupted according to instructions
defined in the operations manual.
Field Service Representatives of the c4000 may be potentially exposed to mechanical hazards when working on the following functional groups or
subsystems:
• C2 Reaction Carousel
• D1 Reagent Supply Center
• D2 Reagent Supply Center 2
• E4 Wash Solution Pump
• E5 ICT Reference Pump
• E6 ICT Aspiration Pump
• E7 Inner Probe Wash Pump Bellows
• E8 H.C. Waste Pump Peristaltic
• E9 Cuvette Wash Pump, Bellows
• G1 Sample Syringe Drive
• G2 Reagent Syringe Drive
• R1 Mixer Assembly
• R2 Sample Pipettor
• R3 Sample Pipettor Head
• R4 Reagent Pipettor Elevator
• R5 Reagent Pipettor Head
• R6 Cuvette Washer Assembly
• R7 ICT Assembly
• S1 Sample Carousel
• Robotic Sample Handler (RSH)
Injury may result in the event of an instrument malfunction or an unexpected sequence of mechanical component movements. Basic elements of mechanical
equipment safety include but are not limited to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Never bypass or override a safety device unless during setup or testing activities
Never operate the instrument without protective covers and barriers in place unless during setup or testing activities
Never perform manual tasks on the work surface of the c4000
Never allow any part of body to enter a range of mechanical movement during system operation
Do not wear articles of clothing or accessories that could catch on the c4000
Keep pockets free of items that could fall into the c4000
Be especially cautious when performing adjustment, maintenance, cleaning, or repair procedures
Use caution when loading sample carriers and reagents.
Laser Light
The c4000 is a Class 1 laser product containing embedded Class 2 lasers.
When this product is used according to operating instructions, the laser does not present a hazard to the eyes. Failure to follow proper procedure may result
in an eye injury.
•
•
•
•
Only Abbott trained Field Service Representatives should remove the inner protective covers that enclose the embedded laser.
Do not remove, damage or obliterate any of the laser warning labels.
Never stare directly into the beam, look into the aperture, place any optics into the beam or bypass interlocks.
Replace any label that becomes illegible.
Laser Caution Labels
On the RSH (Robotic Sample Handler), the following label is affixed above the RSH bar code reader under the transparent, priority bay cover.
On the c4000 and i1000SR, the following label is affixed to the inside of the right door on the processing module.
Note
The i1000SR is certified to IEC 60825-1 (2001).
Biological Hazards
The following activities may involve the presence of potentially infectious materials:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Handling samples, reagents, calibrators controls
Cleaning spills
Handling and disposing of waste
Moving the system
Performing maintenance procedures
Performing decontamination procedures
Performing component replacement procedures
Precautions
All instruments used to process clinical specimens, reagents, controls, calibrators, etc., that contain human-sourced material must be treated as potentially
infectious. Follow ADD's Biosafety Procedures, which include, but not limited to, the following precautions:
• Wear gloves, lab coats and protective eyewear when handling human-sourced material or contaminated instrument components.
• Do not pipet by mouth.
• Do not eat, drink, smoke, apply cosmetics, or handle contact lenses when handling human-sourced material or contaminated instrument
components.
• Clean spills of potentially infectious materials and contaminated instrument components with a detergent followed by an appropriate disinfectant,
such as 0.1% sodium hypochlorite or other suitable disinfectant.
• Decontaminate and dispose of all potentially contaminated materials into the appropriate biohazard waste system in the facility.
• Dispose of probes and other sharp objects in appropriately labeled, puncture-resistant and leak-proof containers.
Note
Refer to EHS Policies/Guidance BioSafety
If exposed to infectious or potentially infectious materials, immediately cleanse the affected area, then seek medical attention as soon as possible:
•
•
•
•
Eyes rinse with water for 15 minutes
Mouth rinse with water
Skin wash the affected area with soap and water
Puncture wound allow to bleed freely. Wash the affected area with soap and water
Note
Report all accidents to your Manager and Workers' Compensation Administrator. For additional information see Site Documentation:
- ADDDA_SAF0201 GCO EHS Incident Reporting
- BD30-004 Incident Reporting and Investigation
Spill Clean up
Clean spills in accordance with established biosafety practices and follow instructions provided in the MSDS. In general, safe work practices for cleaning
spills include:
1.
Wear appropriate personal protective equipment such as gloves, lab coats and protective eyewear.
2.
Absorb the spill with absorbent material.
3.
Wipe the spill area with detergent solution.
4.
Wipe the area with an appropriate disinfectant, such as, a 0.1% sodium hypochlorite (10% solution of chlorine bleach containing at least 5% sodium
hypochlorite).
5.
Dispose of spilled and contaminated material in accordance with the facility’s waste disposal procedures.
Instrument or Part Decontamination
Any part subject to user handling (for instance: keyboards, printers, monitors, disk drives, front panels, etc.) requires decontamination prior to servicing or
shipment. When handling or decontaminating spare parts for shipping or repair, use safety precautions as listed below.
Caution Always wear appropriate personal protective equipment (protective eyewear, gloves, lab coat) while performing decontamination
activities.
1.
Remove all specimens, reagents, controls, calibrators, etc. from the instrument.
2.
Cycle sodium hypochlorite solution (chlorine bleach) through the fluid pathway (including probes, if applicable) that contacted the human-sourced
material or products containing potentially infectious material. Allow the solution to stand for a minimum of 10 minutes. If a chlorine bleach solution
cannot be used, cycle buffer or water through the fluid pathway to thoroughly flush the fluid pathway.
3.
Remove all waste materials from the instrument, if present.
4.
Rinse waste containers with 0.1% sodium hypochlorite or other suitable disinfectant prior to shipping or disposal.
5.
Wipe down the surface of each instrument and component with a detergent solution followed by an appropriate disinfectant, such as 0.1% sodium
hypochlorite.
Note
Under normal circumstances, printed circuit boards do not require decontamination. Field Replaceable Units (FRUs) enclosed inside the skins
of computer and peripheral equipment are not considered contaminated. Decontamination may affect the performance of a printed circuit
board or internal computer component.
Waste Handling and Disposal
It is the responsibility of each facility to label all waste containers and to characterize its waste stream to ensure the waste is disposed in accordance with
appropriate waste disposal regulations.
Dispose of sharps in an appropriately labeled, puncture resistant and leakproof container.
Products That Contain Thimerosal or Mercury
Some reagents, calibrators and controls contain thimerosal or mercury and may be considered hazardous by various environmental regulatory agencies. Do
not directly sewer waste fluids that contain thimerosal or mercury.
Products That Contain Guanidine (Thiocyanate)
Do not mix oxiding agents, such as sodium hypochlorite (chlorine bleach), with liquid waste. Toxic gases may be generated.
Chemical Hazards
Field Service Representatives may be exposed to hazardous chemicals when handling reagents, calibrators, controls, or liquid consumables (including
bleach). Exposure to hazardous chemicals is minimized by following instructions provided in the assay Package Inserts and Material Safety Data Sheets
(MSDS). Exposure levels are further reduced by the design features of the instrument when it is used properly.
Precautions
In general, observe the following precautions when handling chemicals:
• Consult Material Safety Data Sheets for safe use instructions and precautions.
• Avoid contact with skin and eyes. If contact with material is anticipated, wear impervious gloves and protective eyewear and clothing.
• Always maintain good housekeeping. Do not eat, drink or store food and beverages in areas where chemicals are used.
• If irritation or signs of toxicity occur after exposure, seek medical attention.
Hazard symbols that appear on c4000 product labeling are accompanied by Risk (R) and Safety (S) numbers representing specific risk and safety phrases
defined by applicable European Community Directives. The risk and safety phrases describe precautions used when working with a particular chemical or
chemical mixture. Refer to the corresponding phrases indicated in the Package Insert or similar document for all (R) and (S) numbers that appear on product
labeling. Other country-specific warning and precautions may be included on the labeling.
Sodium Azide
Some products contain sodium azide. Observe the following precautions when using products that contain sodium azide:
• Do not mix any chemical or product with a pH below 6 with solutions or residues that contain sodium azide (such as wash buffer). Sodium azide
releases hydrazoic acid, a very toxic and pungent-smelling gas when the pH is lower than 6.
CautionThe pre-trigger solution has a pH lower than 6. Allowing the pre-trigger solution to contact wash buffer or dried wash buffer residue may result
in the release of hydrazoic acid, a very toxic and pungent-smelling gas. Care must be taken to clean up any spills or residue that may have
occurred due to leaking components (ex. pumps in the pump bay) identified during servicing of the instrument.
• Flush drains thoroughly with water several times a day to prevent potentially explosive metal azides from forming on lead, copper or brass
components or on solder in laboratory plumbing if product and/or instrument waste is released to a drain. Detailed information about azides in
laboratory drains is available in Current Intelligence Bulletin No. 13 Explosive Azide Hazard (August 16, 1976), a publication issued by the U.S.
National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), at cdc.gov/niosh.
A copy of the bulletin is also available on the Abbott Diagnostics Global internet site at abbottdiagnostics.com (select the International region),
under Support - Technical Library - Other Reference Documents, or by contacting your Abbott representative.
Physical Hazards
Safe practices should be observed while working with the following physical hazards to avoid potential injuries.
Sharps and Probes
In general, the use of sharps and glassware should be minimized.
The probes are sharp and may be contaminated with infectious materials. Avoid contact with these components and handle them cautiously in order to
prevent injury. Use mechanical means to remove contaminated broken glassware.
When handling the external waste pump (c4000 optional accessory), use proper personal protective equipment.
Dispose of sharps in an appropriately marked, puncture resistant and leakproof container before treatment and disposal.
Heavy Objects
The system is heavy and sections of the shell are unsupported. Ensure you have adequate help before attempting to move the system.
Push only on solid sections of the housing; do not exert pressure on unsupported sections of the shell.
The c System high-concentration waste container is heavy when full. The i System wash buffer reservoir is heavy and bulky when full. Use care when
handling the container to reduce the risk of injury.
When moving or lifting heavy objects, obtain assistance and always use proper lifting techniques.
Hot Objects
The buffer heaters, lamp and lamp housing may be hot. Allow the surface to cool before touching and handling. Use temperature resistant gloves, if
necessary.
Trip Hazard
The c4000 is equipped with a power cord and various computer connectors. To avoid a tripping hazard, ensure cords in high traffic areas are properly
stowed.
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD)
Many of the electronic components on the c4000 circuit boards are susceptible to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Static discharge of as little as 100–200 volts
can damage or destroy a component. Always wear a wrist ground strap and discharge static electricity from your body prior to touching and working on the
instrument.
Note
All card cage boards are shipped with a ground strap and graphical instructions for use. This symbol is placed on the card cage to identify the
appropriate ground location.
Static Hazard
Static protective procedures are used during the manufacture of PC boards. Replacement PC board assemblies are also protected by use of static protective
packaging as well as boxed to prevent physical damage. Assemblies that have failed and are returned for repair are also handled at the repair shop under
static protection procedures.
Handling Guidelines
PC Subassemblies
These guidelines assure protection against failures created by static:
• Retain spare PC board subassemblies in the static protective bags.
• Use an approved static protective field service kit, or the ground strap shipped with the board, whenever a board is removed from an instrument
or protective bag.
• Replace the defective PC board in the same protective bag to return for repair.
Continued use of the protective shipping boxes, both during shipping and storage, eliminates most failures caused by physical damage.
Static Protective Service Kit
The static protective service kit is designed to keep the FSE/FSR, replacement part, work surface and instrument at the same ground level. Generally, an
instruction set accompanies the kit. In the absence of specific instructions, follow ESD Procedure.
ESD Procedure
Note
Use where ESD symbol is present and static protective equipment is not shipped with replacement part.
1.
Place the work mat on a solid surface close to the instrument. Allow the ground strap to reach the instrument.
2.
Attach the ground clip to the instrument chassis.
3.
Attach the other end of the ground clip cable and the connector from the wrist strap to the work mat. (Exception: Some wrist strap cables provide a clip
to connect to the same ground source as the mat cable).
4.
Attach wrist strap to your wrist; make sure the metallic button on the inside of the wrist strap is in direct contact with skin.
5.
Place PC boards removed from the instrument on the work mat.
6.
Replacement PC boards should be placed on the work mat before removing from the protective bag and remain on the mat until installation.
7.
Defective PC boards should be placed in the static protective bag before removal from the work mat area.
Miscellaneous Symbols
Attention Activator
Kit Parts
Static protective work surface
Wrist strap and attaching cable
Grounding clip or cable
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-115) • © 2009, 2012 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
c4000 Module Overview
Links
c4000 Processing Module
Fluidics
Integrated Chip Technology (ICT)
Liquid Level Sense (LLS)
PCB
Photometric Technology
Power Supply
Temperature Control System
Valves, Motors and Sensors
c4000 Processing Module
Overview
The ARCHITECT c4000 is a high performance clinical chemistry diagnostic system capable of quantifying selected analytes in biological fluids.
The system consists of the c4000 Processing Module, the Robotic Sample Handler (RSH), and a separate System Control Center (SCC) for
initiating and monitoring operations.
The system can be configured with up to 220 different assays including Ion Selective Electrode (ISE) analysis of sodium, potassium, and chloride
with up to 90 different cartridges onboard. It can process samples at 400 tests/hour without ICTs and a maximum throughput of 600 tests/hour
when running both photometric and ICT tests (9 second system cycle). Individual assay time is a maximum of 10.5 minutes for photometric tests
and 4 minutes for ICT tests.
Operational modes include random, continuous access and priority processing. Endpoint and rate reactions are calculated using absorbance
measurements that are converted into concentration units. Absorbance measurements are made using a diode array detection system. The
Integrated Chip Technology (ICT) for electrolyte determinations consists of an integrated module using ion selective electrode technology.
Quality control (using Levy-Jennings and Westgard rules) and on-board data storage is located on the hard drive of the SCC.
The c4000 reaction carousel contains 99 permanent, rectangular cuvettes in a temperature controlled water bath maintained at 37°C for a stable
reaction process. The cuvettes are held in 9 cuvette holders (segments) designed for the c4000 system. Each of the 9 segments contain 11
cuvettes. The reaction carousel rotates clockwise 1 ¼ turn every nine seconds during processing and positions the cuvettes for sample and
reagent dispensing, mixing, photometry and cuvette washing. Each individual cuvette is read as it passes through the optical light path.
A water distribution system is used to wash the cuvettes, sample probe, reagent probes and mixer blades. The cuvette washer is used to
distribute diluted alkaline and acid solutions during the cuvette wash process. The mixer assembly utilizes 2 mixers to mix the sample and
reagent in preparation for final analysis.
The c4000 has 1 reagent supply center that contains both the R1 and R2 reagents. The inner and outer carousels are split into 15 segments and
have a total of 90 positions for 55/20 mL size wedge bottles, or 66 positions for 90 mL size wedge bottles.
The RSH is used to move the carriers to the proper position for sampling. The RSH has total 20 slots for loading/unloading sample and carriers,
and also has 3 pockets on the carrier positioner for continuous sampling.
Pressure monitoring circuitry is incorporated for clot and bubble detection on the sample pipettor. An alert is issued when a clot or bubble is
detected providing the operator the opportunity to rerun or check the quality of the sample. Pressure monitoring is also provided for the R1 and
R2 pipettors.
Assay Processing Sequence
Position(s)
Description
1
The sample pipettor dispenses sample into the cuvette at the starting position.
2
The reaction carousel rotates approximately 1 and ¼ turns (124 cuvette positions). The cuvette
containing sample is now at the first reagent dispense position. Reagent pipettor 1 dispenses reagent
1 in the cuvette.
3
The reaction carousel rotates on cycle (1 and ¼ turns) to the first mixing position where the mixer unit
(mixer 1) mixes the sample and reagent 1.
Note
Each time the reaction carousel rotates, the cuvette passes the photometric position
where the lamp is located and the photometer measures the absorbance.
4
The reaction carousel rotates one cycle to this position at which no activity takes place.
5
The reaction carousel has completed 4 cycles. Each cycle rotates the reaction carousel 124 cuvette
positions (approximately 1 and ¼ turns). Since there are 99 cuvettes in the reaction carousel, each
cycle indexes the carousel 25 cuvette positions (124-99=25). After 4 cycles the cuvette is now one
position beyond the original starting position (4x25=100).
6-68
The reaction carousel continues to rotate and the reaction mixture incubates. The photometer takes
absorbance readings every time the cuvette passes the photometric position. Although the cuvette
passes the photometric position 68 times, the c4000 processing module only uses up to 33
absorbance readings for calculation of results.
69-97
The cuvette washer removes the reaction mixture to waste and cleans the cuvette with Alkaline
Wash, Acid Wash, and DI water. Then the cuvette washer dispenses DI water into the cuvette for a
water blank measurement to ensure cuvette integrity. Finally, the cuvette washer aspirates the water
and dries the cuvette.
100
The clean cuvette waits for new sample dispense.
Some assay protocols may also use the following locations:
Position(s)
Description
5
If onboard dilution is required, the sample pipettor aspirates the diluted sample and dispenses
the sample into the new cuvette that is currently at position 1.
22
For an ICT sample, the ICT probe aspirates the diluted sample into the ICT unit.
37
If the reaction requires a second reagent, reagent pipettor 2 dispenses reagent 2 into the
cuvette.
38
The mixer unit (mixer 2) mixes the second reagent with the sample and reagent mixture.
Top View
Front View
Rear View
Side View
Photometric Technology
Photometry is defined as the measurement of light, which travels in waves. The color of light is a function of its wavelength, which is the distance
between the peaks of a light wave. As the wavelength of light is varied, a visible change in color is detected. Material that appears to have color
absorbs light at specific wavelengths and reflects others producing different shades of color. For example, a substance that absorbs blue light at
475 nm reflects all other wavelengths and is seen as yellow, which is the sum of all other reflected light.
In a laboratory setting an assay specific reagent solution is mixed with a patient sample causing a chemical reaction and color change to take
place over time. Photometric technology uses a light source and optics unit to measure the kind and the amount of light absorbed or transmitted
by the solution. This technology follows Beer's Law, which states the absorbance of a solution is directly related to its concentration. The
relationship between transmittance and absorbance as a function of concentration is explained as follows:
Transmittance is the amount of light that passes through a solution and is measured photometrically. The amount of light reaching the optics
is expressed as the percent transmittance. As the concentration of the color in the sample is increased, the percent transmittance is
decreased although the relationship is not linear. A more linear relationship is established by plotting the logarithm of the %T. Absorbance
measures the amount of light that is absorbed by a solution. Absorbance describes the percentage of light transmission and is directly
proportional to concentration.
Standards or calibrators with known concentration values are measured in a photometric system. The measured absorbance values are plotted
against the known concentrations of the calibrators and a calibration curve is drawn. The absorbance of the patient sample is measured and
compared to the calibration curve and the concentration value of the patient result is calculated.
End-Point Assay
End-point assays are reactions that reach equilibrium and at that time, there is little or no further change to the absorbance readings. During this
equilibrium time, the system measures the absorbance readings used for calibration and calculating results.
For end-point assays, the system calculates the concentration using the absorbance data obtained in the Main Read Time specified on the
Configure assay parameters window - General Reaction Definition view.
End-Point Assay Reaction Curve Example
Rate Assay
Rate assays are reactions that measure the constant change in absorbance over time. The system performs readings several times during this
reaction, calculates absorbance change (activity), and uses the readings to calculate results.For rate assays, the system calculates activity using
the change of absorbance per minute in the Main Read Time specified on the Configure assay parameters window - General Reaction Definition
View.
Optics System
Serum or urine sample is dispensed into a glass cuvette and mixed with reagent. In the constant reaction process, variable rate of absorbance or
final absorbance at the end of the reaction process is used for calculating the measurement result. A spectrophotometer is used to monitor the
absorbance at 16 defined wavelength(s). The 99 cuvettes in the reaction carousel rotate in a water bath that maintains constant temperature
(37°C) for a stable reaction process.
The optical system of the c4000 module is a reaction cuvette direct photometry system that serves to direct and align the light from the source
lamp, through the water bath and cuvette, and into the optics unit. The system focuses only light that originates at the source lamp. The analyzer
uses a concave diffraction grating and is capable of taking monochromatic and bi-chromatic measurements at 16 different wavelengths.
Monochromatic measurements compare the absorbance of a chromogen in a sample solution against a water or reagent blank. Bi-chromatic
analysis uses the absorbance difference of a chromogen between two pre-selected wavelengths.
C4000 Optics Assembly
Light from the tungsten halogen source lamp passes through the aperture, heat absorbing filter, convex focusing lens, water bath lenses and
cuvette. The heat absorbing filter protects the first convex lens.
The light passes into the optics assembly through another convex focusing lens and is reflected off of a mirror 90 degrees through a slit to a
diffraction grating. The slit controls the size of the light beam onto the grating assembly. The grating breaks up the focused light beam into the 16
component wavelengths (340nm to 804nm) and reflects the light spectrum to the diode array. The photo diode detects and measures changes in
light intensity.
The current signal from the photo diode array is changed to a voltage and is amplified by the pre-amp board. In the DAQ board circuitry, the
signal is inverted and selected from 16 channels by a multiplexer. The Trigger Sensor signals the DAQ board the cuvette is in the light path and
is in position for the readings to take place. A gain control circuit (on the DAQ board) changes the signal to an optimum level, converts the analog
signal to a digital value and passes the signal to the CPU board. Final result calculations are performed by the system control center.
DAQ
Beginning of a Sample Processing Run
• Photometric gains are set to compensate for lamp degradation:
- Light passes through cuvette #34and into the optics assembly where the Diffraction Grating separates the light into 16 different
wavelengths and focuses them onto 16 different photo-diodes. The current signals from the photo-diodes are changed to a voltage
equivalent and amplified by the pre-amp board in the optics assembly. The signal range from the output of the pre-amp is 0V
(dark) to -5V max
- The DAQ Board inverts the signal (0V to +5V) and multiplexes it to the DAQ gain control circuitry
- The DAQ gain control circuitry increases or decreases the signal level input to the DAQ ADC circuitry. For example, if the output of
the pre-amp is –1.5V, a gain of x2 is selected and the input level to the ADC becomes 3V
- The amplified signals are converted by the DAQ to a digital value of 35000 (2.5VDC) to 65000 (5.0VDC) with a maximum gain of
4.0.
• The optics shutter is closed, and a dark current read is taken. This value is used to offset noise in the detection circuitry and is used in
the absorbance calculation
• Cuvette #34, containing water, is used to perform a trigger check. During the trigger check, the system rotates the reaction carousel and
locates the cuvette segment tab for the cuvette. After the trigger sensor detects the trailing edge of the tab, the optics are used to
calculate the center of the cuvette by locating both edges of the cuvette. The difference from the target (expected) value is the offset.
The offset value is used to determine when the system begins the optical readings on the individual cuvettes as they pass by the optics
• The system performs a water blank/cuvette integrity check optical read on each cuvette. The digital readings from the DAQ are sent to
the SCC via the CPU and are used to check the individual cuvette integrity. If the check passes, the readings are used as the water
blank value in the absorbance calculation. If it fails the system skips the cuvette during the run and generates an error message.
During a Sample Processing Run
• Sample is dispensed into a cuvette, reagent is added and mixed
• Thirty-three reads are made at the sixteen wavelengths.
Note
The c4000 module reads a total of 68 points of photometric data. However, the SCC utilizes 33 read points to keep equal
conditions throughout “C” series instruments.
• The digital readings from the DAQ are sent to the SCC via the CPU and depending on the assay reaction type and configuration, the
software extracts the proper wavelength readings for the selected read time
• The unknown sample value is used in the absorbance calculation. The measured absorbance values are plotted against the known
concentrations of the calibrators and a calibration curve is drawn. The absorbance of the patient sample is measured and compared to
the stored calibration curve and the concentration value of the patient result is calculated.
Abs = -10/5log ((sample voltage – dark voltage) / (water blank voltage – dark voltage))
Lamp Monitoring
This function monitors the lamp energy, to detect lamp output fluctuations. This minimizes generation of aberrant results caused by normal lamp
degradation.
• Lamp monitoring is performed during the cuvette water blank measurement
• Reads are a bi-chromatic calculation of the absorbance at 340nm and 380nm wavelengths
• Readings are analyzed against recent lamp data
• A range (Max-Min.) of the bichromatic reads are calculated and compared to the predefined threshold in the system software
parameters
• Bichromatic optics errors are generated when the reads are outside of specifications due to lamp instability and/or an issue with the
water bath
Ending of a Sample Processing Run
• The cuvette washer removes the reaction mixture to waste, and cleans the cuvette with Alkaline Wash, Acid Wash, and DI water
• The cuvette washer dispenses DI water into the cuvette for the water blank measurement
• The cuvette washer aspirates the water and dries the cuvette in preparation for the next sample
• If additional sample analysis is not requested, the sample probe dispenses water into the cuvette for hydration
Power and Card Cage Components
Component
Function and Description
Lamp Power Supply
• Located in the Main Power Supply
• Provides an adjustable +11.45VDC lamp voltage
DAQ Board
• Located in Master Card Cage
• Provides gain control circuitry for optical signals
• Converts the analog optical signals from the pre-amp into a digital equivalent (A/D
conversion)
CPU
• Located in Master Card Cage
• Receives optical signal from DAQ board and sends them to SCC for result processing
Optic Assembly and Lamp Housing Components
Component
Function and Description
Optics Assembly
Note
There are no field
adjustable, cleanable,
or replaceable parts
in the Optics
Assembly.
Shutter
• Shutter is normally open
• During RUNNING Status -closes for dark current and stray light reading
Convex Lens
• Focuses light onto mirror
Diffraction Grating
• Breaks the beam into 16 wavelengths and reflects the light onto a Photo Diode Array
Photo Diode Array
• Detects and measures changes in the light intensity and sends signal to the Preamp PCB
Preamp PCB
• Converts optical signal to a voltage, amplifies it and sends it to DAQ board
Optical Fan
• 100VAC cooling fan secured to outside of Optics Assembly
Halogen Source Lamp
•
•
•
•
•
+11.45VDC from DC Lamp Power Supply located in Main Power Supply
Lamp is always ON
Filament should be vertically positioned
Replaced per customer quarterly maintenance
Located in center of Reaction Carousel Assembly
Water Bath Components
Component
Water Bath
Function and Description
Heat Absorbing Filter
Protects the Convex Lens from heat distortion
Convex Lens
Focuses light path onto Cuvette
Water Bath Lens (2) and gaskets
Allows light to pass through the water bath
Cuvette
Cuvettes in the reaction carousel rotate in a water bath that maintains constant temperature (37°C)
for a stable reaction process.
Cuvette Wipers
Removes bubbles from the outside of the cuvette
Integrated Chip Technology (ICT)
The ICT module is an integrated subsystem for determining sodium, potassium and chloride in fluid samples. The ICT module contains a solid
state ion selective electrode for each analyte. Each electrode is based on the unique properties of ion specific membranes that develop an
electrical potential or voltage when exposed to a solution containing the analyte it is designed to measure. The voltage developed varies in
response to concentration changes – the higher the sample concentration, the larger the voltage output. The voltage on the ion selective
electrode is compared to a reference electrode that is an integral part of the ICT module.
ICT Module and Flow
Electrode
Description
Sodium (Na+)
A Crown Ether ionophore incorporated into an ion-selective plastic membrane.
(It is NOT a glass electrode, and therefore is less affected by pH changes)
Potassium (K+)
Valinomycin incorporated into an ion-selective plastic membrane.
Chloride (Cl-)
A solid silver chloride (AgCl) disk.
Reference
A silver/silver chloride electrode in a potassium chloride (KCl) gel inner solution, separated
from the sample by a porous ceramic tube.
The c4000 module uses an on-board bulk solution known as ICT reference solution. Reference solution is used in the ICT fluidic system in
determination of electrolyte values. The solution serves to stabilize the temperature of the ICT electrodes, provides known concentration or
standard for calculating the concentration of the sample and to rinse out the sample at the measurement process. Proper fluidic operation is
critical for accurate and precise results. A capacitive sensor located in the reference solution cup monitors fluidic operation. If the cup does not fill
or if the reference solution is not aspirated an error is generated.
ICT Reference Solution Cup Level Sense Description
The ICT Reference Solution Cup contains level sense electrodes used to sense the presence of ICT Reference Solution. When the cup is full, the
solution covers both electrodes and provides a conductive pathway between the electrodes. After the ICT Module completes aspiration, the fluid
level drops below the electrodes and there will be no conductive pathway between the electrodes.
The analyzer confirms the ICT Reference Solution is dispensed and aspirated correctly by detecting the solution level in the ICT Reference
Solution Cup before and after aspiration.
If solution is not detected prior to aspiration, the systems generate error code 5622 Unable to process test, ICT reference solution cup not filling.
If solution is detected after aspiration, the system generates error code 5623 Unable to process test, ICT reference solution not aspirated.
When the ICT Reference Solution is not properly detected, the analyzer stops measuring the ICT assay, flags associated results and generates
an error code that is added to the message history log. The analyzer stops measuring ICT Assays, but the cup is not drained. The level of
solution left in the cup after an error is the same level of solution that generated the error. The level detect electronic signal pathway is as follows:
1.
ICT Reference Solution Cup Sensors.
2.
IREF Level Detect Board.
3.
CNN.
4.
CPU.
IREF Level Detect Board LED Operation
The IREF Level Detect Board is mounted on the side of the ICT Pre-amp board (located at the front, upper right of the c4000 module). There are
two Light Emitting Diodes (LED) located on the board.LED 2 turns on only when the c4000 module CPU is reading the status of the level sense
electrodes in the ICT Reference Cup. During this brief status check (when LED 2 is on) observe LED 1. If the cup is full during the status check,
LED 1 will be on at the same time as LED 2. If the cup is empty, LED 1 will be off when LED 2 is on. Just before the ICT assembly moves down
to aspirate, both LED2 and LED1 turn RED momentarily (cup is full), and turn off. After the ICT assembly aspirates and moves up, LED2 turns
RED momentarily and turns off. LED1 never turns on because the IREF Cup is empty.
Serum and Urine Sample Progression
Schematic Diagram
ICT Fluid Flow Diagram
Link
7A_9001a.pdf
Serum Sample Progression
If concentrated ICT Diluent is used, the R1 pipettor aspirates 69uL of ICT Diluent and dispenses it into the cuvette along with 276uL of water. The
ICT Reference Solution read in step four is used to condition the ICT and is not used in result calculations.
1.
15ul of sample is aspirated and dispensed into a cuvette by the Sample Pipettor.
2.
The R1 Pipettor aspirates 345uL of ICT Diluent and dispenses it into the cuvette containing the sample.
3.
The ICT Diluent and sample solution are mixed utilizing the R1 Mixer.
4.
The ICT Assembly moves over the ICT Reference Solution Cup, aspirates ICT Reference Solution and reads for 9 seconds. (This step may
occur multiple times if the system was in standby or if there was a pause between ICT runs.)
5.
The ICT Assembly moves over the cuvette containing the sample and ICT Diluent mixture, aspirates and reads for 9 seconds.
6.
The ICT Assembly moves over the ICT Reference Solution Cup, aspirates ICT Reference Solution and reads for 9 seconds.
7.
The difference between the sample voltage reading made in step 5 and the ICT Reference Solution voltage reading made in step 6 are used
to calculate the result.
Urine Sample Progression
The R1 Pipettor aspirates 345ul of ICT Diluent and dispenses it into the cuvette containing the sample. If concentrated ICT Diluent is used, the
R1 pipettor aspirates 69uL of ICT Diluent and dispenses it into the cuvette along with 276uL of water.
1.
15ul of sample is aspirated and dispensed into a cuvette by the Sample Pipettor.
2.
The ICT Diluent and sample solution are mixed utilizing the R1 Mixer.
3.
The ICT Assembly moves over the ICT Reference Solution Cup, aspirates ICT Reference Solution and reads for 9 seconds. (This step may
occur multiple times if the system was in standby or if there was a pause between ICT runs.)
4.
The ICT Assembly moves over the cuvette containing the sample and ICT Diluent mixture, aspirates and reads for 9 seconds.
5.
The ICT Assembly moves over the ICT Reference Solution Cup, aspirates IREF solution and reads for 9 seconds.
6.
The ICT Assembly aspirates ICT Reference Solution a second time and reads for 9 seconds.
7.
The difference between the sample voltage reading from step 5 and the ICT Reference Solution voltage reading made in step 7 are used to
calculate the result.
Note
The ICT Reference Solution read in step four is used to condition the ICT and is not used in result calculations. The ICT Reference
Solution read in step 6 is a flush used to eliminate potential carryover from a urine sample.
Fluidics
Fluidics Overview
The Water Management Unit (WMU) provides incoming water distribution for the c4000 module. The WMU is located on the left rear side of the
instrument. The unit consists of a number of valves, pumps and tubing that direct clean reagent grade water used for the water bath, probe wash,
mixer washing and cuvette washing.
On-board the WMU is a 3-liter internal water supply tank which fills automatically to maintain water availability and enables water to be distributed
throughout the c4000 module when needed. Float switches in the WMU tell the c4000 module if there is adequate water available and if the low
concentration waste drain system is working properly.
A magnetic pump (MP), located in the WMU, pumps water to the sample probe, reagent probes and mixer wash cups for external probe washing.
A water degasser is incorporated in the system to reduce bubbles in the DI water for the Probe Wash Pump, Cuvette Wash Pump, Wash Solution
Pump, and Water Bath Fill Pump.
• The bellows style Probe Wash Pump provides degassed water for dispensing and internal probe washing by directing the degassed
water through the inside of the sample and reagent probes.
• The bellows style Cuvette Wash Pump provides degassed water for washing the cuvettes by directing the degassed water through a
manifold and to the various cuvette wash nozzles located on the cuvette washer head.
• The syringe style Wash Solution Pump uses degassed water to create and deliver a 1.3% alkaline and 0.9% acid solution to the wash
nozzles for cuvette washing.
• The peristaltic style Water Bath Fill Pump provides degassed water for the reaction water bath.
There are two syringe style pumps used in the ICT subsystem:
• The syringe style ICT Aspiration Pump is used to aspirate sample and reference solution into the ICT module for analysis.
• The syringe style ICT Reference Solution Pump is used to fill and drain the ICT Reference Cup with ICT Reference Solution.
The cuvette washer generates high concentration waste (HCW) and low concentration waste (LCW) during the process of cleaning the cuvettes.
The peristaltic style HCW Pump removes the high concentration waste from the cuvettes and sends it to the HCW waste drain.
• Two diaphragm style vacuum pumps, VP1 and VP2, remove the low concentration waste from the cuvettes and send it to the LCW
Tank where it is gravity fed to an external drain hose.
The following schematic provides greater detail for the overall fluidics operation of the instrument:
Water Management Unit (WMU)
Schematic Diagram
Fluidics Diagram
Link
7A_9002b.pdf
Water Management Unit (WMU)
The Water Management Unit provides incoming water distribution and is located on the left rear side of the c4000 module. The WMU directs
water to the water bath, probe wash cups, mixer wash cups and cuvette washer.
1
Water Flow Adjustment
Valves
2
LCW Tank
3
LCW Float Switch
4
Incoming Water
1
Tank Float Switches
2
Water Supply Tank
3
Magnetic Pump
On-board the WMU is a 3-liter internal water supply tank that fills automatically to maintain water availability and enables water to be distributed
throughout the c4000 module when needed. Float switches in the WMU tell the c4000 module if there is adequate water available and if the low
concentration waste drain system is working properly.
A magnetic pump (MP), pumps water to the sample probe, reagent probes and mixer wash cups for external probe washing.
WMU Input Specifications
Water Quality
C4000 Water
Connection
Flow Rate
> 1 Meg Ohm-cm @
25°C (77°F)
Max Bacterial
Content: 1000
colony forming units
per mL (cfu/ml)
Regulator and pressure
gauge located prior to c4000
water input.
No brass fittings in the water
input line.
Water pressure: 15-25psi at
15°C to 37°C
Tubing: 3/8” (9.5mm) OD
hard tubing
Fitting: 3/8”-1/4”NPT (9.56.35mm) male thread
(both ends) compression
fitting
The flow rate is
determined by the water
pressure and tubing size.
If regulator pressure,
tubing and connectors
meet specification, the
flow rate is acceptable.
Consumption
< 18L/hour
WMU Tank Fill
Float sensors inside the water tank tell the c4000 module when water is needed, when water is too low and when an overflow situation exists.
Once the tank is filled, the remainder of the c4000 module can be supplied with water.
1
Float Sensors
1
Low
2
Full
3
Overflow
The water inlet port fitting directs water through an on/off valve and flow restrictor that is preset from the factory. When water is needed, the
incoming water valve is opened and the 3-liter open water tank fills with water through a flow restrictor.
1
Water Inlet
1
On/Off Valve
2
Flow Restrictor
3
Water Inlet
WMU To Probe Wash Cups
The magnetic pump (MP) pumps water from the water tank to the wash cup adjustment valves and solenoids. Each valve can be manually
adjusted to distribute the correct amount of water to the sample probe wash cup, reagent probe wash cups and mixer wash cups. When water is
not needed for probe and mixer washing, the valves remain open and water is re-circulated back into the water supply tank through a second
manifold. The magnetic pump is constantly running to maintain circulation.
1
Mixer Wash Cups
2
Reagent Probes Wash Cups
3
Sample Probe Wash Cup
4
Water Flow Adjustment
Valves
Low Concentration Waste (LCW) Drain Manifold
The LCW Drain Manifold is located on the left side of the c4000 module. It collects the waste from the sample probe wash cup, reagent probe
wash cups, mixer wash cups, reagent carousel and water bath overflow waste area. It drains into the Low Concentration Waste Tank.
1
Left Side c4000
2
LCW Manifold
3
LCW Tank
R
Reagent Probes Wash Cups
OF2
Water Bath Overflow
OF1
Water Bath Overflow
STR
Mixer Wash Cups
S
Sample Probe Wash Cup
RC
Reagent Carousel
WMU Low Concentration Waste (LCW) Tank
The WMU contains a low concentration waste tank that collects low concentration waste from the LCW Drain Manifold, cuvette washer vacuum
pump (1&2) and air bleed lines. The LCW Tank drain line is gravity fed to external waste. The tank contains a float sensor for verifying that the
LCW tank is draining correctly.
1
Air Bleed
2
VP 1 & 2
3
LCW Manifold
4
LCW Tank
1
Float Sensor
Degasser Unit
Water is distributed from the WMU open water tank to the Degasser Unit. The Degasser Unit contains a degassing vacuum chamber (canister),
vacuum pump, sensor and control board that is used to remove bubbles in the DI water for use by the Probe Wash Pump, Cuvette Wash Pump,
Wash Solution Pump, and Water Bath Fill Pump. The Degasser unit is compatible with the ARCHITECT c8000 and c16000.
1
Heater Assembly
2
Water Filter
3
Degasser Unit
4
Water Bath Fill Pump
Water Bath Fill and Water Heater
Water Bath Fill
Water from the Degasser Unit is pumped through the Heater Assembly, water filter, manifold and into the water bath by the peristaltic Water Bath
Fill Pump. A float switch located in the water bath tells the c4000 module when the water bath is full.
Water Bath Heater
Once the water bath is full of water, the Water Bath Fill Pump turns off and the Water Bath Heater Assembly turns on. The Water Bath Heater
Assembly contains a magnetic pump (MP), heater and radiator. When the unit is on, it maintains a constant water temperature of 37°C ± 0.2°C
by re-circulating the water from the bath through a manifold, into the radiator, heater, and back to the water bath in a closed loop.
The manifold is also used to provide re-circulated heated water to the ICT Warming Jacket to keep the ICT module warm.
Sample & Reagent Lines - Internal Probe Wash
Probe Wash Pump
To wash the inside of the sample and reagent probes, the WMU supplies water through a manifold to the Degasser Unit that removes air
bubbles from the DI water. On the down stroke of the internal probe wash pump, water flows from the degasser through a check valve and into
the bellows style pump. On the upstroke, water is forced out the top of the pump through a check valve and into a valve unit that splits the water
flow to the COM ports of the sample valve, reagent 1 valve and reagent 2 valve.
When it is necessary to wash the probes internally, the sample and reagent valves allow water to pass through the NC ports to the sample and
reagent syringes and out to the probes. As the pump cycles, water is flushed through the probes and into the probe wash cups.
Upon completion of a wash cycle, the valves close the NC port (creating a slight pressure in the tubing between the Probe Wash Pump and the
valves) and open the NO port. The line pressure forces water to the Water Bath Overflow Area.
1
Water Bath Overflow Area
2
From the NO Ports on Probe Wash Valve Unit
Cuvette Washer Fluidics Overview
An eight step cuvette washing process is used to clean the cuvettes on the c4000 module. The cuvette washer aspirates sample and reagent
from previous reactions to a high concentrate waste container or drain. It washes the cuvettes with alkaline and acid wash solutions and provides
two water rinses. After the water rinses, it dispenses water for a water blank reading and dries the cuvette prior to the next sample.
1
High Concentration Waste (HCW) Pump- evacuates HCW from the
cuvette.
2
Wash Manifold- provides wash solutions to the nozzles.
3
LCW Manifold- used to evacuate wash waste (LCW) to Vacuum Pump 2.
4
Washer Nozzles- eight nozzles used to aspirate waste, wash and dry
cuvettes
Cuvette Washer Nozzles
Cuvette Washer Nozzles
Description
Nozzle 1
Aspirates the high concentration waste through a high concentration waste peristaltic
pump. The nozzle also dispenses DIwater into the cuvette from the cuvette wash
bellows pump during the aspiration. Water is dispensed through small holes in the
welded area in the mid-section of the nozzle.
Nozzle 2
Delivers a 1.3% mixture of alkaline solution and DI water that is created and provided by
the Wash Solution Pump using a micro syringe block and 1 mL syringes. After the
alkaline solution is dispensed into the cuvette, it is aspirated through a vacuum pump.
Nozzle 3
Delivers a 0.9% mixture of acid solution and DI water that is also created by the Wash
Solution Pump. The alkaline and acid solutions are located on the weighted platform
scales in the front of the analyzer.
Nozzles 4/5
Dispense DI water into the cuvettes and aspirate the water through a vacuum pump.
Nozzle 6
Has two nozzles, one providing DI water that fills the cuvette to a certain level and the
other to aspirate part of the water out of the cuvette. The amount of water left in the
cuvette is used by the system for a water blank which is measured as the cuvette
passes through the optics unit. The transmission or intensity of the light measured in the
water blank is used as the reference value for the subsequent measurement of the
sample in this cuvette. It is also used as a cuvette integrity check.
Nozzle 7
Performs an aspiration of the water blank.
Nozzle 8
Has a porous cuvette drying tip installed on the nozzle that removes water from the
cuvette prior to introduction of the next sample. The nozzle is spring loaded which
allows the nozzle to move up when the drying tip is driven into the physical bottom of
the cuvette. This ensures the cuvette drying tip is touching the bottom of the cuvette.
Water in the bottom or on the side walls of the cuvette is aspirated by a vacuum pump
through small holes on the side and bottom of the nozzle shaft.
Cuvette Washing - Water Wash
Cuvette Wash Pump
The bellows style Cuvette Wash Pump supplies degassed water to the High Concentration Waste Nozzle, Water Wash Nozzle 1, Water Wash
Nozzle 2, and the Water Blank Nozzle. Degassed DI water is used to prevent water from dropping out of the nozzle tip due to bubbles in the
tubing.
During the cuvette wash process, water from the Degasser Unit is directed through a check valve and into the bellows on the down stroke of the
pump. On the up stroke of the pump, the cuvette wash valve opens the NC port allowing water to flow through a check valve and to a manifold
that distributes water to the nozzles for cuvette rinsing. During normal running, cuvette washing is a continuous process.
Upon completion of a wash cycle, the cuvette wash valve closes the NC port creating a slight pressure in the tubing between the Cuvette Wash
Pump and the valve. The NO port opens and relieves any pressure or air in the line to the WMU open tank.
Cuvette Washing - Alkaline and Acid Wash Solutions
Wash Solution Pump
As part of the cuvette wash process, alkaline and acid solutions are introduced into the cuvette aspirated. The Wash Solution Pump dilutes the
alkaline solution to 1.3% and the acid solution to 0.9% and distributes the solutions to the nozzles for the cuvette washing.
On the down stroke of the pump, degassed water from the Degasser Unit is supplied to the two 1mL syringes located on the front of the pump
through check valves mounted at the top of each syringe. At the same time, the ALK1 and ACD1 valves turn on (NC is open, NO is closed)
allowing aspiration of straight alkaline and acid solution from the bulk solution bottles into the micro syringes that are also mounted on the pump.
The 1mL syringes filled with water and small, measured amounts of alkaline and acid solutions in the tubing lines create the proper dilutions to be
delivered to the cuvette washer nozzles.
On the up stroke of the pump, valves ALK1 and ACD 1 turn off (NC is closed, NO is open) and valves ACD2 and ALK2 turn on (NC is open, NO
is closed), allowing the solutions to be pumped into the nozzles 2 and 3 of the cuvette washer.
At the completion of the cycle, valves ALK2 and ACD2 turn off (NO open, NC closed), allowing any remaining solution or air to be directed to the
low concentration waste tank through the valves normally open port.
Cuvette Washing - Water & Wash Solution Aspiration and Drying
Vacuum Pumps
After the cuvettes have had alkaline, acid or water introduced during the wash process, they must be emptied and dried prior to the next sample
dispense. To achieve this, a duel-headed vacuum pump is used to remove the contents of the cuvettes and provide a final drying before the
cuvettes are used again. The vacuum pump has two heads that are identified as VP1 [1] and VP2 [2].
1
VP1
2
VP2
VP1 is attached directly to the cuvette dryer tip and provides final drying of the cuvette before it is used again. Aspirated water is directed through
the vacuum pump to the LCW tank in the WMU.
VP2 [2] aspirates water rinse, alkaline wash solution and acid wash solution from the cuvettes into the nozzles through a manifold and directs it to
the LCW tank in the WMU.
Low Concentration Waste and Drain Lines
Low concentration waste from the reagent supply center, wash cups, and the water bath overflow area is directed to the LCW tank through a
drain pipe type waste manifold. (The water bath overflow area collects waste from the ICT reference solution cup, the sample and reagent valves,
and the water bath overflow.)
Low concentration waste from the cuvette washer and the air bleed lines from the wash solution pump is also directed to the low concentration
waste tank.
Waste from the tank is directed out of the back of the c4000 module. A float switch is located inside the LCW tank to alert the operator of an
overflow situation. The tank also has a separate overflow port to an external fitting should it overflow.
High Concentration Waste
HCW From Cuvette
Upon completion of a sample run, the patient sample and reagent are first aspirated from the cuvette through nozzle #1 (HCW Nozzle) on the
cuvette washer.
Cuvette washer nozzle #1 (HCW nozzle) is connected directly to the peristaltic style HCW pump. When the pump rotates, patient sample and
reagent are aspirated from the cuvette into the nozzle and sent to the external high concentration waste container or drain.
HCW From ICT HCW Cup
ICT waste is drawn from the ICT HCW Cup through a check valve and into the #14 syringe on the ICT aspiration pump during the down stroke of
the pump. On the subsequent up stroke of the pump, the waste is pushed through the other side of the check valve to the external high
concentration waste container or drain.
ICT Aspiration Pump Fluidics
Located on the right side of the ICT Aspiration Pump, is the number 11 syringe, or Aspiration Syringe. It is used to aspirate sample or ICT
Reference Solution into the ICT Module for measurement.
• On the down stroke of the ICT Aspiration Pump, the aspiration syringe draws down and aspirates fluid into the ICT Probe, through the
ICT Module, into the normally closed (NC) port of the Pinch Valve, out of the common port (COM) and into the aspiration syringe.
• On the upstroke of the pump, fluid is pushed up through the common port of the Pinch Valve, out of the normally open (NO) port, and
into the ICT High Concentration Waste (HCW) Cup.
Located on the left side of the ICT Aspiration Pump, is the number 14 syringe. It is used to pump waste from the ICT HCW Cup to an External
HCW Container or drain.
• As the ICT Aspiration Pump moves down, the number 14 syringe draws the high concentration waste from the ICT HCW Cup down
through a check valve and into the syringe.
• On the upstroke of the pump, the waste is pushed out through a check valve and to the External HCW Container or drain.
ICT Reference Solution Pump Fluidics
Located on the right side of the ICT Reference Solution Pump, is the number 12 syringe. It is used to aspirate and dispense ICT Reference
Solution into the ICT Reference Solution Cup.
• On the down stroke of the ICT Reference Solution Pump, ICT Reference Solution is aspirated from the bulk solution bottle, through a
check valve and into the syringe.
• On the upstroke of the pump, the ICT Reference Solution is pushed up through a check valve, through the Warming Ring and into the
upper port of the ICT Reference Solution Cup.
On the left side of the ICT Reference Solution Pump, is the number 13 syringe. It is used to pump fluid from the ICT Reference Cup to the Water
Bath Waste Overflow area.
• On the down stroke of the ICT Reference Solution Pump, the number 13 syringe aspirates the ICT Reference Solution from the bottom
port of the ICT Reference Solution Cup down through a check valve and into the syringe.
• On the upstroke, it pushes the solution through the check valve and into the Water Bath Waste Overflow area.
Key Diagrams, M&Ds and Alignment/Adjustment Procedures
Diagram/M&D/Procedure
Description
Fluidics Diagram
Diagram of system fluidics.
M&D 1175 Wash Cup Test
Procedure for measuring and adjusting water flow for sample, reagent and mixer
wash cups.
M&D 2155 Flush Bulk Solution
Primes ICT reference solution, alkaline wash and acid wash solutions fluidic lines.
M&D 2132 Flush Water Lines
Flushes all water lines.
P-668 Cuvette Washer Check
Verifies cuvette washer operation.
P-621 Cuvette Washer Alignment
Cuvette washer alignment procedure.
PCB
Card Cage PCBs
The Card Cage is located behind the right front door and access panel.
1
Card Cage
2
Sensor LED Board
CPU
The CPU contains the c4000 module firmware and provides communication with the SCC. A backup of the robotics information is stored in the
CPU board flash memory.
AC/DC Controller
The AC/DC Controller board circuitry provides +12VDC valve control, 100VAC motor control and I/O for the associated sensors. It also provides
8-bit A/D conversion for temperature and voltage monitoring.
Temperature monitoring:
• Reagent Supply Center (2-10×C)
• Water Bath (36.8-37.2×C)
• Ambient (15-30×C)
• Perform M&D 3525 Temperature Status to view readings
Voltage monitoring:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
+5VDC (card cage)
+15VDC (card cage)
-15VDC (card cage)
+12VDC (valves)
+11.45VDC (lamp)
+24V.VDC (stepper motors)
Perform M&D 5712 Voltages Test to view readings.
SM AC/DC Controller
The SM AC/DC Controller board provides I/O for the, reagent carousel lid sensor and controls the CRA (Continuous Reagent Access). As an
option, the system has a CRA that provides a reagent auto loading function that will load and unload reagents through the RSH without
disrupting assay processing.
SMC Controller
The Stepper Motor Controller (SMC) board circuitry provides 2-phase DC stepper motor control, 5-phase DC stepper motor control and I/O for
the associated sensors.
Pressure Monitoring Board
The Pressure Monitor board has a digital processor that monitors the electrical output signals from the pressure monitoring sensors during the
sample and reagent aspiration, dispense and wash process.
DAQ
The DAQ board consists of a 16 bit A/D converter circuit and a CPU of the 386EX series. The DAQ board serves to amplify and convert the
optical and ICT analog signals to a digital format to be sent to the SCC. The DAQ board also controls the operation of the c4000 module and
stores the robotics alignment information in SRAM memory.
Sensor (MECH) LED Board
The Sensor LED board contains light emitting diodes that indicate the status of the sensor signals input to the AC/DC Controller, Stepper Motor
Controller and SM AC/DC Controller boards.
The Sensor LED board is located on the inside of the card cage cover and is connected to the three controller boards by cables.
Card Cage Backplane
The Card Cage Backplane (upper and lower) distributes signals and voltages to the card cage circuit boards.
Driver Box Assembly PCBs
The Driver Box Assembly is located behind the right front door and access panel.
1
SMD
2
Mixer Driver
3
AC/DC Driver
Stepper Motor Driver (SMD) Board
The SMD board drives the 2-phase and 5-phase +24VDC stepper motors by control signals (speed, direction and power) from the Stepper Motor
Controller (located in the card cage) and +24VDC from the Main Power Supply.
AC/DC Driver
The AC/DC Driver board drives the 100VAC motors and +12VDC magnetic valves by ON/OFF control signals from the AC/DC Controller (located
in the card cage) and 100VAC and +12VDC from the Main Power Supply.
STR (Mixer) Driver
The Mixer Driver board drives the R1 and R2 piezoelectric mixers used for mixing sample and reagent in the cuvettes. Note: STR is an
abbreviation for stirrer.
Mixer Drive frequency:
• Cuvette- 120Hz
• Wash Cup Up position- 70Hz
• Wash Cup Lower Position- 120Hz
Additional PCBs Mounted Throughout The System
Liquid Level Sense (LLS) Board
The LLS board [1] is located above the Card Cage.
1
LLS Board
The LLS board is used to detect contact with liquid surface by the sample probe, R1 probe and R2 probe.
Fluid sense and air detection is based on capacitance for the sample and reagent probes. Thresholds for liquid detection are adjustable with
potentiometers located on the LLS board.
CNN (Distribution) Board
The CNN Board is mounted on the rear right side of the c4000 module.
1
CNN Board
The CNN board is a distribution/interface for signals between the card cage boards and the circuit boards and sensors It also generates voltages
used for the PM sensors and isolated voltage for the LLS Board.
TBC (Temperature Bath Controller)
The TBC circuit board is located inside of the Heater Assembly in the center rear of the c4000 module.
1
TBC
2
Ambient Temperature Sensor
The water bath temperature is monitored and controlled by the Temperature Bath Controller board. The TBC monitors the status of the water bath
temperature sensor and drives a heater and pump to maintain the water bath temperature at 37° C. The ambient temperature sensor is also
connected to the TBC.
ICT Pre- Amp Board and IREF Level Detector Board
The ICT Pre- Amp Board and IREF Level Detector Board are located at the front, upper right of the c4000 module.
1
Remove keypad.
2
Remove screw.
3
Slide up.
The ICT Pre-Amp board receives and amplifies the signals from the ICT module and transmits the signals to the DAQ board for processing.
1
ICT Pre Amp
2
IREF Level Detect Board
The IREF Level Detect board is connected to electrode sensors contained in the ICT Reference Solution Cup. It is used to verify that ICT
Reference Solution is dispensed into the cup and that ICT Reference Solution is aspirated out of the cup by the ICT probe. It is mounted on the
side of the ICT Pre-amp board located at the front, upper right of the c4000 module.
There are two Light Emitting Diodes (LED) located on the board that indicate the status of the fluid sensors in the ICT Reference Solution Cup.
Schematic Diagram
Wiring Diagram
Link
7A_9003b.pdf
Key Diagrams, M&Ds and Alignment/Adjustment Procedures
Diagram/M&D/Procedure
Description
Option
M&D 3805 Pressure Monitor Test
Tests the pressure monitor board and pressure monitor
transducer for communications and consistency.
N/A
M&D 3525 Temperature Status
Displays the current and average temperatures of the water bath,
reagent supply center and the instrument ambient.
N/A
M&D 5712 Voltages Test
Displays/tests the voltages of +5V, -15V, +15V, +12V, +11.5 and
+24V.
N/A
Power Supply
Overview
The Main Power Supply and Transformer are used to generate the required AC and DC voltages for the c4000 and RSH modules. The Main
Power Supply is located at the right-rear of the c4000module.
1
Main Power Supply
2
220V Input
3
Main Power Switch
4
Voltage output to c4000 and RSH
5
Transformer
The Main Power Supply input receives the incoming 220VAC line voltage and routes it through a main power switch, circuit protector, line filter
and out to the primary side of the Transformer.
The primary side of the Transformer is tapped to allow selection of the corresponding incoming voltage: AC200V, AC208V, AC220V, AC230V,
and AC240V.
The secondary side of the Transformer provides 24VAC and 100VAC to the Main Power Supply for the eight built-in sub power supplies that
generate required DC voltages for the c4000 and RSH modules.
Main Power Supply Output Voltages
Power Supply
Voltage and Function
Adjustable
PS1
±12VDC (2A) Card Cage Backplane
+5VDC (15A) Card Cage Backplane/CPU/Logic
+3.3VDC (8A) Card Cage Backplane/CPU
Yes
PS2
±15VDC (1A) Analog Power Supply (DAQ)
Yes
PS3
+12VDC (8A) Valve Drive Power Supply
Yes
PS4
+11.45VDC (2A) Lamp Power Supply
Yes
PS5
+12VDC (27A) Peltiers and fan for Reagent Supply Center
Yes
Note
ON/OFF controlled by thermostat.
PS6
+24VDC (18A) c4000 Stepper Motor Drive Power Supply
Yes
PS7
+36VDC (18A) RSH Motor Drive Power Supply
Yes
PS8
+12VDC (2A) RSH Communications
-12VDC (1A) RSH Communications
+5VDC (10A) RSH CPU Control
Yes
100VAC from
Transformer
AC Motors, Pumps and Heaters
N/A
24VAC From
Transformer
Piezo Mixer Drive and Temperature Control Circuit
N/A
Main Power Supply Panel
PS
Power Supply
LF
Line Filter 220V Input
TB
Terminal Block
NF
Noise Filter
MC
Magnetic Contactor
The panel of the Main Power Supply contains:
1.
Circuit protectors/breakers:
•
•
•
•
•
AC2: TBC,STR-DRIVER AC24V Line
AC3: AC/DC DRIVER AC100V Line
AC4: TBC AC100V Line
AC5: Cooling FAN AC100V Line
CP1: SMD DC+24V Line1
2.
• CP2: SMD DC+24V Line2
• CP3: SMD DC+24V Line3
• CP4: SMD DC+24V Line4
• CP5: SMD DC+24V Line5
• CP6: SMD DC+24V Line6
• CP7: SMD DC+24V Line7
Light Emitting Diodes (LEDs) for each power supply voltage (illuminated indicates on).
3.
Variable resistors for adjusting voltage output.
4.
Switches.
Note
The LED for PS5 is only illuminated when power is needed to cool the Reagent Supply Center (ON/OFF is controlled by the
thermostat).
Power Switches
There are four power switches on the c4000 module:
• Three Main Power Supply switches- Main Switch (Breaker) controls the line voltage into the Main Power Supply
- ANA Switch- controls power to the c4000 analyzer
- RSH Switch- controls power to the RSH
• Maintenance power switch (left side of c4000 module) - removes power from the c4000 module (both standalone and integrated) except
for the 12VDC used to cool the Reagent Supply Center and the RSH.
Maintenance Switch Off
c4000 and ci4100
Function
Main Power Supply–Side Panel–Jumper Configuration
Stops power to c4000 only.
Provides power to RSH and
c4000 Reagent Supply
Center and
allows maintenance be
performed on the c4000
while the i1000 and RSH are
processing samples.
Note
With the
maintenance
switch turned
off, power
supply LEDs
are Off (not lit)
for
PS1
PS2
PS3
PS4
PS6
LEDs are On
(lit) for:
PS5
PS7
PS8
Main Power Supply Side Panel
The side panel of the power supply provides connectors for AC and DC distribution to the c4000 and RSH modules.
Connector Name
Output/Function
Transformer
AC100V,AC24V
AUTO
Sub Power Supply ON/OFF Control AC100V Input
AC100V
AC100V Output
CNBD
CNN BOARD DC+5V,DC+12V Output
ON/OFF
Spare AC100V Output
CPUM
DC Voltage Monitor Output
+24V1
SMD DC+24V Output(1)
+24V2
SMD DC+24V Output(2)
TBC
TBC Unit DC+5V,AC24V Output
R/F
Front Power Control Switch
+12V
AC/DC Driver DC+12V Output
STRD
STR-Driver2 AC24V,DC±15V Output
CPU
DC+5V,DC±15V,DC+3.3V,DC±12V Output
AC
AC/DC DRIVER, Cooling FAN AC100V Output
UC
Unit Cooling DC+12V Output
TBC
Water Bath Control AC24V Output,+5V Output
LAMP
LAMP DC+11.5V Output
MC IN
Magnet Contact Input Side
MC OUT
Magnet Contact Output Side
RSH
RSH Power Supply Input Side Connector
C+RSH
c4000 Standalone RSH Connector
i+RSH
4000 Integration RSH Connector
J1
RSH DC+36V Output
J2
RSH DC+36V Output
J3
RSH DC+12V Output
J4
RSH DC±12V Output
J5
RSH DC+5V Output
J6
RSH DC+5V Output
Card Cage Backplane
The Card Cage Backplane (upper and lower) distributes signals and voltages to the card cage circuit boards.
Lower Backplane Terminal Blocks
Upper Backplane Terminal Blocks
The following voltages are supplied to the card cage circuit boards via the card cage back plane:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
+5VDC (For digital circuitry and voltage monitoring)
+3.3VDC (For digital circuitry)
±12VDC (For digital circuitry)
+15VDC (For analog circuitry and voltage monitoring)
-15VDC (For analog circuit and voltage monitoring)
+12VDC (For DC fans and Magnetic Valve voltage monitoring)
+11.45VDC (For Lamp voltage monitoring)
+24VDC (For SMD voltage monitoring)
CNN (Distribution) Board
The CNN board is a distribution/interface for signals between the card cage boards and the circuit boards and sensors mounted within the
instrument frame.
The CNN also generates the following voltages:
• +5VDC: Voltage supply of various sensors
• ±12VDC: Voltage supply of pressure sensors
• ±15VDC: Voltage supply of LLS PCB
A DC/DC converter generates the +5VDC and ±15VDC (isolated). The ±15V DC-DC converter for the LLS board is mounted on the CNN board
providing separation from the DAQ ±15VDC. Therefore, the oscillation noise from the level sense board will not influence the DAQ board.
Schematic Diagram
Power Diagram
Link
7A_9004.pdf
Key Diagrams, M&Ds and Alignment/Adjustment Procedures
Diagram/M&D/Procedure
Description
Total Wiring Diagram
Provides a diagram of system wiring connection.
Power Supply Diagrams
Provides a diagram of the Main Power Supply.
M&D 5712 Voltages Test
Displays/tests the voltages of +5V, -15V, +15V, +12V, +11.5 and +24V at the AC/DC
Controller (card cage).
P-613 +5VDC (PS1) Measurement
Perform this procedure to measure +5VDC (PS1) in the Main Power Supply.
P-656 +3.3VDC (PS1) Measurement
Perform this procedure to measure +3.3VDC (PS1) in the Main Power Supply.
P-655 +12VDC and -12VDC (PS1)
Measurement
Perform this procedure to measure +VDC (PS1) in the Main Power Supply.
P-645 DAQ +15/-15VDC (PS2 Power Supply)
Measurement
Perform this procedure to measure the +15/-15 VDC on the DAQ Board.
P-614 +12VDC (PS3) Measurement
Perform this procedure to measure +12VDC (PS3) in the Main Power Supply.
P-616 +11.5 VDC, Lamp Power Supply (PS4)
Measurement
Perform this procedure to adjust DC Lamp Power Supply in the Main Power Supply.
P-615 +12VDC (PS5) Measurement
Perform this procedure to measure +12VDC (PS5) in the Main Power Supply.
P-660 +24VDC (PS6 Power Supply)
Measurement
Perform this procedure to measure the +24V on the SMD.
P-657 +36VDC (PS7 Power Supply)
Measurement
Perform this procedure to measure the +36V on the RSH.
P-658 +5VDC (PS8 Power Supply)
Measurement
Perform this procedure to measure the +5V on the RSH.
P-659 +12VDC (PS8 Power Supply)
Measurement
Perform this procedure to measure the +12V on the RSH.
Valves, Motors and Sensors
The c4000 module utilizes valves, motors and sensors to perform tasks associated with fluid delivery and movement of mechanical
subassemblies.
This is accomplished through the use of:
•
•
•
•
•
+12VDC Magnetic Valves
100VAC Motors
+24VDC Stepper Motors (2-Phase and 5-Phase)
Motor Assembly Position Sensors
Robotic Alignments
+12VDC Magnetic Valve Control
The AC/DC Controller Board controls the +12VDC magnetic valves by sending ON/OFF control signals to the AC/DC Driver Board. The AC/DC
Driver Board applies the +12VDC drive voltage to activate the magnetic valve.
The following +12VDC magnetic valves are used on the c4000 module and can be manually controlled by performing M&D 5140 Pumps/Valves
Test:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Sampling Probe Valve
Reagent 1 Probe Valve
Reagent 2 Probe Valve
DI Water Supply Valve
Water Bath Supply Valve
Mixer Wash Valve
External Reagent Probe Wash Valve
External Sample Probe Wash Valve
Cuvette Dry Valve
ICT Aspiration Pinch Valve
ACD1/ALK1 Wash Valve
ACD2/ALK2 Wash Valve
100VAC Motor Control and Sensors
The AC/DC Controller Board controls the movement of the 100VAC motors by monitoring the motor assembly up/down sensor status and
sending control data to the AC/DC Driver Board. The AC/DC Driver Board applies the 100VAC drive voltage to the motor. When an ON signal is
sent by the controller board to the driver board, current is applied to the motor until an OFF signal is received.
The CNN Board serves as an interface between the motor assembly sensor signals and the AC/DC Controller Board. The Sensor LED board,
located in the card cage, contains light emitting diodes that indicate status of the sensor signals input to the AC/DC Controller.
The following 100VAC motors are used on the c4000 module and can be manually controlled by performing M&D 5140 Pumps/Valves Test and M&D 1101
Robotics Test Tool:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Magnetic Pump (WMU- external probe wash)
Probe Wash Pump (internal probe wash)
Cuvette Wash Pump
Wash Solution Pump (alkaline and acid wash)
ICT Reference Pump
ICT Aspiration Pump
•
•
•
•
Vacuum Pump (cuvette washer VP1 & VP2)
Mixer Arm Up/Down
Cuvette Washer Up/Down
Reagent Carousel Cover Motor
+24VDC Stepper Motor Control and Sensors
The Stepper Motor Controller Board (SMC) controls the movement of the 2-phase and 5-phase stepper motors by monitoring the motor assembly
home/pitch/position sensor status and sending direction, speed and power data to the Stepper Motor Driver Board (SMD). The SMD applies the
+24VDC drive voltage to the 2-phase and 5-phase stepper motors.
The CNN Board serves as an interface between the motor assembly sensor signals and the Stepper Motor Controller Board. The Sensor LED
board, located in the card cage, contains light emitting diodes that indicate the status of the sensor signals input to the Stepper Motor Controller.
The following +24VDC stepper motors are used on the c4000 module and can be manually controlled by performing M&D 1101 Robotics Test
Tool.
2-Phase Stepper Motors
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
5-Phase Stepper Motors
R1 Arm Up/Down Motor
R1 Arm Rotate Motor
R2 Arm Up/Down Motor
R2 Arm Rotate Motor
R1 Mixer Rotate Motor
R2 Mixer Rotate Motor
ICT Arm Up/Down Motor
ICT Arm Rotate Motor
Sample Pump Motor
R1 Pump Motor
R2 Pump Motor
HCW Peri Pump Motor
Bath Fill Peri Pump Motor
• Reaction Carousel Rotate Motor
• Reagent Carousel Inner Motor
• Reagent Carousel Outer Motor
• Sample Arm Rotate Motor
• Sample Arm Up/Down Motor
The 5-phase stepper motors perform smaller movements than the 2phase stepper motors and are used on assemblies that require
precise movement control.
The following schematic provides greater detail for the overall motor operation:
Schematic Diagram
Valves, Motors and Sensors Diagram
Link
7A_9005.pdf
Motor Assembly Position Sensors
Optical sensors and flags are used to determine the home, rotational, or vertical position of a motor driven device. A flag attached to the device
interrupts the sensor signal by passing between the send and receive portions of the sensor. The interrupt signal indicates the presence of the
flag within a specific position range of movement for that device. The sensor signal is reported to the CNN Board and monitored by a control
circuit board contained in the card cage.
Up, Down and Down OK optical sensors are used on AC motor driven devices. For most stepper motor driven devices, the sensors are labeled
Home and Pitch. A flag interrupts both the Home and Pitch sensors when the DC motor assembly is in the home position.
HOME SENSOR:
Assembly starting or reference point.
Flag must be in sensor at the same time Pitch
Flag begins to enter the sensor.
PITCH SENSOR:
Tracks motor location.
Flag must begin to enter the sensor at the same
time Home Flag is in the sensor.
The Sensor LED board, located in the card cage, contains light emitting diodes that indicate the status of the sensor signals from all DC motor
and AC motor driven pump and robotic devices.
Robotics Calibration
The Stepper Motor Controller contains a factory set step table located in firmware. This table defines the default positioning step numbers for all
robotic horizontal and vertical positions and is not user configured. These step values are generic and not instrument specific.
The robotic calibration Mdse. train the robotic positioning by offsetting the SMC firmware generic step positions. This provides exact device
positioning that is instrument specific. The offset position numbers are written into SRAM on the DAQ Board and backed up in flash memory on
the CPU Board each time the user completes a robotic calibration M&D. There is no automated calibration of the sample pipettor at positions 1,2
and 3 in the sample solutions wash area. These positions are manually set utilizing M&D 1101 Robotic Test Tool (alignment data is saved to the
DAQ and CPU when the user exits the M&D).
The following is an example of the offset position step table that is shipped with a new c4000 system. M&D 6001 Save/Restore DAQ Data
provides options to view, modify and print this information.
R-Disk
(Reaction Carousel)
Offset Position Step Table
-1
R-DISK
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-0
Position Number:
1. Cuvette position in front
of the light path.
S-ARM UP
0
0
0
0
32
12
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
R1-ARM UP
0
0
0
0
-3
0
0
0
0
0
R1-ARM MV
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R2-ARM UP
0
0
0
0
0
-5
-3
R2-ARM MV
0
0
0
1
0
1
4
STR1
0
0
STR2
0
0
R1C OUT
-23
-4
3
0
0
R1C IN
28
3
0
0
0
ICTARM UP
-16
-30
ICTARM MV
0
0
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-9
-0
S-ARM MV
R1-ARM
-8
MV=horizontal position
UP=vertical position
S-ARM
(Sample Pipettor)
R1-ARM
(R1 Pipettor)
R2-ARM
(R2 Pipettor)
Position Number:
1. [Not Used]
Position Number:
1. [Not used]
Position Number:
1. [Not used]
2.
[Not Used]
2.
[Not used]
2.
[Not used]
3.
Wash Cup
3.
[Not used]
3.
[Not used]
4.
Resting Position
4.
Cuvette
4.
Cuvette
5.
Cuvette Dilution
5.
Wash Cup
5.
Wash Cup
6.
Cuvette Sample
6.
Aspirate Reagent: Outer
6.
Aspirate Reagent: Outer
7.
[Not Used]
7.
Aspirate Reagent: Inner
7.
Aspirate Reagent: Inner
8.
RSH
9.
[Not Used]
Each position has a horizontal (MV)
and vertical (UP).
Each position has a horizontal (MV)
and vertical (UP).
R1OC
(Reagent Carousel)
ICTARM
(ICT Assembly)
10. Wash solution position 1
11. Wash solution position 2
12. Wash solution position 3
Each position has a horizontal (MV)
and vertical (UP).
STR
(Mixer)
Position Number:
1. Wash Cup
Position Number:
1. Aspiration position
Position Number:
1. ICT Reference Solution Cup
2.
2.
Barcode reader position
2.
3.
Bottle sensor position
4.
Reagent loading position
Cuvette
Robotic Assembly Description
Reagent Supply Center
Cuvette
The c4000 Reagent Supply Center contains two reagent carousels for the R1 and R2 reagents. The carousels are split into 15 segments and
have a total of 90 positions for 55/20 mL size wedges, or 66 positions for 90 mL size wedges.
1
Inner carousel
2
Outer carousel
3
Fan
The Reagent Supply Center provides 2-10 degrees C refrigerated storage for assay reagent packs utilizing four +12VDC thermoelectric devices
(TEDs) located under the reagent carousel.
1
Fan
2
TED
3
TED
A temperature sensor is used to detect the internal air temperature and is mounted into the bottom area of reagent carousel. A thermostat
(ON/OFF control) is used to adjust the refrigerated temperature and a fan is used to exhaust the hot air from the TEDs.
A 2D bar code reader is used to scan and identify the reagent type and position of each reagent cartridge loaded in the inner and/or outer
carousel.
The inner carousel and outer carousel drive units provide rotation for the reagent carousels. Each drive unit consists of a +24VDC five-phase
stepper motor, gear and sensor assembly.
1
Inner Carousel Motor
2
Outer Carousel Motor
3
TED
Reaction Carousel
The c4000 reaction carousel contains 99 permanent, rectangular glass cuvettes in a temperature controlled water bath maintained at 37° C for a
stable reaction process. The cuvettes are held in 9 cuvette holders (segments) attached to the reaction carousel ring. Each of the 9 segments
contain 11 cuvettes. If necessary, all segments and individual cuvettes can be removed by the operator for cleaning or replacement.
The reaction carousel rotates clockwise 1 ¼ turn every nine seconds during processing and positions the cuvettes for sample and reagent
dispensing, mixing, photometry and cuvette washing. Each individual cuvette is read as it passes through the optical light path.
The reaction carousel is gear driven by a +24VDC five-phase stepper motor and sensor assembly. Adjustable and fixed guide rollers provide
proper tension and positioning of the carousel.
1
Adjustable and Fixed Guide Rollers
2
Motor Gear Cover
3
Motor Gear
A water bath float sensor tells the c4000 module when the water bath is full. A cuvette wiper cleans the side of the cuvettes prior to them passing
through the optical light path. The cuvette wipers are located at the rear of the water bath.
The water bath has water input/output ports located on the underside. These ports provide water input, heated water exchange with the heater
assembly and ICT module holder, and a drain.
1
VP 2
2
VP 1
The cuvette washer uses a 100VAC dual-headed vacuum pump to aspirate wash waste fluids and dry the cuvettes. Each pump head has a
diaphragm mounted on a shaft to move liquid in and out of the pump. As the pump motor rotates, each diaphragm moves up and down, creating
a vacuum in the fluidic lines, to aspirate fluid from the cuvettes. Each head has dual 0-rings and valves.
Vacuum Pump 2 (VP-2) drains the low concentration waste liquid from the alkaline, acid, and DI water washes of the cuvettes (nozzles 2 - 7 of
the cuvette washer). Vacuum Pump 1 (VP-1) provides vacuum for final drying of the cuvette, using nozzles 8. After drying, less than 2.0 ul
residual water remains in the cuvette.
Peristaltic Pumps
1
Head
2
Photo Sensor
3
Encoder
4
Motor
5
Pump Head Tubing
There are two peristaltic pumps on the c4000: High Concentration Waste (HCW) and Water Bath Fill. Each pump is driven by a +24VDC 2-phase
stepper motor and utilizes a photo sensor and encoder. The Water Bath Fill peristaltic pump supplies degassed water to the water bath. A check
valve is installed between the pump and the reaction water bath to avoid leakage. The High Concentration Waste peristaltic pump removes high
concentration waste from nozzle 1 on the cuvette washer. The pump is located near the wash station to prevent clogging by mixture of different
reagents. The HCW and Water Bath Fill peristaltic pumps and pump heads are different; the components are not interchangeable.
Cuvette Washer Assembly
The upper section of the cuvette washer has eight nozzles, mounted on a platform, that are use in an eight-step cuvette washing process. The
cuvette washer aspirates sample and reagent from previous reactions to a high concentrate waste container or drain. It washes the cuvettes with
alkaline and acid wash solutions and provides two water rinses. After the water rinses, it dispenses water for a water blank reading, aspirates the
water and dries the cuvette prior to the next sample.
The lower mechanical section raises and lowers the nozzles into the cuvettes as the reaction carousel rotates. The lower mechanical section
consists of a linear slide and 100VAC motor with three optical sensors to tell the c4000 module when the nozzles are in the correct up or down
position.
Mixer Assembly
The mixer assembly consists of two main sections. A lower mechanical section, consisting of a 100VAC motor and linear slide, provides vertical
drive to raise and lower the upper assembly. Three optical sensors in the lower section tell the c4000 module when the assembly is in the correct
up or down position. The upper section consists of the mixers and two +24VDC stepper motors used to rotate the mixers horizontally over the
reaction carousel. Optical sensors in the upper section provide feedback when the mixers are in the home position.
The mixers are designed using piezoelectric effect. Piezoelectric effect is the characteristic of certain crystals to produce electricity when under
strain or to produce vibration when a voltage at a specific frequency is applied. The mixers consist of a crystal attached to a thin mixer blade
contained in a plastic enclosure. A voltage is applied to the mixers at two different frequencies depending on the desired mixer movement over
the reaction carousel or wash cup. When in the cuvette or washing, a faster movement/shorter travel is required and the mixers are driven at
120Hz. When washing is complete, the mixers are driven at a lower frequency of 70Hz producing a slower movement/wider travel to remove
water from the mixer blades.
The Mixer Driver board drives the stirrers. The AC/DC and SM AC/DC controller and AC/DC Driver board provides control and drive to the
vertical elevator. The SMC controller and SMD board control and drive rotation to the stirrers. The CNN board serves as the distribution board for
monitoring various home sensor statuses.
ICT Assembly
The ICT assembly consists of a lower mechanical drive section and an upper section containing the ICT module. The lower mechanical section
has two +24VDC stepper motors used to move the module in the horizontal and vertical directions along with optical sensors to tell the c4000
module when the unit is in the up/down or rotational home position. The upper section of the assembly contains the ICT module, holder and
cover. The module holder has two ports that allow 37°C water to recirculate in a closed loop, indirectly stabilizing the temperature of the ICT
module.
Sample and Reagent Syringe Drives
The syringe drives provide aspiration and dispense of sample and reagent. Each drive has a +24VDC two phase stepper motor. The motor
rotates a ball screw mechanism to raise and lower the plunger located inside the attached syringe. Optical pitch and home (up) sensors are used
to tell the c4000 module when the drive is in the home position. The sensors are also used to detect a single rotation of the motor. The amount of
up and down travel the plunger moves determines the volume of sample or reagent dispensed or aspirated.
Sample and Reagent Pipettors
The sample and reagent pipettors are used to aspirate and dispense sample, reagent and solutions. Tubing from the probe and wires from the
pre-amp board run down the center shaft of the pipettor, and into a coiled spring enclosure (to avoid damage during movement).
The pipettors are belt driven in the horizontal and vertical direction by +24VDC stepper motors. The sample pipettor uses five phase motors and
the reagent pipettors use two phase stepper motors. The motor and belt assembly uses optical home and pitch sensors to tell the c4000 module
when the pipettor is in the home position. Pipettor positions for the reaction carousel, wash cups and reagent supply centers are software trained
from the home position and rotation is limited by mechanical stops. All pipettors incorporate a crash or guard sensor to tell the c4000 module
when an obstacle has been detected during downward travel.
Bellows Pump
There are two bellows style pumps used in the c4000 module. The two pumps are the internal probe wash and cuvette wash pump. The two
pumps function in a similar manner but are not interchangeable.
A 100VAC motor drives each pump and moves a bellows assembly up and down to provide aspiration and dispense of fluid. On the down stroke
of the pump, fluid is drawn in on the side port and on the up stroke of the pump, fluid is directed out of the top port. This is accomplished by the
use of directional poppet valves that permit fluid flow in only one direction. Optical sensors mounted inside the pump tell the c4000 module when
the pump is in the up or down position.
Wash Solution Pump
The wash solution pump uses an AC motor, gear head assembly, cam and lifter to move the two 1mL syringes and the two micro syringes. The
syringes create the 1.3% alkaline and 0.9% acid solutions used by the cuvette washer. The plunger of each syringe is attached to the lifter
assembly that is driven by the cam located inside the lifter. As the cam rotates, the lifter and syringes are moved up and down to provide the
proper dilutions. The micro syringes are contained in a syringe block and use the same tip seals and o-rings as the sample syringe. Optical
sensors mounted inside the pump tell the c4000 module when the pump is in the up or down position.
ICT Reference Solution (Iref) Pump
The ICT Reference Solution Pump uses an AC motor, gear head assembly, cam and lifter to move the two attached 1mL syringes. These
syringes are used to transport Iref solution to the ICT Reference Cup and remove the sample and Iref solution to waste. The plunger of each
syringe is attached to the lifter assembly that is driven by the cam located inside a cut out slot in the middle of the lifter. As the cam rotates, the
lifter and syringes are moved up and down. The Iref pump only has one sensor to detect full rotation of the motor.
ICT Aspiration Pump
The ICT aspiration pump uses an AC motor, gear head assembly, cam and lifter to move the two 1mL syringes. The syringes are used to
aspirate sample or ICT Reference Solution into the ICT Module for measurement and to pump ICT high concentration to an external container or
drain.
The plunger of each syringe is attached to the lifter assembly that is driven by the cam located inside a cut out slot in the middle of the lifter. As
the cam rotates, the lifter and syringes are moved up and down. The aspiration pump has a pinch valve attached to the frame of the pump. It
also has two optical sensors to tell the c4000 module when the pump is in the up or down position.
Key Diagrams, M&Ds and Alignment/Adjustment Procedures
Diagram/M&D/Procedure
Description
Wiring Diagram
Provides a diagram of the system wiring.
M&D 5140 Pump/Valves Test
Allows the user to turn on and off the c4000 pumps and valves.
M&D 6001 Save/Restore DAQ Data
1.
Save robotics alignment data from the DAQ board to the CPU
board.
2.
Load robotics alignment data from the CPU board to the DAQ
board.
3.
Clear all data from the DAQ board and load robotics alignment
data from the CPU board to the DAQ board.
4.
M&D 1101 Robotics Test Tool
Review and enter alignment data
Allows the user to manipulate and set offset positioning for the
following:
1. Reaction carousel
2.
R1 pipettor
3.
R2 pipettor
4.
Sample pipettor
5.
Mixer
6.
Reagent supply center
7.
ICT
8.
Wash station
9.
Water bath exchange
P-618 ICT Alignment
Aligns ICT positions using alignment tools #1 and #2.
P-620 Mixer Alignment
Aligns the mixer positions using the 7mm mixer height tool.
P-621 Cuvette Washer Alignment
Aligns the cuvette washer positions using alignment tool #3.
P-622 Sample Pipettor Head Horizontal
Alignment
Perform this procedure for horizontal alignment (manually) of the
sample pipettor head.
P-608 Sample Wash Cup Position
Alignment
Perform this procedure to align (mechanically) the Sample Wash Cup
to Sample Probe.
1120 Sample Pipettor Calibration
This procedure determines the position of calibration targets in relation
to the home position of the sample pipettor
P-623 Reagent Pipettor Head
Horizontal Alignment
Perform this procedure for horizontal alignment (manually) of the
reagent pipettor heads.
P-610 Reagent Wash Cup (R1 and R2)
Alignment
Perform this procedure to align (mechanically) the Reagent Wash
Cups to Reagent Probes.
1121 R1 Pipettor Calibration
This procedure determines the position of calibration targets in relation
to the home position of the pipettor.
1122 R2 Pipettor Calibration
This procedure determines the position of calibration targets in relation
to the home position of the pipettor.
P-611 Mixer (1 and 2) Wash Cup
Position Alignment
Perform this procedure to align (mechanically) the Mixer Wash Cups to
the mixers.
Liquid Level Sense (LLS)
The liquid level sense system is capacitance based where the sample or reagent acts as a capacitor in series with the sample or reagent probe.
A 32 KHz sine wave signal is applied to the probe and is also used as a reference signal input to a multiplier chip located on the LLS PCB. The
32 KHz sine wave signal from the probe is multiplied with the 32 KHz sine wave from the sine wave generator (reference signal). If the probe
does not encounter liquid, there will not be a significant phase shift on the 32 KHz sine wave signal from the probe. When two sine waves that
are in phase are multiplied, the output voltage is approximately zero, signifying that liquid has not been detected.
If the probe encounters liquid, there will be a phase shift in the 32 KHz sine wave signal from the probe because the liquid and base plate of the
instrument has some capacitance which causes a phase shift in the signal. When two sine waves that are out of phase are multiplied, an output
voltage is generated signifying that liquid has been detected.
LLS Board
The LLS board is used to detect contact with liquid surface by the sample probe, R1 probe and R2 probe. The LLS board is located above the
Card Cage. The thresholds for liquid detection are adjustable with potentiometers located on the LLS board. The CNN PCB generates the +5V
and ±15V (isolated) used by the LLS PCB. This provides separation from the DAQ ±15V. This ensures that the oscillation noise from the level
sense board does not influence the DAQ board. The threshold voltages for the Sample Pipettor and Reagent Pipettor are adjustable on the LLS
PCB located above the Card Cage.
Sample Pipettor LLS Errors
The Sample Pipettor LLS circuitry is monitored as the Sample Pipettor steps down into the tube/cup. During this travel and when in fluid, the LLS
signal is monitored for any change. If liquid is detected, the Sample Pipettor will step down an additional 3mm prior to aspiration.
• “Liquid Not Found” error is generated when the Sample Pipettor travels to the lower step limit without detecting liquid.
• “Liquid Contact Broken For Sample Pipettor” error is generated when (after liquid detection and aspiration into the probe) the LLS
circuitry detects a change of phase, due to the loss of liquid (prior to dispense).
• “Sample Pipettor Error While Moving Down” error is generated when the Crash Sensor is activated as the Sample Pipettor steps down
to detect liquid.
• “Liquid Too High For Sample Pipettor” error is generated when the LLS circuitry detects fluid at a step position that is higher than the
top of the cup.
• “Liquid Too Low For Sample Pipettor” error is generated when air is detected during sample aspiration.
Reagent Pipettor LLS Errors
The reagent pipettor LLS circuitry is monitored as the Reagent Pipettor steps down into a cartridge. During this travel and when in fluid, the LLS
signal is monitored for any change. If liquid is detected, the Reagent Pipettor will step down an additional 5mm prior to aspiration.
• “Liquid Not Found” error is generated when the Reagent Pipettor travels to the lower step limit without detecting liquid
• ”Liquid Contact Broken For Reagent Pipettor” error is generated when (after liquid detection and aspiration into the probe) the LLS
circuitry detects a change of phase, due to the loss of liquid (prior to dispense)
• “Reagent Pipettor Error While Moving Down” error is generated when the Crash Sensor is activated as the Reagent Pipettor steps down
to detect liquid
• “Liquid Too High For Reagent Pipettor” error is generated when the LLS circuitry detects fluid at a step position that is higher than the
top of the cartridge
• Liquid Too Low For Reagent Pipettor” error is generated when air is detected during sample aspiration
c4000 Pressure Monitoring Hardware Description
A piezoresistive pressure transducer (Pressure Sensor) is situated in series with the sample and reagent probe tubing. The sensor is located on
the Preamp Sensor PCB Assembly that contains a power supply and amplifier circuitry. The transducer generates an analog voltage that is
proportional to the pressure change monitored.
Analog electrical signals flow from the sensor to the PM Board located in the Card Cage. Analog signals are converted into 16 bit digital signals
by an A/D converter located on the PM Board. (Digital electrical signals also flow from the LLS Board to the PM Board.)
A digital signal processor (DSP) contains firmware that determines if the pressure signal from the transducer is within the specifications for the
task (aspiration, dispense or probe rinse) being performed. The PM Board sends and receives data from the c4000 CPU via the Compact PCI
bus.
c4000 Pressure Monitoring Functional Description
The c4000 Pressure Monitoring (PM) subsystem is operational during the aspiration, dispense and wash aspirations of the c4000 sample and
reagent pipettor arm operations.
The PM subsystem is designed to detect abnormalities such as clots (probe obstructions) and air bubbles within the patient sample, and air
bubbles and large amounts of foam in reagent bottles during aspiration and dispense operations. It also monitors the wash pressure during the
internal probe wash to determine if the wash pressure is below or above pressure thresholds referenced in the PM Board firmware.
PM During Aspiration
During sample and reagent aspiration, the pressure monitoring and liquid level sense circuitry is active as the probe descends toward liquid. If
liquid is not sensed correctly, an LLS error–such as liquid not found, or liquid too high–is generated and pressure monitoring ceases for the
aspiration event.
Note
An LLS error generates an accompanying PM error because the LLS error halts processing for the aspiration event, and results in
an abnormal pressure waveform for the aspiration.
If liquid is detected correctly, the pressure monitoring continues and the resultant PM waveform is analyzed for abnormalities. If a PM error is
detected, the PM Board sends an error message to the c4000 CPU and SCC and aborts the processing of that sample. If a PM error is not
generated, the c4000 continues to process the sample.
PM During Dispense
The PM subsystem is also active during the sample and reagent dispensing operations. If a PM error is detected during sample or reagent
dispensing, the PM Board sends an error message to the c4000 CPU and SCC and aborts the processing of that sample.
PM During Internal Probe Wash
The PM subsystem monitors the pressure during reagent and sample internal probe wash operations to determine if excessively high or
abnormally low pressures exist. Some of the abnormalities detected include clogged probes that create excessively high pressure, or major leaks
in the tubing or failed wash pumps that can create low-pressure conditions.
The c4000 performs wash operations before each run initiates. If a failure occurs during the wash sequence prior to the initiation of a run, the
system stops, and the run terminates and generates a wash error.
If a sample probe or reagent probe wash error occurs during a run, and cannot be resolved after 5 consecutive washes, the run terminates.
Key Diagrams, M&Ds and Alignment/Adjustment Procedures
Diagram/M&D/Procedure
Description
M&D 3805 Pressure Monitor Test
This procedure will test the pressure monitor board and pressure
monitor transducer for communications and consistency.
1127 Crash Sensor Alignment
This procedure allows the user to align the crash sensor for either the
sample probe, the R1 probe, or the R2 probe.
P-617 LLS Voltage Adjustment
Perform this procedure to adjust LLS threshold voltages on the LLS
board.
Temperature Control System
The c4000 analyzer utilizes temperature sensors to monitor:
• Internal ambient temperature
• Water Bath temperature
• Reagent Supply Center temperature
Temperature readings from the Water Bath, Reagent Supply Center and Ambient sensor are monitored in real time and stored on the c4000
module until a request command is received from the SCC. Temperature data is used to calculate a moving average that is compared against
defined normal ranges; an error is generated if specifications are exceeded.
AC/DC Controller
The AC/DC Controller PCB, located in the card cage, monitors voltage from temperature sensors, converts the voltage to a digital equivalent
(A/D) and sends the digital data to the c4000 analyzer CPU. Temperature data is used to initiate heating or cooling and to generate errors if any
of the three temperatures exceed specification. The SCC uses data to display temperatures in a readable format.
The AC/DC Controller Board contains potentiometers on the top, front edge to adjust displayed temperatures on the SCC monitor. The
potentiometer can be used to adjust the displayed temperature to match temperature output of a calibrated thermometer when needed. However,
adjustment of the potentiometer does not affect the actual system temperature, it only changes the displayed temperature.
Displayed
Temp
Adjustment
Area
Monitored
Detector
Location
Reagent
Supply Center
Bottom area of
Reagent
Carousel
0.5 seconds
Data gathered
once per minute.
Calculates moving
average using 60
data points.
2-10°C
AC/DC
Controller VR1
Thermostat
Water Bath
Bottom of
Water Bath
0.5 seconds
Data gathered
every 2 seconds.
Calculates moving
average using 5
data points.
36.8-37.2°C
AC/DC
Controller VR5
Heater
Ambient
Attached to
Water Bath
Heater
0.5 seconds
Data gathered
once per minute.
Calculates moving
average using 5
data points.
15-30°C
AC/DC
Controller VR4
N/A
Reagent Supply Center
Read Cycle
Moving Average
Calculation
Temp Range
Actual Temp
Adjustment
•
•
•
•
•
The Reagent Supply Center provides 2-10°C refrigerated storage for assay reagent packs
The Reagent Supply Center is cooled utilizing four 12VDC thermoelectric devices (TEDs) located under the reagent carousel
A temperature sensor detects internal air temperature. It is mounted into the bottom area of reagent carousel
A thermostat (ON/OFF control) is used to adjust the refrigerated temperature
A fan exhausts hot air from TEDs
Water Bath Heater Assembly
The function of the Water Bath Heater Assembly is to circulate and heat degassed DI water in the Water Bath to 37°C +/- 0.2°C. Major
components include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Radiator and fan
Heater
Water Bath Circulation Pump
Temperature Bath Controller PCB (TBC)
Ambient Temperature Sensor (thermistor)
Water Bath Temperature Sensor (thermistor)
Water Bath Circulation Pump
Water circulation is provided by the Water Bath Circulation Pump (magnetic pump) and is constant as long as the water bath is full. If the Water
Bath is NOT full, the Water Bath Circulation Pump and Heater shuts off.
Water Bath Temperature Sensor
Water temperature is monitored with the Water Bath Temperature Sensor located in the bottom of the Water Bath.
Temperature Bath Controller (TBC) and Heater
Water temperature is controlled by the TBC circuit board. 100VAC supplied to the TBC drives a heater element located inside a foam-jacketed
water bottle. The element is fused and has a control thermistor installed for feedback. The fuse blows at 70°C.
Water bath temperature is adjusted by rotating VR1 on the Temperature Bath Controller circuit board. Rotating clockwise increases temperature.
Counter clockwise, lowers temperature. A jumper is included on the TBC circuit board for 30°C or 37°C water bath operation (c4000 uses 37°C
only).
Two LEDs on the TBC indicate the status of the heater:
• CPU CMD (LED 2) displays the on/off signal status from the card cage
• HEATER (LED 1) indicates when the heater is on/off and when temperature controls are stabilized. The HEATER (LED1) dims when
stabilized or off.
Radiator, Fan and Ambient Temperature Sensor
The heater assembly has a fan/radiator section. The fan for the radiator turns on when water bath temperature reaches 37.2°C and ambient
temperature reaches 28° C. An error is generated if water temperature is outside of the 36.7°C to 37.3°C range. An error is generated if ambient
temperature is below 15°C or above 30°C.
Both Fan and Heater are turned OFF under the following conditions:
•
•
•
•
Water Bath is draining
Water Bath is filling
Water Bath is priming (air purge)
System is booting up
Key Diagrams, M&Ds and Alignment/Adjustment Procedures
Diagram/M&D/Procedure
Description
M&D 3805 Pressure Monitor Test
This procedure will test the pressure monitor board and pressure
monitor transducer for communications and consistency.
1127 Crash Sensor Alignment
This procedure allows the user to align the crash sensor for either the
sample probe, the R1 probe, or the R2 probe.
P-617 LLS Voltage Adjustment
Perform this procedure to adjust LLS threshold voltages on the LLS
board.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-123) • © 2009, 2014 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100 are
registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various
jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
Troubleshooting
(Document Control Number 204737-110)
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-122) • © 2009, 2014 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
Cable Routing and Connector Pin-out Troubleshooting
Links
Cuvette Wash Station Motor, Pump and Sensors
Detergent Pump, Sensors and Valves
ISE Motors and Sensors
Reaction Carousel Motors, Sensors and Water Bath Valves
Reagent 1 Arm Motors and Sensors
Reagent 1 Syringe Pump Motors, Sensors and Valves
Reagent 2 Arm Motor and Sensor
Reagent 2 Syringe Pump Motors, Sensors and Valves
Reagent Carousel Motors and Sensors
Sample Arm Motors and Sensors
Sample Syringe Pump Motor and Sensors
Stirrer Motors and Sensors
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-108) • © 2009, 2010 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
Cuvette Wash Station Motor, Pump and Sensors
Cuvette Wash Station Motor and Sensor Cable Trace
Description
Code
Card
Cage
Board
Card
Cage
Back
Plane
Cable
CNN
Board
Cable
CNN Board
Cable
Driver Box
Cable
SMD or
AC/DC or
Mixer Bd
I/F Signal
Cable
Pins
SMD or
AC/DC or
Mixer Bd
Cable Pins
Driver Box
Cable
Cell Wash Station Up/Down Motor and Sensors
Cell Wash
CW Signal
WS UP
AC/DC
CNN1-1
CNN34-1
CNN32-1
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-1
AC/DC
CNN2-1 –
CNN2-3
AD2,3
Cell Wash
CCW Signal
WS DWN
AC/DC
CNN1-2
CNN34-2
CNN32-2
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-2
AC/DC
CNN2-1 –
CNN2-3
AD2,3
Cell Wash
WS BK
Brake Signal
AC/DC
CNN1-3
CNN34-3
CNN32-3
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-3
AC/DC
CNN2-1 –
CNN2-3
AD2,3
Wash
Station
WSUP
AC/DC
CNN 7-1
CNN 2-1
CNN 18-24
CNN18-22 +5V
CNN18-23 GND
Wash
Station
WSDOWN
AC/DC
CNN 7-2
CNN 2-2
CNN 18-27
CNN18-25 +5V
CNN18-26 GND
Wash
Station
WSDOWNOK
AC/DC
CNN 7-3
CNN 2-3
CNN 18-30
CNN18-28 +5V
CNN18-29 GND
Cell Wash Pump and Sensors
Cell Wash
Pump CW
Signal
WCP ON
AC/DC
CNN1-18
CNN3418
CNN32-14
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-14
AC/DC
CNN3-4 –
CNN3-6
AD2,3
Cell Wash
Pump Brake
Signal
WCP BK
AC/DC
CNN1-19
CNN3419
CNN32-15
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-15
AC/DC
CNN3-4 –
CNN3-6
AD2,3
Cuvette
Wash Pump
CWPUP
AC/DC
CNN 7-14
CNN 2-14 CNN 14-18
CNN14-16 +5V
CNN14-17 GND
Cuvette
Wash Pump
CWPDOWN
AC/DC
CNN 7-15
CNN 2-15 CNN 14-21
CNN14-19 +5V
CNN14-20 GND
AC/DC
CNN9-1
CNN9-2
AD9
AC/DC
CNN6-1
CNN6-2
AD6,7
Cell Wash Valve
Cell Wash
Valve
CWV
AC/DC
CNN1-38
CNN3438
CNN32-34
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-34
Cell Wash
Valve FB
Signal
CWV FB
(SENS11)
SM
AC/DC
CNN 8-47
CNN4-47
CNN32-58
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-58
CNN32-23
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-23
Cell Wash Drying (Vacuum Pumps)
Cell Vacuum VP2
Pump ON
Signal
AC/DC
CNN1-26
CNN3426
Vacuum
SM
CNN8-61
CNN 4-62 CNN 32-47
SENS24 (VP2
Pump
Feedback
FB)
AC/DC
Cell Dryer
Pump ON
Signal
VP1
AC/DC
CNN1-27
CNN3427
Dryer Pump
Feedback
SENS 25 (VP1
FB)
SM
AC/DC
CNN8-62
CNN 4-50 CNN 32-48
CNN32-24
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-24
AC/DC
CNN7-1
CNN7-4
AD6,7
High Concentration Waste Pump Motor and Sensors
HCW Pump
Motor NA
PPHCINA
SMC
CNN3-36
CNN3636
CNN33-66
SM1
CNN1-66
CNN12-7 CNN12-12
SM11,12
HCW Pump
Motor NB
PPHCINB
SMC
CNN3-37
CNN3637
CNN33-67
SM1
CNN1-67
CNN12-7 CNN12-12
SM11,12
HCW Pump
Motor TDA
PPHCTDA
SMC
CNN3-38
CNN3638
CNN33-68
SM1
CNN1-68
CNN12-7 CNN12-12
SM11,12
HCW Pump
Motor TDB
PPHCTDB
SMC
CNN3-39
CNN3639
CNN33-69
SM1
CNN1-69
CNN12-7 CNN12-12
SM11,12
HCW Pump
Motor Hold
PPHCHOLD
SMC
CNN3-40
CNN3640
CNN33-70
SM1
CNN1-70
CNN12-7 CNN12-12
SM11,12
HCWP
ISOHOME
SMC
CNN9-28
CNN 3-28 CNN 28-3
CNN28-1 +5V
CNN28-2 GND
HCWP
ISOPITCH
SMC
CNN 9-29
CNN 3-29 CNN 28-6
CNN28-4 +5V
CNN28-5 GND
HCWP
ISOPOS
SMC
CNN 9-30
CNN 3-30
Schematic Diagram
Cuvette Wash Station Motor, Pump, and Sensors
Link
7A_9017a.pdf
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
Detergent Pump, Sensors and Valves
C4000 Detergent Pump, Sensors and Valves
Description
Code
Card Cage
Board
Card Cage
Backplane
Cable
CNN
Board
Cable
CNN Board
Cable
Driver
Box
Cable
SMD or
AC.DC or
Mixer Bd
I/F Signal
Cable Pins
SMD or
AC/DC or
Mixer Bd
I/F Signal
Cable Pins
Driver Box
Cable
Detergent Pump
Detergent
Pump CW
Signal
DTGPON
AC/DC
CNN 1-16
CNN 34-16 CNN 32-20
AD 1
CNN1-20
CNN 5-1 –
CNN 5-3
AD 4,5
Detergent
Pump Brake
Signal
DTGBK
AC/DC
CNN 1-17
CNN 34-17 CNN 32-21
AD 1
CNN 1-21
CNN 5-1 –
5-3
AD 4,5
Detergent
Pump
Sensor
DPUP
AC/DC
CNN 7-12
CNN 2-12
CNN 14-1
+5V
CNN 14-2
GND
CNN14-3
Detergent
Pump
Sensor
DPBK
AC/DC
CNN 7-13
CNN 2-13
CNN 14-4
+5V
CNN 14-5
GND
CNN 14-6
Acid
Detergent
Sensor
ESB3
AC/DC
CNN 7-72
CNN 2-72
CNN 14-10
+5V
CNN 14-11
GND
CNN 14-12
Alkaline
Detergent
Sensor
ESB14
AC/DC
CNN 7-71
CNN 2-71
CNN 14-13
+5V
CNN 14-14
GND
CNN14-15
Alkaline
Detergent
Sensor Status
ESB14SS
AC/DC
CNN 7-74
Acid
Detergent
Sensor Status
ESB3SS
AC/DC
CNN 7-75
Acid &
Alkaline
Detergent
Valve 1 ON
Signal
DTG1V
AC/DC
CNN 1-39
CNN 34-39 CNN 32-32
AD 1
CNN 1-32
CNN 8-9
CNN 8-10
Acid &
Alkaline
Detergent
Valve 1 ON
FB Signal
DTG1V FB SM AC/DC
(SENS 12)
CNN 8-48
CNN 4-48
CNN 32-56
AD 1
CNN 1-56
Acid &
Alkaline
Detergent
Valve 2 ON
DTG2V
CNN 1-40
CNN 34-40 CNN 32-33
AD 1
CNN 1-33
AC/DC
CNN 8-11
CNN 8-12
AD 8
Signal
Acid &
Alkaline
Detergent
Valve 2 ON
Signal
DTG2VFB
(SENS 13)
SM AC/DC
CNN 8-49
Schematic Diagram
Detergent Pump, Sensors, and Valves
CNN 4-49
CNN 32-57
AD 1
CNN 1-57
Link
7A_9018a.pdf
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
ISE Motors and Sensors
ISE Motor and Sensor Cable Trace
Description
Code
Card
Cage
Board
Back
Plane
Cable
CNN
Board
Cable
CNN Board
Cable
Driver
Box Cable
SMD or
AC/DC or
Mixer Bd I/F
Signal Cable
Pins
SMD or
AC/DC or
Mixer Bd
Cable Pins
Driver Box
Cable
ISE Arm Up/Down Motor and Sensors
ISE Arm
Up/Down
Motor NA
IAZINA
SMC
CNN2-6
CNN35-6
CNN33-41
SM1
SMD
CNN1-41
SMD
CNN10-1 –
CNN10-6
SM10,11
ISE Arm
Up/Down
Motor NB
IAZINB
SMC
CNN2-7
CNN35-7
CNN33-42
SM1
SMD
CNN1-42
SMD
CNN10-1 –
CNN10-6
SM10,11
ISE Arm
Up/Down
Motor TDA
IAZTDA
SMC
CNN2-8
CNN35-8
CNN33-43
SM1
SMD
CNN1-43
SMD
CNN10-1 –
CNN10-6
SM10,11
ISE Arm
Up/Down
Motor TDB
IAZTDB
SMC
CNN2-9
CNN35-9
CNN33-44
SM1
SMD
CNN1-44
SMD
CNN10-1 –
CNN10-6
SM10,11
ISE Arm
Up/Down
Motor Hold
IAZHOLD
SMC
CNN2-10
CNN35-10
CNN33-45
SM1
SMD
CNN1-45
SMD
CNN10-1 –
CNN10-6
SM10,11
ISE Arm U/D
IAEHOME
SMC
CNN9-2
CNN 3-2
CNN 27-6
CNN27-4 +5V
CNN27-5 GND
ISE Arm U/D
IAEMIR
SMC
CNN 9-3
CNN 3-3
CNN 27-9
CNN27-7 +5V
CNN27-8 GND
ISE Arm Rotation Motor and Sensors
ISE Arm
IAHINA
Rotate Motor
NA
SMC
CNN2-1
CNN35-1
CNN33-46
SM1
SMD
CNN1-46
SMD
CNN10-7 –
CNN10-12
SM10,11
ISE Arm
IAHINB
Rotate Motor
NB
SMC
CNN2-2
CNN35-2
CNN33-47
SM1
SMD
CNN1-47
SMD
CNN10-7 –
CNN10-12
SM10,11
ISE Arm
IAHTDA
Rotate Motor
TDA
SMC
CNN2-3
CNN35-3
CNN33-48
SM1
SMD
CNN1-48
SMD
CNN10-7 –
CNN10-12
SM10,11
ISE Arm
IAHTDB
Rotate Motor
TDB
SMC
CNN2-4
CNN35-4
CNN33-49
SM1
SMD
CNN1-49
SMD
CNN10-7 –
CNN10-12
SM10,11
ISE Arm
IAHHOLD
Rotate Motor
Hold
SMC
CNN2-5
CNN35-5
CNN33-50
SM1
SMD
CNN1-50
SMD
CNN10-7 –
CNN10-12
SM10,11
ISE Arm
Rotation
SMC
CNN 9-1
CNN 3-1
CNN 27-3
CNN27-1 +5V
CNN27-2 GND
IAAHOME
ISE Suction (Aspiration) Pump Motor and Sensors
ISE Suction
Pump CW
Signal
ICTP ON
AC/DC
CNN1-20
CNN34-20
CNN32-16
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-16
AC/DC
CNN4-1 –
CNN4-3
AD4,5
ISE Suction
ICTP BK
AC/DC
CNN1-21
CNN34-21
CNN32-17
AD1
AC/DC
AC/DC
AD4,5
Pump Brake
Signal
ISE Aspir
Pump
ISPUP
AC/DC
CNN7-16
CNN2-16
CNN25-23
CNN25-21+5V
CNN25-22
GND
ISE Aspir
Pump
ISPDOWN
AC/DC
CNN7-17
CNN2-17
CNN25-26
CNN25-24 +5V
CNN25-25
GND
CNN1-17
CNN4-1 –
CNN4-3
ISE Reference Pump Motor and Sensors
ISE Ref
Pump CW
Signal
ICTR ON
AC/DC
CNN1-22
CNN34-22
CNN32-18
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-18
AC/DC
CNN4-4 –
CNN4-6
AD4,5
ISE Ref
Pump CCW
Signal
ICTR BK
AC/DC
CNN1-23
CNN34-23
CNN32-19
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-19
AC/DC
CNN4-4 –
CNN4-6
AD4,5
ISE Ref
Pump
IMPUP
AC/DC
CNN7-18
CNN2-18
CNN25-29
CNN25-27 +5V
CNN25-28
GND
AC/DC
CNN8-7
CNN8-8
AD8
AC/DC
CNN10-1
CNN10-2
AD10
ISE Aspiration Pinch Valve and Feedback
ISE Suction
Pinch Valve
ON Signal
IAVP
AC/DC
CNN1-32
CNN34-32
CNN32-31
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-31
ISE Suction
Pinch Valve
ON Signal
FB
SENS5
(IAV FB)
SM
AC/DC
CNN8-41
CNN4-41
CNN32-55
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-55
ICT-Level
Sensor ON
Signal
IREF
AC/DC
CNN1-49
CNN34-49
CNN32-40
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-40
ICT-Level
(Ref Cup)
Sensor FB
Signal
IREF FB
SM
AC/DC
CNN8-58
CNN4-58
CNN32-64
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-64
ISE Ref
Solution
Sensor
Status
ESMCCSS
IRECUP
AC/DC
CNN7-73
CNN3-73
CNN28-7 +5V
CNN28-8 GND
CNN28-9
ISE Ref
Solution
Sensor
ESMCC
AC/DC
CNN7-70
CNN2-70
CNN14-9
CNN14-7 +5V
CNN14-8 GND
Schematic Diagram
ISE Motors and Sensors
Link
7A_9019a.pdf
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
Reaction Carousel Motors, Sensors and Water Bath Valves
Reaction Carousel Motor and Sensor Cable Trace
Description
Code
Card Cage
Card Cage
Back
CNN Board
Board
Plane
Cable
Cable
CNN Board
Cable
Driver
Box
Cable
SMD or
SMD or
AC/DC or
AC/DC or
Mixer Bd
Mixer Bd
I/F Signal
Cable Pins
Cable Pins
Driver Box
Cable
Reaction Carousel Motor and Sensors
Reaction
Carousel
Rotate Motor
CW
RCCW
SMC
CNN3-51
CNN36-51
CNN33-1
SM1
SMD
CNN1-1
SMD
CNN2-1 –
CNN2-5
SM2,3
Reaction
Carousel
Rotate Motor
CCW
RCCCW
SMC
CNN3-52
CNN36-52
CNN33-2
SM1
SMD
CNN1-2
SMD
CNN2-1 –
CNN2-5
SM2,3
Reaction Crsl
RUHOME
SMC
CNN 9-33
CNN 3-33
CNN 18-34
+5V
CNN 18-35
GND
CNN18-36
Reaction Crsl
RUMIR
SMC
CNN 9-34
CNN 3-34
CNN 18-31
+5V
CNN 18-32
GND
CNN 18-33
Water Bath
Heater
ON/OFF
IHTRON
AC/DC
CNN 7-77
CNN2-77
CNN13-3
Water Bath
Cycle Pump
ON/OFF
IPMON
AC/DC
CNN 7-76
CNN2-76
CNN13-4
Water Bath
Fan Cntrl
ON/OFF
IFANON
AC/DC
CNN 7-80
CNN2-80
CNN13-6
Water Bath Mtr
Vlv Open
IMVOPEN
AC/DC
CNN 7-78
CNN2-78
CNN13-7
Water Bath Mtr
Vlv Clsd
IMVSHUT
AC/DC
CNN 7-79
CNN2-79
CNN13-8
Water Bath
Fan Ctrl Thrm
IVRSTR+
AC/DC
CNN 7-89
CNN2-89
CNN13-9
Water Bath
Fan Ctrl Thrm
IVRSTR-
AC/DC
CNN 7-90
CNN2-90
CNN13-10
Water Bath Full BATHLVL
Detect
AC/DC
CNN 7-58
CNN3-58
CNN18-38
Water Bath
Temp Sensor
BATHTMP-
AC/DC
CNN 7-84
CNN3-84
CNN18-39
Water Bath
Temp Sensor
BATHTMP+
AC/DC
CNN 7-83
CNN3-83
CNN18-40
DIW Supply
Pump 1 (Water
Bath)
TWMP
AC/DC
CNN1-28
CNN9-11
CNN9-12
AD 9
Water Bath
DIW Supply
Pump 1 (Water
Bath) FB
SENS 26
SM AC/DC
CNN8-63
DIW Valve 4
(Water Bath
Supply)
WBSV
AC/DC
CNN1-36
CNN34-36
CNN32-38
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-38
DIW Valve 4
Feedback
WBSV FB
(SENS 9)
SM AC/DC
CNN8-45
CNN4-45
CNN32-62
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-62
DIW Valve 5
(Pressurized
DIW Control)
PWV
AC/DC
CNN1-37
CNN34-37
CNN32-39
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-39
DIW Valve 5
Feedback
SENS 10
SM AC/DC
CNN8-46
CNN4-46
CNN32-63
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-63
Schematic Diagrams
Reaction Carousel Motors, Sensors
and Water Bath Valves
CNN9-9
CNN9-10
AD 9
CNN9-9
CNN9-10
AD 9
Link
7A_9020a.pdf
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
Reagent 1 Arm Motors and Sensors
Reagent 1 Arm Motor and Sensor Cable Tree
Description
Code
Card
Cage
Board
Card
Cage
Back
Plane
Cable
CNN
Board
Cable
CNN Board
Cable
Driver Box
Cable
SMD or
AC/DC or
Mixer Bd
I/F Signal
Cable
Pins
SMD or
AC/DC or
Driver Box
Mixer Bd
Cable
Cable
Pins
R1 Arm Up/Down Motor and Sensors:
R1 Arm
Up/Down
Motor NA
R1ZINA
SMC
CNN2-66 CNN3566
CNN33-11
SM1
SMD
CNN1-11
SMD
CNN7-1 –
CNN7-6
SM7,8
R1 Arm
Up/Down
Motor NB
R1ZINB
SMC
CNN2-67 CNN3567
CNN33-12
SM1
SMD
CNN1-12
SMD
CNN7-1 –
CNN7-6
SM7,8
R1 Arm
Up/Down
Motor TDA
R1ZTDA
SMC
CNN2-68 CNN3568
CNN33-13
SM1
SMD
CNN1-13
SMD
CNN7-1 –
CNN7-6
SM7,8
R1 Arm
Up/Down
Motor TDB
R1ZTDB
SMC
CNN2-69 CNN3569
CNN33-14
SM1
SMD
CNN1-14
SMD
CNN7-1 –
CNN7-6
SM7,8
R1 Arm
Up/Down
Motor Hold
R1ZHOLD
SMC
CNN2-70 CNN3570
CNN33-15
SM1
SMD
CNN1-15
SMD
CNN7-1 –
CNN7-6
SM7,8
R1 Arm U/D
R1AEHOME
SMC
CNN 917
CNN 317
CNN 17-12
CNN17-10
+5V
CNN17-11
GND
R1 Arm U/D
R1AEMIR
SMC
CNN 918
CNN 318
CNN 17-9
CNN17-7 +5V
CNN17-8
GND
R1 Arm U/D
R1ACLASH
SMC
CNN 919
CNN 319
CNN 17-16
CNN17-14
+5V
CNN17-15
GND
R1 Arm Rotation Motor and Sensors
R1 Arm
Rotate Motor
NA
R1HINA
SMC
CNN2-61 CNN3561
CNN33-16
SM1
SMD
CNN1-16
SMD
CNN7-7 –
CNN7-12
SM7,8
R1 Arm
Rotate Motor
NB
R1HINB
SMC
CNN2-62 CNN3562
CNN33-17
SM1
SMD
CNN1-17
SMD
CNN7-7 –
CNN7-12
SM7,8
R1 Arm
Rotate Motor
TDA
R1HTDA
SMC
CNN2-63 CNN3563
CNN33-18
SM1
SMD
CNN1-18
SMD
CNN7-7 –
CNN7-12
SM7,8
R1 Arm
Rotate Motor
TDB
R1HTDB
SMC
CNN2-64 CNN3564
CNN33-19
SM1
SMD
CNN1-19
SMD
CNN7-7 –
CNN7-12
SM7,8
R1 Arm
Rotate Motor
Hold
R1HHOLD
SMC
CNN2-65 CNN3565
CNN33-20
SM1
SMD
CNN1-20
SMD
CNN7-7 –
CNN7-12
SM7,8
R1 Arm
Rotation
R1AAHOME
SMC
CNN 915
CNN 315
CNN 17-6
CNN17-4 +5V
CNN17-5
GND
R1 Arm
Rotation
R1AAMIR
SMC
CNN 916
CNN 316
CNN 17-3
CNN17-1 +5V
CNN17-2
GND
+5V
VCCR1AAUTOZERO SMC
CNN 959
CNN3-59
CNN12-13
R1A Probe
LLS Auto
Zero
R1AAUTOZERO
SMC
CNN 960
CNN3-17
CNN12-14
R1A Probe
LLS (+)
Differential
VCCR1ALVL
SMC
CNN 955
CNN3-55
CNN12-15
R1A Probe
LLS (-)
Differential
R1ALVL
SMC
CNN 956
CNN3-56
CNN12-16
R1A Probe
LLS (+)
Integral
VCCR1ALVLOK
SMC
CNN 957
CNN3-57
CNN12-17
R1A Probe
LLS (-)
Integral
R1ALVLOK
SMC
CNN 958
CNN3-58
CNN12-18
R1 Pressure
Sensor Sig
POS
R1ASENSPOS
PM
CNN 103
CNN 6-3
CNN 25-7
+12V
CNN 25-8 +/12V
CNN 25-9 –
12V
CNN 25-10
NC
CNN 25-11
R1 Pressure
Sensor Sig
neg
R1ASENSPOS
PM
CNN 104
CNN 6-4
CNN 25-12
LLS BD
CNN 2 TO R1 Probe
Liquid Level Sense
Schematic Diagrams
Reagent 1 Arm Motors and Sensors
Link
7A_9021a.pdf
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
Reagent 1 Syringe Pump Motors, Sensors and Valves
Reagent 1 Syringe Pump Motor and Sensor Cable Trace
Description
Card Cage
Board
Code
Card
Cage
Back
Plane
Cable
CNN
Board
Cable
CNN Board
Cable
Driver
Box
Cable
SMD or
AC/DC or
Mixer Bd
I/F Signal
Cable
Pins
SMD or
AC/DC or
Mixer Bd
Cable Pins
Driver Box
Cable
Reagent 1 Syringe Pump Motor and Sensors
R1 Pump
Motor NA
R1PINA
SMC
CNN2-41 CNN35-41
CNN33-56
SM1
SMD
CNN1-56
SMD
SM11,12
CNN11-7 –
CNN11-12
R1 Pump
Motor NB
R1PINB
SMC
CNN2-42 CNN35-42
CNN33-57
SM1
SMD
CNN1-57
SMD
SM11,12
CNN11-7 –
CNN11-12
R1 Pump
Motor TDA
R1PTDA
SMC
CNN2-43 CNN35-43
CNN33-58
SM1
SMD
CNN1-58
SMD
SM11,12
CNN11-7 –
CNN11-12
R1 Pump
Motor TDB
R1PTDB
SMC
CNN2-44 CNN35-44
CNN33-59
SM1
SMD
CNN1-59
SMD
SM11,12
CNN11-7 –
CNN11-12
R1 Pump
Motor Hold
R1PHOLD
SMC
CNN2-45 CNN35-45
CNN33-60
SM1
SMD
CNN1-60
SMD
SM11,12
CNN11-7 –
CNN11-12
R1 Pipettor
R1PHOME
SMC
CNN 9-9
CNN 3-9
CNN 11-15
CNN11-13
+5V
CNN11-14
GND
R1 Pipettor
R1PMIR
SMC
CNN 910
CNN 3-10
CNN 11-12
CNN11-10
+5V
CNN11-11
GND
R1 Pipettor
R1PDLMT
SMC
CNN 911
CNN 3-11
CNN 11-18
CNN11-16
+5V
CNN11-17
GND
Pumps, Valves and Flow Sensor
Probe Wash
Pump (Inner)
PWPUP
AC/DC
AC/DC
CNN1-7
CNN34-7
CNN32-7
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-7
AC/DC
CNN3-1
AD2,3
Probe Wash
Pump (Inner)
PWPDOWN
AC/DC
AC/DC
CNN1-8
CNN34-8
CNN32-8
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-8
AC/DC
CNN3-2
AD2,3
Probe Wash
Pump (Inner)
PWPBK
AC/DC
AC/DC
CNN1-9
CNN34-9
CNN32-9
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-9
AC/DC
CNN3-3
AD2,3
Probe Wash
Pump (Inner)
PWPUP
AC/DC
AC/DC
CNN7-7
CNN2-7
CNN13-11
+5V
CNN13-12
GND
CNN13-13
Probe Wash
Pump (Inner)
PWPDOWN
AC/DC
AC/DC
CNN7-8
CNN2-8
CNN13-14
+5V
CNN13-15
GND
CNN13-16
Reagent
IR1PV
Pump 1A (R1)
MAG Valve
(Valve ON)
AC/DC
AC/DC
CNN34-43
CNN1-43
CNN32-29
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-29
Reagent
IR1PV FB
Pump 1A (R1) (SENS17 FB)
MAG Valve
(Valve ON)
FB
SM AC/DC
SM
CNN4-52
AC/DC
CNN8-52
CNN32-53
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-53
DIW Supply
Pump 2
(Outer Wall)
WPMP
AC/DC
AC/DC
CNN34-29
CNN1-29
CNN32-25
AD1
DIW Supply
Pump 2
(Outer Wall)
FB
WPMP FB
(SENS27)
SM AC/DC
SM
CNN4-64
AC/DC
CNN8-64
CNN32-49
DIW Valve 2
(R Probe
Outer Wall)
ERPV
AC/DC
AC/DC
CNN34-34
CNN1-34
CNN32-36
DIW Valve 2
(R Probe
Outer Wall)
FB
ERPV FB
(SENS 7)
SM AC/DC
SM
CNN4-43
AC/DC
CNN8-43
CNN32-60
Reagent
Wash Cup
Flow Sensor
RPFS
SM AC/DC
SENS30
SENS31
SENS32
CNN 14
–27
28
29
CNN38-4 +5V
CNN38-5
GND
CNN38-6
CNN37
Schematic Diagrams
Reagent 1 Syringe Pump Motors and Valves
AC/DC
CNN8-3
CNN8-4
AD8
AC/DC
CNN1-25
AC/DC
CNN7-3
CNN7-6
AD6,7
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-36
AC/DC
CNN9-5
CNN9-6
AD9
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-60
Link
7A_9028a.pdf
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
Reagent 2 Arm Motor and Sensor
C4000 Reagent 2 Arm Motor and Sensor Cable Trace
Description
Code
Card
Cage
Board
Card
Cage
Back
Plane
Cable
CNN
Board
Cable
CNN Board
Cable
Driver
Box
Cable
SMD or
AC/DC or
Mixer Bd
I/F Signal
Cable
Pins
SMD or
AC/DC or
Mixer Bd
Cable
Pins
Driver Box
Cable
Reagent 2 Arm Up/Down Motor and Sensors
R2 Arm
Up/Down
Motor NA
R2ZINA
SMC
CNN3-6
CNN36-6
CNN33-21
SM1
SMD
CNN1-21
SMD
CNN8-1 –
CNN8-6
SM7,8
R2 Arm
Up/Down
Motor NB
R2ZINB
SMC
CNN3-7
CNN36-7
CNN33-22
SM1
SMD
CNN1-22
SMD
CNN8-1 –
CNN8-6
SM7,8
R2 Arm
Up/Down
Motor TDA
R2ZTDA
SMC
CNN3-8
CNN36-8
CNN33-23
SM1
SMD
CNN1-23
SMD
CNN8-1 –
CNN8-6
SM7,8
R2 Arm
Up/Down
Motor TDB
R2ZTDB
SMC
CNN3-9
CNN36-9
CNN33-24
SM1
SMD
CNN1-24
SMD
CNN8-1 –
CNN8-6
SM7,8
R2 Arm
Up/Down
Motor Hold
R2ZHOLD
SMC
CNN3-10 CNN3610
CNN33-25
SM1
SMD
CNN1-25
SMD
CNN8-1 –
CNN8-6
SM7,8
R2 Arm U/D
R2AEHOME
SMC
CNN 922
CNN 322
CNN 19-12
CNN19-10 +5V
CNN19-11 GND
R2 Arm U/D
R2AEMIR
SMC
CNN 923
CNN 323
CNN 19-9
CNN19-7 +5V
CNN19-8 GND
R2 Arm U/D
R2ACLASH
SMC
CNN 924
CNN 324
CNN 19-16
CNN19-14 +5V
CNN19-15 GND
Reagent 2 Arm Rotation Motor and Sensors
R2 Arm
Rotate Motor
NA
R2HINA
SMC
CNN3-1
CNN36-1
CNN33-26
SM1
SMD
CNN1-26
SMD
CNN8-7 –
CNN8-12
SM8,9
R2 Arm
Rotate Motor
NB
R2HINB
SMC
CNN3-2
CNN36-2
CNN33-27
SM1
SMD
CNN1-27
SMD
CNN8-7 –
CNN8-12
SM8,9
R2 Arm
Rotate Motor
TDA
R2HTDA
SMC
CNN3-3
CNN36-3
CNN33-28
SM1
SMD
CNN1-28
SMD
CNN8-7 –
CNN8-12
SM8,9
R2 Arm
Rotate Motor
TDB
R2HTDB
SMC
CNN3-4
CNN36-4
CNN33-29
SM1
SMD
CNN1-29
SMD
CNN8-7 –
CNN8-12
SM8,9
R2 Arm
Rotate Motor
Hold
R2HHOLD
SMC
CNN3-5
CNN36-5
CNN33-30
SM1
SMD
CNN1-30
SMD
CNN8-7 –
CNN8-12
SM8,9
R2 Arm Rot
R2AAHOME
SMC
CNN 920
CNN 320
CNN 19-6
CNN19-4 +5V
CNN19-5 GND
R2 Arm Rot
R2AAMIR
SMC
CNN 9-
CNN 3-
CNN 19-3
21
21
CNN19-1 +5V
CNN19-2 GND
Liquid Level Sense
+5V
VCCR2AAUTOZERO SMC
CNN 965
CNN3-65
CNN12-19
R2A Probe
LLS Auto
Zero
R2AAUTOZERO
SMC
CNN 966
CNN3-22
CNN12-20
R2A Probe
LLS (+)
Differential
VCCR2ALVL
SMC
CNN 961
CNN3-61
CNN12-21
R2A Probe
LLS (-)
Differential
R2ALVL
SMC
CNN 962
CNN3-62
CNN12-22
R2A Probe
LLS (+)
Integral
VCCR2ALVLOK
SMC
CNN 963
CNN3-63
CNN12-23
R2A Probe
LLS (-)
Integral
R2ALVLOK
SMC
CNN 964
CNN3-64
CNN12-24
R2 Pressure
Sensor Sig
POS
R2ASENSPOS
PM
CNN 105
CNN 6-5
CNN 25-13
+12V
CNN 25-14+/12V
CNN 25-15 –
12V
CNN 25-16 NC
CNN 25-17
R2 Pressure
Sensor Sig
neg
R2ASENSPOS
PM
CNN 106
CNN 6-6
CNN 25-18
Level Sense
Board
CNN 3 to R2 Probe
Schematic Diagrams
Reagent 2 Arm Motors and Sensors
Link
7A_9022a.pdf
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
Reagent 2 Syringe Pump Motors, Sensors and Valves
C4000 Reagent 2 Syringe Pump Motor and Sensor Cable Trace
Description
Code
Card
Cage
Back
Plane
Cable
Card
Cage
Board
CNN
Board
Cable
CNN
Board
Cable
Driver
Box
Cable
SMD or
AC/DC or
Mixer Bd
I/F Signal
Cable
Pins
SMD or
AC/DC or
Mixer Bd
Cable Pins
Driver
Box
Cable
Reagent 2 Syringe Pump Motor and Sensors
R2 Pump
Motor NA
R2PINA
SMC
CNN2-51
CNN3551
CNN33-61
SM1
SMD
CNN1-61
SMD
SM11,12
CNN12-1 –
CNN12-6
R2 Pump
Motor NB
R2PINB
SMC
CNN2-52
CNN3552
CNN33-62
SM1
SMD
CNN1-62
SMD
SM11,12
CNN12-1 –
CNN12-6
R2 Pump
Motor TDA
R2PTDA
SMC
CNN2-53
CNN3553
CNN33-63
SM1
SMD
CNN1-63
SMD
SM11,12
CNN12-1 –
CNN12-6
R2 Pump
Motor TDB
R2PTDB
SMC
CNN2-54
CNN3554
CNN33-64
SM1
SMD
CNN1-64
SMD
SM11,12
CNN12-1 –
CNN12-6
R2 Pump
Motor Hold
R2PHOLD
SMC
CNN2-55
CNN3555
CNN33-65
SM1
SMD
CNN1-65
SMD
SM11,12
CNN12-1 –
CNN12-6
R2 Pipettor
R2PHOME
SMC
CNN 912
CNN 3-12 CNN 11-24
CNN11-22 +5V
CNN11-23 GND
R2 Pipettor
R2PMIR
SMC
CNN 913
CNN 3-13 CNN 11-21
CNN11-19 +5V
CNN11-20 GND
R2 Pipettor
R2PDLMT
SMC
CNN 914
CNN 3-14 CNN 11-27
CNN11-25 +5V
CNN11-26 GND
Pumps, Valves and Flow Sensors
Probe Wash
Pump (Inner)
PWPUP
AC/DC
AC/DC
CNN1-7
CNN34-7
CNN32-7
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-7
AC/DC
CNN3-1
AD2,3
Probe Wash
Pump (Inner)
PWPDOWN
AC/DC
AC/DC
CNN1-8
CNN34-8
CNN32-8
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-8
AC/DC
CNN3-2
AD2,3
Probe Wash
Pump (Inner)
PWPBK
AC/DC
AC/DC
CNN1-9
CNN34-9
CNN32-9
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-9
AC/DC
CNN3-3
AD2,3
Probe Wash
Pump (Inner)
PWPUP
AC/DC
AC/DC
CNN7-7
CNN2-7
CNN13-11 +5V
CNN13-12 GND
CNN13-13
Probe Wash
Pump (Inner)
PWPDOWN
AC/DC
AC/DC
CNN7-8
CNN2-8
CNN13-14 +5V
CNN13-15 GND
CNN13-16
Reagent
IR2PV
Pump 2A (R2)
MAG Valve
(Valve ON)
AC/DC
AC/DC
CNN1-44
CNN3444
CNN32-30
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-30
AC/DC
CNN8-5
CNN8-6
AD8
Reagent
IR2PV FB
Pump 2A (R2) (SENS17
MAG Valve
FB)
SM
AC/DC
SM
AC/DC
CNN8-53
CNN4-53
CNN32-54
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-54
(Valve ON)
FB
DIW Supply
Pump 2
(Outer Wall)
WPMP
AC/DC
AC/DC
CNN1-29
CNN3429
CNN32-25
DIW Supply
Pump 2
(Outer Wall)
FB
WPMP FB
(SENS27)
SM
AC/DC
SM
AC/DC
CNN8-64
CNN4-64
CNN32-49
DIW Valve 2
(R Probe
Outer Wall)
ERPV
AC/DC
AC/DC
CNN1-34
CNN3434
DIW Valve 2
(R Probe
Outer Wall)
FB
ERPV FB
(SENS 7)
SM
AC/DC
SM
AC/DC
CNN8-43
Reagent
Wash Cup
Flow Sensor
RPFS
SM
AC/DC
SENS30
SENS31
SENS32
CNN1427
28
29
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-25
AC/DC
CNN7-3
CNN7-6
AD6,7
CNN32-36
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-36
AC/DC
CNN9-5
CNN9-6
AD9
CNN4-43
CNN32-60
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-60
CNN37
CNN38-4 +5V
CNN38-5 GND
CNN38-6
Schematic Diagram
Reagent 2 Syringe Pump Motors, Sensors and
Valves
Link
7A_9023a.pdf
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
Reagent Carousel Motor and Sensors
C4000 Reagent Carousel Motor and Sensor Cable Trace
Description
Code
Card
Cage
Board
Card
Cage
Back
Plane
Cable
CNN
Board
Cable
CNN
Board
Cable
Driver
Box
Cable
SMD or
AC/DC or
Mixer Bd
I/F Signal
Cable
Pins
SMD or
AC/DC or
Mixer Bd
Cable
Pins
Driver
Box
Cable
Reagent Carousel, Inner and Outer Motors and Sensors
Reagent Inner
Carousel
Motor CW
RICCW
SMC
CNN353
CNN3653
CNN33-3
SM1
SMD
CNN1-3
SMD
CNN4-1 – SM4,5
CNN4-5
Reagent Inner
Carousel
Motor CCW
RICCCW
SMC
CNN354
CNN3654
CNN33-4
SM1
SMD
CNN1-4
SMD
CNN4-1 – SM4,5
CNN4-5
Reagent Outer
Carousel
Motor CW
ROCCW
SMC
CNN355
CNN3655
CNN33-5
SM1
SMD
CNN1-5
SMD
SM4,5
CNN5-1 –
CNN5-5
Reagent Outer
Carousel
Motor CCW
ROCCCW
SMC
CNN356
CNN3656
CNN33-6
SM1
SMD
CNN1-6
SMD
SM4,5
CNN5-1 –
CNN5-5
Rgt Inner Crsl
R1CIHOME
SMC
CNN935
CNN 335
CNN 16-6
CNN16-4 +5V
CNN16-5 GND
Rgt Inner Crsl
R1CI PITCH
SMC
CNN 936
CNN 336
CNN 16-3
CNN16-1 +5V
CNN16-2 GND
Rgt Inner Crsl
R1CIPOS
SMC
CNN 937
CNN 337
Rgt Outer Crsl
R1COHOME
SMC
CNN 938
CNN 338
CNN 16-12
CNN16-10
+5V
CNN16-11
GND
Rgt Outer Crsl
R1COPITCH
SMC
CNN 939
CNN 339
CNN 16-9
CNN16-7 +5V
CNN16-8 GND
Rgt Outer Crsl
R1COPOS
SMC
CNN 940
CNN 340
Covers, Switches and Barcode Readers
Reagent Load
Door
Open/Close
AUXAC1
AC/DC
CNN113
CNN3413
CNN32-10
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-10
AC/DC
CNN5-4 CNN5-6
AD4,5
Reagent Load
Door
Open/Close
AUXAC1
AC/DC
CNN114
CNN3414
CNN32-11
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-11
AC/DC
CNN5-4 CNN5-6
AD4,5
Reagent Load
Door
Open/Close
AUXAC1
AC/DC
CNN115
CNN3415
CNN32-12
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-12
AC/DC
CNN5-4 CNN5-6
AD4,5
Reagent
Supply Temp
Sensor
R1CTEMP-
AC/DC
CNN 786
CNN2-86
CNN16-13
Reagent
R1CTEMP+
AC/DC
CNN 7-
CNN2-85
CNN16-14
Supply Temp
Sensor
85
Reagent
RCVROK
Supply Cover
Present Sensor
AC/DC
Outer Rotate
Switch
Inner Rotate
Switch
CNN 759
CNN2-59
CNN16-17
CNN16-15
+5V
CNN16-16
GND
AC/DC
CNN4-
CNN16-20
CNN16-18
+5V
CNN16-19
GND
AC/DC
CNN4-
CNN16-23
CNN16-21
+5V
CNN16-22
GND
Bottle Sensor
BTTLSNS
AC/DC
CNN 795
CNN2-95
CNN16-26
CNN16-24
+5V
CNN16-25
GND
Cup Sensor
CUPSNSRO
AC/DC
CNN 796
CNN2-96
CNN16-29
CNN16-27
+5V
CNN16-28
GND
Cover
Open/Close
Sensor Open
COVER OPEN
CNN2-10
CNN16-37
CNN16-35
+5V
CNN16-36
GND
Cover
Open/Close
Sensor Close
COVER CLOSE
CNN2-9
CNN16-40
CNN16-38
+5V
CNN16-39
GND
Reagent
Barcode
Reader
TXD2
DAQ
CNN 1211
CNN7-11
CNN20-1
Reagent
Barcode
Reader
RTS2
DAQ
CNN 1213
CNN7-13
CNN20-2
Reagent
Barcode
Reader
RXD2
DAQ
CNN 1212
CNN7-12
CNN20-4
Reagent
Barcode
Reader
CTS2
DAQ
CNN 1214
CNN7-14
CNN20-5
Reagent
Barcode
Reader
TRIGGER2
DAQ
CNN 1215
CNN7-15
CNN20-8
Rotate Switch
ON
ISLUILED1(RCLED)
AC/DC
CNN 736
CNN2-36
CNN30-2
CNN30-1 +5V
Open/Close
Switch ON
ISLUISLED2(RCLED) AC/DC
CNN 738
CNN2-38
CNN30-4
CNN30-3 +5V
Rotate Switch
ISSW(RCSW)
AC/DC
CNN 791
CNN2-91
CNN30-6
CNN30-5 GND
Open/Close
Switch
ISLSW(RCSW)
AC/DC
CNN 792
CNN2-92
CNN30-8
CNN30-7 GND
Schematic Diagram
Reagent Carousel Motors and
Sensors
Link
7A_9024a.pdf
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
Sample Arm Motors and Sensors
C4000 Sample Arm Motor and Sensor Cable Trace
Description
Card
Cage
Board
Code
Card
Cage
Back
Plane
Cable
CNN
Board
Cable
CNN
Board
Cable
Driver
Box
Cable
SMD or
AC/DC or
Mixer Bd
I/F Signal
Cable
Pins
SMD or
AC/DC or
Driver Box
Mixer Bd
Cable
Cable
Pins
Sample Arm Up/Down Motor and Sensors
Sample Arm
Up/Down
Motor CW
SAZCW
SMC
CNN3-63
CNN36-63 CNN33-7
SM1
SMD
CNN1-7
SMD
CNN3-1 –
CNN3-5
SM2,3
Sample Arm
Up/Down
Motor CCW
SAZCCW
SMC
CNN3-64
CNN36-64 CNN33-8
SM1
SMD
CNN1-8
SMD
CNN3-1 –
CNN3-5
SM2,3
Sample U/D
SAEHOME
SMC
CNN 9-46 CNN 3-46
CNN 1512
Sample U/D
SAEMIR
SMC
CNN 9-47 CNN 3-47
CNN 15-9
Sample U/D
SACLASH
SMC
CNN 9-48 CNN 3-48
CNN 1516
Sample Arm Rotation Motor and Sensors
Sample Arm
Rotate Motor
CW
SAHCW
SMC
CNN3-61
CNN36-61 CNN33-9
SM1
SMD
CNN1-9
SMD
CNN6-1 –
CNN6-5
SM6
Sample Arm
Rotate Motor
CCW
SAHCCW
SMC
CNN3-62
CNN36-62 CNN33-10 SM1
SMD
CNN1-10
SMD
CNN6-1 –
CNN6-5
SM6
Sample
Rotation
SAAHOME
SMC
CNN 9-44 CNN 3-44
CNN 15-6
Sample
Rotation
SAAMIR
SMC
CNN 9-45 CNN 3-45
CNN 15-3
+5V
VCCSAAAUTOZERO SMC
CNN 9-53 CNN3-53
CNN12-7
S Probe LLS
Austo Zero
SAAUTOZERO
SMC
CNN 9-54 CNN3-46
CNN12-8
S Probe LLS
(+) Differential
VCCSALVL
SMC
CNN 9-49 CNN3-49
CNN12-9
S Probe LLS
(-) Differential
SALVL
SMC
CNN 9-50 CNN3-50
CNN12-10
S Probe LLS
(+) Integral
VCCSALVLOK
SMC
CNN 9-51 CNN3-51
CNN12-11
S Probe LLS
(-) Integral
SALVLOK
SMC
CNN 9-52 CNN3-52
CNN12-12
SALVLGU+5V
SMC
CNN 9-68 CNN3-68
CNN12-25
SALVLGU
SMC
CNN 9-67 CNN3-67
CNN12-26
S Pressure
Sensor Sig
POS
SASEN1 POS
PM
CNN 10-1 CNN6-1
CNN 11-1
CNN25-5
Pressure
Sensor Sig
SASEN1 NEG
PM
CNN 10-2 CNN6-2
CNN 11-2
CNN25-6
Liquid Level Sense
Neg
Sample
TLLS
SLLS
PM
CNN 1033
CNN 6-33
CNN25-19 LLS BD
5-
Sample
TLLS
SLLSG
PM
CNN 1034
CNN 6-34
CNN25-20 LLS BD
5-
CNN 12 TO LLS Bd to LLS Bd TLLS-SR
Schematic Diagram
Sample Arm Motors and Sensors
Link
7A_9025a.pdf
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
Sample Syringe Pump Motor and Sensors
C4000 Sample Syringe Pump Motor and Sensor Cable Trace
Description
Code
Card Cage
Card Cage
Back
CNN Board
Board
Plane
Cable
Cable
CNN Board
Cable
Driver
Box
Cable
SMD or
SMD or
AC/DC or
AC/DC or
Mixer Bd
Mixer Bd
I/F Signal
Cable Pins
Cable Pins
Driver Box
Cable
Sample Syringe Pump Motor and Sensors
Sample Pump
Motor NA
SPINA
SMC
CNN2-31
CNN35-31
CNN33-51
SM1
SMD
CNN1-51
SMD
SM10,11
CNN11-1 –
CNN11-6
Sample Pump
Motor NB
SPINB
SMC
CNN2-32
CNN35-32
CNN33-52
SM1
SMD
CNN1-52
SMD
SM10,11
CNN11-1 –
CNN11-6
Sample Pump
Motor TDA
SPTDA
SMC
CNN2-33
CNN35-33
CNN33-53
SM1
SMD
CNN1-53
SMD
SM10,11
CNN11-1 –
CNN11-6
Sample Pump
Motor TDB
SPTDB
SMC
CNN2-34
CNN35-34
CNN33-54
SM1
SMD
CNN1-54
SMD
SM10,11
CNN11-1 –
CNN11-6
Sample Pump
Motor Hold
SPHOLD
SMC
CNN2-35
CNN35-35
CNN33-55
SM1
SMD
CNN1-55
SMD
SM10,11
CNN11-1 –
CNN11-6
Sample
Pipettor
SPHOME
SMC
CNN 9-6
CNN 3-6
CNN 11-6
Sample
Pipettor
SPMIR
SMC
CNN 9-7
CNN 3-7
CNN 11-3
Sample
Pipettor
SPDLMT
SMC
CNN 9-8
CNN 3-8
CNN 11-9
Pumps, Valves and Sensors
Probe Wash
Pump (Inner)
PWPUP
AC/DC
AC/DC
CNN1-7
CNN34-7
CNN32-7
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-7
AC/DC
CNN3-1
AD2,3
Probe Wash
Pump (Inner)
PWPDOWN
AC/DC
AC/DC
CNN1-8
CNN34-8
CNN32-8
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-8
AC/DC
CNN3-2
AD2,3
Probe Wash
Pump (Inner)
PWPBK
AC/DC
AC/DC
CNN1-9
CNN34-9
CNN32-9
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-9
AC/DC
CNN3-3
AD2,3
Probe Wash
Pump (Inner)
PWPUP
AC/DC
AC/DC
CNN7-7
CNN2-7
CNN13-11
+5V
CNN13-12
GND
CNN13-13
Probe Wash
Pump (Inner)
PWPDOWN
AC/DC
AC/DC
CNN7-8
CNN2-8
CNN13-14
+5V
CNN13-15
GND
CNN13-16
Sampling
ISPV
Pump A MAG
Valve (Valve 1
& 2 ON)
AC/DC
AC/DC
CNN1-42
CNN34-42
CNN32-28
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-28
AC/DC
CNN8-1
CNN8-2
AD8
Sampling
ISPV FB
Pump A MAG (SENS16
Valve (Valve 1 FB)
SM AC/DC SM AC/DC CNN4-51
CNN8-51
CNN32-52
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-52
& 2 ON) FB
DIW Supply
Pump 2
(Outer Wall)
WPMP
AC/DC
CNN34-29
CNN32-25
DIW Supply
Pump 2
(Outer Wall)
FB
WPMP FB
(SENS27)
SM AC/DC SM AC/DC CNN4-64
CNN8-64
CNN32-49
DIW Valve 1
(S Probe
Outer Wall)
ESPV
AC/DC
CNN34-33
DIW Valve 1
(S Probe
Outer Wall)
FB
ESPV FB
(SENS 6)
Sample Wash
Cup Flow
Sensor
SPFS
AC/DC
CNN1-29
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-25
AC/DC
CNN7-3
CNN7-6
AD6,7
CNN32-35
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-35
AC/DC
CNN9-3
CNN9-4
AD9
SM AC/DC SM AC/DC CNN4-42
CNN8-42
CNN32-59
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-59
SM AC/DC
SENS 30
SENS 31
SENS 32
CNN38-1
+5V
CNN38-2
GND
CNN38-3
AC/DC
CNN1-33
SM AC/DC CNN37
CNN 1427
CNN 1428
CNN 1429
Schematic Diagram
Sample Syringe Pump Motors and Sensors
Link
7A_9026a.pdf
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
Stirrer Motors and Sensors
Stirrer Motor and Sensor Cable Trace
Description
Code
Card Cage
Board
Card
Cage
Back
Plane
Cable
CNN
Board
Cable
CNN Board
Cable
Driver
Box
Cable
SMD or
AC/DC or
Mixer Bd
I/F Signal
Cable Pins
SMD or
AC/DC or
Mixer Bd
Cable Pins
Driver Box
Cable
Stirrer Elevator
Stirrer Arm
CW Signal
(UP)
STRZ UP
AC/DC
CNN1-4
CNN34-4
CNN32-4
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-4
AC/DC
CNN2-4 –
CNN2-6
AD2,3
(to STRE)
Stirrer Arm
CCW Signal
(DOWN)
STRZ DW
AC/DC
CNN1-5
CNN34-5
CNN32-5
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-5
AC/DC
CNN2-4 –
CNN2-6
AD2,3
(to STRE)
Stirrer Arm
Brake Signal
STRZ BK
AC/DC
CNN1-6
CNN34-6
CNN32-6
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-6
AC/DC
CNN2-4 –
CNN2-6
AD2,3
(to STRE)
Stirrer
(Sensor)
STEUP
AC/DC
CNN7-4
CNN 2-4
CNN 18-3
CNN18-1
+5V
CNN18-2
GND
(to SE-S)
Stirrer
(Sensor)
STEDOWN
AC/DC
CNN 7-5
CNN 2-5
CNN 18-6
CNN18-4
+5V
CNN18-5
GND
(to SE-S)
Stirrer
(Sensor)
STEDOK
AC/DC
CNN 7-6
CNN 2-6
CNN 18-9
CNN18-7
+5V
CNN18-8
GND
(to SE-S)
Stirrer 1
Rotate Motor
NA
STR1HINA
SMC
CNN2-11
CNN35-11
CNN33-31
SM1
SMD
CNN1-31
SMD
CNN9-1 –
CNN9-6
SM8,9
(to STRA)
Stirrer 1
Rotate Motor
NB
STR1HINB
SMC
CNN2-12
CNN35-12
CNN33-32
SM1
SMD
CNN1-32
SMD
CNN9-1 –
CNN9-6
SM8,9
(to STRA)
Stirrer 1
Rotate Motor
TDA
STR1HTDA
SMC
CNN2-13
CNN35-13
CNN33-33
SM1
SMD
CNN1-33
SMD
CNN9-1 –
CNN9-6
SM8,9
(to STRA)
Stirrer 1
Rotate Motor
TDB
STR1HTDB
SMC
CNN2-14
CNN35-14
CNN33-34
SM1
SMD
CNN1-34
SMD
CNN9-1 –
CNN9-6
SM8,9
(to STRA)
Stirrer 1
Rotate Motor
Hold
STR1HHOLD
SMC
CNN2-15
CNN35-15
CNN33-35
SM1
SMD
CNN1-35
SMD
CNN9-1 –
CNN9-6
SM8,9
(to STRA)
Stirrer 1
Rot Hm
STA1HOME
SMC
CNN 9-4
CNN 3-4
CNN 18-12
CNN18-10
+5V
CNN1811GND
(to SE-S)
to SE-S
Stirrer 1
SENS1
SM AC/DC
CNN 8-
CNN4-37
CNN18-15
(to
To STRC
Stirrer 1
Rotate
Cuvette
Sense
37
CNN18-13
+5V
CNN18-14
GND
Piezo Stirrer
STRC)
CNN26-1
+5V
CNN26-2
+5V
Stirrer 1 ON
ST1ON
AC/DC
CNN 723
CNN2-23
CNN26-3
STR1
Mixer
CN1
Mixer
CN2
STR2
(to STRD)
Stirrer 1 Scan
ST1SCAN
AC/DC
CNN 724
CNN2-24
CNN26-4
STR1
Mixer
CN1
Mixer
CN2
STR2
(to STRD)
Stirrer 1 Clear
ST1CLS
AC/DC
CNN 725
CNN2-25
CNN26-5
STR1
Mixer
CN1
Mixer
CN2
STR2
(to STRD)
Stirrer 1 Busy
0 Sig
ST1BUSY0
AC/DC
CNN 726
CNN2-26
CNN26-6
STR1
Mixer
CN1
Mixer
CN2
STR2
(to STRD)
Stirrer 1 Busy
1 Sig
ST1BUSY1
AC/DC
CNN 727
CNN2-27
CNN26-7
STR1
Mixer
CN1
Mixer
CN2
STR2 to
STRD
Stirrer 2
Rotate Motor
NA
STR2HINA
SMC
CNN2-16
CNN35-16
CNN33-36
SM1
SMD
CNN1-36
SMD
CNN9-7 –
CNN9-12
SM8
(to STRA)
Stirrer 2
Rotate Motor
NB
STR2HINB
SMC
CNN2-17
CNN35-17
CNN33-37
SM1
SMD
CNN1-37
SMD
CNN9-7 –
CNN9-12
SM8
(to STRA)
Stirrer 2
Rotate Motor
TDA
STR2HTDA
SMC
CNN2-18
CNN35-18
CNN33-38
SM1
SMD
CNN1-38
SMD
CNN9-7 –
CNN9-12
SM8
(to STRA)
Stirrer 2
Rotate Motor
TDB
STR2HTDB
SMC
CNN2-19
CNN35-19
CNN33-39
SM1
SMD
CNN1-39
SMD
CNN9-7 –
CNN9-12
SM8
(to STRA)
Stirrer 2
Rotate Motor
Hold
STR2HHOLD
SMC
CNN2-20
CNN35-20
CNN33-40
SM1
SMD
CNN1-40
SMD
CNN9-7 –
CNN9-12
SM8
(to STRA)
Stirrer 2
Rot Hm
STA2HOME
SMC
CNN 9-5
CNN 3-5
CNN 18-18
CNN18-16
+5V
CNN18-17
GND
(to SE-S)
Stirrer 2
Rotate
Cuvette
Sense
SENS2
SM AC/DC
CNN 838
CNN4-38
CNN18-21
CNN18-20
+5V
CNN18-21
GND
(to
STRC)
Stirrer 2 ON
ST2ON
AC/DC
CNN 728
CNN2-28
CNN26-8
STR1
Mixer
CN1
Mixer
CN2
STR2
(to STRD)
Stirrer 2 Scan
ST2SCAN
AC/DC
CNN 729
CNN2-29
CNN26-9
STR1
Mixer
CN1
Mixer
CN2
STR2
(to STRD)
Stirrer 2 Clear
ST2CLS
AC/DC
CNN 730
CNN2-30
CNN26-10
STR1
Mixer
CN1
Mixer
CN2
STR2
(to STRD)
Stirrer 2 Busy
0 Sig
ST2BUSY0
AC/DC
CNN 731
CNN2-31
CNN26-11
STR1
Mixer
CN1
Mixer
CN2
STR2
(to STRD)
Stirrer 2 Busy
1 Sig
ST2BUSY1
AC/DC
CNN 732
CNN2-32
CNN26-12
STR1
Mixer
CN1
Mixer
CN2
STR2
(to STRD)
AC/DC
CNN1-29
CNN34-29
CNN32-25
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-25
AC/DC
CNN7-3
AD6,7
Stirrer 2
Stirrer Wash Valve and Flow Sensor Signal
DIW Supply
Pump 2
WPMP
AC/DC
(Outer Wall)
CNN7-6
DIW Supply
Pump 2
(Outer Wall)
FB
WPMP FB
(SENS27)
SM AC/DC
SM
AC/DC
CNN8-64
CNN4-64
CNN32-49
DIW Valve 3
Stirrer Wash
Valve
SWV
AC/DC
AC/DC
CNN1-35
CNN34-35
CNN32-37
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-37
Stirrer Wash
Valve
Signal FB
SWV FB
(SENS8)
SM AC/DC
SM
AC/DC
CNN8-44
CNN4-44
CNN32-61
AD1
AC/DC
CNN1-61
Stirrer Line
Flow Signal
STFS
SM AC/DC
SENS 30
SENS 31
SENS 32
SM
AC/DC
CNN37-
CNN38-9
CNN38-7
+5V
CNN38-8
GND
Power
Supply
CNN1427
CNN 1428
CNN 1429
STRD
Driver Box
STR3,4
Schematic Diagram
Stirrer Motor and Sensors
AC/DC
CNN9-7 –
CNN9-8
AD9
Mixer Board
CN3
CN4
Link
7A_9027b.pdf
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-107) • © 2009, 2010 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
Individual Motor and Sensor Signal Trace
Links
AC/DC Driver Signal Trace
AC/DC Sensors
Sensors, Switches, Valves
Stepper Motor Controller Sensors
Stepper Motor Signal Trace
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
AC/DC Driver Signal Trace
Description
Code
Card Cage
Board
Card Cage
Back Plane
Cable
CNN Bd Cable
CNN Bd Cable
Driver Box
Cable
AC/DC Driver Board I/F Signal
Drive Signal Output
Cell Wash CW
Signal
WS UP
AC/DC
CNN1-1
CNN34-1
CNN32-1
AD1
CNN1-1
Cell Wash CCW
Signal
WS DWN
AC/DC
CNN1-2
CNN34-2
CNN32-2
AD1
CNN1-2
Cell Wash Brake
Signal
WS BK
AC/DC
CNN1-3
CNN34-3
CNN32-3
AD1
CNN1-3
Stirrer Arm CW
Signal
STRZ UP
AC/DC
CNN1-4
CNN34-4
CNN32-4
AD1
CNN1-4
Stirrer Arm CCW
Signal
STRZ DW
AC/DC
CNN1-5
CNN34-5
CNN32-5
AD1
CNN1-5
Stirrer Arm Brake STRZ BK
Signal
AC/DC
CNN1-6
CNN34-6
CNN32-6
AD1
CNN1-6
Probe Inner Wall
Wash Pump CW
Signal
PWP UP
AC/DC
CNN1-7
CNN34-7
CNN32-7
AD1
CNN1-7
Probe Inner Wall
Wash Pump
CCW Signal
PWP DWN
AC/DC
CNN1-8
CNN34-8
CNN32-8
AD1
CNN1-8
Probe Inner Wall
Wash Pump
Brake Signal
PWP BK
AC/DC
CNN1-9
CNN34-9
CNN32-9
AD1
CNN1-9
Reagent Load
AUXAC1
Door Open/Close
AC/DC
CNN1-13
CNN34-13
CNN32-10
AD1
CNN1-10
Reagent Load
AUXAC1
Door Open/Close
AC/DC
CNN1-14
CNN34-14
CNN32-11
AD1
CNN1-11
Reagent Load
AUXAC1
Door Open/Close
AC/DC
CNN1-15
CNN34-15
CNN32-12
AD1
CNN1-12
CNN32-13
AD1
CNN1-13
NC
CNN2-1 –
CNN2-3
CNN3-1 –
CNN3-3
CNN5-4 CNN56
AD4,5
CNN3-4 –
CNN3-6
AD2,3
CNN4-1 –
CNN4-3
AD4,5
WCP ON
AC/DC
CNN1-18
CNN34-18
CNN32-14
AD1
CNN1-14
Cell Wash Pump
Brake Signal
WCP BK
AC/DC
CNN1-19
CNN34-19
CNN32-15
AD1
CNN1-15
ISE Suction
ICTP ON
Pump CW Signal
AC/DC
CNN1-20
CNN34-20
CNN32-16
AD1
CNN1-16
ISE Suction
Pump Brake
Signal
ICTP BK
AC/DC
CNN1-21
CNN34-21
CNN32-17
AD1
CNN1-17
ISE Ref Pump
CW Signal
ICTR ON
AC/DC
CNN1-22
CNN34-22
CNN32-18
AD1
CNN1-18
ISE Ref Pump
CCW Signal
ICTR BK
AC/DC
CNN1-23
CNN34-23
CNN32-19
AD1
CNN1-19
Detergent Pump
CW Signal
DTGP ON
AC/DC
CNN1-16
CNN34-16
CNN32-20
AD1
CNN1-20
Detergent Pump
Brake Signal
DTG BK
AC/DC
CNN1-17
CNN34-17
CNN32-21
AD1
CNN1-21
CNN32-22
AD1
CNN1-22
Cell Vacuum
Pump ON Signal
VP2
AC/DC
CNN1-26
CNN34-26
CNN32-23
AD1
CNN1-23
CNN6-1 CNN62
Cell Dryer Pump
ON Signal
VP1
AC/DC
CNN1-27
CNN34-27
CNN32-24
AD1
CNN1-24
CNN7-1 CNN74
Outer Wall Pump WPMP
ON Signal
AC/DC
CNN1-29
CNN34-29
CNN32-25
AD1
CNN1-25
CNN7-3 CNN76
Auto Power
OFF-ON Signal
MC1
AC/DC
CNN1-30
CNN34-30
CNN32-26
AD1
CNN1-26
CNN14-1 –
CNN14-3
CNN32-27
AD1
CNN1-27
Sample Pump
Valve 1 & 2 ON
Signal
ISPV
AC/DC
CNN1-42
CNN34-42
CNN32-28
AD1
CNN1-28
CNN8-1 CNN82
R1 Pump Valve
IR1PV
AC/DC
CNN1-43
CNN34-43
CNN32-29
AD1
CNN1-29
CNN8-3 CNN8-
NC
AD2,3
CNN2-4 –
CNN2-6
Cell Wash Pump
CW Signal
NC
Driver Box
Cable
CNN4-4 –
CNN4-6
CNN5-1 –
CNN5-3
AD6,7
AD8
ON Signal
4
R2 Pump Valve
ON Signal
IR2PV
AC/DC
CNN1-44
CNN34-44
CNN32-30
AD1
CNN1-30
CNN8-5 CNN86
ISE Suction
Pinch Valve ON
Signal
IAVP
AC/DC
CNN1-32
CNN34-32
CNN32-31
AD1
CNN1-31
CNN8-7 CNN88
Acid & Alkaline
Detergent Valve
1 ON Signal
DTG1V
AC/DC
CNN1-39
CNN34-39
CNN32-32
AD1
CNN1-32
CNN8-9 CNN810
Acid & Alkaline
Detergent Valve
2 ON Signal
DTG2V
AC/DC
CNN1-40
CNN34-40
CNN32-33
AD1
CNN1-33
CNN8-11 CNN812
Cell Wash Valve
CWV
AC/DC
CNN1-38
CNN34-38
CNN32-34
AD1
CNN1-34
CNN9-1 CNN92
Sample Probe
Valve ON Signal
ESPV
AC/DC
CNN1-33
CNN34-33
CNN32-35
AD1
CNN1-35
CNN9-3 CNN94
R-Probe Outer
Wash Valve ON
Signal
ERPV
AC/DC
CNN1-34
CNN34-34
CNN32-36
AD1
CNN1-36
CNN9-5 CNN96
Stirrer Wash
Valve ON Signal
SWV
AC/DC
CNN1-35
CNN34-35
CNN32-37
AD1
CNN1-37
CNN9-7 CNN98
DIW Supply
Valve ON Signal
WBSV
AC/DC
CNN1-36
CNN34-36
CNN32-38
AD1
CNN1-38
CNN9-9 CNN910
DIW Supply
Pump (Peri
Pump) ON
PWV
AC/DC
CNN1-37
CNN34-37
CNN32-39
AD1
CNN1-39
CNN9-11 CNN912
ICT-Level
Sensor ON
Signal
IREF
AC/DC
CNN1-49
CNN34-49
CNN32-40
AD1
CNN1-40
CNN10-1
CNN10-2
Buzzer ON
Signal
BUZZER
AC/DC
CNN1-48
CNN34-48
CNN32-41
AD1
CNN1-41
CNN10-3
CNN10-4
Spare 1 ON
Signal (CRA)
AUXDC1
AC/DC
CNN1-50
CNN34-67
CNN32-43
AD1
CNN1-42
CNN10-5
CNN10-6
Spare 2 ON
Signal
AUXDC2
CNN34-68
CNN32-44
AD1
CNN1-43
CNN10-7
CNN10-8
CRA Door
Open/Close 1
Signal
AUTO1
AD1
CNN1-44
CNN10-9
CNN10-10
CRA Door
Open/Close 2
Signal
AUTO2
AD1
CNN1-45
NC
AD1
CNN1-46
NC
AD1
CNN1-47
NC
AD1
CNN1-48
NC
AD1
CNN1-49
NC
AD1
CNN1-50
NC
AD1
CNN1-51
Sample pump
Valve 1 & 3 FB
Signal
ISPV FB
CNN4-51
CNN32-52
AD1
CNN1-52
R1 Pump Valve
FB Signal
IR1PV FB
CNN4-52
CNN32-53
AD1
CNN1-53
R2 Pump Valve
FB Signal
IR2PV FB
CNN4-53
CNN32-54
AD1
CNN1-54
ISE Suction
Pinch Valve FB
Signal
IAV FB
CNN4-41
CNN32-55
AD1
CNN1-55
Acid & Alkaline
Valve 1 FB
Signal
DTG1V FB
CNN4-48
CNN32-56
AD1
CNN1-56
Acid & Alkaline
Valve 2 FB
Signal
DTG2V FB
CNN4-49
CNN32-57
AD1
CNN1-57
Cell Wash Valve
FB Signal
CWV FB
CNN4-47
CNN32-58
AD1
CNN1-58
Sample Probe
Outer Wash
Valve FB Signal
ESPV FB
CNN4-42
CNN32-59
AD1
CNN1-59
AD9
AD10
R-Probe Outer
ERPV FB
Wall Wash Valve
FB Signal
CNN4-43
CNN32-60
AD1
CNN1-60
Stirrer Wash
Valve FB Signal
SWV FB
CNN4-44
CNN32-61
AD1
CNN1-61
DIW Supply
Valve FB Signal
WBSV FB
CNN4-45
CNN32-62
AD1
CNN1-62
DIW Supply
Pump (Peri) FB
Signal
PWV FB
CNN4-46
CNN32-63
AD1
CNN1-63
ICT-Level
Sensor FB
Signal
IREF FB
CNN4-58
CNN32-64
AD1
CNN1-64
Buzzer FB
Signal
BUZZER FB
CNN4-57
CNN32-65
AD1
CNN1-65
Spare 1 FB
Signal
AUXDC1 FB
CNN4-55
CNN32-67
AD1
CNN1-66
Spare 2 FB
Signal
AUXDC2 FB
CNN4-56
CNN32-68
AD1
CNN1-67
NC
AD1
CNN1-68
GND (+12V)
Feedback GND
GND (+12V)
AD1
CNN1-69
GND (+12V)
Feedback GND
GND (+12V)
AD1
CNN1-70
GND
GND
AD1
CNN1-71
GND
GND
AD1
CNN1-72
GND
GND
AD1
CNN1-73
GND
GND
AD1
CNN1-74
GND
GND
AD1
CNN1-75
+5V Power
Supply
+5V
AD1
CNN1-76
+5V Power
Supply
+5V
AD1
CNN1-77
+5V Power
Supply
+5V
AD1
CNN1-78
+5V Power
Supply
+5V
AD1
CNN1-79
AD1
CNN1-80
+5V Power
Supply
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000,
i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
AC/DC Sensors
Description
Wash Station
Stirrer
Probe Wash Pump
AC1
Detergent Pump
Cuvette Wash Pump
ISE Aspir Pump
ISE Ref Pump
Code
Card Cage
Board
Card Cage
Back Plane Cable
CNN Board
CNN Board
WSUP
AC/DC
CNN 7-1
CNN 2-1
CNN 18-22 +5V
CNN 18-23 GND
CNN 18-24
WSDOWN
AC/DC
CNN 7-2
CNN 2-2
CNN 18-25 +5V
CNN 18-26 GND
CNN 18-27
WSDOWNOK
AC/DC
CNN 7-3
CNN 2-3
CNN 18-28 +5V
CNN 18-29 GND
CNN 18-30
STEUP
AC/DC
CNN 7-4
CNN 2-4
CNN 18-1 +5V
CNN 18-2 GND
CNN 18-3
STEDOWN
AC/DC
CNN 7-5
CNN 2-5
CNN 18-4 +5V
CNN 18-5 GND
CNN 18-6
STEDOK
AC/DC
CNN 7-6
CNN 2-6
CNN 18-7 +5V
CNN 18-8 GND
CNN 18-9
PWPUP
AC/DC
CNN 7-7
CNN 2-7
CNN 13-11 +5V
CNN 13-12 GND
CNN 13-13
PWPDOWN
AC/DC
CNN 7-8
CNN 2-8
CNN 13-14 +5V
CNN 13-15 GND
CNN 13-16
AC1UP
AC/DC
CNN 7-9
AC1DOWN
AC/DC
CNN 7-10
AC1OK
AC/DC
CNN 7-11
DPUP
AC/DC
CNN 7-12
CNN 2-12
CNN 14-1 +5V
CNN 14-2 GND
CNN 14-3
DPDOWN
AC/DC
CNN 7-13
CNN 2-13
CNN 14-4 +5V
CNN 14-5 GND
CNN 14-6
CWPUP
AC/DC
CNN 7-14
CNN 2-14
CNN 14-16 +5V
CNN 14-17 GND
CNN 14-18
CWPDOWN
AC/DC
CNN 7-15
CNN 2-15
CNN 14-19 +5V
CNN 14-20 GND
CNN 14-21
ISPUP
AC/DC
CNN 7-16
CNN 2-16
CNN 25-21 +5V
CNN 25-22 GND
CNN 25-23
ISPDOWN
AC/DC
CNN 7-17
CNN 2-17
CNN 25-24 +5V
CNN 25-25 GND
CNN 25-26
IMPUP
AC/DC
CNN 7-18
CNN 2-18
CNN 25-27 +5V
CNN 25-28 GND
CNN 25-29
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000,
i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
Sensors, Switches, Valves
Description
Code
Card Cage Board
Card Cage Backplane
CNN Board
CNN Board
+5V
VCCSAAAUTOZERO
SMC
9-53
CNN3-53
CNN12-7
S Probe LLS Austo Zero
SAAUTOZERO
SMC
9-54
CNN3-46
CNN12-8
S Probe LLS (+) Differential
VCCSALVL
SMC
9-49
CNN3-49
CNN12-9
S Probe LLS (-) Differential
SALVL
SMC
9-50
CNN3-50
CNN12-10
S Probe LLS (+) Integral
VCCSALVLOK
SMC
9-51
CNN3-51
CNN12-11
S Probe LLS (-) Integral
SALVLOK
SMC
9-52
CNN3-52
CNN12-12
+5V
VCCR1AAUTOZERO
SMC
9-59
CNN3-59
CNN12-13
R1A Probe LLS Auto Zero
R1AAUTOZERO
SMC
9-60
CNN3-17
CNN12-14
R1A Probe LLS (+)
Differential
VCCR1ALVL
SMC
9-55
CNN3-55
CNN12-15
R1A Probe LLS (-)
Differential
R1ALVL
SMC
9-56
CNN3-56
CNN12-16
R1A Probe LLS (+) Integral
VCCR1ALVLOK
SMC
9-57
CNN3-57
CNN12-17
R1A Probe LLS (-) Integral
R1ALVLOK
SMC
9-58
CNN3-58
CNN12-18
+5V
VCCR2AAUTOZERO
SMC
9-65
CNN3-65
CNN12-19
R2A Probe LLS Auto Zero
R2AAUTOZERO
SMC
9-66
CNN3-22
CNN12-20
R2A Probe LLS (+)
Differential
VCCR2ALVL
SMC
9-61
CNN3-61
CNN12-21
R2A Probe LLS (-)
Differential
R2ALVL
SMC
9-62
CNN3-62
CNN12-22
R2A Probe LLS (+) Integral
VCCR2ALVLOK
SMC
9-63
CNN3-63
CNN12-23
R2A Probe LLS (-) Integral
R2ALVLOK
SMC
9-64
CNN3-64
CNN12-24
SALVLGU+5V
SMC
9-68
CNN3-68
CNN12-25
SALVLGU
SMC
9-67
CNN3-67
CNN12-26
CNN12-1,2 +15V
CNN12-3,4 AGND
CNN12-5,6 –15V
+5V
AC/DC
+5V
CNN13-1
AC/DC
CNN13-2
Water Bath Heater ON/OFF
IHTRON
AC/DC
7-77
CNN2-77
CNN13-3
Water Bath Cycle Pump
ON/OFF
IPMON
AC/DC
7-76
CNN2-76
CNN13-4
IFANON
AC/DC
7-80
CNN2-80
CNN13-6
NC
Water Bath Fan Cntrl
ON/OFF
AC/DC
CNN13-5
Water Bath Mtr Vlv Open
IMVOPEN
AC/DC
7-78
CNN2-78
CNN13-7
Water Bath Mtr Vlv Clsd
IMVSHUT
AC/DC
7-79
CNN2-79
CNN13-8
Water Bath Fan Ctrl Thrm
IVRSTR+
AC/DC
7-89
CNN2-89
CNN13-9
Water Bath Fan Ctrl Thrm
IVRSTR-
AC/DC
7-90
CNN2-90
+5V
AC/DC
GND
CNN13-10
CNN13-11
AC/DC
CNN13-12
Degasser Fail Detection
DALARMV
AC/DC
7-69
CNN2-69
CNN13-17
Degasser Fail Detection
DALARM
AC/DC
7-68
CNN2-68
CNN13-18
ISE Ref Solution
ESMCC
AC/DC
7-70
CNN2-70
CNN14-7 +5V
CNN14-8 GND
CNN14-9
Acid Detergent
ESB3
AC/DC
7-72
CNN2-72
CNN14-10 +5V
CNN14-11 GND
CNN14-12
Alkaline Detergent
ESB14
AC/DC
7-71
CNN2-71
CNN14-13 +5V
CNN14-14 GND
CNN14-15
Open Tank Upper Limit
FFS2UPPERLIM
AC/DC
7-63
CNN2-63
CNN14-22 GND
AC/DC
CNN14-23
Open Tank Low Level
FFS4OPENL
AC/DC
7-65
CNN2-65
CNN14-24 GND
CNN14-25
Open Tank Full Level
FFS3OPENH
AC/DC
7-64
CNN2-64
CNN14-26 GND
CNN14-27
LCW Full Detection
FFS1LW
AC/DC
7-62
CNN2-62
CNN14-28 GND
CNN14-29
HCW Full Detection
DTFHW
AC/DC
7-67
CNN2-67
CNN14-30 GND
CNN14-31
Spare Float SW
FFS5AUXFSW
AC/DC
7-66
CNN2-66
CNN14-32 GND
CNN14-33
NC
AC/DC
CNN14-34
AC/DC
Reagent Supply Temp
Sensor
R1CTEMP-
AC/DC
7-86
CNN2-86
CNN16-13
Reagent Supply Temp
Sensor
R1CTEMP+
AC/DC
7-85
CNN2-85
CNN16-14
Reagent Supply Cover
Present Sensor
RCVROK
AC/DC
7-59
CNN2-59
CNN16-15 +5V
CNN16-16 GND
CNN16-17
Outer Rotate Switch
AC/DC
CNN4-
CNN16-18 +5V
CNN16-19 GND
CNN16-20
Inner Rotate Switch
AC/DC
CNN4-
CNN16-21 +5V
CNN16-22 GND
CNN16-23
Bottle Sensor
BTTLSNS
AC/DC
7-95
CNN2-95
CNN16-24 +5V
CNN16-25 GND
CNN16-26
Cup Sensor
CUPSNSRO
AC/DC
7-96
CNN2-96
CNN16-27 +5V
CNN16-28 GND
CNN16-29
NC
CNN16-30
Cover Open/Close Sensor
Open
COVER OPEN
CNN2-10
CNN16-35+5V
CNN16-36 GND
CNN16-37
Cover Open/Close Sensor
Close
COVER CLOSE
CNN2-9
CNN16-38 +5V
CNN16-39 GND
CNN16-40
Stirrer 1 Rotate Home
STA1HOME
SMC
9-4
CNN3-4
CNN18-10 +5V
CNN18-11 GND
CNN18-12
Stirrer 1 Rotate Cuvette
Sense
SENS1
SM AC/DC
8-37
CNN4-37
CNN18-13 +5V
CNN18-14 GND
CNN18-15
Stirrer 2 Rotate Home
STA2HOME
SMC
9-5
CNN3-5
CNN18-16 +5V
CNN18-17 GND
CNN18-18
Stirrer 2 Rotate Cuvette
Sense
SENS2
SM AC/DC
8-38
CNN4-38
CNN18-19 +5V
CNN18-20 GND
CNN18-21
Water Bath Full Detect
BATHLVL
AC/DC
7-58
CNN3-58
CNN18-37 GND
CNN18-38
Water Bath Temp Sensor
BATHTMP-
AC/DC
7-84
CNN3-84
CNN18-39
Water Bath Temp Sensor
BATHTMP+
AC/DC
7-83
CNN3-83
CNN18-40
Reagent Barcode Reader
TXD2
DAQ
12-11
CNN7-11
CNN20-1
Reagent Barcode Reader
RTS2
DAQ
12-13
CNN7-13
CNN20-2
Reagent Barcode Reader
RXD2
DAQ
12-12
CNN7-12
CNN20-4
Reagent Barcode Reader
CTS2
DAQ
12-14
CNN7-14
CNN20-5
Reagent Barcode Reader
TRIGGER2
DAQ
12-15
CNN7-15
CNN20-8
CNN20-9,10 +5V
CNN10-11 GND
LUI Serial
TXD4
DAQ
12-21
CNN7-21
CNN21-1
LUI Serial
RTS4
DAQ
12-23
CNN7-23
CNN21-2
LUI Serial
RXD4
DAQ
12-22
CNN7-22
CNN21-4
LUI Serial
CTS4
DAQ
12-24
CNN7-24
CNN21-5
LUI Serial
TRIGGER4
DAQ
12-25
CNN7-25
CNN21-8
CLI Serial Carrier Detect
CD5
DAQ
12-26
CNN7-26
CNN22-1
CLI Serial Receive Data
RXD5
DAQ
12-27
CNN7-27
CNN22-2
CLI Serial Transmit Data
TXD5
DAQ
12-28
CNN7-28
CNN22-3
CLI Serial Data Terminal
Ready
DTR5
DAQ
12-29
CNN7-29
CNN22-4
CNN22-5 GND
CLI Serial Data Set Ready
DSR5
DAQ
12-30
CNN7-30
CNN22-6
CLI Serial Request to Send
RTS5
DAQ
12-31
CNN7-31
CNN22-7
CLI Serial Clear to Send
CTS5
DAQ
12-32
CNN7-32
CNN22-8
CLI Serial Ring Indicator
CI5
DAQ
12-33
CNN7-33
CNN22-9
CNN7
CNN22-10
CLI Serial
DAQ
+5V
DAQ
Optics Shutter
SHUTTER ON
DAQ
CNN24-1
12-36
CNN7-36
CNN24-2
CNN24-3 +5V
CNN24-4 GND
Optics Trigger
LEDVCC
DAQ
12-37
CNN7-37
CNN24-5
Optics Trigger
OPT-TRIGGE
DAQ
12-39
CNN7-39
CNN24-6
DAQ
12-38
GND
CNN24-7
S Pressure Sensor Sig POS
SASEN1 POS
PM
10-1
11-1
CNN6-1
CNN25-1 +12V
CNN25-2 +/-12V
CNN25-3 –12V
CNN25-4 NC
CNN25-5
Pressure Sensor Sig Neg
SASEN1 NEG
PM
10-2
11-2
CNN6-2
CNN25-6
R1 Pressure Sensor Sig Pos
R1ASEN POS
PM
10-3
11-3
CNN6-3
CNN25-7 +12V
CNN25-8 +/-12V
CNN25-9 –12V
CNN25-10 NC
CNN25-11
R1 Pressure Sensor Sig Neg R1ASEN NEG
PM
10-4
11-4
CNN6-4
R2 Pressure Sensor Sig Pos
R2ASEN POS
PM
10-5
11-5
CNN6-5
R2 Pressure Sensor Sig Neg R2ASEN NEG
PM
10-6
11-6
CNN6-6
CNN25-12
CNN25-13 +12V
CNN25-14 +/-12V
CNN25-15 –12V
CNN25-16 NC
CNN25-17
CNN25-18
Sample TLLS
SLLS
CNN6-33
Sample TLLS
SLLSG
CNN6-34
CNN25-19
CNN25-20
CNN26-1 +5V
CNN26-2 +5V
Stirrer 1 ON
ST1ON
AC/DC
7-23
CNN2-23
CNN26-3
Stirrer 1 Scan
ST1SCAN
AC/DC
7-24
CNN2-24
CNN26-4
Stirrer 1 Clear
ST1CLS
AC/DC
7-25
CNN2-25
CNN26-5
Stirrer 1 Busy 0 Sig
ST1BUSY0
AC/DC
7-26
CNN2-26
CNN26-6
Stirrer 1 Busy 1 Sig
ST1BUSY1
AC/DC
7-27
CNN2-27
CNN26-7
Stirrer 2 ON
ST2ON
AC/DC
7-28
CNN2-28
CNN26-8
Stirrer 2 Scan
ST2SCAN
AC/DC
7-29
CNN2-29
CNN26-9
Stirrer 2 Clear
ST2CLS
AC/DC
7-30
CNN2-30
CNN26-10
Stirrer 2 Busy 0 Sig
ST2BUSY0
AC/DC
7-31
CNN2-31
CNN26-11
Stirrer 2 Busy 1 Sig
ST2BUSY1
AC/DC
7-32
CNN2-32
CNN26-12
CNN2-33
CNN26-16 +5 IN VCC
Front Cover Sensor
FRONTCVROK
AC/DC
7-60
CNN2-60
CNN29-1 +5V
CNN29-2 GND
CNN29-13
Rear Cover Sensor
BACKCVROK
AC/DC
7-61
CNN2-61
CNN29-4 +5V
CNN29-5 GND
CNN29-,6
Rotate Switch ON
ISLUILED1(RCLED)
AC/DC
7-36
CNN2-36
CNN30-1 +5V
CNN30-2
Open/Close Switch ON
ISLUISLED2(RCLED)
AC/DC
7-38
CNN2-38
CNN30-3 +5V
CNN30-4
Rotate Switch
ISSW(RCSW)
AC/DC
7-91
CNN2-91
CNN30-6
Open/Close Switch
ISLSW(RCSW)
AC/DC
7-92
CNN2-92
CNN30-7 GND
CNN30-8
12V Snsr Si 4
RALOBJECT 4
SM AC/DC
8-32
CNN4-32
CNN31-1 +12V
CNN31-2 12VGND
CNN31-3
12V Snsr Si
RALOBJECT3
SM AC/DC
8-31
CNN4-31
CNN31-4 +12V
CNN31-5 12VGND
CNN31-,6
12V Snsr Si 2
RALOBJECT3
SM AC/DC
8-30
CNN4-30
CNN31-7 +12V
CNN31-8 12VGND
CNN31-,9
12V Snsr Si 1
RALOBJECT1
SM AC/DC
8-29
CNN4-29
CNN31-10 +12V
CNN31-11 12VGND
CNN31-12
Sensor SIG27
SM13DLMT
SM AC/DC
8-28
CNN4-28
CNN31-13 +5V
CNN31-14 GND
CNN31-15
Sensor SIG26
SM13PITCHOK
SM AC/DC
8-27
CNN4-27
CNN31-16 +5V
CNN31-17 GND
CNN31-18
Sensor SIG25
SM13HOME
SM AC/DC
8-26
CNN4-26
CNN31-19 +5V
CNN31-20 GND
CNN31-21
Sensor SIG24
RALOPTION2
SM AC/DC
8-25
CNN4-25
CNN31-22 +5V
CNN31-23 GND
CNN31-24
Sensor SIG2
RALOPTION1
SM AC/DC
8-24
CNN4-24
CNN31-25 +5V
CNN31-26 GND
CNN31-27
Sensor SIG22
SM12PITCHOK
SM AC/DC
8-23
CNN4-23
CNN31-28 +5V
CNN31-29 GND
CNN31-30
Sensor SIG21
SM12HOME
SM AC/DC
8-22
CNN4-22
CNN31-31 +5V
CNN31-32 GND
CNN31-33
Sensor SIG20
RALGSNS3
SM AC/DC
8-21
CNN4-21
CNN31-34 +5V
CNN31-35 GND
CNN31-36
Sensor SIG19
RALGSNS2
SM AC/DC
8-20
CNN4-20
CNN31-37 +5V
CNN31-38 GND
CNN31-39
Sensor SIG1
RALGSNS1
SM AC/DC
8-19
CNN4-19
CNN31-40 +5V
CNN31-41 GND
CNN31-42
Sensor SIG17
RALOPEN2
SM AC/DC
8-18
CNN4-18
CNN31-43 +5V
CNN31-44 GND
CNN31-45
Sensor SIG16
RALOPEN1
SM AC/DC
8-17
CNN4-17
CNN31-46 +5V
CNN31-47 GND
CNN31-48
Sensor SIG15
AC1UPHOME
SM AC/DC
8-33
CNN4-33
CNN31-49 +5V
CNN31-50 GND
CNN31-51
Sensor SIG14
AC1DOWNMOVE
SM AC/DC
Sensor SIG13
RALACDOWNOK
SM AC/DC
Sensor SIG12
SM4HOME
SM AC/DC
Sensor SIG11
SM4PITCH
Sensor SIG10
8-34
CNN4-34
CNN31-52 +5V
CNN31-53 GND
CNN31-54
CNN2-11
CNN31-55 +5V
CNN31-56 GND
CNN31-57
8-3
CNN4-3
CNN31-64 +5V
CNN31-65 GND
CNN31-66
SM AC/DC
8-4
CNN4-4
CNN31-67 +5V
CNN31-68 GND
CNN31-69
SM4DLMT
SM AC/DC
8-5
CNN4-5
CNN31-70 +5V
CNN31-71 GND
CNN31-72
Sensor SIG9
SM5HOME
SM AC/DC
8-6
CNN4-6
CNN31-73 +5V
CNN31-74 GND
CNN31-75
Sensor SIG8
SM5PITCH
SM AC/DC
8-7
CNN4-7
CNN31-76 +5V
CNN31-77 GND
CNN31-78
Sensor SIG7
SM5DLMT
SM AC/DC
8-8
CNN4-8
CNN31-79 +5V
CNN31-80 GND
CNN31-81
Sensor SIG6
SM6HOME
SM AC/DC
8-9
CNN4-9
CNN31-82 +5V
CNN31-83 GND
CNN31-84
Sensor SIG5
SM6PITCH
SM AC/DC
8-10
CNN4-10
CNN31-85 +5V
CNN31-86 GND
CNN31-87
Sensor SIG4
SM6DLMT
SM AC/DC
8-11
CNN4-11
CNN31-88 +5V
CNN31-89 GND
CNN31-90
Sensor SIG3
SM8HOME
SM AC/DC
8-14
CNN4-14
CNN31-91 +5V
CNN31-92 GND
CNN31-93
Sensor SIG2
SM8PITCH
SM AC/DC
8-15
CNN4-15
CNN31-94 +5V
CNN31-95 GND
CNN31-96
Sensor SIG1
SM8DLMT
SM AC/DC
8-16
CNN4-16
CNN31-97 +5V
CNN31-98 GND
CNN31-99
Sample Line Flow Signal
SPFS
CNN37-
CNN38-1 +5V
CNN38-2 GND
CNN38-3
Reagent Line Flow Signal
RPFS
CNN37-
CNN38-4 +5V
CNN38-5 GND
CNN38-6
Stirrer Line Flow Signal
STFS
CNN37-
CNN38-7 +5V
CNN38-8 GND
CNN38-9
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000,
i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
Stepper Motor Controller Sensors
Description
Reaction Crsl
Rgt Inner Crsl
Rgt Outer Crsl
Sample Rotation
Sample U/D
R1 Arm U/D
R1 Arm Rotation
R2 Arm U/D
R2 Arm Rot
Code
Card Cage
Board
Card Cage
Back Plane
Cable
CNN Board
CNN Board
RUHOME
SMC
CNN 9-
CNN 3-33
CNN18-34 +5V
CNN18-35 GND
CNN 18-36
RUMIR
SMC
CNN 9-34
CNN 3-34
CNN18-31 +5V
CNN18-32 GND
CNN 18-33
R1CIHOME
SMC
CNN 9-35
CNN 3-35
CNN16-4 +5V
CNN16-5 GND
CNN 16-6
R1CI PITCH
SMC
CNN 9-36
CNN 3-36
CNN16-1 +5V
CNN16-2 GND
CNN 16-3
R1CIPOS
SMC
CNN 9-37
CNN 3-37
R1COHOME
SMC
CNN 9-38
CNN 3-38
CNN16-4 +5V
CNN16-5 GND
CNN 16-12
R1COPITCH
SMC
CNN 9-39
CNN 3-39
CNN16-7 +5V
CNN16-8 GND
CNN 16-9
R1COPOS
SMC
CNN 9-40
CNN 3-40
SAAHOME
SMC
CNN 9-44
CNN 3-44
CNN15-4 +5V
CNN15-5 GND
CNN 15-6
SAAMIR
SMC
CNN 9-45
CNN 3-45
CNN15-1 +5V
CNN15-2 GND
CNN 15-3
SAEHOME
SMC
CNN 9-46
CNN 3-46
CNN15-10+5V
CNN15-11 GND
CNN 15-12
SAEMIR
SMC
CNN 9-47
CNN 3-47
CNN15-4 +5V
CNN15-5 GND
CNN 15-9
SACLASH
SMC
CNN 9-48
CNN 3-48
CNN15-4 +5V
CNN15-5 GND
CNN 15-16
R1AEHOME
SMC
CNN 9-17
CNN 3-17
CNN17-10 +5V
CNN17-11 GND
CNN 17-12
R1AEMIR
SMC
CNN 9-18
CNN 3-18
CNN17-7 +5V
CNN17-8 GND
CNN 17-9
R1ACLASH
SMC
CNN 9-19
CNN 3-19
CNN17-14 +5V
CNN17-15 GND
CNN 17-16
R1AAHOME
SMC
CNN 9-15
CNN 3-15
CNN17-4 +5V
CNN17-5 GND
CNN 17-6
R1AAMIR
SMC
CNN 9-16
CNN 3-16
CNN17-1 +5V
CNN17-2 GND
CNN 17-3
R2AEHOME
SMC
CNN 9-22
CNN 3-22
CNN19-10 +5V
CNN19-11 GND
CNN 19-12
R2AEMIR
SMC
CNN 9-23
CNN 3-23
CNN19-7 +5V
CNN19-8 GND
CNN 19-9
R2ACLASH
SMC
CNN 9-24
CNN 3-24
CNN19-14 +5V
CNN19-15 GND
CNN 19-16
R2AAHOME
SMC
CNN 9-20
CNN 3-20
CNN19-4 +5V
CNN19-5 GND
CNN 19-6
R2AAMIR
SMC
CNN 9-21
CNN 3-21
CNN19-1 +5V
CNN19-2 GND
CNN 19-3
Stirrer 1
STA1HOME
SMC
CNN 9-4
CNN 3-4
CNN18-10 +5V
CNN18-11 GND
CNN 18-12
Stirrer 2
STA2HOME
SMC
CNN 9-5
CNN 3-5
CNN18-16 +5V
CNN18-17 GND
CNN 18-18
ISE Arm U/D
IAEHOME
SMC
CNN 9-2
CNN 3-2
CNN27-4 +5V
CNN27-5 GND
CNN 27-6
IAEMIR
SMC
CNN 9-3
CNN 3-3
CNN27-7 +5V
CNN27-8 GND
CNN 27-9
ISE Arm Rotation
IAAHOME
SMC
CNN 9-1
CNN 3-1
CNN27-1 +5V
CNN27-2 GND
CNN 27-3
Sample Pipettor
SPHOME
SMC
CNN 9-6
CNN 3-6
CNN11-4 +5V
CNN11-5 GND
CNN 11-6
SPMIR
SMC
CNN 9-7
CNN 3-7
CNN11-1 +5V
CNN11-2 GND
CNN 11-3
SPDLMT
SMC
CNN 9-8
CNN 3-8
CNN11-7 +5V
CNN11-8 GND
CNN 11-9
R1PHOME
SMC
CNN 9-9
CNN 3-9
CNN11-13 +5V
CNN11-14 GND
CNN 11-15
R1PMIR
SMC
CNN 9-10
CNN 3-10
CNN11-10 +5V
CNN11-11 GND
CNN 11-12
R1PDLMT
SMC
CNN 9-11
CNN 3-11
CNN11-16 +5V
CNN11-17 GND
CNN 11-18
R2PHOME
SMC
CNN 9-12
CNN 3-12
CNN11-22 +5V
CNN11-23 GND
CNN 11-24
R2PMIR
SMC
CNN 9-13
CNN 3-13
CNN11-19 +5V
CNN11-20 GND
CNN 11-21
R2PDLMT
SMC
CNN 9-14
CNN 3-14
CNN11-25 +5V
CNN11-26 GND
CNN 11-27
ISOHOME
SMC
CNN 9-28
CNN 3-28
CNN28-1 +5V
CNN28-2 GND
CNN 28-3
ISOPITCH
SMC
CNN 9-29
CNN 3-29
CNN28-4 +5V
CNN28-5 GND
CNN 28-6
ISOPOS
SMC
CNN 9-30
CNN 3-30
R1 Pipettor
R2 Pipettor
HCWP
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000,
i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
Stepper Motor Signal Trace
Description
Code
Card Cage
Board
Card Cage
Back Plane
Cable
CNN Board
Cable
CNN
Board
Cable
Driver
Box
Cable
SMD Bd
I/F Signal
Cable Pins
Reaction Carousel
Rotate Motor CW
RCCW
SMC
CNN3-51
CNN36-51
CNN33-1
SM1
CNN1-1
Reaction Carousel
Rotate Motor CCW
RCCCW
SMC
CNN3-52
CNN36-52
CNN33-2
SM1
CNN1-2
Reagent Inner
Carousel Motor CW
RICCW
SMC
CNN3-53
CNN36-53
CNN33-3
SM1
CNN1-3
Reagent Inner
Carousel Motor
CCW
RICCCW
SMC
CNN3-54
CNN36-54
CNN33-4
SM1
CNN1-4
Reagent Outer
Carousel Motor CW
ROCCW
SMC
CNN3-55
CNN36-55
CNN33-5
SM1
CNN1-5
Reagent Outer
Carousel Motor
CCW
ROCCCW
SMC
CNN3-56
CNN36-56
CNN33-6
SM1
CNN1-6
Sample Arm
Up/Down Motor CW
SAZCW
SMC
CNN3-63
CNN36-63
CNN33-7
SM1
CNN1-7
Sample Arm
Up/Down Motor
CCW
SAZCCW
SMC
CNN3-64
CNN36-64
CNN33-8
SM1
CNN1-8
Sample Arm Rotate
Motor CW
SAHCW
SMC
CNN3-61
CNN36-61
CNN33-9
SM1
CNN1-9
Sample Arm Rotate
Motor CCW
SAHCCW
SMC
CNN3-62
CNN36-62
CNN33-10
SM1
CNN1-10
R1 Arm Up/Down
Motor NA
R1ZINA
SMC
CNN2-66
CNN35-66
CNN33-11
SM1
CNN1-11
R1 Arm Up/Down
Motor NB
R1ZINB
SMC
CNN2-67
CNN35-67
CNN33-12
SM1
CNN1-12
R1 Arm Up/Down
Motor TDA
R1ZTDA
SMC
CNN2-68
CNN35-68
CNN33-13
SM1
CNN1-13
R1 Arm Up/Down
Motor TDB
R1ZTDB
SMC
CNN2-69
CNN35-69
CNN33-14
SM1
CNN1-14
R1 Arm Up/Down
Motor Hold
R1ZHOLD
SMC
CNN2-70
CNN35-70
CNN33-15
SM1
CNN1-15
R1 Arm Rotate
Motor NA
R1HINA
SMC
CNN2-61
CNN35-61
CNN33-16
SM1
CNN1-16
R1 Arm Rotate
Motor NB
R1HINB
SMC
CNN2-62
CNN35-62
CNN33-17
SM1
CNN1-17
R1 Arm Rotate
Motor TDA
R1HTDA
SMC
CNN2-63
CNN35-63
CNN33-18
SM1
CNN1-18
R1 Arm Rotate
Motor TDB
R1HTDB
SMC
CNN2-64
CNN35-64
CNN33-19
SM1
CNN1-19
R1 Arm Rotate
Motor Hold
R1HHOLD
SMC
CNN2-65
CNN35-65
CNN33-20
SM1
CNN1-20
R2 Arm Up/Down
Motor NA
R2ZINA
SMC
CNN3-6
CNN36-6
CNN33-21
SM1
CNN1-21
R2 Arm Up/Down
Motor NB
R2ZINB
SMC
CNN3-7
CNN36-7
CNN33-22
SM1
CNN1-22
R2 Arm Up/Down
Motor TDA
R2ZTDA
SMC
CNN3-8
CNN36-8
CNN33-23
SM1
CNN1-23
R2 Arm Up/Down
Motor TDB
R2ZTDB
SMC
CNN3-9
CNN36-9
CNN33-24
SM1
CNN1-24
R2 Arm Up/Down
Motor Hold
R2ZHOLD
SMC
CNN3-10
CNN36-10
CNN33-25
SM1
CNN1-25
R2 Arm Rotate
Motor NA
R2HINA
SMC
CNN3-1
CNN36-1
CNN33-26
SM1
CNN1-26
R2 Arm Rotate
Motor NB
R2HINB
SMC
CNN3-2
CNN36-2
CNN33-27
SM1
CNN1-27
R2 Arm Rotate
Motor TDA
R2HTDA
SMC
CNN3-3
CNN36-3
CNN33-28
SM1
CNN1-28
SMD Bd
Motor Drive
Signal
Cable Pins
Driver
Box
Cable
CNN2-1 –
CNN2-5
SM2,3
CNN4-1 –
CNN4-5
SM4,5
CNN5-1 –
CNN5-5
CNN3-1 –
CNN3-5
SM2,3
CNN6-1 –
CNN6-5
SM6
CNN7-1 –
CNN7-6
SM7,8
CNN7-7 –
CNN7-12
CNN8-1 –
CNN8-6
CNN8-7 –
CNN8-12
SM8,9
R2 Arm Rotate
Motor TDB
R2HTDB
SMC
CNN3-4
CNN36-4
CNN33-29
SM1
CNN1-29
R2 Arm Rotate
Motor Hold
R2HHOLD
SMC
CNN3-5
CNN36-5
CNN33-30
SM1
CNN1-30
Stirrer 1 Rotate
Motor NA
STR1HINA
SMC
CNN2-11
CNN35-11
CNN33-31
SM1
CNN1-31
Stirrer 1 Rotate
Motor NB
STR1HINB
SMC
CNN2-12
CNN35-12
CNN33-32
SM1
CNN1-32
Stirrer 1 Rotate
Motor TDA
STR1HTDA
SMC
CNN2-13
CNN35-13
CNN33-33
SM1
CNN1-33
Stirrer 1 Rotate
Motor TDB
STR1HTDB
SMC
CNN2-14
CNN35-14
CNN33-34
SM1
CNN1-34
Stirrer 1 Rotate
Motor Hold
STR1HHOLD
SMC
CNN2-15
CNN35-15
CN33-35
SM1
CNN1-35
Stirrer 2 Rotate
Motor NA
STR2HINA
SMC
CNN2-16
CNN35-16
CNN33-36
SM1
CNN1-36
Stirrer 2 Rotate
Motor NB
STR2HINB
SMC
CNN2-17
CNN35-17
CNN33-37
SM1
CNN1-37
Stirrer 2 Rotate
Motor TDA
STR2HTDA
SMC
CNN2-18
CNN35-18
CNN33-38
SM1
CNN1-38
Stirrer 2 Rotate
Motor TDB
STR2HTDB
SMC
CNN2-19
CNN35-19
CNN33-39
SM1
CNN1-39
Stirrer 2 Rotate
Motor Hold
STR2HHOLD
SMC
CNN2-20
CNN35-20
CNN33-40
SM1
CNN1-40
ISE Arm Up/Down
Motor NA
IAZINA
SMC
CNN2-6
CNN35-6
CNN33-41
SM1
CNN1-41
ISE Arm Up/Down
Motor NB
IAZINB
SMC
CNN2-7
CNN35-7
CNN33-42
SM1
CNN1-42
ISE Arm Up/Down
Motor TDA
IAZTDA
SMC
CNN2-8
CNN35-8
CNN33-43
SM1
CNN1-43
ISE Arm Up/Down
Motor TDB
IAZTDB
SMC
CNN2-9
CNN35-9
CNN33-44
SM1
CNN1-44
ISE Arm Up/Down
Motor Hold
IAZHOLD
SMC
CNN2-10
CNN35-10
CNN33-45
SM1
CNN1-45
ISE Arm Rotate
Motor NA
IAHINA
SMC
CNN2-1
CNN35-1
CNN33-46
SM1
CNN1-46
ISE Arm Rotate
Motor NB
IAHINB
SMC
CNN2-2
CNN35-2
CNN33-47
SM1
CNN1-47
ISE Arm Rotate
Motor TDA
IAHTDA
SMC
CNN2-3
CNN35-3
CNN33-48
SM1
CNN1-48
ISE Arm Rotate
Motor TDB
IAHTDB
SMC
CNN2-4
CNN35-4
CNN33-49
SM1
CNN1-49
ISE Arm Rotate
Motor Hold
IAHHOLD
SMC
CNN2-5
CNN35-5
CNN33-50
SM1
CNN1-50
Sample Pump Motor SPINA
NA
SMC
CNN2-31
CNN35-31
CNN33-51
SM1
CNN1-51
Sample Pump Motor SPINB
NB
SMC
CNN2-32
CNN35-32
CNN33-52
SM1
CNN1-52
Sample Pump Motor SPTDA
TDA
SMC
CNN2-33
CNN35-33
CNN33-53
SM1
CNN1-53
Sample Pump Motor SPTDB
TDB
SMC
CNN2-34
CNN35-34
CNN33-54
SM1
CNN1-54
Sample Pump Motor SPHOLD
Hold
SMC
CNN2-35
CNN35-35
CNN33-55
SM1
CNN1-55
R1 Pump Motor NA
R1PINA
SMC
CNN2-41
CNN35-41
CNN33-56
SM1
CNN1-56
R1 Pump Motor NB
R1PINB
SMC
CNN2-42
CNN35-42
CNN33-57
SM1
CNN1-57
R1 Pump Motor
TDA
R1PTDA
SMC
CNN2-43
CNN35-43
CNN33-58
SM1
CNN1-58
R1 Pump Motor
TDB
R1PTDB
SMC
CNN2-44
CNN35-44
CNN33-59
SM1
CNN1-59
R1 Pump Motor
Hold
R1PHOLD
SMC
CNN2-45
CNN35-45
CNN33-60
SM1
CNN1-60
R2 Pump Motor NA
R2PINA
SMC
CNN2-51
CNN35-51
CNN33-61
SM1
CNN1-61
R2 Pump Motor NB
R2PINB
SMC
CNN2-52
CNN35-52
CNN33-62
SM1
CNN1-62
CNN9-1 –
CNN9-6
CNN9-7 –
CNN9-12
CNN10-1 –
CNN10-6
SM10,11
CNN10-7 –
CNN10-12
CNN11-1 –
CNN11-6
CNN11-7 –
CNN11-12
CNN12-1 –
CNN12-6
SM11,12
R2 Pump Motor
TDA
R2PTDA
SMC
CNN2-53
CNN35-53
CNN33-63
SM1
CNN1-63
R2 Pump Motor
TDB
R2PTDB
SMC
CNN2-54
CNN35-54
CNN33-64
SM1
CNN1-64
R2 Pump Motor
Hold
R2PHOLD
SMC
CNN2-55
CNN35-55
CNN33-65
SM1
CNN1-65
HCW Pump Motor
NA
PPHCINA
SMC
CNN3-36
CNN36-36
CNN33-66
SM1
CNN1-66
HCW Pump Motor
NB
PPHCINB
SMC
CNN3-37
CNN36-37
CNN33-67
SM1
CNN1-67
HCW Pump Motor
TDA
PPHCTDA
SMC
CNN3-38
CNN36-38
CNN33-68
SM1
CNN1-68
HCW Pump Motor
TDB
PPHCTDB
SMC
CNN3-39
CNN36-39
CNN33-69
SM1
CNN1-69
HCW Pump Motor
Hold
PPHCHOLD
SMC
CNN3-40
CNN36-40
CNN33-70
SM1
CNN1-70
Reagent Handler (1) AUTO1INA
Motor NA
SMC
CNN35-36
CNN33-71
SM1
CNN1-71
Reagent Handler (1) AUTO1INB
Motor NB
SMC
CNN35-37
CNN33-72
SM1
CNN1-72
Reagent Handler (1) AUTO1TDA
Motor TDA
SMC
CNN35-38
CNN33-73
SM1
CNN1-73
Reagent Handler (1) AUTO1TDB
Motor TDB
SMC
CNN35-39
CNN33-74
SM1
CNN1-74
Reagent Handler (1) AUTO1HOLD
Motor Hold
SMC
CNN35-40
CNN33-75
SM1
CNN1-75
Reagent Handler (2) AUTO2INA
Motor NA
SMC
CNN35-46
CNN33-76
SM1
CNN1-76
Reagent Handler (2) AUTO2INB
Motor NB
SMC
CNN35-47
CNN33-77
SM1
CNN1-77
Reagent Handler (2) AUTO2TDA
Motor TDA
SMC
CNN35-48
CNN33-78
SM1
CNN1-78
Reagent Handler (2) AUTO2TDB
Motor TDB
SMC
CNN35-49
CNN33-79
SM1
CNN1-79
Reagent Handler (2) AUTO2HOLD
Motor Hold
SMC
CNN35-50
CNN33-80
SM1
CNN1-80
Reagent Handler (3) AUTO3INA
Motor NA
SMC
CNN35-56
CNN33-81
SM1
CNN1-81
Reagent Handler (3) AUTO3INB
Motor NB
SMC
CNN35-57
CNN33-82
SM1
CNN1-82
Reagent Handler (3) AUTO3TDA
Motor TDA
SMC
CNN35-58
CNN33-83
SM1
CNN1-83
Reagent Handler (3) AUTO3TDB
Motor TDB
SMC
CNN35-59
CNN33-84
SM1
CNN1-84
Reagent Handler (3) AUTO3HOLD
Motor Hold
SMC
CNN35-60
CNN33-85
SM1
CNN1-85
Spare Motor NA
AUXINA
SMC
CNN3-46
CNN36-46
CNN33-86
SM1
CNN1-86
Spare Motor NB
AUXINB
SMC
CNN3-47
CNN36-47
CNN33-87
SM1
CNN1-87
Spare Motor TDA
AUXTDA
SMC
CNN3-48
CNN36-48
CNN33-88
SM1
CNN1-88
Spare Motor TDB
AUXTDB
SMC
CNN3-49
CNN36-49
CNN33-89
SM1
CNN1-89
Spare Motor Hold
AUXHOLD
SMC
CNN3-50
CNN36-50
CNN33-90
SM1
CNN1-90
GND(+5V)
SMC
CNN35-71
CNN33-91
SM1
CNN1-91
GND(+5V)
SMC
CNN35-72
CNN33-92
SM1
CNN1-92
GND(+5V)
SMC
CNN36-71
CNN33-93
SM1
CNN1-93
GND(+5V)
SMC
CNN36-72
CNN33-94
SM1
CNN1-94
GND(+5V)
SMC
CNN33-95
SM1
CNN1-95
GND(+5V)
SMC
CNN33-96
SM1
CNN1-96
+5V
SMC
CNN35-79
CNN33-97
SM1
CNN1-97
+5V
SMC
CNN35-80
CNN33-98
SM1
CNN1-98
+5V
SMC
CNN36-79
CNN33-99
SM1
CNN1-99
+5V
SMC
CNN36-80
CNN33-100
SM1
CNN1-100
CNN12-7 –
CNN12-12
CNN13-1 –
CNN13-6
CNN13-7 –
CNN13-12
CNN14-1 –
CNN14-6
CNN14-7 –
CNN14-12
SM13,14
SM14
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000,
i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
Robotic Sample Handler (RSH)
Overview
The ARCHITECT c4000 RSH (Robotic Sample Handler) is the interface through which samples are presented to the system for identification
and aspiration.
The operator places samples into carriers (five sample positions per carrier), which are inserted into the load/unload platform. The Carrier
Transport (robotic arm) picks up the sample carrier from the load/unload platform, positions it at the barcode reader for carrier and sample
barcode label identification, and places the sample carrier on the Carrier Positioner. The Carrier Positioner moves the sample carrier to the
sample aspiration position. After sample aspiration, the Carrier Transport returns the sample carrier to the load/unload platform for removal.
Throughout RSH processing, the presence of the carrier is monitored at the following locations:
• Load/Unload Platform- a lever mechanism and sensors located underneath each platform detect the presence of a carrier on the
load/unload platform.
• Carrier Transport Picker Arm- a sensor located on the picker arm detects when a carrier is on the picker arm during transport
between the platform, bar code reader or positioner.
• Bar Code Reader- an error is generated when the carrier label is not detected.
• Carrier Positioner- a reflective sensor on the rear of the Carrier Transport is used to detect the presence of a carrier on the
positioner.
Hardware Description
The RSH contains the following main hardware components:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Load/Unload Platform
Load/Unload Sensor Boards
Carrier Transport
Carrier Positioner
Bar Code Reader
RSH Distribution Board
Card Cage Boards
Load/Unload Platform
The operator loads sample carriers into the load/unload platform sections, which positions each carrier for transporting by the carrier
transport. There are four bays on the load/unload platform of the c4000 RSH. Each bay contains five sections. There are a total of 20
sections separated by partitions. Each section accommodates one sample carrier.
In the base of each section is a lever mechanism with a flag, which interacts with a set of sensors mounted on the load/unload sensor
board.
When a carrier is inserted into a section, the carrier present flag activates the sensors, indicating the presence of the carrier and whether it
is fully seated in the section or partially loaded.
Load/Unload Sensor Boards
There are four load/unload sensor boards that correspond to the four bays. The boards are connected in a daisy chain with a termination
connector at the end of the chain.
Note
The load/unload sensor boards are not compatible with the i1000 load/unload sensor boards.
Light emitting diodes (LEDs) attached to the load/unload sensor boards indicate the state of each section to the operator.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Indicators off - no sample carrier is loaded in the section
Green (steady) - sample carrier is loaded, but processing has not begun. Samples can be accessed
Amber (steady) - sample carrier is processing and cannot be accessed
Green (blinking) - processing is complete and the sample carrier can be accessed
Amber and green (alternating) - bar code scan or other error occurred. Carrier can be accessed
Blue- indicates that the section has been configured for priority processing
- Up to 7 sections can be configured for priority processing on a stand-alone c4000 RSH
- Up to10 sections can be configured for priority processing on a ci4100 integrated system
Carrier Transport
The carrier transport is a robotic device that interacts with the load/unload platform, bar code reader and the carrier positioner. The carrier
transport assembly moves along the length of the load unload platform, riding on a linear rail guide. It interacts with each section to pick up
the sample carrier, move it to the bar code reader and then place the carrier on the carrier positioner. It also returns sample carriers from
the carrier positioner to the load/unload platform for removal.
Carrier Transport Front
•
•
•
•
Picker Arm: attaches to theta shaft, supports and retains the carrier during pick and place operations
Rail Guide Sensor: sensor in picker arm that detects the presence of a sample carrier
Theta Motor, Encoder and Shaft: moves carriers in theta axis during pick and place operations
Z- Motor, Encoder, Shaft and Sensor: moves carriers in the Z (vertical) direction, raising and lowering carriers during pick and
place operations
• X- Motor and Encoder: drives the carrier transport along the rail guide in the x axis
• Flex Chain Connectors: the flex chain contains two cables that provide the control and power signal information between the
carrier transport board and the RSH distribution board.
Carrier Transport Rear
• Carrier Transport PCB: printed circuit board mounted to the carrier transport frame that interfaces all transport assembly motor
and sensor signals to the RSH distribution board via the flex chain cables.
• Carrier Positioner Carrier Detect Sensor- senses the presence of a carrier on the Carrier Positioner.
• X Motor Gear and Rollers- moves the Carrier Transport horizontally along the rail assembly.
1
Rail
2
Roller
3
X Motor
4
X Motor Gear
5
Gear engages teeth under rail
Carrier Positioner
The carrier positioner moves the sample carrier into position for sample aspiration by the processing module sample pipettor.
The carrier positioner consists of the following major components:
• Positioner Tray (contains three pockets)- attached to the slide rail. Each pocket holds one sample carrier
• Carrier Positioner Motor- gear moves the positioner tray along the slide rail
• Carrier Positioner PCB: interfaces the carrier positioner motor and sensor to the RSH Card Cage.
RSH Distribution Board
The RSH distribution board is mounted to the left RSH support, behind a protective cover.
It provides the interface circuitry between the RSH card cage and the following:
• Carrier Transport PCB (via the flex chain)- stepper motors and sensor signals
• Load/unload board sensors and LED indicators
• Bar code reader signals
1
Flex Chain Connectors at Carrier Transport
2
Bar Code Reader
3
Distribution Board
4
Connector for Load/Unload Boards
5
Flex Chain Connectors at RSH Distribution Board
Bar Code Reader
The bar code reader mounts to the left support and scans sample carrier ID bar codes and sample ID bar codes.
Bar Code Symbologies:
• Codabar (checksum is user configurable)
• Code 3 of 9 (checksum is user configurable)
• Interleaved 2 of 5 (checksum is user configurable)
Code 128 subset A, B, and C (checksum is always enabled)
Functional Diagram Links
RSH Distribution Board
7A_9033a
RSH Card Cage
The RSH card cage is located on the right side of the c4000 processing module. It contains the Motor Driver Board, Controller Board,
Indexer Board and Card Cage Back Plane.
Major components of the RSH card cage are:
• Card cage fans- forces air downward through the card cage in order to dissipate heat generated by the RSH card cage PCBs
• Card Cage Backplane- interface for +5VDC, +12VDC, +36VDC power, analog, and digital signals connecting the RSH Card Cage
to the system power supply, SCC, and the electronic devices of the RSH
• Controller Board- CPU controller for the RSH
• Indexer Board- provides motor control data (speed, direction and power)
• Motor Driver Board- provides the drive current to the stepper motor windings.
Integrated ci4100 RSH
Overview
1
cRSH
2
iRSH
3
SCC
The integrated ci4100 RSH consists of the cRSH (c4000 RSH) and iRSH (i1000SR RSH) connected by a long transport rail and platform
bridge. Both the cRSH and iRSH are manufactured by Toshiba.
The iRSH is manufactured by Toshiba and is not the same as the stand alone i1000SR RSH manufactured by Abbott.
The integrated ci4100 RSH receives power and control signals from the c4000 module Main Power Supply and c4000 module RSH Card
Cage. The SCC is located inside the i1000SR module.
System
cRSH
iRSH
c4000
Toshiba
N/A
i1000SR
N/A
Abbott
ci4100
Toshiba
Toshiba
When integrating a new c4000 and a new i1000SR, the i1000SR will arrive without the Abbott RSH. The Toshiba add on iRSH will be
installed on the i1000SR module.
When integrating a new c4000 with an existing i1000SR, the i1000SR RSH will be removed, discarded and replaced with the Toshiba addon iRSH.
Hardware Description
1
RSH Distribution Board
There are four bays on the load/unload platform of the cRSH (bays 1-4). Each bay contains five sections. There are a total of 20 sections
separated by partitions. Each section accommodates one sample carrier.
The cRSH is essentially the same as the stand alone c4000 RSH except for the following:
•
•
•
•
The bar code reader is moved to the iRSH
The transport rail is longer
The flex chain is longer
The cRSH Load/Unload Sensor Boards are connected in a daisy chain to the iRSH Load/Unload Sensor Boards. The terminator is
installed on the last iRSH Load/Unload Sensor Board.
Note
The cRSH and iRSH Load/Unload Sensor Boards and Load/Unload Platforms are not compatible.
1
Bar Code Reader
2
Bottle Spinner
There are four bays on the load/unload platform of the iRSH (bays 5-8). Each bay contains four sections. There are a total of 16 sections
separated by partitions. Each section accommodates one sample carrier or reagent carrier. The bar code reader and bottle spinner is located
on the iRSH.
ci4100 RSH Card Cage and Power Supply
The card cage for the ci4100 RSH is located on the right side of the c4000 processing module. It is the same RSH card cage that is used on
the stand alone c4000 system.
The Main Power Supply in the c4000 module supplies the +5VDC, +12VDC, and+36VDC power for the ci4100 RSH.
ci4100 RSH Sample Processing
Samples, in primary tubes or sample cups, are placed in sample carriers. The sample carriers are then inserted into sections on the load
unload platform. Carriers in the priority sections are processed first, in the order they were inserted, followed by carriers loaded in the routine
sections. The user can configure up to ten priority sections on the ci4100 RSH.
Once sample carriers are loaded onto the load unload platform, the following occurs:
• The carrier transport (CT) moves to the first carrier and picks it up out of the section. The system software and the carrier
detection sensors have already determined which sections contain reagent carriers and which contain sample carriers. The system
software prioritizes the processing order of the carriers.
• The CT moves the carrier to the barcode reader where the carrier ID and sample IDs are scanned. The CT then returns the carrier
to its original section.
• Based on the SID scanned, the system determines whether a test order request exists for each sample in the carrier. If test orders
exist, the CT picks up the carrier and places it on the i1000SR Aspiration Platform or c4000 Carrier Positioner. Module optimization
software determines the processing order for each test requested on that carrier.
• The pipettor aspirates from each sample, as determined by the optimization (scheduling) software. Once sample aspiration is
complete for all samples in the carrier, the CT moves the carrier back to the load unload platform.
• Blinking green indicator lights on the load unload platform indicate that sample aspiration for all samples on that carrier has been
completed and the carrier can be removed by the operator.
ci4100 RSH Reagent Processing
The i1000SR reagent kits are loaded onto the i1000SR reagent carousel through the load unload platform in an automated process. Kits are
loaded on reagent carriers. Each carrier has a specific, color-coded seat for each type of reagent bottle. The microparticle bottle position is a
rotating seat, connected to a cogwheel.
This cogwheel engages with the bottle rotator at the bar code reader scan position so that when a reagent carrier is presented for scanning,
the microparticle bottle is rotated in front of the bar code reader beam, allowing a successful label read.
When a reagent kit is presented to the load unload platform for loading, the system software determines when an acceptable timing
opportunity exists in between sample processing, to allow the reagent to be loaded without interrupting the lockstep routine.
Upon initiation of the reagent loading, the carrier transport picks up the reagent carrier and moves it to the bar code read position. The CT
lowers the carrier until the microparticle seat cogwheel engages with the spinning bottle rotator disk. All 3 bottle positions are then scanned.
If a valid read is obtained, the carrier transport then moves the reagent carrier to the reagent carousel load position and loads it on the
carousel.
The system software automatically schedules an empty reagent kit or a kit with LLS failure for unloading. When there is a timing opportunity
as determined by the software, the carrier transport picks up the reagent carrier from the reagent carousel and moves it back to the load
unload platform for removal by the operator.
Key Diagrams, M&Ds and Alignment/Adjustment Procedures
Functional Diagram Links
Link
RSH Block Diagram
7A_9033a
Detailed Top Level
7A_9034a
General Top Level
7A_9035a
Distribution Board Diagram
7A_9036a
Carrier Transport PCB
7A_9037a
Carrier Positioner PCB
7A_9038a
c4000 Load Platform
7A_9039a
ci4100 RSH Extension
7A_9040a
Load/Unload Board
7A_9041a
Reagent Door and Top Cover Sensors
7A_9045a
M&D/Procedure
Description
M&D 1114 Carrier Transport
- Calibrates the Transport with relation to the Load/Unload Platform.
- Calibrates the Transport and Positioner relationship.
- Calibrates Theta pick and place.
M&D 3240 Bar Code Calibration
- Calibrates the barcode read position.
M&D 1120 Sample Pipettor Calibration
- Calibrates the sample probe to the target tool on the carrier
positioner.
P-657 +36VDC (PS7 Power Supply)
Measurement
Perform this procedure to measure the +36V on the RSH.
P-658 +5VDC (PS8 Power Supply)
Measurement
Perform this procedure to measure the +5V on the RSH.
P-659 +12VDC (PS8 Power Supply)
Measurement
Perform this procedure to measure the +12V on the RSH.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-108) • © 2009, 2010 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
System Control Center (SCC) Overview
Operating System and User Interface
The System Control Center (SCC) provides a centralized interface through which the operator can control the processing module and RSH
via Ethernet connection. The SCC utilizes WINDOWS 2000 operating system. The customer user interface is Abbott proprietary software.
• Base Configuration- loads the Windows 2000 operating system.
• Application software- loads the customer user interface.
SCC Technical Information
Refer to the ARCHITECT c4000 Operations Manual for information regarding:
• Software interface
• Snapshot screen
• Log on
• Screens, windows, messages, prompts and refresh buttons
• Software navigation
Refer to the c4000 Instrument Service Advisories (ISAs) for the latest information regarding:
• SCC Platform types
• Unpacking instructions
• Cable connections.
Refer to the ARCHITECT c4000 Service & Support Manual for information regarding:
• Monitor support arm installation
• Touch screen monitor installation
• SCC hardware and cabling installation
• SCC installation verification
Refer to the c4000 Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) for the latest information regarding:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Base Configuration software and installation instructions
Application software and installation instructions (upgrades and new system installs)
Module configuration instructions
Verification and editing of SCC BIOS Parameters
SCC Disaster recovery
SCC Intel Active Monitoring
SCC Interface Diagrams
Functional Diagram Links
Link
c4000 SCC Interface Diagram
7A_9042a
ci4100 SCC Interface Diagram
7A_9043a
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
Card Cage
Links
AC/DC Controller
CPU
DAQ
Main Card Cage
MECH LED
New Style MECH LED
PM
SMC
SM AC/DC
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-122) • © 2009 • 2014 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered
trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL
60064 • All rights reserved.
AC/DC Controller
The AC/DC-Cont-C (controller) board controls AC motors and magnetic DC valves. The board provides monitoring (at test point), and
adjustment (via variable resistors) for the temperature sensors. Power supply voltages (VDC) are monitored:
•
•
•
•
•
+5
±15
+12
+11.5V
+24VDC
AC/DC Controller Board (side view)
S1 & S2 Switch Settings
Switch
Function
Setting
S1-1
UNUSED
OFF
S1-2
UNUSED
OFF
S1-3
UNUSED
OFF
S1-4
UNUSED
OFF
S1-5
UNUSED
OFF
S1-6
UNUSED
OFF
S1-7
UNUSED
OFF
S1-8
UNUSED
OFF
S2-1
New Style CPU with Flash Memory
ON
S2-2
UNUSED
OFF
S2-3
UNUSED
OFF
S2-4
UNUSED
OFF
S2-5
UNUSED
OFF
S2-6
UNUSED
OFF
S2-7
UNUSED
OFF
S2-8
c4000
ON
AC/DC Controller Board (end view)
AC/DC Block Diagram
1
Control EPLD
The control EPLD (Electrically Programmable Logic Device) includes the drive circuits
for the AC motors and DC valves; contains a majority logic circuit for the sensor input,
a sensor and status input register; and interfaces these circuits to the bus.
2
Temperature measurement circuit
Temperature information form the temperature sensors is input to this circuit (8-bit
A/D converter. This circuit supports five temperature sensors: for the water bath, for
the reagent supply center 1, for the reagent supply center 2, for the sample carousel,
and the internal temperature sensor. (See Temperature Sensor Adjustment.)
3
Power Supply Voltage Monitoring Circuit
This circuit monitors six voltage levels to allow the host CPU to determine whether
each power supply has reached the minimum specified voltage. (See Power Supply
Monitored Detection Voltages.)
4
Other Output Circuits
In addition to the circuits mentioned above, the AC/DC Controller board includes the
mixer driver interface circuit, LED drive circuit, and buzzer.
5
General Purpose DIPSW
This is a general purpose DIPSW input port used during development. (all switches
should be in the down position)
6
General Purpose LED
This is a general purpose LED display port used during development.
7
Reset Circuit
The reset circuit outputs the reset signal to each circuit when the power is turned ON
or the reset SW is activated.
8
PCI Interface Circuit
This circuit controls the interface bus with the host CPU. This circuit uses an EPLD.
9
Power ON LED
This green LED lights when the+5VDC power is supplied.
Temperature Sensor Adjustment
VR No.
Temperature Sensor
Code
VR1
Reagent Supply Center No. 1
R1CTEMP
VR2
Reagent Supply Center No. 2
R2CTEMP
VR3
Sample Carousel
ISTEMP
VR4
Internal Temperature
IVRSTR
VR5
Water Bath Temperature
BATHTEMP
Temperature Sensor Adjustment Test Pins
TP No
Test Point
TP No
Test Point
TP3
R1 Reagent Temp Sensor (R1CTEMP) Input Voltage
TP1
R1CTEMP, R2CTEMP REF Voltage (5V)
TP4
R2 Reagent Temp Sensor (R2CTEMP) Input Voltage
TP2
R1CTEMP, R2CTEMP VF/2 Input (2.5V)
TP7
Sample Carousel Temp Sensor (ISTEMP) Input Sensor
TP5
ISTEMP, IVRSTR REF Voltage (5V)
TP8
Water Bath Cooling Temp Sensor (IVRSTR) Input Voltage
TP6
ISTEMP, IVRSTR VR/2 Input (2.5V)
TP11
Bath Temp Sensor (BATHTEMP) Input Voltage
TP9
BATHTEMP REF Voltage Output (5V)
TP25
GND
TP10
BATHTEMP REF VF/2 Input (2.5V)
Power Supply Monitored Detection Voltages
Monitoring voltage
Detection voltage
+5 VDC
+4.75 to +4.85 (V)
+15 VDC
+13.58 to +14.42 (V)
-15 VDC
-13.58 to -14.42 (V)
+12 VDC
+10.77 to +11.43 (V)
+11.5 VDC
+10.49 to +11.12 (V)
+24 VDC
+21.84 to +23.18 (V)
AC/DC Controller
PCI Bus Interface Connectors (J1/J2)
22
GA4
GA3
GA2
GA2
GA0
GND
21
CLK6
GND
RSV
RSV
RSV
GND
20
CLK5
GND
RSV
GND
RSV
GND
19
GND
GND
RSV
RSV
RSV
GND
18
BRSVP2A18
BRSVP2B18
BRSVP2C18
GND
BRSVP2E18
GND
17
BRSVP2A17
GND
PRST#
REQ6#
GNT6#
GND
16
BRSVP2A16
BRSVP2B16
DEG#
GND
BRSVP2E16
GND
15
BRSVP2A15
GND
FAL#
REQ5#
GNT5#
GND
14
AD[35]
AD[34]
AD[33]
GND
AD[32]
GND
13
AD[38]
GND
V(I/O)
AD[37]
AD[36]
GND
12
AD[42]
AD[41]
AD[40]
GND
AD[39]
GND
11
AD[45]
GND
V(I/O)
AD[44]
AD[43]
GND
10
AD[49]
AD[48]
AD[47]
GND
AD[46]
GND
9
AD[52]
GND
V(I/O)
AD[51]
AD[50]
GND
8
AD[56]
AD[55]
AD[54]
GND
AD[53]
GND
7
AD[59]
GND
V(I/O)
AD[58]
AD[57]
GND
6
AD[63]
AD[62]
AD[61]
GND
AD[60]
GND
5
C/BE[5]#
GND
V(I/O)
C/BE[4]#
PAR64
GND
4
V(I/O)
BRSVP2B4
C/BE[7]#
GND
C/BE[6]#
GND
3
CLK4
GND
GNT3#
REQ4#
GNT4#
GND
2
CLK2
CLK3
SYSEN#
GNT2#
REQ3#
GND
1
CLK1
GND
REQ1#
GNT1#
REQ2#
GND
25
5V
REQ64#
ENUM#
3.3V
5V
GND
24
AD[1]
5V
V(I/O)
AD[0]
ACK64#
GND
23
3.3V
AD[4]
AD[3]
5V
AD[2]
GND
22
AD[7]
GND
3.3V
AD[6]
AD[5]
GND
21
3.3V
AD[9]
AD[8]
M66EN
C/BE[0]#
GND
20
AD[12]
GND
V(I/O)
AD[11]
AD[10]
GND
19
3.3V
AD[15]
AD[14]
GND
AD[13]
GND
18
SERR#
GND
3.3V
PAR
C/BE[1]#
GND
17
3.3V
SDONE
SBO#
GND
PERR#
GND
16
DEVSEL#
GND
V(I/O)
STOP#
LOCK#
GND
15
3.3V
FRAME#
IRDY#
GND
TRDY#
GND
14
KEY AREA
13
12
11
AD[[18]
AD[17]
AD[16]
GND
C/BE[2]#
GND
10
AD[21]
GND
3.3V
AD[20]
AD[19]
GND
9
C/BE[3]#
IDSEL
AD[23]
GND
AD[22]
GND
8
AD[26]
GND
V(I/O)
AD[25]
AD[24]
GND
7
AD[30]
AD[29]
AD[28]
GND
AD[27]
GND
J2
Connector
J1
Connector
6
REQ#
GND
3.3V
CLK
AD[31]
GND
5
BRSVP1A5
BRSVP1B5
RST#
GND
GNT#
GND
4
BRSVP1A4
GND
V(I/O)
INTP
INTS
GND
3
INTA#
INTB#
INTC#
5V
INTD#
GND
2
TCK
5V
TMS
TDO
TDI
GND
1
5V
-12V
TRST#
+12V
5V
GND
Pin No
A
B
C
D
E
F
Motor Driver Signals and Sensors Pin Assignments (J4/J5) A and B
Pin
Signal Name
Symbol
A22
+24V
A21
Value
I/O
Pin
Signal Name
Symbol
Value
I/O
+24V
I
B22
+24V
+24V
I
+12V
+12V
I
B21
+12V
+12V
I
A20
+11.5V
+11.5V
I
B20
+11.5V
+11.5V
I
A19
+15V
+15V
I
B19
+15V
+15V
I
A18
+15V
+15V
I
B18
+15V
+15V
I
A17
AGND
AGND
I
B17
AGND
AGND
I
A16
AGND
AGND
I
B16
AGND
AGND
I
A15
Water Bath
Cooling Temp
Sensor (-)
IVRSTR-
AI
B15
Sample Carousel
Temp Sensor (-)
ISTEMP-
AI
A14
Water Bath
Cooling Temp
Sensor (+)
IVRSTR+
AI
B14
Sample Carousel
Temp Sensor (+)
ISTEMP+
AI
A13
GND
GND
I
B13
GND
GND
I
A12
GND
GND
I
B12
GND
GND
I
A11
GND
GND
I
B11
GND
GND
I
A10
+5V
+5V
I
B10
+5V
+5V
I
A09
+5V
+5V
I
B09
+5V
+5V
I
A08
Cell Wash CW
Signal
WSMUP
L
O
B08
AC Motor Spare1
CW Signal
AUX1UP
A07
Cell Wash CCW
Signal
WSMDOWN
L
O
B07
A06
Cell Wash Brake
Signal
WSMBK
L
O
A05
Stirrer Up/Down
CW Signal
STEMUP
L
A04
Stirrer Up/Down
CCW Signal
STEMDOWN
A03
Stirrer Up/Down
Brake Signal
A02
L
O
AC Motor Spare1 AUX1DOWN
CCW Signal
L
O
B06
AC Motor Spare1
Brake Signal
AUX1BK
L
O
O
B05
Wash Pump
Rotate Signal
DPMUD
L
O
L
O
B04
Wash Pump
Brake Signal
DPMBK
L
O
STEMBK
L
O
B03
Cell Wash Pump
Rotate Signal
CWPMUD
L
O
Probe Wash
Pump CW Signal
PWPMUP
L
O
B02
Cell Wash Pump
Brake Signal
CWPMBK
L
O
A01
Probe Wash
Pump CCW
Signal
PWPMDOWN
L
O
B01
HCW Pump
Rotate Signal
TWPMUD
L
O
A25
Probe Wash
Pump Brake
Signal
PWPMBK
L
O
B25
HCW Pump
Brake Signal
TWPMBK
L
O
B24
B3 Empty Sensor
A24
J5
Connector
J4
Connector
(SS)
A23
Outside PS
(+12V)
DALARMV
I
B23
B14 Empty
Sensor (SS)
A22
Degasser Vac
Tank Error
DALARM
I
B22
MCBC Empty
Sensor (SS)
A21
B21
Spare Sensor
A20
B20
B3 Empty Sensor
L
A19
B14 Empty
Sensor
ESB14
H
I
B19
IS-LUI Push
Switch
ISSW
L
I
A18
Wash Unit Level
Sensor 5
FFS5
L
I
B18
Sample Carousel
Cover Sensor
ISCVROK
L
I
A17
Wash Unit Level
Sensor 2
FFS2
L
I
B17
Wash Unit Water
Level Sensor 3
FFS3
L
I
A16
R2 Supply Cover
Sensor
R2CCVROK
L
I
B16
R1 Supply Cover
Sensor
R1CCVROK
L
I
A15
Spare DC Motor
UP SENSOR
AUXMUP
H
I
B15
Cuvette Water
Level Sensor
BATHLVL
L
I
14
KEY AREA
13
12
A11
AC Motor Spare
2 UP SENSOR
AC2UP
H
I
B11
AC Motor Spare
2 Down Sensor
AC2DOWN
H
I
A10
AC Motor Spare
1 DOWN
SENSOR
AC1DOWN
H
I
B10
AC Motor Spare
1 DOWN OK
SENSOR
AC1OK
H
I
A09
ISE Ref Pump
UP SENSOR
IMPUP
H
I
B09
AC Motor Spare
1 UP SENSOR
AC1UP
H
I
A08
ISE Ref Pump
UP SENSOR
ISPUP
H
I
B08
ISE Ref Pump
DOWN SENSOR
ISPDOWN
H
I
A07
HCW Pump UP
SENSOR
TWPUP
H
I
B07
HCW Pump
DOWN SENSOR
TWPDOWN
H
I
A06
Probe Wash
Pump OK Sensor
PWPUP
H
I
B06
Probe Wash
Pump DOWN
SENSOR
PWPDOWN
H
I
A05
Cell Wash Pump
OK Sensor
CWPUP
H
I
B05
Cell Wash Pump
DOWN SENSOR
CWPDOWN
H
I
A04
Wash Pump UP
SENSOR
DPUP
H
I
B04
Wash Pump
DOWN SENSOR
DPDOWN
H
I
A03
Stirrer
UP/DOWN
SENSOR
STEDOWN
H
I
B03
Stirrer DOWN OK
SENSOR
STEDOK
H
I
A02
Cell Wash
DOWN OK
SENSOR
WSDOWNOK
H
I
B02
Stirrer Up/Down
OK Sensor
STEUP
H
I
A01
Cell Wash UP
SENSOR
WSUP
H
I
B01
Cell Wash
DOWN SENSOR
WSDOWN
H
I
Motor Driver Signals and Sensors Pin Assignments (J4/J5) C and D
Pin
Signal Name
Symbol
Value
I/O
Pin
Signal Name
Symbol
Value
I/O
C22
D22
GND (+24V)
GND(+24V)
I
C21
D21
GND (+12V)
GND(+12V)
I
C20
D20
GND (+11.5V)
GND(+11.5V)
I
C19
D19
-15V
-15V
I
C18
D18
-15V
-15V
I
C17
D17
AGND
AGND
I
C16
D16
AGND
AGND
I
C15
R2 Supply Temp
Sensor (-)
R2CTEMP-
AI
D15
R1 Supply Temp
Sensor (-)
R1CTEMP-
AI
C14
R2 Supply Temp
Sensor (+)
R2CTEMP+
AI
D14
R1 Supply Temp
Sensor (+)
R1CTEMP+
Ai
C13
GND
GND
I
D13
GND
GND
I
C12
GND
GND
I
D12
GND
GND
I
C11
GND
GND
I
D11
GND
GND
I
C10
+5V
+5V
I
D10
+5V
+5V
I
C09
+5V
+5V
I
D09
+5V
+5V
I
C08
ISE Ref Pump
Rotate Signal
ISPMUD
L
O
D08
Power Save Relay1
ON Signal
MC1ON
L
O
C07
ISE Ref Pump
Brake Signal
ISPMBK
L
O
D07
Power Save Relay2
ON Signal
MC2ON
L
O
C06
ISE Ref Pump
Rotate Signal
IMPMUD
L
O
D06
AC Motor Spare 3 ON
Signal
AUX3ON
L
O
C05
ISE Ref Pump
Brake Signal
IMPMBK
L
O
D05
ISE Asp Pump Valve
ISPVON
L
O
C04
AC Motor Spare 2
Rotate Signal
AUX2UD
L
O
D04
DI Valve 1
FV1ON
L
O
C03
AC Motor Spare 2
Brake Signal
AUX2BK
L
O
D03
DI Valve 2
FV2ON
L
O
C02
Cell Wash Vac
Pump ON Signal
CWPMON
L
O
D02
DI Valve 3
FV3ON
L
O
C01
Cell Dryer Vac
Pump ON Signal
CDVPMON
L
O
D01
DI Valve 4
FV4ON
L
O
C25
DI Supply Pump
1ON Signal
FP1ON
L
O
D25
DI Valve 5
FV5ON
L
O
C24
DI Supply Pump
2ON Signal
FP2ON
L
O
D24
C23
D23
C22
ISLSW Switch
ISLSW
L
I
D22
C21
Spare Sensor 2
AUXSW2
L
I
D21
C20
Sample Cup
Sensor C/C
CUPSNSRO
L
I
D20
C19
MCC Empty
Sensor
ESMCC
H
I
D19
C18
Drain Tank Float
SW
DTF
L
I
D18
C17
Wash Unit Level
Sensor 4
FFS4
L
I
D17
C16
Wash Unit Level
Sensor
FFS1
L
I
D16
Water Bath Heater ON
Signal
IHTRON
L
O
C15
Spare DC Motor
Down Sensor
AUXMDOWN
H
I
D15
Water Bath Pump ON
Signal
IPMON
L
O
14
13
KEY AREA
12
C11
Status Indicator
LED 14
CPULED14
L
O
D11
Status Indicator LED
15
CPULED15
L
O
C10
Status Indicator
LED 12
CPULED12
L
O
D10
Status Indicator LED
13
CPULED13
L
O
C09
Status Indicator
LED 10
CPULED10
L
O
D09
Status Indicator LED
11
CPULED11
L
O
C08
Status Indicator
LED 8
CPULED8
L
O
D08
Status Indicator LED 9
CPULED9
L
O
C07
Status Indicator
LED 6
CPULED6
L
O
D07
Status Indicator LED 7
CPULED7
L
O
C06
Status Indicator
LED 4
CPULED4
L
O
D06
Status Indicator LED 5
CPULED5
L
O
C05
Status Indicator
LED 2
CPULED2
L
O
D05
Status Indicator LED 3
CPULED3
L
O
C04
Status Indicator
LED 0
CPULED0
L
O
D04
Status Indicator LED 1
CPULED1
L
O
C03
Spare LED 1
AUXLED1
L
O
D03
Spare LED 2
AUXLED2
L
C02
IS-LUI LED1
ISLUILED1
L
O
D02
IS-LUI LED2
ISLUILED2
L
O
C01
Disk Sampler
LED1
ISLED1
L
O
D01
Disk Sampler LED2
ISLED2
L
O
Value
I/O
Motor Driver Signals and Sensors Pin Assignments (J4/J5) E and F
Pin
Signal Name
Symbol
E22
GND (+24V)
E21
Value
I/O
Pin
Signal Name
GND(+24V)
I
F22
GND
GND (+12V)
GND(+12V)
I
F21
GND
E20
GND (+11.5V)
GND(+11.5V)
I
F20
GND
E19
-15V
-15V
I
F19
GND
E18
-15V
-15V
I
F18
GND
E17
AGND
AGND
I
F17
GND
E16
AGND
AGND
I
F16
GND
E15
Cuvette Temp Sensor (-)
BATHTMP-
AI
F15
GND
E14
Cuvette Temp Sensor (+)
BATHTMP+
F14
GND
E13
GND
GND
I
F13
GND
E12
GND
GND
I
F12
GND
E11
GND
GND
I
F11
GND
E10
+5V
+5V
I
F10
GND
E09
+5V
+5V
I
F09
GND
E08
Cell Wash Valve ON Signal
CWON
L
O
F08
GND
E07
Alkaline Wash Valve ON Signal
DTVB14ON
L
O
F07
GND
E06
Acid Wash Valve ON Signal
DTVB3ON
L
O
F06
GND
E05
Vac Pump Valve ON Signal
DRYVON
L
O
F05
GND
E04
Sampling Pump Valve ON
Signal
SPVON
L
O
F04
GND
E03
Reagent Pump1 Valve ON
Signal
RP1VON
L
O
F03
GND
E02
Reagent Pump2 Valve ON
RP2VON
L
O
F02
GND
Symbol
Signal
E01
Dryer Probe Individual ON
Signal
WSSOLEON
L
O
F01
GND
E25
DC Value Spare Valve ON
Signal
AUXVON
L
O
F25
GND
E24
DC Motor Spare Out CW Signal
AUXMCW
L
O
F24
GND
E23
DC Motor Spare Out CCW
Signal
AUXMCCW
L
O
F23
GND
F22
GND
F21
GND
E20
F20
GND
E19
F19
GND
E18
F18
GND
E22
E21
Buzzer ON Signal
BUZZER
L
O
E17
Water Bath Cooling Fan ON
Signal
IFANON
L
O
F17
GND
E16
Water Bath Waste Valve ON
Signal
IMVOPEN
L
O
F16
GND
E15
Water Bath Waste Valve Close
ON Signal
IMVSHUT
L
O
F15
GND
I
F11
GND
14
KEY AREA
13
12
E11
External +5V
+5V (IN)
E10
Stirrer Cont ST2BUSY1Signal
ST2BUSY1
L
I
F10
GND
E09
Stirrer Cont ST2BUSYOSignal
ST2BUSY0
L
I
F09
GND
E08
Stirrer Cont ST1BUSY1Signal
ST1BUSY1
L
I
F08
GND
E07
Stirrer Cont ST1BUSY0Signal
ST1BUSY0
L
I
F07
GND
E06
Stirrer Cont ST2CLRSignal
ST2CLR
L
O
F06
GND
E05
Stirrer Cont ST2SCANSignal
ST2SCAN
L
O
F05
GND
E04
Stirrer Cont ST2ONSignal
ST2ON
L
O
F04
GND
E03
Stirrer Cont ST1CLRSignal
ST1CLR
L
O
F03
GND
E02
Stirrer Cont ST1SCANSignal
ST1SCAN
L
O
F02
GND
E01
Stirrer Cont ST1ONSignale
ST1ON
L
O
F01
GND
Front Panel Interface Connector (CNN1) Connector Pin Map
Pin
No
Signal Name
Symbol
Value
I/O
Pin
No
Signal
Name
1
Cell Wash UP SENSOR
WSUP
L
O
26
2
Cell Wash DOWN
SENSOR
WSDOWN
L
O
3
Cell Wash DOWN OK
SENSOR
WSDOWNOK
L
4
Stirrer Up/Down UP
SENSOR
STEUP
5
Stirrer Up/Down DOWN
SENSOR
6
Stirrer Up/Down DOWN
Symbol
Value
I/O
R1 Supply Cover
Sensor
R1CCVROK
L
O
27
R2 Supply Cover
Sensor
R2CCVROK
L
O
O
28
Wash Unit Level
Sensor 1
FFS1
L
O
L
O
29
Wash Unit Level
Sensor 2
FFS2
L
O
STEDOWN
L
O
30
Wash Unit Level
Sensor 3
FFS3
L
O
STEDOK
L
O
31
Wash Unit Level
FFS4
L
O
OK SENSOR
Sensor 4
7
Wash Pump UP
SENSOR
DPUP
L
O
32
Wash Unit Level
Sensor 5
FFS5
L
O
8
Wash Pump DOWN
SENSOR
DPDOWN
L
O
33
Round Cover
Sampler Sensor
ISCVROK
L
O
9
Cell Wash Pump UP
SENSOR
CWPUP
L
O
34
Drain Tank Float
SW
DTF
L
O
10
Cell Wash Pump DOWN
SENSOR
CWPDOWN
L
O
35
Degasser Vac
Tank Error
DALARM
L
O
11
Probe Wash Pump UP
SENSOR
PWPUP
L
O
36
IS-LUI Push
Switch
ISSW
L
O
12
Probe Wash Pump
DOWN SENSOR
PWPDOWN
L
O
37
MCC Empty
Sensor
ESMCC
L
O
13
HCW Pump UP SENSOR
TWPUP
L
O
38
B14 Empty
Sensor
ESB14
L
O
14
HCW Pump DOWN
SENSOR
TWPDOWN
L
O
39
B3 Empty
Sensor
ESB3
L
O
15
ISE ASP Pump UP
SENSOR
ISPUP
L
O
40
Sample Cup
Sensor C/C
CUPSNSR1
L
O
16
ISE ASP Pump DOWN
SENSOR
ISPDOWN
L
O
41
Sample Cup
Sensor STAT
CUPSNSR0
L
O
17
ISE Ref Pump UP
SENSOR
IMPUP
L
O
42
Spare Sensor 1
AUXSW1
L
O
18
Spare 1 UP SENSOR
AC1UP
L
O
43
Spare Sensor 2
AUXSW2
L
O
19
Spare 1 DOWN SENSOR
AC1DOWN
L
O
44
MCC Empty
Sensor (SS)
ESMCCSS
L
O
20
Spare 2 DOWN OK
SENSOR
AC1OK
L
O
45
B14 Empty
Sensor (SS)
ESB14SS
L
O
21
Spare 2 UP SENSOR
AC2UP
L
O
46
B3 Empty
Sensor (SS)
ESB3SS
L
O
22
Spare 2 DOWN SENSOR
AC2DOWN
L
O
47
Power
+5V
O
23
DC Motor Spare UP
SENSOR
AUXMUP
L
O
48
Power
+5V
O
24
DC Motor Spare DOWN
SENSOR
AUXMDOWN
L
O
49
Power
+5V
O
25
Cuvette Water Level
Sensor
BATHLVL`
L
O
50
Power
+5V
O
Connector CNN2 Pin Map (Connector is located at the front side of the connector board and provides the signal for multi purpose LED)
Pin No
Signal Name
Symbol
Value
I/O
1
Multipurpose LED 00bit
LEDOUT00
L
O
2
Multipurpose LED 01bit
LEDOUT10
L
O
3
Multipurpose LED 02bit
LEDOUT20
L
O
4
Multipurpose LED 03bit
LEDOUT30
L
O
5
Power
+5V
O
6
Power
GND
O
AC/DC CN1 Connector (True Value = Low)
Pin No.
Signal Name
Code
Pin No.
Signal Name
Code
1
Cuvette washer UP sensor
WSUP
26
Reagent supply center 1 cover sensor
R1CCVROK
2
Cuvette washer DOWN sensor
WSDOWN
27
Reagent supply center 2 cover sensor
R2CCVROK
3
Cuvette washer DOWN OK sensor
WSDOWNOK
28
4
Mixer elevator UP sensor
STEUP
29
Water tank upper limit float switch
FFS2
5
Mixer elevator DOWN sensor
STEDOWN
30
Water tank level high float switch
FFS3
6
Mixer elevator DOWN OK sensor
STEDOK
31
Water tank level low float switch
FFS4
7
Wash solution pump UP sensor
DPUP
32
8
Wash solution pump DOWN sensor
DPDOWN
33
Sample carousel cover switch
ISCVROK
9
Cuvette wash pump UP sensor
CWPUP
34
Low Concentration waste tank level
high float switch
DTF
10
Cuvette wash pump DOWN sensor
CWPDOWN
35
Degasser vacuum tank abnormal
sensor
DALARM
11
Inner probe wash pump UP sensor
PWPUP
36
IS LUI
ISSW
12
Inner probe wash pump DOWN
sensor
PWPDOWN
37
ICT reference solution empty sensor
ESMCC
13
H.C. waste pump UP sensor
TWPUP
38
Alkaline bulk solution empty sensor
ESB14
14
H.C. waste pump DOWN sensor
TWPDOWN
39
Acid bulk solution empty sensor
ESB3
15
ICT aspiration pump UP sensor
ISPUP
40
C/C
CUPSNSR1
16
ICT aspiration pump DOWN sensor
ISPDOWN
41
STAT
CUPSNSR0
17
ICT reference solution pump UP
sensor
IMPUP
42
Sample carousel pause switch
AUXSW1
18
AC1UP
43
Sample carousel scan switch
AUXSW2
19
AC1DOWN
44
MCC (SS)
ESMCCSS
20
AC11OK
45
B14 (SS)
ESB14SS
21
AC2UP
46
B3 (SS)
ESB3SS
22
AC2DOWN
47
Power supply
+5VDC
23
AUXMUP
48
Power supply
+5VDC
24
AUXMDOWN
49
Power supply
+5VDC
BATHLVL
50
Power supply
+5VDC
25
Water bath level sensor
FFS1
FFS5
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-112) • © 2009, 2011 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
CPU
CPU Board
Component
Description
1
Compact Flash Memory
2
INTEL Celeron 566MHz CPU
3
Phoenix BIOS ROM
CPU Board Specifications
Note
Processor
Memory
Interface
When installing a CPU Board with flash memory [1], verify the AC/DC Controller Board is jumpered correctly. S2 switch one
(1), located on the AC/DC Controller Board, is in the ON position for a CPU with Flash Memory and OFF for a CPU with Disk
On Chip.
CPU [2]
Intel Celeron 566MHz
CHIPSET
Intel 815E
Secondary cache
Pipeline burst SRAM 256 KB (512 MB maximum)
System memory
3.3 V SDRAM DIMM 32 MB (256 MB maximum)
BIOS ROM
Phoenix BIOS [3]
IDE interface
Equipped with PCI ICE (1 channel), PIO modes 0 to 4 supported.
Capable of supporting Ultra DMA mode.
Floppy interface
Equipped with a 3.5" FDD port (1 channel)
Serial Port (COM 1 & COM 2)
Equipped with 16550 compatible port (2 channels, RS-232C
compliant.
Parallel Port (LPT)
Equipped with a standard parallel port (1 channel) two way data
transfer supported.
Keyboard interface
Equipped with a PS/2 keyboard
Front Panel
Environment
CPU Front Connectors
CPU Block Diagram
Ethernet interface
Equipped with 10BASE-T or 100BASE-TX
Compact PCI bus interface
Address/data bus: 32bit
Bus clock: 33 MHz
V (I/O): +5 VDC
Video interface (optional)
Video RAM 2 MB
Display mode640 x 480, 16 colors/ 256 colors 1024 x 768, 256
colors/ 64 K colors
Switch
Generates NMI or reset signals
LED
PWR (green) ON = +5 VDC
HDD (green) ON = HDD is accessed
LINK (green) ON = Ethernet link is enabled
ACT (yellow) ON = Ethernet transmit or receive
Line voltage
+5 VDC ± 5%
Current consumption
5 amps maximum (5 VDC)
Ambient temperature
During operation = 0°C to 50° (forced air cooling with an air
velocity of 3 m/s must be provided)
During non-operation = -20°C to 70°C
Ambient humidity
During operation = 10% to 90% (no condensing)
CPU Front Cover Connectors
1
Ethernet Cable from CPU
2
D-sub connector for CLI
3
High concentration waste tank connector
4
RSH ethernet cable
Connector
KB (Keyboard connector (PS/2 style keyboard)
COM1 & COM2 (RS-232C serial ports)
LPT (Standard parallel port connector)
Pin #
Signal Name
1
DATA
2
RESERVED
3
GND
4
+5VDC
5
CLOCK
6
RESERVED
1
Data Carrier Detect
2
Receive Data
3
Transmit Data
4
Data Terminal Ready
5
GND
6
Data Set Ready
7
Request to Send
8
Clear to Send
9
Ring Indicate
1
STROBE
2
DATA BIT 0
3
DATA BIT 1
4
DATA BIT 2
5
DATA BIT 3
6
DATA BIT 4
7
DATA BIT 5
8
DATA BIT 6
9
DATA BIT 7
10
ACK
11
BUSY
12
PE
13
SLCT
14
AUTO FD TX
15
ERROR
16
INIT
17
SLCT IN
18
GND
19
GND
20
GND
21
GND
22
GND
23
GND
Reference
Video (optional - Video connector supports
VGA or SVGA when video card present)
ETHERNET (Ethernet connector supports
CAT5 100 BASE-TX/10BASE-T)
24
GND
25
GND
1
RED
2
GREEN
3
BLUE
4
NOT CONNECTED
5
AGND
6
AGND
7
AGND
8
AGND
9
NOT CONNECTED
10
AGND
11
NOT CONNECTED
12
DDC_SDA
13
HSYNC
14
VSYNC
15
DDC_SCL
1
TD+
2
TD-
3
RD+
4
RESERVED
5
RESERVED
6
RD-
7
RESERVED
8
RESERVED
NMI RESET (This switch generates a NMI to
restart the system)
PWR (This LED is on when the power is ON)
LINK (This LED is on when the system is linked
to an Ethernet)
HDD (This LED is on when the optional hard
drive is accessed)
ACT (This LED is on during Ethernet
transmissions or receptions)
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
DAQ
The DAQ board collects optical and ICT (ISE) measurement data. The board incorporates the following functions and capabilities:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
386EX Intel CPU
256 Kbytes SRAM for the 386EX Intel CPU
16 bit A/D Converter function
256 Kbytes SRAM for data exchange between 386EX Intel CPU and the host CPU
Transfers data from the A/D converter to the host CPU through distraction present (DP) memory
Monitors the +5VDC circuit - indicated by the green LED
Flash memory (256 Kbytes) for application, boot, and diagnostic programs for the 386EX Intel CPU
SRAM backup circuit lasts for 2 weeks
DAQ Board
DAQ Board Front Panel
CN1
Connector for recorder signals for electrodes (Na, K, and Cl).
Signal Assignment on CN1
S3, S4, & S5
Rotary switches used for channel selection, must be enabled by W2, W3 & W4.
Switches should be set to 0.
CN2
Debugging serial interface connector. The SIO built in the 386EX is connected
to this connector.
DS1
Debugging LED. PIOs (0 to 3 of port 1) built in the 386EX are connected to
these LEDs.
DS2
Power LED on when +5 VDC is supplied to this board.
S2
Debugging/boot selection switch. Refer to tables below for S2 switch default
settings.
S6
Status can be read by the register on the PCI bus. Set rotary switch to 1.
S1
Reset switch for 386EX on this board.
DAQ Bd 32 Switch Settings for P/N 7-93181-04 and lower revisions
Switch
Setting
S2-1
OFF
S2-2
OFF
S2-3
OFF
S2-4
OFF
S2-5
ON
S2-6
ON
DAQ Bd 32 Switch Settings for P/N 7-93181-05 and higher revisions
Switch
Setting
S2-1
OFF
S2-2
OFF
S2-3
OFF
S2-4
OFF
S2-5
OFF
S2-6
OFF
DAQ Block Diagram
1
386EX
Transfers A/D converted data from analog circuit section to host CPU via DP RAM.
2
Voltage Monitoring Circuit
Monitors +5 volts DC and outputs reset signals to each circuit.
3
Control Circuit (EPLD)
Indicates EPLD (Electrically Programmable Logic Device) and controls the 386EX
CPU.
4
Flash Memory 1
For application programs and data for 386EX CPU. Memory size: 256 KB.
5
Flash Memory 2
For for boot and test programs for the 386EX CPU. Memory size: 256 KB.
6
SRAM
Used by 386EX CPU. Memory size: 256 KB.
7
16-bit A/D Conversion Analog Section
16 channel analog input converted from analog to 16 bit digital.
8
PCI Target Interface Circuit.
Slave interface circuit for compact PCI bus.
9
Arbitration Control (EPLD)
Includes an EPLD and arbitrates access conflicts between 386EX CPU and host
CPU.
10
SRAM
Used for data exchange between 386EX CPU and host CPU. Memory size is 256
KB. Circuit requires battery backup.
11
Backup Circuit
Backup circuit for SRAM (10). The backup life is two weeks.
12
SIO
Serial port accessed by the host CPU via the PCI bus. Has six channels.
13
LED and DIP Switch
DIP switch and LED display are for use in development.
14
Power ON LED
Power ON when +5 Volts DC power is supplied.
ICT Signals
Optics
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-116) • © 2009, 2012 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
Main Card Cage
Main Card Cage (access)
Card Cage (upper back plane board) (user I/O custom backplane)
Card Cage Backplane (upper terminal blocks)
Connector
Function
CNN1
AC/DC DRV
CNN2
SMD
CNN3
SMD
CNN4
ISE
CNN5
Optics
CNN7
AC SENS
CNN8
SENS 232 LVL
CNN9
SM SENS
CNN12
BCR SHUT TRG
Card Cage (lower back plane board)
Main Card Cage Block Diagram A
Main Card Cage Block Diagram B
Card Cage Backplane Cable Functions
Schematic Diagram
Card Cage Backplane Cable Diagram
Link
7A_9009a.pdf
Card Cage Backplane Cable Functions
Backplane Cable
Card Cage Slot & Board
Destination Board and
Connector
Function
CNN1
Slot 6 AC/DC
Slot 5 SM AC/DC
AC/DC Driver Bd CNN1
Pumps, Valves, AC Motors
CNN2
Slot 4 SMC
Slot 5 SM AC/DC
SMD Bd CNN1
Motors (ISE, STR, Spl & Rgt Pumps, R1A
Pip Arm)
CNN3
Slot 4 SMC
Slot 5 SM AC/DC
SMD Bd CNN1
CNN4
Slot 1 DAQ
ISE PRE Bd
CNN5
Slot 1 DAQ
Photo Pre Amp Bd
CNN7
Slot 6 AC/DC
CNN Bd CNN2
Sensors (Pumps Lids, Float Switches,
STR)
CNN8
Slot 5 SM AC/DC
CNN Bd CNN4
“B”-Line Sensors,
Valve FB Sensors,
STR CUV Sensors
CNN9
Slot 4 SMC
CNN Bd CNN3
“A”- Line Sensors,
Rgt 1 Crsl (Inner/Outer)
Rgt 2 Carsl (Inner)
CNN10
Slot 3 PM2
CNN Bd CNN25
Pressure Sensors
Wash Cup Sensors
CNN11
Slot 2 PM1
CNN Bd CNN22
Pressure Sensors
Wash Cup Sensors
CNN12
Slot 1 DAQ
CNN Bd CNN21
BCR, LUI, CLI
CNN14
Slot 5 SM AC/DC
CNN Bd CNN20, 21, 22
(not used)
Card Cage Backplane Cable Signals
CNN1
SLOT
SLOT6
(AC/DC)
(To AC/DC Driver CN1)
Pin No
Pin NO.
Signal Name
Active
I/O
Note
J5-A8
WSMUP
1
WS-UP
L
O
J5-A7
WSMDOWN
2
WS-DOWN
L
O
J5-A6
WSMBK
3
WS-BK
L
O
J5-A5
STEMUP
4
STRZ-UP
L
O
J5-A4
STEMDOWN
5
STRZ-DOWN
L
O
J5-A3
STEMBK
6
STRZ-BK
L
O
J5-A2
PWPMUP
7
PWP-UP
L
O
J5-A1
PWPMDOWN
8
PWP-DOWN
L
O
J4-A25
PWPMBK
9
PWP-BK
L
O
J4-E1 6
AC1UP(GH)
10
PWBP-UP
L
O
J4-E1 7
AC1DOWN(PS)
11
PWBP-DOWN
L
O
J4-E1 8
AC1BK
12
PWBP-BK
L
O
J5-B8
AUX1UP
13
AUXAC1-CW
L
O
J5-B7
AUX1DOWN
14
AUXAC1-CCW
L
O
J5-B6
AUX1BK
15
AUXAC1-BK
L
O
SLOT6
(AC/DC)
J5-B5
DPMUD
16
DTGP-ON
L
O
J5-B4
DPMBK
17
DTGP-BK
L
O
SLOT6
(AC/DC)
J5-B3
CWPMUD
18
WCP-ON
L
O
J5-B2
CWPMBK
19
WCP-BK
L
O
SLOT6
(AC/DC)
J5-C8
ISPMUD
20
ICTP-ON
L
O
J5-C7
ISPMBK
21
ICTP-BK
L
O
SLOT6
(AC/DC)
J5-C6
IMPMUD
22
ICTR-ON
L
O
J5-C5
IMPMBK
23
ICTR-BK
L
O
SLOT6
(AC/DC)
J5-C4
AUX2UD
24
AUXAC2-ON
L
O
J5-C3
AUX2BK
25
AUXAC2-BK
L
O
SLOT6
(AC/DC)
J5-C2
CWVPMON
26
VP2
L
O
LCW Vacuum Pump
AB
J5-C1
CDVPMON
27
VP1
L
O
Cell Dryer Vacuum
Pump AB
J4-C25
FP1ON
28
TWMP
L
O
DIW SUpply Pump1
(Water Bath)
SLOT6
(AC/DC)
SLOT6
(AC/DC)
SLOT5
(SM_AC/DC)
SLOT6
(AC/DC)
SLOT6
(AC/DC)
Cell Wash
Stirrer Up/Down
Probe Wash Pump
(Inner Wall) A
Probe Wash Pump
(Inner Wall) B
(C16000 only)
AC Spare (CW/CCW)
Detergent Pump
Cell Wash Pump
ISE Aspiration Pump
ISE Reference Pump
AC Spare (One way
rotation)
J4-C24
FP2ON
29
WPMP
L
O
DIW Supply Pump2
(Outer Wall)
J5-D8
MC1ON
30
MC1
L
O
Freezer Power
Control Relay
J5-D6
AUX3ON
31
AUXAC3-ON
L
O
AC Spare (On/Off)
J5-D5
ISPVON
32
IAVP
L
O
ISE Aspiration Pump
Mag Valve
J5-D4
FV1ON
33
ESPV
L
O
DIW Valve1 (S Outer
Wall)
J5-D3
FV2ON
34
ERPV
L
O
DIW Valve2 (R Outer
Wall)
J5-D2
FV3ON
35
SWV
L
O
DIW Valve3 (STR)
J5-D1
FV4ON
36
WBSV
L
O
DIW Valve4 (Water
Bath Supply)
J4-D25
FV5ON
37
PWV
L
O
DIW Valve5
(Pressurized DIW
Control)
SLOT6(AC/DC)
J5-E8
CWVON
38
CWV
L
O
Cell Wash Water
Valve
SLOT6(AC/DC)
J5-E7
DTVB14ON
39
DTG1V
L
O
ALK&ACID Detergent
Valve1
J5-E6
DTVB3ON
40
DTG2V
L
O
ALK&ACID Detergent
Valve2
SLOT6(AC/DC)
J5-E5
DRYVON
41
CDV
L
O
Cell Dryer Vac Pump
Valve
SLOT6(AC/DC)
J5-E4
SPVON
42
ISPV
L
O
Sampling Pump A
Mag Valve
SLOT6(AC/DC)
J5-E3
RP1VON
43
IR1PV
L
O
Reagent Pump 1A
Mag Valve
SLOT6(AC/DC)
J5-E2
RP2VON
44
IR2PV
L
O
Reagent Pump 2A
Mag Valve
SLOT5(SM_AC/DC)
J5-E3
DC1
45
ISPBV
L
O
Sampling Pump B
Mag Valve (C16000
only)
SLOT5(SM_AC/DC)
J5-E4
DC2
46
IR1BPV
L
O
Reagent Pump 1B
Mag Valve (C16000
only)
SLOT5(SM_AC/DC)
J5-E5
DC3
47
IR2BPV
L
O
Reagent Pump 2B
Mag Valve (C16000
only)
SLOT6(AC/DC)
J4-E21
BUZZER
48
BUZZER
L
O
Buzzer
SLOT6(AC/DC)
J4-E24
AUXMCW
49
IREF
L
O
IREFCUP Sensor
SLOT6(AC/DC)
J4-E25
AUXVON
50
AUXDC1
L
O
Spare Mag Valve
51
GND
-
O
52
GND
-
O
55
+5V
-
O
56
+5V
-
O
57
+5V
-
O
58
+5V
-
O
59
+5V
-
O
SLOT6
(AC/DC)
SLOT6
(AC/DC)
53
54
60
CNN2
SLOT
SLOT4
(SMC)
SLOT4
(SMC)
SLOT4
(SMC)
SLOT4
(SMC)
SLOT5
(SM_AC/DC)
SLOT5
(SM_AC/DC)
SLOT4
(SMC)
SLOT5
(SM_AC/DC)
+5V
-
O
(To SMD CN1)
Pin No
Pin NO.
Signal Name
Active
I/O
J5-C3
IAAINA
1
IAHINA
L
O
J5-C1
IAAINB
2
IAHINB
L
O
J5-C2
IAATDA
3
IAHTDA
L
O
J4-C25
IAATDB
4
IAHTDB
L
O
J4-C24
IAAHOLD
5
IAHHOLD
L
O
J5-C8
IAEINA
6
IAZINA
L
O
J5-C6
IAEINB
7
IAZINB
L
O
J5-C7
IAETDA
8
IAZTDA
L
O
J5-C5
IAETDB
9
IAZTDB
L
O
J5-C4
IAEHOLD
10
IAZHOLD
L
O
J4-C23
STA1INA
11
STR1HINA
L
O
J4-C21
STA1INB
12
STR1HINB
L
O
J4-C22
STA1TDA
13
STR1HTDA
L
O
J4-C20
STA1TDB
14
STR1HTDB
L
O
J4-C19
STA1HOLD
15
STR1HHOLD
L
O
J4-C18
STA2INA
16
STR2HINA
L
O
J4-C16
STA2INB
17
STR2HINB
L
O
J4-C17
STA2TDA
18
STR2HTDA
L
O
J4-C15
STA2TDB
19
STR2HTDB
L
O
J5-E17
STA2HOLD
20
STR2HHOLD
L
O
J4-A17
SM1INA
21
STR1BHINA
L
O
J4-A18
SM1INB
22
STR1BHINB
L
O
J4-A19
SM1TDA
23
STR1BHTDA
L
O
J4-A20
SM1TDB
24
STR1BHTDB
L
O
J4-A21
SM1HOLD
25
STR1BHHOLD
L
O
J4-A22
SM2INA
26
STR2BHINA
L
O
J4-A23
SM2INB
27
STR2BHINB
L
O
J4-A24
SM2TDA
28
STR2BHTDA
L
O
J4-A25
SM2TDB
29
STR2BHTDB
L
O
J5-A1
SM2HOLD
30
STR2BHHOLD
L
O
J4-A20
SPINA
31
SPINA
L
O
J4-A18
SPINB
32
SPINB
L
O
J4-A19
SPTDA
33
SPTDA
L
O
J4-A17
SPTDB
34
SPTDB
L
O
J4-A16
SPHOLD
35
SPHOLD
L
O
J5-A4
SM4INA
36
SPBINA
L
O
J5-A5
SM4INB
37
SPBINB
L
O
J5-A6
SM4TDA
38
SPBTDA
L
O
J5-A7
SM4TDB
39
SPBTDB
L
O
J5-A8
SM4HOLD
40
SPBHOLD
L
O
Note
ISE Arm Rotation
Motor
ISE Arm Up/Down
Motor
Stirrer 1A Horizontal
Motor
Stirrer 2A Horizontal
Motor
Stirrer 1B Horizontal
Motor (C16000 only)
Stirrer 2B Horizontal
Motor (C16000 only)
Sampling Pump A
Up/Down Motor
Sampling Pump B
Up/Down Motor
(C16000 only)
SLOT4
(SMC)
SLOT5
(SM_AC/DC)
SLOT4
(SMC)
SLOT5
(SM_AC/DC)
SLOT4
(SMC)
SLOT4
(SMC)
J4-A15
R1PINA
41
R1PINA
L
O
J5-C16
R1PINB
42
R1PINB
L
O
J5-C17
R1PTDA
43
R1PTDA
L
O
J5-C15
R1PTDB
44
R1PTDB
L
O
J5-C14
R1PHOLD
45
R1PHOLD
L
O
J5-A9
SM5INA
46
R1BPINA
L
O
J5-A10
SM5INB
47
R1BPINB
L
O
J5-A11
SM5TDA
48
R1BPTDA
L
O
J5-A12
SM5TDB
49
R1BPTDB
L
O
J5-A13
SM5HOLD
50
R1BPHOLD
L
O
J5-C13
R2PINA
51
R2PINA
L
O
J5-C11
R2PINB
52
R2PINB
L
O
J5-C12
R2PTDA
53
R2PTDA
L
O
J5-C10
R2PTDB
54
R2PTDB
L
O
J5-C9
R2PHOLD
55
R2PHOLD
L
O
J5-A14
SM6INA
56
R2BPINA
L
O
J5-A15
SM6INB
57
R2BPINB
L
O
J5-A16
SM6TDA
58
R2BPTDA
L
O
J5-A17
SM6TDB
59
R2BPTDB
L
O
J5-A18
SM6HOLD
60
R2BPHOLD
L
O
J5-A10
R1AAINA
61
R1AHINA
L
O
J5-A8
R1AAINB
62
R1AHINB
L
O
J5-A9
R1AATDA
63
R1AHTDA
L
O
J5-A7
R1AATDB
64
R1AHTDB
L
O
J5-A6
R1AAHOLD
65
R1AHHOLD
L
O
J5-A15
R1AEINA
66
R1AZINA
L
O
J5-A13
R1AEINB
67
R1AZINB
L
O
J5-A14
R1AETDA
68
R1AZTDA
L
O
J5-A12
R1AETDB
69
R1AZTDB
L
O
J5-A11
R1AEHOLD
70
R1AZHOLD
L
O
71
GND
-
O
72
GND
-
O
75
+5V
-
O
76
+5V
-
O
77
+5V
-
O
78
+5V
-
O
79
+5V
-
O
80
+5V
-
O
R1 Pump A Up/Down
Motor
R1 Pump B Up/Down
Motor (C16000 only)
R2 Pump A Up/Down
Motor
R2 Pump B Up/Down
Motor (C16000 only)
R1 Arm A Rotation
Motor
R1 Arm A Up/Down
Motor
73
74
CNN3 I/O
Connector
SLOT
(To SMD CN1)
Pin No
Pin NO.
Signal Name
Active
I/O
Note
SLOT4
(SMC)
SLOT4
(SMC)
SLOT5
(SM_AC/DC)
SLOT5
(SM_AC/DC)
SLOT5
(SM_AC/DC)
SLOT5
(SM_AC/DC)
SLOT4
(SMC)
SLOT4
(SMC)
SLOT5
(SM_AC/DC)
J4-A25
R2AAINA
1
R2AHINA
L
O
J4-A23
R2AAINB
2
R2AHINB
L
O
J4-A24
R2AATDA
3
R2AHTDA
L
O
J4-A22
R2AATDB
4
R2AHTDB
L
O
J4-A21
R2AAHOLD
5
R2AHHOLD
L
O
J5-A5
R2AEINA
6
R2AZINA
L
O
J5-A3
R2AEINB
7
R2AZINB
L
O
J5-A4
R2AETDA
8
R2AZTDA
L
O
J5-A2
R2AETDB
9
R2AZTDB
L
O
J5-A1
R2AEHOLD
10
R2AZHOLD
L
O
J4-B18
SM7INA
11
R1ABHINA
L
O
J4-B19
SM7INB
12
R1ABHINB
L
O
J4-B20
SM7TDA
13
R1ABHTDA
L
O
J4-B21
SM7TDB
14
R1ABHTDB
L
O
J4-B22
SM7HOLD
15
R1ABHHOLD
L
O
J5-B4
SM8INA
16
R1ABZINA
L
O
J5-B5
SM8INB
17
R1ABZINB
L
O
J5-B6
SM8TDA
18
R1ABZTDA
L
O
J5-B7
SM8TDB
19
R1ABZTDB
L
O
J5-B8
SM8HOLD
20
R1ABZHOLD
L
O
J5-B9
SM9INA
21
R2ABHINA
L
O
J5-B10
SM9INB
22
R2ABHINB
L
O
J5-B11
SM9TDA
23
R2ABHTDA
L
O
J5-B12
SM9TDB
24
R2ABHTDB
L
O
J5-B13
SM9HOLD
25
R2ABHHOLD
L
O
J5-B14
SM10INA
26
R2ABZINA
L
O
J5-B15
SM10INB
27
R2ABZINB
L
O
J5-B16
SM10TDA
28
R2ABZTDA
L
O
J5-B17
SM10TDB
29
R2ABZTDB
L
O
J5-B18
SM10HOLD
30
R2ABZHOLD
L
O
J5-E16
ISIINA
31
LSHINA
L
O
J5-E14
ISIINB
32
LSHINB
L
O
J5-E15
ISITDA
33
LSHTDA
L
O
J5-E13
ISITDB
34
LSHTDB
L
O
J5-E12
ISIHOLD
35
LSHHOLD
L
O
J5-E11
ISOINA
36
PPHCINA
L
O
J5-E9
ISOINB
37
PPHCINB
L
O
J5-E10
ISOTDA
38
PPHCTDA
L
O
J5-E8
ISOTDB
39
PPHCTDB
L
O
J5-E7
ISOHOLD
40
PPHCHOLD
L
O
J4-C21
SM12INA
41
PPBHCINA
L
O
J4-C22
SM12INB
42
PPBHCINB
L
O
J4-C23
SM12TDA
43
PPBHCTDA
L
O
J4-C24
SM12TDB
44
PPBHCTDB
L
O
R2 Arm A Rotation
Motor
R2 Arm A Up/Down
Motor
R1 Arm B Rotation
Motor (C16000 only)
R1 Arm B Up/Down
Motor (C16000 only)
R2 Arm B Rotation
Motor (C16000 only)
R2 Arm B Up/Down
Motor (C16000 only)
LSH Rotation Motor
(LSH Inner Disk
Rotation) (C8000 &
C16000 only)
HCW Pump A Motor
(LSH Outer Disk
Rotation)
HCW Pump B Motor
(Rack Sampler Lead
Motor) (C16000 only)
SLOT4
(SMC)
SLOT4
(SMC)
SLOT4
(SMC)
SLOT4
(SMC)
SLOT4
(SMC)
SLOT5
(SM_AC/DC)
SLOT4
(SMC)
SLOT4
(SMC)
SLOT5
(SM_AC/DC)
SLOT4
(SMC)
J4-C25
SM12HOLD
45
PPBHCHOLD
L
O
J5-E6
AUXINA
46
AUXINA
L
O
J5-E4
AUXINB
47
AUXINB
L
O
J5-E5
AUXTDA
48
AUXTDA
L
O
J5-E3
AUXTDB
49
AUXTDB
L
O
J5-E2
AUXHOLD
50
AUXHOLD
L
O
J5-E1
RUCW
51
RCCW
L
O
J4-E25
RUCCW
52
RCCCW
L
O
J4-E24
R1CICW
53
R1ICCW
L
O
J4-E23
R1CICCW
54
R1ICCCW
L
O
J4-E22
R1COCW
55
R1OCCW
L
O
J4-E21
R1COCCW
56
R1OCCCW
L
O
J4-E20
R2CCW
57
R2ICCW
L
O
J4-E19
R2CCCW
58
R2ICCCW
L
O
J5-A2
SM3CW
59
R2OCCW
L
O
J5-A3
SM3CCW
60
R2OCCCW
L
O
J4-E18
SAACW
61
SAHCW
L
O
J4-E17
SAACCW
62
SAHCCW
L
O
J4-E16
SAECW
63
SAZCW
L
O
J4-E15
SAECCW
64
SAZCCW
L
O
J4-B24
SM13CW
65
SPCW
L
O
J4-B25
SM13CCW
66
SPCCW
L
O
J5-A17
ACW
67
AUXCW
L
O
J5-A16
ACCW
68
AUXCCW
L
O
71
GND
-
O
72
GND
-
O
75
+5V
-
O
76
+5V
-
O
77
+5V
-
O
78
+5V
-
O
79
+5V
-
O
80
+5V
-
O
86
SM11INA
L
O
87
SM11INB
L
O
Spare
Reaction Cuvette
Rotation Motor
R1 Inner Disk
Rotation Motor
R1 Outer Disk
Rotation Motor
R2 Inner Disk
Rotation Motor
R2 Outer Disk
Rotation Motor
(C16000 only)
Sampling Arm
Rotation Motor
Sampling Arm
Up/Down Motor
(Sampling Pump A
Up/Down Motor)
Spare
69
70
73
74
81
82
83
84
85
SLOT5
(SM_AC/DC)
J4-C16
SM11INA
J4-C17
SM11INB
200FR
Spare Motor
J4-C18
SM11TDA
88
SM11TDA
L
O
J4-C19
SM11TDB
89
SM11TDB
L
O
J4-C20
SM11HOLD
90
SM11HOLD
L
O
J5-C4
SM13INA
91
SM13INA
L
O
J5-C5
SM13INB
92
SM13INB
L
O
J5-C6
SM13TDA
93
SM13TDA
L
O
J5-C7
SM13TDB
94
SM13TDB
L
O
J5-C8
SM13HOLD
95
SM13HOLD
L
O
Spare Motor
96
97
98
99
100
CNN4 I/O Connector
(To ISE PRE)
SLOT
SLOT1
DAQ
Pin No.
No
Active
I/O
J5-A14
NaOUT
1
Na OUT
AI
J5-B14
NaOUTG
2
Na GND
AI
J5-A13
KOUT
3
K OUT
AI
J5-B13
KOUTG
4
K GND
AI
J5-E13
CLOUT
5
CL OUT
AI
J5-D13
CLOUTG
6
CL GND
AI
9
+15V
O
10
AGND
O
7
8
11
12
13
14
CNN5 I/O Connector
(To Photo Pre-Amp)
SLOT
SLOT1
DAQ
Pin No
No
Active
I/O
-
AGND
1
AGND(±15VGND)
O
-
AGND
2
AGND(±15VGND)
O
J5-A22
340nm
3
340nm
AI
J5-B22
340nmG
4
340nmG
AI
J5-A21
380nm
5
380nm
AI
J5-B21
380nmG
6
380nmG
AI
J5-A20
404nm
7
404nm
AI
J5-B20
404nmG
8
404nmG
AI
J5-A19
412nm
9
412nm
AI
J5-B19
412nmG
10
412nmG
AI
J5-A18
444nm
11
444nm
AI
J5-B18
444nmG
12
444nmG
AI
J5-A17
476nm
13
476nm
AI
J5-B17
476nmG
14
476nmG
AI
J5-A16
500nm
15
500nm
AI
J5-B16
500nmG
16
500nmG
AI
J5-A15
524nm
17
524nm
AI
J5-B15
524nmG
18
524nmG
AI
J5-E22
548nm
19
548nm
AI
J5-D22
548nmG
20
548nmG
AI
J5-E21
572nm
21
572nm
AI
J5-D21
572nmG
22
572nmG
AI
J5-E20
604nm
23
604nm
AI
J5-D20
604nmG
24
604nmG
AI
J5-E19
628nm
25
628nm
AI
J5-D19
628nmG
26
628nmG
AI
J5-E18
660nm
27
660nm
AI
J5-D18
660nmG
28
660nmG
AI
J5-E17
700nm
29
700nm
AI
J5-D17
700nmG
30
700nmG
AI
J5-E16
748nm
31
748nm
AI
J5-D16
748nmG
32
748nmG
AI
J5-E15
804nm
33
804nm
AI
J5-D15
804nmG
34
804nmG
AI
35
+15V
O
36
+15V
O
37
+15V
O
38
-15V
O
39
-15V
O
40
-15V
O
CNN7 I/O Connector
SLOT
SLOT6
(AC/DC)
(CNN Board CNN2)
Pin No
Pin NO.
Signal Name
Active
I/O
J4-A1
WSUP
1
WSUP
H
I
J4-B1
WSDOWN
2
WSDOWN
H
I
J4-A2
WSDOWNOK
3
WSDOWNOK
H
I
J4-B2
STEUP
4
STEUP
H
I
J4-A3
STEDOWN
5
STEDOWN
H
I
J4-B3
STEDOK
6
STEDOK
H
I
J4-A6
PWPUP
7
PWPUP
H
I
J4-B6
PWPDOWN
8
PWPDOWN
H
I
J4-B9
AC1UP
9
AC1UP
H
I
J4-A10
AC1DOWN
10
AC1DOWN
H
I
J4-B10
AC1OK
11
AC1OK
H
I
Note
Cell Wash
Up/Down
Stirrer Up/Down
Probe Wash Pump
(Inner Wall)
AC Spare
(CW/CCW)
J4-A4
DPUP
12
DPUP
H
I
Detergent Pump
J4-B4
DPDOWN
13
DPDOWN
H
I
J4-A5
CWPUP
14
CWPUP
H
I
J4-B5
CWPDOWN
15
CWPDOWN
H
I
J4-A8
ISPUP
16
ISPUP
H
I
J4-B8
ISPDOWN
17
ISPDOWN
H
I
J4-A9
IMPUP
18
IMPUP
H
I
ISE Reference
Pump
J4-A11
AC2UP
19
AC2UP
H
I
J4-B11
AC2DOWN
20
AC2DOWN
H
I
AC Spare (One
Way Direction)
J4-A7
TWPUP
21
TWPUP
H
I
J4-B7
TWPDOWN
22
TWPDOWN
H
I
J4-E1
ST1ON
23
ST1ON
L
O
J4-E2
ST1SCAN
24
ST1SCAN
L
O
J4-E3
ST1CLR
25
ST1CLR
L
O
J4-E7
ST1BUSY0
26
ST1BUSY0
L
I
J4-E8
ST1BUSY1
27
ST1BUSY1
L
I
J4-E4
ST2ON
28
ST2ON
L
O
J4-E5
ST2SCAN
29
ST2SCAN
L
O
J4-E6
ST2CLR
30
ST2CLR
L
O
J4-E9
ST2BUSY0
31
ST2BUSY0
L
I
J4-E10
ST2BUSY1
32
ST2BUSY1
L
I
J4-E11
+5V (IN)
33
+5V (IN)
H
I
J4-C1
ISLED1
34
ISLED1
L
O
J4-D1
ISLED2
35
ISLED2
L
O
J4-C2
ISLUILED1
36
ISLUILED1
L
O
J4-D2
ISLUILED2
37
ISLUILED2
L
O
J4-C3
AUXLED1
38
AUXLED1
L
O
J4-D3
AUXLED2
39
AUXLED2
L
O
J4-C4
CPULED0
40
CPULED0
L
O
J4-D4
CPULED1
41
CPULED1
L
O
J4-C5
CPULED2
42
CPULED2
L
O
J4-D5
CPULED3
43
CPULED3
L
O
J4-C6
CPULED4
44
CPULED4
L
O
J4-D6
CPULED5
45
CPULED5
L
O
J4-C7
CPULED6
46
CPULED6
L
O
J4-D7
CPULED7
47
CPULED7
L
O
J4-C8
CPULED8
48
CPULED8
L
O
J4-D8
CPULED9
49
CPULED9
L
O
J4-C9
CPULED10
50
CPULED10
L
O
J4-D9
CPULED11
51
CPULED11
L
O
J4-C10
CPULED12
52
CPULED12
L
O
J4-D10
CPULED13
53
CPULED13
L
O
J4-C11
CPULED14
54
CPULED14
L
O
Cell Wash Pump
ISE Aspiration
Pump
HCW Pump A
STR DRV
ISLED
IS-LUI-LED
AUX-LED
Status LED
J4-D11
CPULED15
55
CPULED15
L
O
J4-A15
AUXMUP
56
AUXMUP
H
I
J4-C15
AUXMDOWN
57
AUXMDOWN
H
I
J4-B15
BATHLVL
58
BATHLVL
H
I
Water Bath Level
Sensor
J4-B16
R1CCVROK
59
R1CCVROK
H
I
R1 Cover OK
Sensor
J4-A16
R2CCVROK
60
R2CCVROK
H
I
R2 Cover OK
Sensor
J4-B18
ISCVROK
61
ISCVROK
H
I
ISH Cover OK
Sensor
J4-C16
FFS1
62
FFS1
I
FFS1: FSDT Drain
Tank (LCW)
J4-A17
FFS2
63
FFS2
I
FFS2: FSLU
Water Tank Upper
Limit
J4-B17
FFS3
64
FFS3
I
FFS3: FSLH
Water Tank Level
Hi
J4-C17
FFS4
65
FFS4
I
FFS4: FSLL Water
Tank Level Low
J4-A18
FFS5
66
FFS5
I
FFS5: Spare
J4-C18
DTF
67
DTF
I
DTF: Drain Tank
(HCW)
J4-A22
DALARM
68
DALARM
I
Degasser
J4-A23
DALARMV
69
DALARMV
I
J4-C19
ESMCC
70
ESMCC
H
I
Reference Solution
J4-A19
ESB14
71
ESB14
H
I
Alkaline Detergent
J4-B20
ESB3
72
ESB3
H
I
Acid Detergent
J4-B22
ESMCCSS
73
ESMCCSS_IREFCUP H
I
IREFCUP Sensor
J4-B23
ESB14SS
74
ESB14SS
H
I
Alkaline Detergent
Sensor
J4-B24
ESB3SS
75
ESB3SS
H
I
Acid Detergent
Sensor
J4-D15
IPMON
76
IPMON
L
O
Water Bath Cycle
Pump
J4-D16
IHTRON
77
IHTRON
L
O
Water Bath Heater
J4-E16
IMVOPEN
78
IMVOPEN
L
O
J4-E15
IMVSHUT
79
IMVSHUT
L
O
Water Bath Motor
Valve
J4-E17
IFANON
80
IFANON
L
O
Water Bath Fan
Control
J5-B14
ISTEMP+
81
ISTEMP+
AI
J5-B15
ISTEMP-
82
ISTEMP-
AI
LSH Temp
Varistor
J5-E14
BATHTMP+
83
BATHTMP+
AI
J5-E15
BATHTMP-
84
BATHTMP-
AI
J5-D14
R1CTEMP+
85
R1CTEMP+
AI
J5-D15
R1CTEMP-
86
R1CTEMP-
AI
J5-C14
R2CTEMP+
87
R2CTEMP+
AI
J5-C15
R2CTEMP-
88
R2CTEMP-
AI
J5-A14
IVRSTR+
89
IVRSTR+
AI
Spare DC Motor
Sensor
Cuvette Temp
Varistor
R1 Supply Temp
Varistor
R2 Supply Temp
Varistor
Water Bath Fan
IVRSTR-
90
IVRSTR-
AI
J4-B19
ISSW
91
ISSW
I
IA-LUI SW
J4-C22
ISLSW
92
ISLSW
I
IALSW SW
J4-B21
AUXSW1
93
AUXSW1
I
Spare SW1
J4-C21
AUXSW2
94
AUXSW2
I
Spare SW2
J4-A20
CUPSNSRI
95
CUPSNSRI
I
Spare Sensor
J4-C20
CUPSNSRO
96
CUPSNSRO
I
Spare Sensor
GND
97
GND
O
GND
GND
98
GND
O
GND
GND
99
GND
O
GND
GND
100
GND
O
GND
CNN8
SLOT
SLOT5
(SM_AC/DC)
Control Varistor
J5-A15
(To CNN Board CNN4)
Pin No
Pin NO.
Signal Name
Active
I/O
Note
J4-A1
SM1HOME
1
SM1HOME
H
I
1B Stirrer
Horizontal Motor
(C16000 only)
J4-A2
SM2HOME
2
SM2HOME
H
I
2B Stirrer
Horizontal Motor
(C16000 only)
J4-A5
SM4HOME
3
SM4HOME
H
I
J4-A6
SM4PITCH
4
SM4PITCH
H
I
Sampling Pump B
Up/Down Motor
(C16000 only)
J4-A7
SM4DLMT
5
SM4DLMT
H
I
J4-A8
SM5HOME
6
SM5HOME
H
I
J4-A9
SM5PITCH
7
SM5PITCH
H
I
J4-A10
SM5DLMT
8
SM5DLMT
H
I
J4-A11
SM6HOME
9
SM6HOME
H
I
J4-A15
SM6PITCH
10
SM6PITCH
H
I
J4-A16
SM6DLMT
11
SM6DLMT
H
I
J4-B1
SM7HOME
12
SM7HOME
H
I
J4-B2
SM7PITCH
13
SM7PITCH
H
I
J4-B3
SM8HOME
14
SM8HOME
H
I
J4-B4
SM8PITCH
15
SM8PITCH
H
I
J4-B5
SM8CLASH
16
SM8CLASH
H
I
J4-B6
SM9HOME
17
SM9HOME
H
I
J4-B7
SM9PITCH
18
SM9PITCH
H
I
J4-B8
SM10HOME
19
SM10HOME
H
I
J4-B9
SM10PITCH
20
SM10PITCH
H
I
J4-B10
SM10CLASH
21
SM10CLASH
H
I
J4-C9
SM12HOME
22
SM12HOME
H
I
J4-C10
SM12PITCH(OK)
23
SM12PITCH(OK)
H
I
J4-A3
SM3HOME
24
SM3HOME
H
I
J4-A4
SM3PITCH
25
SM3PITCH
H
I
J4-C11
SM13HOME
26
SM13HOME
H
I
R1 Pump B
Up/Down Motor
(C16000 only)
R2 Pump B
Up/Down Motor
(C16000 only)
R1 Arm B Rotate
Motor (C16000
only)
R1 Arm B
Up/Down Motor
(C16000 only)
R2 Arm B Rotate
Motor (C16000
only)
R2 Arm B
Up/Down Motor
(C16000 only)
HCW Pump B
Motor (C16000
only)
R2 Outer Disk
(C16000 only)
Rotate Motor
Sampling Pump A
Up/Down Motor
J4-C15
SM13PITCH(OK)
27
SM13PITCH(OK)
H
I
J4-B23
SM13DLMT
28
SM13DLMT
H
I
J4-B11
SM11HOME
29
SM11HOME
H
I
J4-B15
SM11PITCH
30
SM11PITCH
H
I
J4-B16
SM11B
31
SM11B
H
I
J4-B17
SM11F
32
SM11F
H
I
J4-E1
AC1UP(HOME)
33
AC1UP(HOME)
H
I
J4-E2
AC1DOWN(MOVE)
34
AC1DOWN(MOVE) H
I
J4-E3
AC1S9
35
AC1S9
H
I
J4-E4
AC1OK
36
AC1OK
H
I
J4-E10
SENS1
37
SENS1
H
I
STR1A CUV
Sensor
J4-E11
SENS2
38
SENS2
H
I
STR2A CUV
Sensor
J4-E15
SENS3
39
SENS3
H
I
STR1B CUV
Sensor
J4-D1
SENS4
40
SENS4
H
I
STR2B CUV
Sensor
J4-D2
SENS5
41
SENS5
H
I
ISE Aspiration
Pump Mag Valve
FB Sig.
J4-D3
SENS6
42
SENS6
H
I
DIW Valve2 (R
Outer) FB Sig.
J4-D4
SENS7
43
SENS7
H
I
DIW Valve1 (S
Outer) FB Sig.
J4-D5
SENS8
44
SENS8
H
I
DIW Valve2 (R
Outer) FB Sig.
J4-D6
SENS9
45
SENS9
H
I
DIW Valve4 (Water
Bath Supply) FB
Sig.
J4-D7
SENS10
46
SENS10
H
I
DIW Valve 5
(Pressurized Water
Control) FB Sig.
J4-D8
SENS11
47
SENS11
H
I
Cell Wash Water
Mag Valve FB Sig.
J4-D9
SENS12
48
SENS12
H
I
ALK&ACID
Detergent Mag
Valve1 FB Sig.
J4-D10
SENS13
49
SENS13
H
I
ALK&ACID
Detergent Mag
Valve2 FB Sig.
J4-D11
SENS14
50
SENS14
H
I
Cell Dryer Vacuum
Pump Mag Valve
FB Sig.
J4-D15
SENS15
51
SENS15
H
I
Sampling Pump A
Mag Valve FB Sig.
J4-C1
SENS16
52
SENS16
H
I
Reagent Pump 1A
Mag Valve FB Sig.
J4-C2
SENS17
53
SENS17
H
I
Reagent Pump 2A
Mag Valve FB Sig.
J4-C3
SENS18
54
SENS18
H
I
Sampling Pump B
Mag Valve FB Sig.
J4-C4
SENS19
55
SENS19
H
I
Reagent Pump 1B
Spare Motor
Probe Wash Pump
(Inner Wall) B
(C16000 only)
Mag Valve FB Sig.
J4-C5
SENS20
56
SENS20
H
I
Reagent Pump 2B
Mag Valve FB Sig.
J4-C6
SENS21
57
SENS21
H
I
Buzzer FB Sig.
J4-C7
SENS22
58
SENS22
H
I
IREFCUP Sensor
FB Sig.
J4-C8
SENS23
59
SENS23
H
I
Spare Mag Valve
FB Sig.
J5-D15
FB12VGND
60
FB12VGND
L
I
FB12V GND
J5-C9
SENS24
61
SENS24
L
I
LCW Vacuum
Pump AB FB Sig.
J5-C10
SENS25
62
SENS25
L
I
LCW Vacuum
Pump AB FB Sig.
J5-C11
SENS26
63
SENS26
L
I
DIW Supply Pump
1 (Water Bath) FB
Sig.
J5-C12
SENS27
64
SENS27
L
I
DIW Supply Pump
2 (Outer Wall
Wash Pump) FB
Sig.
J5-C13
SENS28
65
SENS28
L
I
Freezer Power
Control Relay FB
Sig.
J5-C14
SENS29
66
SENS29
L
I
AC Spare
(ON/OFF) FB Sig.
J5-A19
VCC(LVL1)
67
VCC(LVL1)
I
J5-A20
LVL1
68
LVL1
R1B Level Sensor
(C16000 only)
J5-A21
VCC(LVL1OK)
69
VCC(LVL1OK)
J5-A22
LVL1OK
70
LVL1OK
J5-C21
VCC(AUTO0_1)
71
VCC(AUTO0_1)
J5-C22
AUTO0_1
72
AUTO0_1
J5-B19
VCC(LVL2)
73
VCC(LVL2)
J5-B20
LVL2
74
LVL2
J5-B21
VCC(LVL2OK)
75
VCC(LVL2OK)
J5-B22
LVL2OK
76
LVL2OK
J5-C19
VCC(AUTO0_2)
77
VCC(AUTO0_2)
J5-C20
AUTO0_2
78
AUTO0_2
L
J5-D16
DC30(TRIG1)
79
DC30(TRIG1)
L
O
BCR1 (RS232C-1)
J5-D17
DTR1
80
DTR1
J5-D18
DSR1
81
DSR1
J5-D19
CTS1
82
CTS1
J5-D20
RTS1
83
RTS1
J5-D21
RXD1
84
RXD1
J5-D22
TXD1
85
TXD1
J5-E16
DC31(TRIG2)
86
DC31(TRIG2)
L
O
BCR2 (RS232C-1)
J5-E17
DTR2
87
DTR2
J5-E18
DSR2
88
DSR2
J5-E19
CTS2
89
CTS2
J5-E20
RTS2
90
RTS2
H
I
I
H
I
L
I
H
I
R2B Level Sensor
(C16000 only)
I
H
I
J5-E21
RXD2
91
RXD2
J5-E22
TXD2
92
TXD2
93
94
95
96
GND
O
97
GND
O
98
GND
O
99
GND
O
100
GND
O
CNN9
SLOT
SLOT4
(SMC)
(To CNN Board CNN3)
Pin No
Pin NO.
Signal Name
Active
I/O
Note
J4-C1
IAAHOME
1
IAAHOME
H
I
ISE Arm Rotate
Motor
J4-D1
IAEHOME
2
IAEHOME
H
I
J4-A2
IAEM1R
3
IAEM1R
H
I
ISE Arm Up/Down
Motor
J4-B2
STA1HOME
4
STA1HOME
H
I
Stirrer 1A
Horizontal Motor
J4-C2
STA2HOME
5
STA2HOME
H
I
Stirrer 2A
Horizontal Motor
J4-C5
SPHOME
6
SPHOME
H
I
J4-D5
SPM1R
7
SPM1R
H
I
Sampling Pump A
Up/Down Motor
J4-A6
SPDLMT
8
SPDLMT
H
I
J4-B6
R1PHOME
9
R1PHOME
H
I
J4-C6
R1PM1R
10
R1PM1R
H
I
J4-D6
R1PDLMT
11
R1PDLMT
H
I
J4-A7
R2PHOME
12
R2PHOME
H
I
J4-B7
R2PM1R
13
R2PM1R
H
I
J4-C7
R2PDLMT
14
R2PDLMT
H
I
J4-D7
R1AAHOME
15
R1AAHOME
H
I
J4-A8
R1AAM1R
16
R1AAM1R
H
I
J4-B8
R1AEHOME
17
R1AEHOME
H
I
J4-C8
R1AEM1R
18
R1AEM1R
H
I
J4-D8
R1ACLASH
19
R1ACLASH
H
I
J4-A9
R2AAHOME
20
R2AAHOME
H
I
J4-B9
R2AAM1R
21
R2AAM1R
H
I
J4-C9
R2AEHOME
22
R2AEHOME
H
I
J4-D9
R2AEM1R
23
R2AEM1R
H
I
J4-A10
R2ACLASH
24
R2ACLASH
H
I
J4-B10
ISIHOME
25
ISIHOME
H
I
J4-C10
ISIPITCH
26
ISIPITCH
H
I
J4-E4
ISIPOS
27
ISIPOS
H
I
J4-D10
ISOHOME
28
ISOHOME
H
I
J4-A11
ISOPITCH
29
ISOPITCH
H
I
R1 Pump A
Up/Down Motor
R2 Pump A
Up/Down Motor
R1 Arm A Rotate
Motor
R1 Arm A
Up/Down Motor
R2 Arm A Rotate
Motor
R2 Arm A
Up/Down Motor
LSH Rotate Disk
Motor
HCW Pump A
Motor
J4-E5
ISOPOS
30
ISOPOS
H
I
J4-B11
AHOME
31
AHOME
H
I
J4-C11
AM1R
32
AM1R
H
I
J4-A1
RUHOME
33
RUHOME
H
I
J4-B1
RUM1R
34
RUM1R
H
I
J4-D2
R1CIHOME
35
R1CIHOME
H
I
J4-A3
R1CIPITCH
36
R1CIPITCH
H
I
J4-E1
R1CIPOS
37
R1CIPOS
H
I
J4-B3
R1COHOME
38
R1COHOME
H
I
J4-C3
R1COPITCH
39
R1COPITCH
H
I
J4-E2
R1COPOS
40
R1COPOS
H
I
J4-D3
R2CHOME
41
R2CHOME
H
I
J4-A4
R2CPITCH
42
R2CPITCH
H
I
J4-E3
R2CPOS
43
R2CPOS
H
I
J4-B4
SAAHOME
44
SAAHOME
H
I
J4-C4
SAAM1R
45
SAAM1R
H
I
J4-D4
SAEHOME
46
SAEHOME
H
I
J4-A5
SAEM1R
47
SAEM1R
H
I
J4-B5
SACLASH
48
SACLASH
H
I
J5-A19
VCC(SALVL)
49
VCC(SALVL)
J5-A20
SALVL
50
SALVL
J5-A21
VCC(SALVLOK)
51
VCC(SALVLOK)
J5-A22
SALVLOK
52
SALVLOK
J5-B19
VCC
(SAAUTOZERO)
53
VCC
(SAAUTOZERO)
J5-B20
SAAUTOZERO
54
SAAUTOZERO
J5-B21
VCC(R1ALVL)
55
VCC(R1ALVL)
J5-B22
R1ALVL
56
R1ALVL
J5-C19
VCC(R1ALVLOK)
57
VCC
(R1ALVLOK)
J5-C20
R1ALVLOK
58
R1ALVLOK
J5-C21
VCC
(R1AAUTOZERO)
59
VCC
(R1AAUTOZERO)
J5-C22
R1AAUTOZERO
60
R1AAUTOZERO
J5-D19
VCC(R2ALVL)
61
VCC(R2ALVL)
J5-D20
R2ALVL
62
R2ALVL
J5-D21
VCC(R2ALVLOK)
63
VCC(R2ALVLOK)
J5-D22
R2ALVLOK
64
R2ALVLOK
J5-E19
VCC
(R2AAUTOZERO)
65
VCC
(R2AAUTOZERO)
J5-E20
R2AAUTOZERO
66
R2AAUTOZERO
J4-E7
SALVLGU
67
SALVLGU
J4-E6
SALVLGUV(+5V)
68
SALVLGUV(+5V)
69
70
71
I
H
I
Spare
Cuvette Rotate
Disk Motor
R1 Inner Rotate
Disk Motor
R1 Outer Rotate
Disk Motor
R2 Inner Rotate
Disk Motor
Sampling Arm
Rotate Motor
Sampling Arm
Up/Down Motor
Sample Level
Sensor
I
H
I
O
L
O
I
H
R1 Level Sensor
I
I
H
I
O
L
O
I
H
I
I
H
I
O
L
L
O
R2 Level Sensor
72
73
74
75
76
GND
O
GND
77
GND
O
GND
78
GND
O
GND
79
GND
O
GND
80
GND
O
GND
CNN10
SLOT
SLOT3
(PM2)
(To CNN Board CNN25)
Pin No
Pin NO.
Signal Name
Active
I/O
Note
J5-C18
SASEN1_POS
1
SASEN1_POS
I
Sample Probe
Sensor output (+)
J5-C17
SASEN1_NEG
2
SASEN1_NEG
I
Sample Probe
Sensor output (-)
J5-A2
R1ASEN_POS
3
R1ASEN_POS
I
Reagent 1a
Pressure Sensor
output (+)
J5-A1
R1ASEN_NEG
4
R1ASEN_NEG
I
Reagent 1a
Pressure Sensor
output (-)
J5-A4
R2ASEN_POS
5
R2ASEN_POS
I
Reagent 2a
Pressure Sensor
output (+)
J5-A3
R2ASEN_NEG
6
R2ASEN_NEG
I
Reagent 2a
Pressure Sensor
output (-)
J5-D18
SASEN2_POS
7
SASEN2_POS
I
2nd Sample
Probe Sensor
output (+)
J5-D17
SASEN2_NEG
8
SASEN2_NEG
I
2nd Sample
Probe Sensor
output (-)
J5-A6
R1BSEN_POS
9
R1BSEN_POS
I
Reagent 1b
Pressure Sensor
output (+)
J5-A5
R1BSEN_NEG
10
R1BSEN_NEG
I
Reagent 1b
Pressure Sensor
output (-)
J5-A8
R2BSEN_POS
11
R2BSEN_POS
I
Reagent 2b
Pressure Sensor
output (+)
J5-A7
R2BSEN_NEG
12
R2BSEN_NEG
I
Reagent 2b
Pressure Sensor
output (-)
J5-C2
R1AWCSEN_POS
13
R1AWCSEN_POS
I
Reagent 1a Wash
cup sensor output
(+)
J5-C1
R1AWCSEN_NEG
14
R1AWCSEN_NEG
I
Reagent 1a Wash
cup sensor output
(-)
J5-C4
R2AWCSEN_POS
15
R2AWCSEN_POS
I
Reagent 2a Wash
cup sensor output
(+)
J5-C3
R2AWCSEN_NEG
16
R2AWCSEN_NEG
I
Reagent 2a Wash
cup sensor output
(-)
J5-C6
R1BWCSEN_POS
17
R1BWCSEN_POS
I
Reagent 1b Wash
cup sensor output
(+)
J5-C5
R1BWCSEN_NEG
18
R1BWCSEN_NEG
I
Reagent 1b Wash
cup sensor output
(-)
J5-C8
R2BWCSEN_POS
19
R2BWCSEN_POS
I
Reagent 2b Wash
cup sensor output
(+)
J5-C7
R2BWCSEN_NEG
20
R2BWCSEN_NEG
I
Reagent 2b Wash
cup sensor output
(-)
J5-C10
SAWCSEN1_POS
21
SAWCSEN1_POS
I
Sample Probe
Wash cup sensor
1 output (+)
J5-C9
SAWCSEN1_NEG
22
SAWCSEN1_NEG
I
Sample Probe
Wash cup sensor
1 output (-)
J5-C12
SAWCSEN2_POS
23
SAWCSEN2_POS
I
Sample Probe
Wash cup sensor
2 output (+)
J5-C11
SAWCSEN2_NEG
24
SAWCSEN2_NEG
I
Sample Probe
Wash cup sensor
2 output (-)
25
AUXSENS1_POS
I
Aux1 Wash cup
sensor output (+)
26
AUXSENS1_NEG
I
Aux1 Wash cup
sensor output (-)
27
AUXSENS2_POS
I
Aux2 Wash cup
sensor output (+)
28
AUXSENS2_NEG
I
Aux2 Wash cup
sensor output (-)
29
AUXSENS3_POS
I
Aux2 Wash cup
sensor output (+)
30
AUXSENS3_NEG
I
Aux2 Wash cup
sensor output (-)
31
AUXSENS4_POS
I
Aux2 Wash cup
sensor output (+)
32
AUXSENS4_NEG
I
Aux2 Wash cup
sensor output (-)
Signal
Definition
Only / Non
Connection
J5-E22
SLLS
33
SLLS
I
Sample LLS
signal A4 on the
c8000 LLS PCB
J5-E21
SLLSG
34
SLLSG
I
Sample LLS
signal ground, AG
on the c8000 LLS
PCB
J5-E16
SACLASH
35
SACLASH
I
Sample Probe
Crash Sensor
output signal
36
+12V
O
37
+12V
O
38
+12V
O
39
+12V
O
40
+12V
O
41
-12V
O
42
-12V
O
43
-12V
O
44
-12V
O
45
-12V
O
46
±12VGND
O
47
±12VGND
O
48
±12VGND
O
49
±12VGND
O
50
±12VGND
O
CNN11
SLOT
SLOT2
(PM1)
(To CNN Board CNN22)
Pin No
Pin NO.
Signal Name
Active
I/O
Note
J5-C18
SASEN1_POS
1
SASEN1_POS
I
Sample Probe
Sensor output (+)
J5-C17
SASEN1_NEG
2
SASEN1_NEG
I
Sample Probe
Sensor output (-)
J5-A2
R1ASEN_POS
3
R1ASEN_POS
I
Reagent 1a
Pressure Sensor
output (+)
J5-A1
R1ASEN_NEG
4
R1ASEN_NEG
I
Reagent 1a
Pressure Sensor
output (-)
J5-A4
R2ASEN_POS
5
R2ASEN_POS
I
Reagent 2a
Pressure Sensor
output (+)
J5-A3
R2ASEN_NEG
6
R2ASEN_NEG
I
Reagent 2a
Pressure Sensor
output (-)
J5-D18
SASEN2_POS
7
SASEN2_POS
I
2nd Sample
Probe Sensor
output (+)
J5-D17
SASEN2_NEG
8
SASEN2_NEG
I
2nd Sample
Probe Sensor
output (-)
J5-A6
R1BSEN_POS
9
R1BSEN_POS
I
Reagent 1b
Pressure Sensor
output (+)
J5-A5
R1BSEN_NEG
10
R1BSEN_NEG
I
Reagent 1b
Pressure Sensor
output (-)
J5-A8
R2BSEN_POS
11
R2BSEN_POS
I
Reagent 2b
Pressure Sensor
output (+)
J5-A7
R2BSEN_NEG
12
R2BSEN_NEG
I
Reagent 2b
Pressure Sensor
output (-)
J5-C2
R1AWCSEN_POS
13
R1AWCSEN_POS
I
Reagent 1a Wash
cup sensor output
(+)
J5-C1
R1AWCSEN_NEG
14
R1AWCSEN_NEG
I
Reagent 1a Wash
cup sensor output
(-)
J5-C4
R2AWCSEN_POS
15
R2AWCSEN_POS
I
Reagent 2a Wash
cup sensor output
(+)
J5-C3
R2AWCSEN_NEG
16
R2AWCSEN_NEG
I
Reagent 2a Wash
cup sensor output
(-)
J5-C6
R1BWCSEN_POS
17
R1BWCSEN_POS
I
Reagent 1b Wash
cup sensor output
(+)
J5-C5
R1BWCSEN_NEG
18
R1BWCSEN_NEG
I
Reagent 1b Wash
cup sensor output
(-)
J5-C8
R2BWCSEN_POS
19
R2BWCSEN_POS
I
Reagent 2b Wash
cup sensor output
(+)
J5-C7
R2BWCSEN_NEG
20
R2BWCSEN_NEG
I
Reagent 2b Wash
cup sensor output
(-)
J5-C10
SAWCSEN1_POS
21
SAWCSEN1_POS
I
Sample Probe
Wash cup sensor
1 output (+)
J5-C9
SAWCSEN1_NEG
22
SAWCSEN1_NEG
I
Sample Probe
Wash cup sensor
1 output (-)
J5-C12
SAWCSEN2_POS
23
SAWCSEN2_POS
I
Sample Probe
Wash cup sensor
2 output (+)
J5-C11
SAWCSEN2_NEG
24
SAWCSEN2_NEG
I
Sample Probe
Wash cup sensor
2 output (-)
25
AUXSENS1_POS
I
Aux1 Wash cup
sensor output (+)
26
AUXSENS1_NEG
I
Aux1 Wash cup
sensor output (-)
27
AUXSENS2_POS
I
Aux2 Wash cup
sensor output (+)
28
AUXSENS2_NEG
I
Aux2 Wash cup
sensor output (-)
29
AUXSENS3_POS
I
Aux2 Wash cup
sensor output (+)
30
AUXSENS3_NEG
I
Aux2 Wash cup
sensor output (-)
31
AUXSENS4_POS
I
Aux2 Wash cup
sensor output (+)
32
AUXSENS4_NEG
I
Aux2 Wash cup
sensor output (-)
33
SLLS
I
Sample LLS
signal A4 on the
c8000 LLS PCB
Signal
Definition
Only / Non
Connection
J5-E22
SLLS
J5-E21
SLLSG
34
SLLSG
I
Sample LLS
signal ground, AG
on the c8000 LLS
PCB
J5-E16
SACLASH
35
SACLASH
I
Sample Probe
Crash Sensor
output signal
36
+12V
O
37
+12V
O
38
+12V
O
39
+12V
O
40
+12V
O
41
-12V
O
42
-12V
O
43
-12V
O
44
-12V
O
45
-12V
O
46
±12VGND
O
47
±12VGND
O
48
±12VGND
O
49
±12VGND
O
50
±12VGND
O
CNN12
SLOT
SLOT1
(DAQ)
(To CNN Board CNN20, 21, 22)
Pin No
Pin NO.
Signal Name
J5-E1
TXD0
1
TXD0
J5-E2
RXD0
2
RXD0
J5-D1
RTS0
3
RTS0
J5-D2
CTS0
4
CTS0
J5-E3
TRIGGER0
5
TRIGGER0
J5-E4
TXD1
6
TXD1
J5-E5
RXD1
7
RXD1
J5-D4
RTS1
8
RTS1
J5-D5
CTS1
9
CTS1
J5-D3
TRIGGER1
10
TRIGGER1
J5-E6
TXD2
11
TXD2
J5-E7
RXD2
12
RXD2
J5-D6
RTS2
13
RTS2
J5-D7
CTS2
14
CTS2
J5-E8
TRIGGER2
15
TRIGGER2
J5-E9
TXD3
16
TXD3
J5-E10
RXD3
17
RXD3
J5-D9
RTS3
18
RTS3
J5-D10
CTS3
19
CTS3
J5-D8
TRIGGER3
20
TRIGGER3
Active
I/O
H
I
L
O
Note
ISH BCR1
ISH BCR2
L
O
R1CR
L
O
R2CR
L
O
J5-A1
TXD4
21
TXD4
J5-A2
RXD4
22
RXD4
J5-B1
RTS4
23
RTS4
J5-B2
CTS4
24
CTS4
J5-A3
TRIGGER4
25
TRIGGER4
J5-A4
CD5
26
CD5
J5-A6
RXD5
27
RXD5
J5-A5
TXD5
28
TXD5
J5-B7
DTR5
29
DTR5
J5-A7
DSR5
30
DSR5
J5-B5
RTS5
31
RTS5
J5-B6
CTS5
32
CTS5
J5-B4
CI5
33
CI5
34
GND
O
35
GND
O
J5-A10
SHUTTER ON
36
SHUTTER ON
J5-A9
LEDVCC
37
J5-B9
OPT TRIGGER
L
O
CLI
O
Shutter On Signal
LEDVCC
O
LED Vcc
38
GND
O
LED Vcc GND
39
OPT TRIGGER
O
Optical Trigger
40
GND
CNN14
SLOT
LUI
L
H
O
(To CNN Board CNN20) (Not Used)
Pin No
Pin NO.
Signal Name
Active
I/O
Note
SLOT5
J5-E6
DC4
1
DC4
L
O
LED1-G
(SM_AC/DC)
J5-E7
DC5
2
DC5
L
O
LED1-O
J5-E8
DC6
3
DC6
L
O
LED2-G
J5-E9
DC7
4
DC7
L
O
LED2-O
J5-E10
DC8
5
DC8
L
O
LED3-G
J5-E11
DC9
6
DC9
L
O
LED3-O
J5-E12
DC10
7
DC10
L
O
LED4-G
J5-E13
DC11
8
DC11
L
O
LED4-O
J5-E14
DC12
9
DC12
L
O
LED5-G
J5-E15
DC13
10
DC13
L
O
LED5-O
J4-D16
DC14
11
DC14
L
O
LED6-G
J4-D17
DC15
12
DC15
L
O
LED6-O
J4-D18
DC16
13
DC16
L
O
LED7-G
J4-D19
DC17
14
DC17
L
O
LED7-O
J4-D20
DC18
15
DC18
L
O
LED8-G
J4-D21
DC19
16
DC19
L
O
LED8-O
J4-D22
DC20
17
DC20
L
O
PULL-LED-G
J4-D23
DC21
18
DC21
L
O
PULL-LED-O
J4-D24
DC22
19
DC22
L
O
RUN-LED
J4-D25
DC23
20
DC23
L
O
STAD-LED
J5-D3
DC24
21
DC24
L
O
RERUN-LED
J5-D4
DC25
22
DC25
L
O
STAD-LED-G
J5-D5
DC26
23
DC26
L
O
STAD-LED-O
J5-D6
DC27
24
DC27
L
O
DISK-LED-G
J5-D7
DC28
25
DC28
L
O
DISK-LED-O
J5-D8
DC29
26
DC29
L
O
SET-LED
J5-C15
SENS30
27
SENS30
H
I
J5-C16
SENS31
28
SENS31
H
I
J5-C17
SENS32
29
SENS32
H
I
J5-C18
SENS33
30
SENS33
H
I
J5-D10
SENS34
31
SENS34
H
I
J5-D11
SENS35
32
SENS35
H
I
J5-D12
SENS36
33
SENS36
H
I
J5-D13
SENS37
34
SENS37
H
I
J5-D14
SENS38
35
SENS38
H
I
J4-E5
SENS39
36
SENS39
H
I
J4-E6
SENS40
37
SENS40
H
I
J4-E7
SENS41
38
SENS41
H
I
J4-E8
SENS42
39
SENS42
H
I
J4-E9
SENS43
40
SENS43
H
I
J4-E22
SENS44
41
SENS44
H
I
J4-E23
SENS45
42
SENS45
H
I
J4-E24
SENS46
43
SENS46
H
I
J4-E25
SENS47
44
SENS47
H
I
J5-E1
SENS48
45
SENS48
H
I
J5-E2
SENS49
46
SENS49
H
I
47
GND
O
48
GND
O
49
GND
O
50
GND
O
CNN15 Power Monitor
Pin NO.
Signal Name
Code
1
+24V Monitor
+24V
2
+24V GND
+24V GND
3
+12V Monitor
S+12V
4
+12V GND
S+12V GND
5
+11.5V Monitor
+11.5V
+11.5V Monitor
+11.5V GND
CNN 16 Fan
Pin NO.
1
2
Signal Name
+12V Monitor
Code
S+12V
3
+12V Monitor
S+12V GND
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064. All rights
reserved.
MECH LED
The MECH LED board indicates sensor signal status for AC/DC, SMC and SM_AC/DC board input signals. The board is connected by three
(3) cables to the AC/DC, SMC and SM_AC/DC Controller boards.
MECH LED Board Reference
LED No
Board Artwork
Function
1-1
RUHOME
Reaction Carousel HOME sensor
2
RUMIR
Reaction Carousel PITCH sensor
3
IAAHOME
ICT rotational HOME
4
IAEHOME
ICT Elevator HOME sensor
5
IAE MIR
ICT Elevator PITCH sensor
6
STA1HOME
Mixer 1 rotational HOME sensor
7
STA2HOME
Mixer 2 rotational HOME sensor
8
R1CIHOME
Reagent Supply Center 1 Inner Carousel HOME
9
R1CIPITCH
Reagent Supply Center1 Inner Carousel PITCH
10
R1COHOME
Reagent Supply Center 1 Outer carousel HOME
LED No
Board Artwork
Function
2-1
R1COPITCH
Reagent Supply Center 1 Outer Carousel PITCH sensor
2
R2CHOME
Reagent Supply Center 2 Carousel HOME sensor
3
R2CPITCH
Reagent Supply Center 2 Carousel PITCH sensor
4
SAAHOME
Sample Pipettor rotational HOME sensor
5
SAAMIR
Sample Pipettor rotational PITCH sensor
6
SAEHOME
Sample Pipettor elevator HOME sensor
7
SAEMIR
Sample Pipettor elevator PITCH sensor
8
SACLASH
Sample Pipettor CRASH sensor
9
SPHOME
Sample Syringe Drive HOME sensor
10
SPMIR
Sample Syringe Drive PITCH sensor
LED No
Board Artwork
Function
3-1
SPDLMT
Sample Syringe Drive DOWN LIMIT sensor
2
R1PHOME
Reagent 1 Syringe Drive HOME sensor
3
R1PMIR
Reagent 1 Syringe Drive PITCH sensor
4
R1PDLMT
Reagent 1 Syringe Drive DOWN LIMIT sensor
5
R2PHOME
Reagent 2 Syringe Drive HOME sensor
6
R2PMIR
Reagent 2 Syringe Drive PITCH sensor
7
R2PDLMT
Reagent 2 Syringe Drive DOWN LIMIT sensor
8
R1AAHOME
Reagent Pipettor 1 rotational HOME sensor
9
R1AAMIR
Reagent Pipettor 1 rotational PITCH sensor
10
R1AEHOME
Reagent Pipettor 1 Elevator HOME sensor
LED No
Board Artwork
Function
4-1
R1AEMIR
Reagent Pipettor 1 Elevator PITCH sensor
2
R1ACLASH
Reagent Pipettor 1 CRASH sensor
3
R2AAHOME
Reagent Pipettor 2 rotational HOME sensor
4
R2AAMIR
Reagent Pipettor 2 rotational PITCH sensor
5
R2AEHOME
Reagent Pipettor 2 Elevator HOME sensor
6
R2AEMIR
Reagent Pipettor 2 PITCH sensor
7
R2ACLASH
Reagent Pipettor 2 CRASH sensor
8
ISIHOME
Sample Carousel HOME sensor
9
ISIPITCH
Sample Carousel PITCH sensor
10
ISOHOME
Inner Sampler Outer Home
LED No
Board Artwork
Function
5-1
ISOPITCH
Inner Sample Outer 1 Pitch
2
AHOME
Auxiliary Stepping Motor Home
3
AMIR
Auxiliary Stepping Motor 1 Round
4
SALVL
Sample Pipettor Liquid Level Sensor
5
R1ALVL
Reagent Pipettor 1 Liquid Level Sensor
6
R2ALVL
Reagent Pipettor 2 Liquid Level Sensor
7
S
Sample Pipettor Air Aspiration
8
9
10
LED No
6-1
Board Artwork
WSUP
Function
Cuvette Wash Station UP sensor
2
WSDOWN
Cuvette Wash Station DOWN sensor
3
WSDOWNOK
Cuvette Wash Station DOWN-OK sensor
4
STEUP
Mixer Elevator UP sensor
5
STEDOWN
Mixer Elevator DOWN sensor
6
STEDOK
Mixer Elevator DOWN-OK sensor
7
DPUP
Wash Solution Pump UP sensor
8
DPDOWN
Wash Solution Pump DOWN sensor
9
CWPUP
Cuvette Wash UP sensor
10
CWPDOWN
Cuvette Wash DOWN sensor
LED No
Board Artwork
Function
7-1
PWPUP
Inner Probe Wash Pump UP sensor
2
PWPDOWN
Inner Probe Wash Pump DOWN sensor
3
TWPUP
H.C. Waste Pump UP sensor
4
TWPDOWN
H.C. Waste Pump DOWN sensor
5
ISPUP
ICT Aspiration Pump UP sensor
6
ISPDOWN
ICT Aspiration Pump DOWN sensor
7
IMPUP
ICT Reference Solution Pump UP sensor
8
AC1UP
Auxiliary UP Sensor
9
AC1DOWN
Auxiliary DOWN Sensor
10
AC1OK
Auxiliary OK Sensor
LED No
Board Artwork
Function
8-1
AC2UP
Auxiliary AC Motor 2 UP Sensor
2
AC2DOWN
Auxiliary AC Motor 2 DOWN Sensor
3
AUXMUP
Auxiliary DC Motor UP Sensor
4
AUXMDOWN
Auxiliary DC Motor DOWN Sensor
5
BATHLVL
Water Bath Float Switch OK
6
R1CCVROK
Reagent Supply Center 1 Cover Sensor
7
R2CCVROK
Reagent Supply Center 2 Cover Sensor (c4000 front cover sensor)
8
FFS1
Drain Tank L Float Switch
9
FFS2
Open Water Tank Upper Limit Float Switch
10
FFS3
Open Water Tank Level HIGH Float Switch
LED No
Board Artwork
Function
9-1
FFS4
Open Water Tank Level LOW Float Switch
2
FFS5
Auxiliary Float Switch
3
ISCVROK
Sample Carousel Cover Sensor (c4000 rear cover sensor)
4
DTF
L.C. Waste Tank Level HIGH Float Switch
5
DALARM
Degasser Vacuum Tank Abnormal Sensor Alarm
6
ISSW
Inner Sampler Switch ON
7
ESMCC
Empty Sensor MCC Warning
Bulk Solution LOW Sensor, ICT Reference Solution
8
ESB14
Empty Sensor B14 Warning
Bulk Solution LOW Sensor, Alkaline
9
ESB3
Empty Sensor B3 Warning
Bulk Solution LOW Sensor, Acid
10
CUPSNSRI
Reagent Bottle Sensor
LED No
Board Artwork
Function
10-1
CUPSNSRO
Inner Sampler Cup Sensor (OUT) ON
2
AUXSW1
Sample Carousel Access Indicator Switch (Pause)
3
AUXSW2
Sample Carousel Advance Indicator Switch (Scan)
4
ESMCCSS
Empty Sensor MCCC S.S. (ICT Reference Solution Bulk Sensor Status)
5
ESB14SS
Empty Sensor B14 S.S. (Alkaline Bulk Sensor Status)
6
ESB3SS
Empty Sensor B3 S.S. (Acid Bulk Sensor Status)
LED No
Function
(C16 Instrument)
Board Artwork
11-1
SM1HOME
Stirrer 1B Horizontal Movement Home
2
SM2HOME
Stirrer 2B Horizontal Movement Home
3
SM3HOME
Reagent 2 Outer Carousel Rotation Home
4
SM3PITCH
Reagent 2 Outer Carousel Rotation Pitch
5
SM4HOME
Sampler Pump B Line Up/Down Home
6
SM4PITCH
Sampler Pump B Line Up/Down Pitch
7
SM4DLMT
Sampler Pump B Line Up/Down Limit
8
SM5HOME
Reagent 1B Pump Up/Down Home
9
SM5PITCH
Reagent 1B Pump Up/Down Pitch
10
SM5DLMT
Reagent 1B Pump Up/Down Limit
LED No
Board Artwork
Function (C16 Instrument)
12-1
SM6HOME
Reagent Pump 2B Motor Up/Down Home
2
SM6PITCH
Reagent Pump 2B Motor Up/Down Pitch
3
SM6DLMT
Reagent Pump 2B Motor Up/Down Limit
4
SM7HOME
Reagent Arm 1B Horizontal Movement Home
5
SM7PITCH
Reagent Arm 1B Horizontal Movement Pitch
6
SM8HOME
Reagent Arm 1B Vertical Movement Home
7
SM8PITCH
Reagent Arm 1B Vertical Movement Pitch
8
SM8CLASH
Reagent Arm 1B Vertical Movement Clash
9
SM9HOME
Reagent Arm 2B Horizontal Movement Home
10
SM9PITCH
Reagent Arm 2B Horizontal Movement Pitch
LED No
Function
(C16 Instrument)
Board Artwork
13-1
SM10HOME
Reagent Arm 2B Vertical Movement Home
2
SM10PITCH
Reagent Arm 2B Vertical Movement Pitch
3
SM10CLASH
Reagent Arm 2B Vertical Movement Clash
4
SM11HOME
Not Used on C16000
5
SM11PITCH
Not Used on C16000
6
SM11B
Not Used on C16000
7
SM11F
Not Used on C16000
8
SM12HOME
High Concentration Waste Pump, Line B Home
9
SM12PITCH(OK)
High Concentration Waste Pump, Line B Pitch (OK)
10
SM13HOME
Sample Pump A Up/Down Motor Home
LED No
Board Artwork
Function
14-1
SM13PITCH(OK)
Sample Pump A Up/Down Motor Pitch (OK)
2
SM13DLMT
Sample Pump A Up/Down Motor DLMT
3
AC1UP(HOME)
Probe Wash Pump Line B Home
4
AC1DOWN(MOVE)
Probe Wash Pump Line B Move
5
AC1S9
Probe Wash Pump Line B Sensor3
6
AC1OK
Probe Wash Pump Line B Sensor4
7
SENS1
Stirrer 1A Cuvette
8
SENS2
Stirrer 2A Cuvette
9
SENS3
Stirrer 1B Cuvette
10
SENS4
Stirrer 2B Cuvette
LED No
Board Artwork
Function
15-1
SENS5
IAVP-FB ISE Aspiration Pump Valve
2
SENS6
ESPV-FB External Sampling Probe Valve
3
SENS7
ERPV-FB External Reagent Probe Valve
4
SENS8
SWV-FB Stirrer Wash Valve
5
SENS9
WBSV-FB Water Bath Supply Pump Valve
6
SENS10
PWV-FB Pressure Water Valve
7
SENS11
CWV-FB Cuvette Wash Valve
8
SENS12
DTG1V-FB Detergent Switching Valve
9
SENS13
DTG2V-FB Detergent Backflow Prevention
10
SENS14
CDV-FB Cell Dryer Vacuum Pump Valve
LED No
Board Artwork
Function
16-1
SENS15
ISPV-FB Internal Sampling Pump Value
2
SENS16
IR1PV-FB Internal Reagent 1 Probe Value
3
SENS17
IR2PV-FB Internal Reagent 2 Probe Pump
4
SENS18
ISPBV-FB Internal Sampling Line B Valve
5
SENS19
IR1BPV-FB Internal Reagent 1B Probe Valve
6
SENS20
IR2BPV-FB Internal Reagent 2B Probe Valve
7
SENS21
Buzzer-FB
8
SENS22
IREFCUP-FB IREF Cup Sensor
9
SENS23
AUXDC1-FB Spare
10
SENS24
VP2-FB Vacuum Pump 2 Aspirate
LED No
Board Artwork
Function
17-1
SENS25
VP1-FB Vacuum Pump 1 Dry Cuvette
2
SENS26
TWMP-FB DI Water Supply Pump 1
3
SENS27
WPMP-FP Wash Pools Magnet Pump
4
SENS28
MC-FB Freezer Power Control Relay
5
SENS29
AUXAC3-ON-FB
6
SENS30
AUXSENS1
7
SENS31
AUXSENS2
8
SENS32
AUXSENS3
9
SENS33
AUXSENS4
10
SENS34
AUXSENS5
LED No
Board Artwork
Function
18-1
SENS35
AUXSENS6
2
SENS36
AUXSENS7
3
SENS37
AUXSENS8
4
SENS38
AUXSENS9
5
SENS39
AUXSENS10
6
SENS40
AUXSENS11
7
SENS41
AUXSENS12
8
SENS42
AUXSENS13
9
SENS43
AUXSENS14
10
SENS44
AUXSENS15
LED No
Board Artwork
Function
19-1
SENS45
AUXSENS16
2
SENS46
AUXSENS17
3
SENS47
AUXSENS18
4
SENS48
AUXSENS19
5
SENS49
AUXSENS20
6
----------
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-112) • © 2009, 2011 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
New Style MECH LED
The New Style MECH LED board indicates sensor signal status for AC/DC, SMC and SM_AC/DC board input signals. The board is connected by three (3) cables to the AC/DC, SMC and SM_AC/DC Controller boards.
MECH LED Board Reference
LED No
Board Artwork
Function
D1
RUHOME
Reaction Carousel HOME sensor
D2
RUMIR
Reaction Carousel PITCH sensor
D3
IAAHOME
ICT rotational HOME
D4
IAEHOME
ICT Elevator HOME sensor
D5
IAE MIR
ICT Elevator PITCH sensor
D6
STA1HOME
Mixer 1 rotational HOME sensor
D7
STA2HOME
Mixer 2 rotational HOME sensor
D8
R1CIHOME
Reagent Supply Center 1 Inner Carousel HOME
D9
R1CIPITCH
Reagent Supply Center1 Inner Carousel PITCH
D10
R1COHOME
Reagent Supply Center 1 Outer carousel HOME
D11
R1COPITCH
Reagent Supply Center 1 Outer Carousel PITCH sensor
D12
R2CHOME
Reagent Supply Center 2 Carousel HOME sensor
D13
R2CPITCH
Reagent Supply Center 2 Carousel PITCH sensor
D14
SAAHOME
Sample Pipettor rotational HOME sensor
D15
SAAMIR
Sample Pipettor rotational PITCH sensor
D16
SAEHOME
Sample Pipettor elevator HOME sensor
D17
SAEMIR
Sample Pipettor elevator PITCH sensor
D18
SACLASH
Sample Pipettor CRASH sensor
D19
SPHOME
Sample Syringe Drive HOME sensor
D20
SPMIR
Sample Syringe Drive PITCH sensor
D21
SPDLMT
Sample Syringe Drive DOWN LIMIT sensor
D22
R1PHOME
Reagent 1 Syringe Drive HOME sensor
D23
R1PMIR
Reagent 1 Syringe Drive PITCH sensor
D24
R1PDLMT
Reagent 1 Syringe Drive DOWN LIMIT sensor
D25
R2PHOME
Reagent 2 Syringe Drive HOME sensor
D26
R2PMIR
Reagent 2 Syringe Drive PITCH sensor
D27
R2PDLMT
Reagent 2 Syringe Drive DOWN LIMIT sensor
D28
R1AAHOME
Reagent Pipettor 1 rotational HOME sensor
D29
R1AAMIR
Reagent Pipettor 1 rotational PITCH sensor
D30
R1AEHOME
Reagent Pipettor 1 Elevator HOME sensor
D31
R1AEMIR
Reagent Pipettor 1 Elevator PITCH sensor
D32
R1ACLASH
Reagent Pipettor 1 CRASH sensor
D33
R2AAHOME
Reagent Pipettor 2 rotational HOME sensor
D34
R2AAMIR
Reagent Pipettor 2 rotational PITCH sensor
D35
R2AEHOME
Reagent Pipettor 2 Elevator HOME sensor
D36
R2AEMIR
Reagent Pipettor 2 PITCH sensor
D37
R2ACLASH
Reagent Pipettor 2 CRASH sensor
D38
ISIHOME
Sample Carousel HOME sensor
D39
ISIPITCH
Sample Carousel PITCH sensor
D40
ISOHOME
Inner Sampler Outer Home
D41
ISOPITCH
Inner Sample Outer 1 Pitch
D42
AHOME
Auxiliary Stepping Motor Home
D43
AMIR
Auxiliary Stepping Motor 1 Round
D44
SALVL
Sample Pipettor Liquid Level Sensor
D45
R1ALVL
Reagent Pipettor 1 Liquid Level Sensor
D46
R2ALVL
Reagent Pipettor 2 Liquid Level Sensor
D47
S
Sample Pipettor Air Aspiration
D48
WSUP
Cuvette Wash Station UP sensor
D49
WSDOWN
Cuvette Wash Station DOWN sensor
D50
WSDOWNOK
Cuvette Wash Station DOWN-OK sensor
D51
STEUP
Mixer Elevator UP sensor
D52
STEDOWN
Mixer Elevator DOWN sensor
D53
STEDOK
Mixer Elevator DOWN-OK sensor
D54
DPUP
Wash Solution Pump UP sensor
D55
DPDOWN
Wash Solution Pump DOWN sensor
D56
CWPUP
Cuvette Wash UP sensor
D57
CWPDOWN
Cuvette Wash DOWN sensor
D58
PWPUP
Inner Probe Wash Pump UP sensor
D59
PWPDOWN
Inner Probe Wash Pump DOWN sensor
D60
TWPUP
H.C. Waste Pump UP sensor
D61
TWPDOWN
H.C. Waste Pump DOWN sensor
D62
ISPUP
ICT Aspiration Pump UP sensor
D63
ISPDOWN
ICT Aspiration Pump DOWN sensor
D64
IMPUP
ICT Reference Solution Pump UP sensor
D65
AC1UP
Auxiliary UP Sensor
D66
AC1DOWN
Auxiliary DOWN Sensor
D67
AC1OK
Auxiliary OK Sensor
D68
AC2UP
Auxiliary AC Motor 2 UP Sensor
D69
AC2DOWN
Auxiliary AC Motor 2 DOWN Sensor
D70
AUXMUP
Auxiliary DC Motor UP Sensor
D71
AUXMDOWN
Auxiliary DC Motor DOWN Sensor
D72
BATHLVL
Water Bath Float Switch OK
D73
R1CCVROK
Reagent Supply Center 1 Cover Sensor
D74
R2CCVROK
Reagent Supply Center 2 Cover Sensor (c4000 front cover sensor)
D75
FFS1
Drain Tank L Float Switch
D76
FFS2
Open Water Tank Upper Limit Float Switch
D77
FFS3
Open Water Tank Level HIGH Float Switch
D78
FFS4
Open Water Tank Level LOW Float Switch
D79
FFS5
Auxiliary Float Switch
D80
ISCVROK
Sample Carousel Cover Sensor (c4000 rear cover sensor)
D81
DTF
L.C. Waste Tank Level HIGH Float Switch
D82
DALARM
Degasser Vacuum Tank Abnormal Sensor Alarm
D83
ISSW
Inner Sampler Switch ON
D84
ESMCC
Empty Sensor MCC Warning
Bulk Solution LOW Sensor, ICT Reference Solution
D85
ESB14
Empty Sensor B14 Warning
Bulk Solution LOW Sensor, Alkaline
D86
ESB3
Empty Sensor B3 Warning
Bulk Solution LOW Sensor, Acid
D87
CUPSNSRI
Reagent Bottle Sensor
D88
CUPSNSRO
Inner Sampler Cup Sensor (OUT) ON
D89
AUXSW1
Sample Carousel Access Indicator Switch (Pause)
D90
AUXSW2
Sample Carousel Advance Indicator Switch (Scan)
D91
ESMCCSS
Empty Sensor MCCC S.S. (ICT Reference Solution Bulk Sensor Status)
D92
ESB14SS
Empty Sensor B14 S.S. (Alkaline Bulk Sensor Status)
D93
ESB3SS
Empty Sensor B3 S.S. (Acid Bulk Sensor Status)
D94
SM1HOME
Stirrer 1B Horizontal Movement Home
D95
SM2HOME
Stirrer 2B Horizontal Movement Home
D96
SM3HOME
Reagent 2 Outer Carousel Rotation Home
D97
SM3PITCH
Reagent 2 Outer Carousel Rotation Pitch
D98
SM4HOME
Sampler Pump B Line Up/Down Home
D99
SM4PITCH
Sampler Pump B Line Up/Down Pitch
D100
SM4DLMT
Sampler Pump B Line Up/Down Limit
D101
SM5HOME
Reagent 1B Pump Up/Down Home
D102
SM5PITCH
Reagent 1B Pump Up/Down Pitch
D103
SM5DLMT
Reagent 1B Pump Up/Down Limit
D104
SM6HOME
Reagent Pump 2B Motor Up/Down Home
D105
SM6PITCH
Reagent Pump 2B Motor Up/Down Pitch
D106
SM6DLMT
Reagent Pump 2B Motor Up/Down Limit
D107
SM7HOME
Reagent Arm 1B Horizontal Movement Home
D108
SM7PITCH
Reagent Arm 1B Horizontal Movement Pitch
D109
SM8HOME
Reagent Arm 1B Vertical Movement Home
D110
SM8PITCH
Reagent Arm 1B Vertical Movement Pitch
D111
SM8CLASH
Reagent Arm 1B Vertical Movement Clash
D112
SM9HOME
Reagent Arm 2B Horizontal Movement Home
D113
SM9PITCH
Reagent Arm 2B Horizontal Movement Pitch
D114
SM10HOME
Reagent Arm 2B Vertical Movement Home
D115
SM10PITCH
Reagent Arm 2B Vertical Movement Pitch
D116
SM10CLASH
Reagent Arm 2B Vertical Movement Clash
D117
SM11HOME
Not Used on C16000
D118
SM11PITCH
Not Used on C16000
D119
SM11B
Not Used on C16000
D120
SM11F
Not Used on C16000
D121
SM12HOME
High Concentration Waste Pump, Line B Home
D122
SM12PITCH(OK)
High Concentration Waste Pump, Line B Pitch (OK)
D123
SM13HOME
Sample Pump A Up/Down Motor Home
D124
SM13PITCH(OK)
Sample Pump A Up/Down Motor Pitch (OK)
D125
SM13DLMT
Sample Pump A Up/Down Motor DLMT
D126
AC1UP(HOME)
Probe Wash Pump Line B Home
D127
AC1DOWN(MOVE)
Probe Wash Pump Line B Move
D128
AC1S9
Probe Wash Pump Line B Sensor3
D129
AC1OK
Probe Wash Pump Line B Sensor4
D130
SENS1
Stirrer 1A Cuvette
D131
SENS2
Stirrer 2A Cuvette
D132
SENS3
Stirrer 1B Cuvette
D133
SENS4
Stirrer 2B Cuvette
D134
SENS5
IAVP-FB ISE Aspiration Pump Valve
D135
SENS6
ESPV-FB External Sampling Probe Valve
D136
SENS7
ERPV-FB External Reagent Probe Valve
D137
SENS8
SWV-FB Stirrer Wash Valve
D138
SENS9
WBSV-FB Water Bath Supply Pump Valve
D139
SENS10
PWV-FB Pressure Water Valve
D140
SENS11
CWV-FB Cuvette Wash Valve
D141
SENS12
DTG1V-FB Detergent Switching Valve
D142
SENS13
DTG2V-FB Detergent Backflow Prevention
D143
SENS14
CDV-FB Cell Dryer Vacuum Pump Valve
D144
SENS15
ISPV-FB Internal Sampling Pump Value
D145
SENS16
IR1PV-FB Internal Reagent 1 Probe Value
D146
SENS17
IR2PV-FB Internal Reagent 2 Probe Pump
D147
SENS18
ISPBV-FB Internal Sampling Line B Valve
D148
SENS19
IR1BPV-FB Internal Reagent 1B Probe Valve
D149
SENS20
IR2BPV-FB Internal Reagent 2B Probe Valve
D150
SENS21
Buzzer-FB
D151
SENS22
IREFCUP-FB IREF Cup Sensor
D152
SENS23
AUXDC1-FB Spare
D153
SENS24
VP2-FB Vacuum Pump 2 Aspirate
D154
SENS25
VP1-FB Vacuum Pump 1 Dry Cuvette
D155
SENS26
TWMP-FB DI Water Supply Pump 1
D156
SENS27
WPMP-FP Wash Pools Magnet Pump
D157
SENS28
MC-FB Freezer Power Control Relay
D158
SENS29
AUXAC3-ON-FB
D159
SENS30
AUXSENS1
D160
SENS31
AUXSENS2
D161
SENS32
AUXSENS3
D162
SENS33
AUXSENS4
D163
SENS34
AUXSENS5
D164
SENS35
AUXSENS6
D165
SENS36
AUXSENS7
D166
SENS37
AUXSENS8
D167
SENS38
AUXSENS9
D168
SENS39
AUXSENS10
D169
SENS40
AUXSENS11
D170
SENS41
AUXSENS12
D171
SENS42
AUXSENS13
D172
SENS43
AUXSENS14
D173
SENS44
AUXSENS15
D174
SENS45
AUXSENS16
D175
SENS46
AUXSENS17
D176
SENS47
AUXSENS18
D177
SENS48
AUXSENS19
D178
SENS49
AUXSENS20
D179
LVL1OK
Reagent Pipettpr 1B Liquid Level Sensor
D180
LVL2OK
Reagent Pipettpr 2B Liquid Level Sensor
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-122) • © 2009, 2014 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100 are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
PM
The PM subsystem detects abnormalities, such as; clots (probe obstructions), air bubbles in patient sample, air bubbles and large amounts
of foam in reagent bottles during aspiration and dispense operations.
Wash pressure is monitored during internal probe washing to determine if the pressure sensed is below or above pressure thresholds
(referenced in the c4000 PM Board firmware).
PM Board
PM Board (side view)
PM Board (end view)
Rocker Switch Settings
Switch
Settings
1
OFF
2
OFF
3
OFF
4
OFF
5
ON
6
OFF
7
ON
8
OFF
PM Block Diagram
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-108) • © 2009, 2010 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
SMC
SMC Board
The SMC-C board controls the 5-phase and 2 phase stepping-motors
S1 Switch Settings
Switch
S1-1
Setting
(*Default)
Function
Exhibition Mode (see P-644 Demonstration Mode for more information)
ON
Normal Run Mode
OFF*
S1-2
UNUSED
OFF*
S1-3
Factory Use Only
OFF*
S1-4
Do not initialize 2D BCR at Power On
ON
Initialize 2D BCR at Power On
OFF*
One ACD/ALK Valve
ON
Two ACD/ALK Valves
OFF*
S1-6
Instrument Type (Factory use only)
OFF*
S1-7
Software Install Mode (Factory use only)
OFF*
S1-8
Software Boot Up Mode (Factory use only)
OFF*
S1-5
SMC Monitoring LEDs
LED #
LED 1
Motor Name/Code
Reaction Carousel Motor (RUM)
LED #
LED 11
Motor Name/Code
Reagent Syringe1 Drive Motor (R1PM)
LED 2
ICT Rotation Motor (IAAM)
LED12
Reagent Syringe 2 Drive Motor (R2PM)
LED 3
ICT Elevator Motor (IAEM)
LED 13
Reagent 1 Pipettor Rotation Motor (R1AAM)
LED 4
Mixer 1 Rotation Motor (STAM1)
LED 14
Reagent 2 Pipettor Rotation Motor (R2AAM)
LED 5
Mixer 2 Rotation Motor (STAM2)
LED 15
Sample Carousel Rotation Motor (ISIM)
LED 6
Reagent Supply Center 1 Inner Carousel Rotation Motor
((R1CIM)
LED 16
Inner Sampler ISOM
LED 7
Reagent Supply Center 1 Outer Carousel Rotation Motor
(R1COM)
LED 17
Sample Pipettor Elevator Motor (SAEM)
LED 8
Reagent Supply Center 2 Carousel Rotation Motor (S2CM)
LED 18
Reagent 1 Pipettor Elevator Motor (R1AEM)
LED 9
Sample Pipettor Rotation Motor (SAAM)
LED 19
Reagent 2 Pipettor Elevator Motor (R2AEM)
LED 10
Sample Syringe Drive Motor (SPM)
LED 20
(AUXSM)
SMC Block Diagram
Schematic Diagram
Link
SMC Block Diagram
7A_9010a.pdf
1
PMC (Pulse Motor Controller)
There are a total of 20 LSI (two types) pulse motor controllers mounted on the SMC
Board.
2
Control EPLD
The control ELPD (Electrically Programmable Logic Device) includes a majority logic
circuit for sensor input, a sensor, a status read register, and the counter circuit for the
pitch sensor. This circuit uses a PLD.
3
PMC monitoring LED
These LED's monitor the operating status of the PMC's. The color is red.
4
Debugging LED's and Switches
8-bit LED and 8-bit DIPSW used during development. The color is red.
5
Power ON LED Indicator
LED is ON when +5 volts DC is supplied. The color is green.
6
Compact PCI Interface Circuit
This interface controls the interface bus with the host CPU. This circuit uses a PLD.
List of SMC Stepper Motor Controls (SMC)
Stepper Motor
No.
1
2
Name
Reaction Carousel Motor
ICT Rotation Motor
Code
RUM
IAAM
Sensor
Phase
5f
2f
Signal Name
Signal Name
Description
RUCW
RUHOME
Detects the home position
RUCCW
RUM1R
Detects a single motor rotation
IAAINA
IAAHOME
Detects the home position
IAEHOME
IAEM1R
Detects the home position
Detects a single motor rotation
STA1HOME
Detects the home position
IAATDA
IAAINB
IAATDB
IAAHOLD
3
ICT Elevator Motor
IAEM
2f
IAEINA
IAETDA
IAEINB
IAETDB
IAEHOLD
4
Mixer 1 Rotation Motor
STAM1
2f
STA1NA
STA1TDA
STA1NB
STA1TDB
STA1HOLD
5
Mixer 2 Rotation Motor
STAM2
2f
STA2INA
STA2HOME
Detects the home position
R1CICW
R1CIHOME
Detects the home position
R1CICCW
R1CIPITCH
Detects a single motor rotation
R1COCW
R1COHOME
Detects the home position
R1COCCW
R1COPITCH
Detects a single motor rotation
R2CCW
R2CHOME
Detects the home position
R2CCW
R2CPITCH
Detects a single motor rotation
SAACW
SAAHOME
Detects the home position
SAACCW
SAAM1R
Detects a single motor rotation
SAECW
SAEHOME
Detects the home position
SAECCW
SAEM1R
Detects a single motor rotation
SACLASH
Detects an obstacle
SALVL
Detects the liquid surface
SPINA
SPHOME
Detects the home position
SPTDA
SPM1R
Detects a single motor rotation
SPINB
SPDLMT
Detects the DOWN limit
R1PINA
R1PHOME
Detects the home position
R1PTDA
R1PM1R
Detects a single motor rotation
R1PINB
R1PDLMT
Detects the DOWN limit
R2PINA
R2PHOME
Detects the home position
R2PTDA
R2PM1R
Detects a single motor rotation
R2PINB
R2PDLMT
Detects the DOWN limit
R1AAINA
R1AAHOME
Detects the home position
R1AATDA
R1AAM1R
Detects a single motor rotation
R1AEINA
R1AEHOME
Detects the home position
R1AETDA
R1AEM1R
Detects a single motor rotation
R1AEINB
R1ACLASH
Detects an obstacle
R1AETDB
R1ALVL
Detects the liquid surface
STA2TDA
STA2INB
STA2TDB
STA2HOLD
6
7
8
9
10
11
R-1 Supply C. Inner Motor
R-1 Supply C. Outer Motor
R-2 Supply C. Motor
Sample Pipettor Rotation Motor
Sample Pipettor Elevator Motor
Sample Syringe Drive Motor
R1CIM
R1COM
R2CM
SAAM
SAEM
SPM
5f
5f
5f
5f
5f
2f
SPTDB
SPHOLD
12
Reagent 1 Syringe Drive Motor
R1PM
2f
R1PTDB
R1PHOLD
13
Reagent 2 Syringe Drive Motor
R2PM
2f
R2TDB
R2PHOLD
14
Reagent 1 Pipettor rotation
motor
R1AAM
2f
R1AAINB
R1AATDB
R1AAHOLD
15
Reagent 1 Pipettor Elevator
Motor
R1AEM
2f
R1AEHOLD
16
Reagent 2 Pipettor rotation
motor
R2AAM
2f
R2AAINA
R2AAHOME
Detects the home position
R2AATDA
R2AAM1R
Detects a single motor rotation
R2AEINA
R2AEHOME
Detects the home position
R2AETDA
R2AEM1R
Detects a single motor rotation
R2AEINB
R2ACLASH
Detects an obstacle
R2AETDB
R2LVL
Detects the liquid surface
ISIINA
ISIHOME
Detects the home position
ISITDA
ISIPITCH
Detects a single motor rotation
ISOINA
ISOHOME
Detects the home position
ISOTDA
ISOPITCH
Detects a single motor rotation
AUXINA
AHOME
Detects the home position
AUXTDA
AM1R
Detects a single motor rotation
R2AAINB
R2AATDB
R2AAHOLD
17
Reagent 2 Pipettor Elevator
Motor
R2AEM
2f
R2AEHOLD
18
Sample Carousel Rotation
Motor
(not for C4000)
ISIM
2f
ISIINB
ISITDB
ISIHOLD
19
Inner Sampler
(not for C4000)
ISOM
2f
ISOINB
ISOTDB
ISOHOLD
20
Inner Sampler
(not for C4000)
AUXSM
2f
AUXINB
AUXTDB
AUXHOLD
SMC Front Panel Connector CN1 (True value = Low)
Pin No.
Signal Name
Code
1
Home position sensor for the reaction carousel motor
RUHOME
2
Single motor rotation sensor (pitch) for the reaction carousel motor
RUM1R
3
Home position sensor the ICT rotation motor
IAAHOME
4
Home position sensor for the ICT elevator motor
IAEHOME
5
Single motor rotation sensor (pitch) for the ICT elevator motor
IAEM1R
6
Home position sensor for Mixer 1 rotation motor
STA1HOME
7
Home position sensor for Mixer 2 rotation motor
STA2HOME
8
Home position sensor for reagent supply center 1 inner carousel motor
R1CIHOME
9
Single motor rotation sensor (pitch) for reagent supply center 1 inner carousel motor
R1CIPITCH
10
Home position sensor for the reagent supply center 1 outer carousel motor
R1COHOME
11
Single motor rotation sensor (pitch) for reagent supply center 1 outer carousel motor
R1COPITCH
12
Home position sensor for reagent supply center 2 carousel motor
R2CHOME
13
Single motor rotation sensor (pitch) for reagent supply center 2 carousel
R2CPITCH
14
Home position sensor for the sample pipettor rotation motor
SAAHOME
15
Single motor rotation sensor (pitch) for the sample pipettor rotation motor
SAAM1R
16
Home position sensor for the sample pipettor elevator motor
SAEHOME
17
Single motor rotation sensor (pitch) for the sample pipettor elevator motor
SAEM1R
18
Crash sensor for the sample pipettor
SACLASH
19
Home position sensor for the sample syringe drive motor
SPHOME
20
Single motor rotation sensor (pitch) for the sample syringe drive motor
SPM1R
21
DOWN limit sensor for the sample syringe drive motor
SPDLMT
22
Home position sensor for the reagent 1 syringe drive motor
R1PHOME
23
Single motor rotation sensor (pitch) for the reagent 1 syringe drive motor
R1PM1R
24
DOWN limit sensor for the reagent 1 syringe drive motor
R1PDLMT
25
Home position sensor for the reagent 2 syringe drive motor
R2PHOME
26
Single motor rotation sensor (pitch) for the reagent 2 syringe drive motor
R2PM1R
27
DOWN limit sensor for the reagent 2 syringe drive motor
R2PDLMT
28
Home position sensor for the reagent 1 pipettor rotation motor
R1AAHOME
29
Single motor rotation sensor (pitch) for the reagent 1 pipettor rotation motor
R1AAM1R
30
Home position sensor for the reagent pipettor elevator motor
R1AEHOME
31
Single motor rotation sensor (pitch) for the reagent 1 pipettor elevator motor
R1AEM1R
32
Crash sensor for the reagent 1 pipettor
R1ACLASH
33
Home position sensor for the reagent 2 pipettor rotation motor
R2AAHOME
34
Single motor rotation sensor (pitch) for the reagent 2 pipettor rotation motor
R2AAM1R
35
Home position sensor for the reagent 2 pipettor elevator motor
R2AEHOME
36
Single motor rotation sensor (pitch) for the reagent 2 pipettor elevator motor
R2AEM1R
37
Crash sensor for the reagent 2 pipettor
R2ACLASH
38
Home position sensor for the sample carousel rotation motor
ISIHOME
39
Single motor rotation sensor (pitch) for the sample carousel rotation motor
ISIPITCH
40
ISOHOME
41
ISOPITCH
42
AHOME
43
AM1R
44
LLS for the sample pipettor
SALVL
45
LLS for the reagent 1 pipettor
R1ALVL
46
LLS for the reagent 2 pipettor
R2ALVL
47
Sample probe liquid surface non-contact status
48
blank
49
Power supply
+5 VDC
50
Power supply
+5 VDC
51
Power supply
+5 VDC
52
Power supply
+5 VDC
SMC Controller Motor Drive Signals and Sensor Signals
Pin
A
B
C
D
E
F
22
SALVLOK
R1ALVL
R1AAUTOZERO
R2ALVLOK
GND
21
VCC
(SALVLOK)
VCC
(R1ALVL)
VCC
(R1AAUTOZERO)
VCC
(R2ALVLOK)
GND
J5
Connector
20
SALVL
SAAUTOZERO
R1ALVLOK
R2ALVL
R2AAUTOZERO
GND
19
VCC
(SALVL)
VCC
(SAAUTOZERO)
VCC
(R1ALVLOK)
VCC
(R2ALVL)
VCC
(R2AAUTOZERO)
GND
18
GND
17
ACW
R1PTDA
SSTA2HOLD
GND
16
ACCW
R1PINB
ISIINA
GND
15
R1AEINA
R1PTDB
ISITDA
GND
14
R1AETDA
R1PHOLD
ISIINB
GND
13
R1AINB
R2PINA
ISITDB
GND
12
R1AETDB
R2PTDA
ISIHOLD
GND
11
R1AEHOLD
R2PINB
ISOINA
GND
10
R1AAINA
R2PTDB
ISOTDA
GND
9
R1AATDA
R2PHOLD
ISOINB
GND
8
R1AAINB
IAEINA
ISOTDB
GND
7
R1AATDB
IAETDA
ISOHOLD
GND
6
R1AAHOLD
+5V
IAEINB
+5V
AUXINA
GND
5
R2AEINA
+5V
IAETDB
+5V
AUXTDA
GND
4
RWAETDA
+5V
IAEHOLD
+5V
AUXINB
GND
3
R2AEINB
GND
IAAINA
GND
AUXTDB
GND
2
R2AETDB
GND
IAATDA
GND
AUXHOLD
GND
1
R2AEHOLD
GND
IAAINB
GND
RUCW
GND
25
R2AAINA
IAATDB
RUCCW
GND
24
R2AATDA
IAAINB
R1C1CW
GND
23
R2AAINB
STA1INA
R1C1CCW
GND
22
R2AATDB
STA1TDA
R1COCW
GND
21
R2AAHOLD
SSTA1INB
R1COCCW
GND
20
SPINA
STA1TDB
R2CCW
GND
19
SPTDA
STA1HOLD
R2CCCW
GND
18
SPINB
STA2INA
SAACW
GND
17
SPTDB
STA2TDA
SAACCW
GND
16
SPHOLD
STA2INB
SAECW
GND
15
R1PINA
STA2TDB
SAECCW
GND
14
KEY AREA
13
12
11
ISOPITCH
AHOME
AM1R
10
R2ACLASH
ISIHOME
ISIPITCH
ISOHOME
GND
9
R2AAHOME
R2AAM1R
R2AEHOME
R2AEM1R
GND
8
R1AAM1R
R1AEHOME
R1AEM1R
R1ACLASH
GND
7
R2PHOME
R2PM1R
R2PDLMT
R1AAHOME
SALVLGU
GND
6
SPDLMT
R1PHOME
R1PM1R
R1PDLMT
SALVLGUV(+5v0
GND
5
SAEM1R
SACLASH
SPHOME
SPM1R
ISOPOS
GND
4
R2CPITCH
SAAHOME
SAAM1R
SAEHOME
ISIPOS
GND
3
R1C1PITCH
R1COHOME
R1COPITCH
R2CHOME
R2CPOS
GND
2
IAEM1R
STA1HOME
STA2HOME
R1CIHOME
R1COPOS
GND
J4 Connector
1
RUHOME
RUM1R
IAAHOME
IAEHOME
R1CIPPOS
GND
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
SM AC/DC
SM AC/DC Controller PCB
The SM AC/DC Controller Board controls stepping motors, AC motors and DC valves. The SM AC/DC Controller Board controls the reagent
loading motors and associated sensors for the optional Continuos Reagent Access (CRA) function.
SM AC/DC Controller Board
SM AC/DC PCB Edge
SM AC/DC Block Diagram
Main Functional Areas
1
PMC (Pulse Motor Controller)
There are two LSI (Large Scale Integration) pulse motor controller types mounted
on the SM AC/DC Board.
2
FPGA Controller
The FPGA (Field Programmable Gate Array) controller consists of AC motor, DC
valve drive circuit, the majority decision logic for sensor input, sensor, lead register
of status, and counter circuitry for PITCH sensors.
3
SM Status LED
The stepper motor LED turns red when the Motor Control LSI (Large Scale
Integration) is busy.
4
Debugging LED and Switch
16-bit DIP SW for debugging. The color of the LED is red.
5
Power ON LED
The Power Indicator LED is green when the +5V is on.
6
PCI Interface
This interface controls the interface bus with the host CPU. This circuit uses a
FPGA.
7
RS232C Interface
Provides for communication with a barcode scanner.
Stepping (Pulse) Motor Control
No.
Name
Phase
Motor Signal Name
Sensor Signal Name
Description
1
Stirrer 1B Horizontal Movement
(STR1BH)
2f
SM1INA
SM1TDA
SM1INB
SM1TDB
SM1HOLD
SM1HOME
Detects the home position
2
Stirrer 2B Horizontal Movement
(STR2BH)
2f
SM2INA
SM2TDA
SM2INB
SM2TDB
SM2HOLD
SM2HOME
Detects the home position
3
Reagent 2 Outer Carousel (R2OC) 5f
SM3CW
SM3CCW
SM3HOME
SM3PITCH
Detects the home position
Detects a single motor rotation
4
Sampler Pump Line B (SPB)
2f
SM4INA
SM4TDA
SM4INB
SM4TDB
SM4HOLD
SM4HOME
SM4PITCH
SM4DLMT
Detects the home position
Detects a single motor rotation
Detects the DOWN limit
5
Reagent 1B Pump (R1BP)
2f
SM5INA
SM5TDA
SM5INB
SM5TDB
SM5HOLD
SM5HOME
SM5PITCH
SM5DLMT
Detects the home position
Detects a single motor rotation
Detect the DOWN limit
6
Reagent 2B Pump (R2BP)
2f
SM6INA
SM6TDA
SM6INB
SM6TDB
SM6HOLD
SM6HOME
SM6PITCH
SM6DLMT
Detects the home position
Detects a single motor rotation
Detect the DOWN limit
7
Reagent 1B Arm Horizontal
Movement (R1ABH)
2f
SM7INA
SM7TDA
SM7INB
SM7TDB
SM7HOLD
SM7HOME
SM7PITCH
Detects the home position
Detects a single motor rotation
8
Reagent 1B Arm Vertical
Movement (R1ABZ)
2f
SM8INA
SM8TDA
SM8INB
SM8TDB
SM8HOLD
SM8HOME
SM8PITCH
SM8CLASH
LVL1
Detects the home position
Detects a single motor rotation
Detects an obstacle
Detects the liquid surface
9
Reagent 2B Arm Horizontal
Movement (R2ABH)
2f
SM9INA
SM9TDA
SM9INB
SM9HOME
SM9PITCH
Detects the home position
Detects a single motor rotation
SM9TDB
SM9HOLD
10
Reagent 2B Arm Vertical
Movement (R2ABZ)
SM10INA
SM10TDA
SM10INB
SM10TDB
SM10HOLD
SM10HOME
SM10PITCH
SM10CLASH
LVL2
Detects the home position
Detects a single motor rotation
Detects an obstacle
Detects the liquid surface
12
Waste Pump for High Conc waste,
line B (PPBHC)
2f
SM12INA
SM12TDA
SM12INB
SM12TDB
SM12HOLD
SM12HOME
SM12PITCH
Detects the home position
Detects a single motor rotation
13
Sampler Pump (SP) (CW/CCW
pulse)
5f
SM13HOME
SM13PITCH
SM13DLMT
Detects the home position
Detects a single motor rotation
Detect the DOWN limit
1
Probe Wash Pump line B (PWBP)
PWBP_UP
PWBP_DOWN
PWBP_BK
Note
The AC1 motor is controlled CW/CCW by commands from the CPU.
AC Motor Control
No.
DC Control List
No.
Device/Signal Name
Control
Signal Code
1
Internal Sampling Probe line B Valve (ISPBV)
ON/OFF
DC1
Valve
2
Internal Reagent 1B Probe Valve (IR1BPV)
ON/OFF
DC2
Valve
3
Internal Reagent 2B Probe Valve (IR2BPV)
ON/OFF
DC3
Valve
4
LED1-G
ON/OFF
DC4
LED
5
LED1-O
ON/OFF
DC5
LED
6
LED2-G
ON/OFF
DC6
LED
7
LED2-O
ON/OFF
DC7
LED
8
LED3-G
ON/OFF
DC8
LED
9
LED3-O
ON/OFF
DC9
LED
10
LED4-G
ON/OFF
DC10
LED
11
LED4-O
ON/OFF
DC11
LED
12
LED5-G
ON/OFF
DC12
LED
13
LED5-O
ON/OFF
DC13
LED
14
LED6-G
ON/OFF
DC14
LED
15
LED6-O
ON/OFF
DC15
LED
16
LED7-G
ON/OFF
DC16
LED
17
LED7-O
ON/OFF
DC17
LED
18
LED8-G
ON/OFF
DC18
LED
19
LED8-O
ON/OFF
DC19
LED
20
PULL-LED-G
ON/OFF
DC20
LED
21
PULL-LED-O
ON/OFF
DC21
LED
22
RUN-LED
ON/OFF
DC22
LED
23
STAD-LED
ON/OFF
DC23
LED
24
RERUN-LED
ON/OFF
DC24
LED
25
STAD-LED-G
ON/OFF
DC25
LED
26
STAD-LED-O
ON/OFF
DC26
LED
27
DISK-LED-G
ON/OFF
DC27
LED
28
DISK-LED-O
ON/OFF
DC28
LED
29
SET-LED
ON/OFF
DC29
LED
30
1(TRIGGER)
ON/OFF
DC30
BCRT
31
2(TRIGGER)
ON/OFF
DC31
BCRT
ON/OFF
DC32
32
Individual Sensor Control
No.
Device or Signal Name
Control
SIgnal Code
Sensor
1
STR1A CUV
Read
SENS-1
STR1H-CUV
2
STR2A CUV
Read
SENS-2
STR2H-CUV
3
STR1B CUV
Read
SENS3
STR1BH-CUV
4
STR2B CUV
Read
SENS4
STR2BH-CUV
5
ISE Aspir Pump Valve
Read
SENS5
IAVP-FB
+12V H Active
6
DI Water Valve 1 (S-Outer)
Read
SENS6
ESPV-FB
+12V H Active
7
DI Water Valve 2 (R-Outer)
Read
SENS7
ERPV-FB
+12V H Active
8
DI Water Valve 3 (STR)
Read
SENS8
SWV-FB
+12V H Active
9
DI Water Valve 4 (Water Bath)
Read
SENS9
WBSV-FB
+12V H Active
10
DI Water Valve 5 (Pressurized)
Read
SENS10
PWV-FB
+12V H Active
11
Cell Wash Valve
Read
SENS11
CWV-FB
+12V H Active
12
Alkaline & Acid Valve 1
Read
SENS12
DTG1V-FB
+12V H Active
13
Alkaline & Acid Valve 2
Read
SENS13
DTG2V-FB
+12V H Active
14
Cell Dryer Vac Pump Valve
Read
SENS14
CDV-FB
+12V H Active
15
Sampling Pump Valve
Read
SENS15
ISPV-FB
+12V H Active
16
Reagent Pump 1A Valve
Read
SENS16
IR1PV-FB
+12V H Active
17
Reagent Pump 2A Valve
Read
SENS17
IR1PV-FB
+12V H Active
18
Sampling Pump B Valve
Read
SENS18
ISPBV-FB
+12V H Active
19
Reagent Pump 1B Valve
Read
SENS19
+12V H Active
IRBPV-FB
20
Reagent Pump 2B Valve
Read
SENS20
IRBPV-FB
+12V H Active
21
Buzzer
Read
SENS21
BUZZER-FB
+12V H Active
22
IRef Cup Sensor
Read
SENS22
IREFCUP-FB
+12V H Active
23
Spare
Read
SENS23
AUXDC1-FB
+12V H Active
24
Low Conc Vac Pump AB
Read
SENS24
VP2-FB
+5V L Active
25
Cell Dryer Vac Pump AB
Read
SENS25
VP1-FB
+5V L Active
26
DI Water Supply Pump 1 (Water Pump)
Read
SENS26
TWMP-FB
+5V L Active
27
DI Water Supply Pump 1 (Outer Wash)
Read
SENS27
WPMP-FB
+5V L Active
28
Freezer Power Control Relay
Read
SENS28
MC-FB
+5V L Active
29
Read
SENS29
AUXAC3-ON-FB
+5V L Active
30
Read
SENS30
AUXSENS1
31
Read
SENS31
AUXSENS2
32
Read
SENS32
AUXSENS3
33
Read
SENS33
AUXSENS4
34
Read
SENS34
AUXSENS5
35
Read
SENS35
AUXSENS6
36
Read
SENS36
AUXSENS7
37
Read
SENS37
AUXSENS8
38
Read
SENS38
AUXSENS9
39
Read
SENS39
AUXSENS10
40
Read
SENS40
AUXSENS11
41
Read
SENS41
AUXSENS12
42
Read
SENS42
AUXSENS13
43
Read
SENS43
AUXSENS14
44
Read
SENS44
AUXSENS15
45
Read
SENS45
AUXSENS16
46
Read
SENS46
AUXSENS17
47
Read
SENS47
AUXSENS18
48
Read
SENS48
AUXSENS19
49
Read
SENS49
AUXSENS20
PCI Bus Interface Connectors (J1/J2)
22
GA4
GA3
GA2
GA2
GA0
GND
21
CLK6
GND
RSV
RVS
RSV
GND
20
CLK5
GND
RSV
GND
RSV
GND
19
GND
GND
RXV
RSV
RSV
GND
18
BRSVP2A18
BRSVP2B18
BRSVP2C18
GND
BRSVP2E18
GND
17
BRSVP2A17
GND
PRST#
REQ6#
GNT5#
GND
16
BRSVP2A16
BRSVP2B16
DEG#
GND
BRSVPE18
GND
15
BRSVP2A15
GND
FAL#
REQ5#
GNT5#
GND
14
AD[35]
AD[34]
AD[33]
GND
AD[32]
GND
13
AD[38]
GND
V(I/O)
AD[37]
AD[36]
GND
12
AD[42]
AD[41]
AD[40]
GND
AD[39]
GND
11
AD[45]
GND
V(I/O)
AD[44]
AD[43]
GND
10
AD[49]
AD[48]
AD[47]
GND
AD[46]
GND
9
AD[52]
GND
V(I/O)
AD[51]
AD[50]
GND
8
AD[56]
AD[55]
AD[54]
GND
AD[53]
GND
7
AD[59]
GND
V(I/O)
AD[58]
AD[57]
GND
6
AD[63]
AD[62]
AD[61]
GND
AD[60]
GND
5
C/BE[5]#
GND
V(I/O)
C/BE[4]#
PAR64
GND
4
V(I/O)
BRSVP2B4
C/BE[7]#
GND
C/BE[6]#
GND
3
CLK4
GND
GNT3#
REQ4#
GNT4#
GND
2
CLK2
CLK3
SYSEN#
GNT2#
REQ3#
GND
1
CLK1
GND
REQ1#
GNT1#
REQ2#
GND
25
5V
REQ64#
ENUM#
3.3V
5V
GND
24
AD[1]
5V
V(I/O)
AS[0]
ACK64#
GND
23
3.3V
AD[4]
AD[3]
5V
AD[2]
GND
22
AD[7]
GND
3.3V
AD[6]
AD[5]
GND
21
3.3V
AD[9]
AD[8]
M66EN
C/BE[0]#
GND
20
AD[12]
GND
V(I/O)
AD[11]
AD[10]
GND
19
3.3V
AD[15]
AD[14]
GND
AD[13]
GND
18
SERR#
GND
3.3V
PAR
C/BE[1]#
GND
17
3.3V
SDONE
SBO#
GND
PERR#
GND
16
DEVSEL#
GND
V(I/O)
STOP#
LOCK#
GND
15
3.3V
FRAME#
IRDY#
GND
TRDY#
GND
14
13
KEY AREA
J1
Connector
J2 Connector
12
11
AD[18]
AD[17]
AD[16]
GND
C/BE[2]#
GND
10
AD[21]
GND
3.3V
AD[20]
AD[19]
GND
9
C/BE[3]#
IDSEL
AD[23]
GND
AD[22]
GND
8
AD[26]
GND
V(I/O)
AD[25]
AD[24]
GND
7
AD[30]
AD[29]
AD[28]
GND
AD[27]
GND
6
REQ#
GND
3.3V
CLK
AD[31]
GND
5
BRSVP1A5
BRSVP1B5
RST#
GND
GNT#
GND
4
BRSVP1A4
GND
V(I/O)
INTP
INTS
GND
3
INTA#
INTB#
INTC#
5V
INTD#
GND
2
TCK
5V
TMS
TDO
TDI
GND
1
5V
-12V
TRST#
+12V
5V
GND
B
C
D
E
Pin No. A
F
Motor Driver Signals and Sensors Pin Assignment (J4/J5)
22 LVL1OK
H
LVL2OK
21 VCC
(LVL1OK)
20 LVL1
H
AUTO0_1
VCC
(LVLV2OK)
H
LVL2
19 VCC(LVL1)
L
VCC
(AUTO0_1)
H
AUTO0_2
VCC(LVL2)
L
VCC
(AUTO0_2)
TXD1
-
TXD2
-
GND
RXD1
-
RXDS
-
GND
RTS1
-
RTS2
-
GND
CTS1
CTS2
GND
18 SM6HOLD
L
O
SM10HOLD
L
O
SENS33
H
I
DSR1
DSR2
GND
17 SM6TDB
L
O
SM10TDB
L
O
SENS32
H
I
DTR1
DTR2
GND
16 SM6TDA
L
O
SM10TDA
L
O
SENS31
H
I
DC30
(TRIG1)
L
O
DC31 (TRIG2)
L
O
GND
15 SM6INB
L
O
SM10INB
L
O
SENS30
H
I
FB12VGND H
I
DC13
L
O
GND
14 SM6INA
L
O
SM10INA
L
O
SENS29
L
I
SENS38
H
I
DC12
L
O
GND
13 SM5HOLD
L
O
SM9HOLD
L
O
SENS28
L
I
SENS37
H
I
DC11
L
O
GND
12 SM5TDB
L
O
SM9TDB
L
O
SENS27
L
I
SENS36
H
I
DC10
L
O
GND
11 SM5TDA
L
O
SM9TDA
L
O
SENS26
L
I
SENS35
H
I
DC9
L
O
GND
10 SM5INB
L
O
SM9INB
L
O
SENS25
L
I
SENS34
H
I
DC8
L
O
GND
9
SM5INA
L
O
SM9INA
L
O
SENS24
L
I
DC32
L
O
DC7
L
O
GND
8
SM4HOLD
L
O
SM8HOLD
L
O
SM13HOLD
L
O
DC29
L
O
DC6
L
O
GND
7
SM4TDB
L
O
SM8TDB
L
O
SM13TDB
L
O
DC28
L
O
DC5
L
O
GND
6
SM4TDA
L
O
SM8TDA
L
O
SM13TDA
L
O
DC27
L
O
DC4
L
O
GND
5
SM4INB
L
O
SM8INB
L
O
SM13INB
L
O
DC26
L
O
DC3
L
O
GND
4
SM4INA
L
O
SM8INA
L
O
SM13INA
L
O
DC25
L
O
DC2
L
O
GND
3
SM3CCW
L
O
+5V
-
+5V
-
DC24
L
O
DC1
L
O
GND
2
SM3CW
L
O
+5V
-
+5V
-
+5V
-
SENS49
H
I
GND
1
SM2HOLD
L
O
+5V
-
+5V
-
+5V
-
SENS48
H
I
GND
25 SM2TDB
L
O
SM13CCW
O
SM12HOLD
L
O
DC23
L
O
SENS47
H
I
GND
24 SM2TDA
L
O
SM13CW
O
SM12TDB
L
O
DC22
L
O
SENS46
H
I
GND
23 SM2INB
L
O
SM13DLMT
I
SM12TDA
L
O
DC21
L
O
SENS45
H
I
GND
22 SM2INA
L
O
SM7HOLD
O
SM12INB
L
O
DC20
L
O
SENS44
H
I
GND
L
J5
Connector
J5
Connector
21 SM1HOLD
L
O
SM7TDB
L
O
SM12INA
L
O
DC19
L
O
GND
20 SM1TDB
L
O
SM7TDA
L
O
SM11HOLD
L
O
DC18
L
O
GND
19 SM1TDA
L
O
SM7INB
L
O
SM11TDB
L
O
DC17
L
O
GND
18 SM1INB
L
O
SM7INA
L
O
SM11TDA
L
O
DC16
L
O
AC18K
L
O
GND
17 SM1INA
L
O
SM11F
H
I
SM11INB
L
O
DC15
L
O
AC1DOWN(PS) L
O
GND
16 SM6DLMT
H
I
SM11B
H
I
SM11INA
L
O
DC14
L
O
AC1UP
(GH)
L
O
GND
15 SM6PITCH H
I
SM11PITCH
H
I
SM13PITCH
(OK)
H
I
SENS15
H
I
SENS3
H
O
GND
14
KEY AREA
13
12
11 SM6HOME H
I
SM11HOME
H
I
SM13HOME
H
I
SENS14
H
I
SENS2
H
I
GND
10 SM5DLMT
H
I
SM10CLASH H
I
SM12PITCH
(OK)
H
I
SENS13
H
I
SENS1
H
I
GND
9
SM5PITCH H
I
SM10PITCH
H
I
SM12HOME
H
I
SENS12
H
I
SENS43
H
I
GND
8
SM5HOME H
I
SM10HOME
H
I
SENS23
H
I
SENS11
H
I
SENS42
H
I
GND
7
SM4DLMT
H
I
SM9PITCH
H
I
SENS22
H
I
SENS10
H
I
SENS41
H
I
GND
6
SM4PITCH H
I
SM9HOME
H
I
SENS21
H
I
SENS9
H
I
SENS40
H
I
GND
5
SM4HOME H
I
SM8CLASH
H
I
SENS20
H
I
SENS8
H
I
SENS39
H
I
GND
4
SM3PITCH H
I
SM8PITCH
H
I
SENS19
H
I
SENS7
H
I
AC1OK
H
I
GND
3
SM3HOME H
I
SM8HOME
H
I
SENS18
H
I
SENS6
H
I
AC1S9
H
I
GND
2
SM2HOME H
I
SM7PITCH
H
I
SENS17
H
I
SENS5
H
I
AC1DOWN
(MOVE)
H
I
GND
1
SM1HOME H
I
SM7HOME
H
I
SENS16
H
I
SENS4
H
I
AC1UP
(HOME)
H
I
GND
A
B
C
D
E
F
Front Panel Interface Connector (CNN1) Connector Pin Map
Pin No
Unit Name
Sensor Signal
Value
I/O
Pin No
Unit Name
Sensor
Signal
Value
I/O
1
STR1BH
SM1HOME
L
O
51
ISPV-FB
SENS15
L
O
2
STR2BH
SM2HOME
L
O
52
IR1PV-FB
SENS16
L
O
3
R2OC
SM3HOME
L
O
53
IR2PV-FB
SENS17
L
O
4
R2OC
SM3PITCH
L
O
54
ISPBV-FB
SENS18
L
O
5
SPB
SM4HOME
L
O
55
IR1BPV-FB
SENS19
L
O
6
SPB
SM4PITCH
L
O
56
IR2BPV-FB
SENS20
L
O
7
SPB
SM4DLMT
L
O
57
BUZZER-FB
SENS21
L
O
8
R1BP
SM5HOME
L
O
58
IREFCUP-FB
SENS22
L
O
9
R1BP
SM5PITCH
L
O
59
AUXDCI-FB
SENS23
L
O
10
R1BP
SM5DLMT
L
O
60
VP2-FB
SENS24
L
O
11
R2BP
SM6HOME
L
O
61
VP1-FB
SENS25
L
O
12
R2BP
SM6PITCH
L
O
62
TWMP-FB
SENS26
L
O
13
R2BP
SM6DLMT
L
O
63
WPMP-FB
SENS27
L
O
14
R1ABH
SM7HOME
L
O
64
MC-FB
SENS28
L
O
15
R1ABH
SM7PITCH
L
O
65
AUXAC3-ON-FB
SENS29
L
O
16
R1ABZ
SM8HOME
L
O
66
AUXSENS1
SENS30
L
O
17
R1ABZ
SM8PITCH
L
O
67
AUXSENS2
SENS31
L
O
18
R1ABZ
SM8CLASH
L
O
68
AUXSENS3
SENS32
L
O
19
R2ABH
SM9HOME
L
O
69
AUXSENS4
SENS33
L
O
20
R2ABH
SM9PITCH
L
O
70
AUXSENS5
SENS34
L
O
21
R2ABZ
SM10HOME
L
O
71
AUXSENS6
SENS35
L
O
22
R2ABZ
SM10PITCH
L
O
72
AUXSENS7
SENS36
L
O
23
R2ABZ
SM10CLASH
L
O
73
AUXSENS8
SENS37
L
O
24
NOT USED
SM11HOME
L
O
74
AUXSENS9
SENS38
L
O
25
NOT USED
SM11PITCH
L
O
75
AUXSENS10
SENS39
L
O
26
NOT USED
SM11B
L
O
76
AUXSENS11
SENS40
L
O
27
NOT USED
SM11F
L
O
77
AUXSENS12
SENS41
L
O
28
PPBHC
SM12HOME
L
O
78
AUXSENS13
SENS42
L
O
29
PPBHC
SM12PITCH(OK)
L
O
79
AUXSENS14
SENS43
L
O
30
SP
SM13HOME
L
O
80
AUXSENS15
SENS44
L
O
31
SP
SM13PITCH(OK)
L
O
81
AUXSENS16
SENS45
L
O
32
SP
SM13DLMT
L
O
82
AUXSENS17
SENS46
L
O
33
PWSP
AC1UP(HOME)
L
O
83
AUXSENS18
SENS47
L
O
34
PWSP
AC1DOWN(MOVE)
L
O
84
AUXSENS19
SENS48
L
O
35
PWSP
AC1S9
L
O
85
AUXSENS20
SENS49
L
O
36
PWSP
AC1OK
L
O
86
37
STR1H-CUV SENS1
L
O
87
LVL1OK
L
O
38
STR2H-CUV SENS2
L
O
88
LVL2OK
L
O
39
STR1BHCUV
SENS3
L
O
89
GND
L
O
40
STR2BHCUV
SENS4
L
O
90
GND
L
O
41
IAVP-FB
SENS5
L
O
91
GND
L
O
42
ESPV-FB
SENS6
L
O
92
GND
L
O
43
ERPV-FB
SENS7
L
O
93
GND
L
O
44
SWV-FB
SENS8
L
O
94
O
45
WBSV-FB
SENS9
L
O
95
O
46
PWV-FB
SENS10
L
O
96
+5V
L
O
47
CWV-FB
SENS11
L
O
97
+5V
L
O
48
DTG1V-FB
SENS12
L
O
98
+5V
L
O
49
DTG2V-FB
SENS13
L
O
99
+5V
L
O
50
CDV-FB
SENS14
L
O
100
+5V
L
O
O
Pulse Motor Control Connector CNN2 Pin Map
Pin No
Signal Name
Code
Truth Valve
I/O
1
SM1 +PO
L
O
2
SM1 -PO
L
O
3
SM2 +PO
L
O
4
SM2 -PO
L
O
5
SM3 +PO
L
O
6
SM3 -PO
L
O
7
SM4 +PO
L
O
8
SM4 -PO
L
O
9
SM5 +PO
L
O
10
SM5 -PO
L
O
11
SM6 +PO
L
O
12
SM6 -PO
L
O
13
SM7 +PO
L
O
14
SM7 -PO
L
O
15
SM8 CWP
L
O
16
CM8 CCWP
L
O
17
SM9 +PO
L
O
18
SM9 -PO
L
O
19
SM10 CWP
L
O
20
SM10 CCWP
L
O
21
SM11 +PO
L
O
22
SM11 -PO
L
O
23
SM12 +PO
L
O
24
SM12 -PO
L
O
25
SM13 +PO
L
O
26
SM13 -PO
L
O
27
GND
GND
O
28
GND
GND
O
29
GND
GND
O
30
GND
GND
O
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
Driver Box Assembly
Links
AC/DC Driver
Driver Box
Mixer
SMD Board
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-108) • © 2009, 2010 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
AC/DC Driver
AC/DC Board
AC/DC Driver PCB
The AC/DC Driver board drives AC (motors, magnet pumps, etc.) and DC components (magnetic valves, etc.) from the AC/DC or
SM_AC/DC controller boards located in the card cage.
AC
The driver board receives AC motor rotation control and ON/OFF signals from the AC/DC and SM AC/DC Controller boards. The control
signals are conveyed by SSR (Solid State Relay) to AC motors, magnetic pumps and magnetic valves. The control signal and the input side
of +5 volts are isolated electrically from the output side of the drive circuitry by use of solid state relays mounted in the board. An output
circuit is present to provide feedback to the AC/DC and SM AC/DC Controller boards and to check operation of the device (ON/OFF).
AC Drives
AC Driving Table
No
Device
Code
Feedback
1
Wash Unit
WSM
No
2
Stirrer Arm
STRM
No
3
Probe Inner Wash Pump
PWPM
No
4
Cell Wash Pump
CWPM
No
5
ISE Suction Pump
ISPM
No
6
ISE Ref Pump
IMPM
No
7
Detergent Pump
DTPM
No
8
Cell Wash Vacuum Pump
CWP
No
9
Cell Dryer Vacuum Pump (spare)
CDVP
No
10
Outer Wall Wash Pump
WPMP
No
11
Auto Power Down
(Magnet Contact Control)
MC1
No
12
Auto Reagent Loading
Door Open/Close
AUXAC1
No
13
Auto Power Up
ON/OFF
No
DC Drives
The DC region is controlled by signals sent from the AC/DC and SM AC/DC Controller boards. The control signal and +5volts is isolated
electrically from the output side of the drive circuit by use of a relay mounted on the board. An output circuit provides feedback to the CPU
and monitors the relay’s operation.
Note
Magnetic valves are not equipped with sensors so a feedback signal is prepared in the card cage.
DC Driving Table
No
Device
Code
Feedback
1
Sampling Pump Valve 1
SPV
Y
2
R1 Pump Valve
R1PV
Y
3
R2 Pump Valve
R2PV
Y
4
ISE Suction Pinch Valve
ISPV
Y
5
Acid Valve 1 & Alkaline Valve 1
DTG1V
Y
6
Acid Valve 2 & Alkaline Valve 2
DTG2V
Y
7
Cell Wash Valve
CATCHER
Y
8
Sampling Probe Outer Wash Valve
ESPV
Y
9
Reagent Probe Outer Wash Valve
ERPV
Y
10
Stirrer Wash Valve
SWV
Y
11
DIW Supply Valve (Pressurized)
WBSV
Y
12
DIW Pump (Peristaltic Pump)
PWV
Y
13
ICT-Level Sensor
IREF
Y
14
Buzzer
BUZZER
Y
15
Spare1 CRA
CRA
N
16
Spare2
AUXDC1
Y
17
Spare3
AUXDC2
Y
Input/Output Signals
CNN1
Pin
Code
Description
1
WS UP
Cell Wash CW Signal
2
WS DWN
Cell Wash CCW Signal
3
WS BK
Cell Wash Brake Signal
4
STRZ UP
Stirrer Arm CW Signal
5
STRZ DW
Stirrer Arm CCW Signal
6
STRZ BK
Stirrer Arm Brake Signal
7
PWP UP
Probe Inner Wall Wash Pump CW Signal
Value
L
8
PWP DWN
Probe Inner Wall Wash Pump CCW Signal
9
PWP BK
Probe Inner Wall Wash Pump Brake Signal
10
AUXAC1
11
AUXAC1
12
AUXAC1
13
NC
14
WCP ON
Cell Wash Pump CW Signal
15
WCP BK
Cell Wash Pump Brake Signal
16
ICT ON
ISE Suction Pump CW Signal
17
ICT BK
ISE Suction Pump Brake Signal
18
ICTR ON
ISE Ref Pump CW Signal
19
ICTR BK
ISE Ref Pump Brake Signal
20
DTGP ON
Detergent Pump CW Signal
21
DTGP BK
Detergent Pump Brake Signal
22
NC
23
VP2
Cell Vacuum Pump ON Signal (Vacuum)
24
VP1
Spare ON Signal (Cell Dryer Pump)
25
WPMP
Outer Wall Pump ON Signal
26
MC1
Auto Power OFF-ON Signal
27
NC
28
ISPV
Sample Pump Valve 1&2 ON Signal
29
IR1PV
R1 Pump Valve ON signal
30
IR2PV
R2 Pump Valve ON Signal
31
IAV
ISE Suction Pinch Valve ON Signal
32
DTG1V
Acid & Alkaline Detergent Valve 1 ON Signal
33
DTG2V
Acid & Alkaline Detergent Valve 2 ON Signal
34
CWV
Cell Wash Valve
35
ESPV
Sample Probe Valve ON Signal
36
ERPV
R-Probe Outer Wash Valve ON Signal
37
SWV
Stirrer Wash Valve ON Signal
38
WBSV
DIW Supply Valve ON Signal
39
PWV
DIW Supply Pump (Peristaltic Pump) ON
40
IREF
ICT-Level Sensor ON Signal
41
BUZZER
Buzzer ON Signal
42
AUXDC1
Spare
43
AUXDC2
Spare
44
AUTO1
CRA Door Open/Close 1 Signal
45
AUTO2
CRA Door Open/Close 2 Signal
46
NC
47
NC
48
NC
49
NC
50
NC
51
NC
52
ISPV FB
Sample Pump Valve 1 & 3 FB Signal
53
IR1PV FB
R1 Pump Valve FB Signal
54
IR2PV FB
R2 Pump Valve FB Signal
55
IAV FB
ISE Suction Pinch Valve FB Signal
56
DTG1V FB
Acid & Alkaline Valve 1 FB Signal
57
DTG2V FB
Acid & Alkaline Valve 2 FB Signal
58
CWV FB
Cell Wash Valve FB Signal
59
ESPV FB
Sample Probe Outer Wash Valve FB Signal
60
ERPV FB
R-Probe Outer Wall Wash Valve FB Signal
61
SWV FB
Stirrer Wash Valve FB Signal
62
WBSV FB
DIW Supply Valve FB signal
63
PWV FB
DIW Supply Pump (Peristaltic Pump) FB Signal
64
IREF FB
ICT-Level Sensor FB Signal
65
BUZZER
Buzzer FB Signal
66
AUXDC1
Spare 1 FB Signal
67
AUXDC2
Spare 2 FB Signal
68
NC
69
GND (+12V)
Feedback GND (+12V)
70
GND (+12V)
Feedback GND (+12V)
71
GND
GND
72
GND
GND
73
GND
GND
74
GND
GND
75
GND
GND
76
+5V
+5V Power Supply
77
+5V
+5V Power Supply
78
+5V
+5V Power Supply
79
+5V
+5V Power Supply
80
+5V
+5V Power Supply
AC Drive Signal Output
CNN2 – CNN7, CNN14
CNN 2
1
Cell Wash Motor
2
3
4
Stirrer Arm Motor
5
6
CNN 3
1
Probe Inner Wall Wash Pump Motor
2
3
4
Cell Wash Pump Motor
5
6
CNN 4
1
ISE Suction Pump Motor
2
3
4
ISE Ref Pump Motor
5
6
CNN 5
1
Detergent Pump Motor
2
3
4
Reagent Supply Door Open/Close Motor
5
6
CNN 6
1
Cell Wash Vacuum Pump
2
CNN 7
1
Cell Wash Dryer Pump
2
3
Outer Wall Wash Pump
4
5
Auto Power Down
(Magnet Contact)
6
CNN 14
1
2
3
Auto Power On/Off
DC Drive Signal Output
CNN 8 – CNN 10
CNN 8
1
Sampling Pump Valve 1&2
2
3
R1 Pump Valve
4
5
R2 Pump Valve
6
7
ISE Suction Pinch Valve
8
9
Acid Valve 1 & Alkaline Detergent Valve 1
10
11
Acid Valve 2 & Alkaline Detergent Valve 2
12
CNN 9
1
Cell Wash Valve
2
3
Sampling Probe Outer Wall Wash Valve
4
5
Reagent Probe Outer Wall Wash Valve
6
7
Stirrer Wash Valve
8
9
DIW Supply Valve
10
11
DIW Supply Pump
12
CNN 10
1
ICT-Level Sensor
2
3
Buzzer
4
5
Spare 1 (CRA)
6
7
Spare 2
8
9
10
Spare 3
Power Input
CNN 11, CNN 12, CNN 15
CNN 11
1
AC100V
2
3
NC
CNN 12
1
DC+12V
2
CNN 15
1
AC100V
2
3
NC
Automatic Power ON/OFF Control Signal
CNN 13
1
Automatic Power ON/OFF Control Signal
2
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-108) • © 2009, 2010 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered
trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL
60064. All rights reserved.
Driver Box
The Driver Box Assembly contains driver boards for motors and magnetic valves. The following boards are contained in the Driver Box.
• SMD Board–The SMD Board receives stepper motor control signals from the SMC and SM AC/DC boards. Power for each driver
is supplied from the power supply. Drive signals for each stepping motor is provided by each mounted driver circuit.
• AC/DC Board–The AC/DC Driver Board receives ON/OFF and motor rotation control signals from the AC/DC and SM AC/DC
Controller boards. Drive signals for 100VAC motors, 12VDC magnetic pumps and magnetic valves, are converted by SSR; with the
relay mounted on the board.
• STR-Driver 2 Board–The STR-Driver (Mixer) 2 Board receives control signals for the Piezo Stirrers from the SMC and SM AC/DC
Controller boards, and provide output signals for driving the Piezo Stirrer for each STR unit. The AC/DC Controller board provides
control signals for vertical (up/down) movement of the Mixer Assembly.
SMD Connector Position
SMD Connector
Function
CN1
I/F Signals
CN2
Reaction Carousel Rotate Motor
CN3
Sample Arm U/D Motor
CN4
Reagent Inner Carousel Motor
CN5
Reagent Outer Carousel Motor
CN6
Sample Arm Rotate Motor
CN7
R1 Arm U/D Rotate Motor
CN8
R2 Arm U/D Rotate Motor
CN9
Stirrer 1 and 2 Rotate Motor
CN10
ISE Arm U/D and Rotate Motor
CN11
Sample Pump and R1 Pump Motors
CN12
R2 and HCW Pump Motors
CN13
CRA
CN14
CRA
CN15
CN16
CN17
CN18
CN19
CN20
CN21
CN22
CN23
CN24
AC/DC Connector Position
AC/DC Driver Connector
Function
CN1
I/F Signals
CN2
Cell Wash Motor/Stirrer Arm Motor
CN3
Probe Inner Wash Pump Motor/Cell Wash Pump Motor
CN4
ISE Suction Pump Motor
CN5
Detergent Pump Motor/Reagent Supply Door Open/Close Motor
CN6
Cell Wash Vacuum Pump
CN7
Cell Wash Dryer Pump/Outer Wall Wash Pump/Auto Power Down
CN8
S, R1, R2 Pump Valves/ISE Suction Pinch Valve/Acid Alk Det Valves 1 and 2
CN9
Wash Valves/DIW Supply Valve and Pump
CN10
ICT Level Sensor/Buzzer/CRA
CN11
AC100V
CN12
DC+12V
CN13
Auto Power On/Off
CN14
AC100V
CN15
On/Off
STR-Driver2
STR-Driver2 Connector
Function
CN1
STR-Driver2 Control Signal I/F
CN2
Piezo Stirrer Drive Signal Output
CN3
+24VAC
CN4
±15VAC
Input/Output Connectors
Driver Box Assembly External Connector Position
Connector
Function
SM1
SDM Control Signal I/F
SM2,3
5-phase Stepping Motor Drive Output
SM4,5
5-phase Stepping Motor Drive Output
SM6
5-phase Stepping Motor Drive Output
SM7,8
2-phase Stepping Motor Drive Output
SM8,9
2-phase Stepping Motor Drive Output
SM10,11
2-phase Stepping Motor Drive Output
SM11,12
2-phase Stepping Motor Drive Output
SM13,14
2-phase Stepping Motor Drive Output
SM15-17
DC+24V Input
SM18-21
DC+24V Input
SM22
Solenoid DC+24V Output
DR_FAN
AC100V for Cooling Fan
AD1
AC/DC Control Signal I/F
AD2,3
AC Drive Signal Output
AD4,5
AC Drive Signal Output
AD6,7
AC Drive Signal Output
AD8
AC Drive Signal Output
AD9
AC Drive Signal Output
AD10
AC Drive Signal Output
AD11
AC100V Input
AD12
DC+12V Input
STR1
STR-DRIVER 2 Control Signal I/F
STR2
Piezo Stirrer Drive Signal Output
STR3,4
AC+24V/DC+15V Input
FB
Not used
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
Mixer
Mixer Block Diagram
Mixer Driver Board
Functional Diagram
Link
STR-Driver2 (FSTR2A)
7A_2044b
NEW STR-Driver (FSTR2C)
7A_2078a
Functional Diagram
Mixer Block Diagram
Link
7A_2077a
Test Points
TP1
+15V LED 1 (voltage supplied)
TP2 for analog IC's
GND
TP3
-15V LED 2 (voltage supplied)
TP4
+50V Not monitored by LED
TP5 for driving the Piezo stirrers
GND
TP6
-50V Not monitored by LED
TP7
+5V LED 5 (voltage generated on board)
TP8
GND
TP9
+3.3V LED 6 (voltage generated on board)
TP10 for the FPGA
GND
TP11
<1OUT>
TP12
<2OUT>
Switch Settings
SW1
1
ON
2
ON
3
OFF
4
OFF
SW2
1
ON
2
ON
3
OFF
4
OFF
Address Settings
Address
SW3
1
SW4
4
SW5
5
SW5
5
SW7
1
SW8
4
SW9
5
SW10
5
Cable Connection Panel
Cable Label
Connection Label
Control Function
STR-A
ST1AM
Stirrer 1 rotate motor
STR-B
ST2AM
Stirrer 2 rotate motor
STR-D
STRD
Stirrer vibration drive
STR-E
STRM
Stirrer Mixer Elevator Motor
SE-S
STRE-S
Stirrer Elevator Motor Sensors
STR-S
STR-S
Stirrer Rotation Home and Cuvette Sensors
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-108) • © 2009, 2010 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
SMD Board
The SMD (Stepping Motor Driver) Board receives control signals from the SMC and/or SM_AC/DC Control Boards and 24VDC from the
power supply to provide drive signals for each stepper motor.
SMD Block Diagram
SMD Board I/F Signals
CNN 1
Pin
No
Signal Name
Active
Note
1
RCCW
L
Reaction Carousel Rotation Motor CW
2
RCCCW
L
Reaction Carousel Rotation Motor CCW
3
RICCW
L
Reagent Inner Carousel Motor CW
4
RICCCW
L
Reagent Inner Carousel Motor CCW
5
ROCCW
L
Reagent Outer Carousel Motor CW
6
ROCCCW
L
Reagent Outer Carousel Motor CCW
7
SAZCW
L
Sample Arm Up/Down Motor CW
8
SAZCCW
L
Sample Arm Up/Down Motor CCW
9
SAHCW
L
Sample Arm Rotate Motor CW
10
SAHCCW
L
Sample Arm Rotate Motor CCW
11
R1ZNA
L
R1 Arm Up/Down Motor NA
12
R1ZNB
L
R1 Arm Up/Down Motor NB
13
R1ZTDA
L
R1 Arm Up/Down Motor TDA
14
R1ZTDB
L
R1 Arm Up/Down Motor TDB
15
R1ZHOLD
L
R1 Arm Up/Down Motor HOLD
16
R1HNA
L
R1 Arm Rotate Motor NA
17
R1HNB
L
R1 Arm Rotate Motor NB
18
R1HTDA
L
R1 Arm Rotate Motor TDA
19
R1HTDB
L
R1 Arm Rotate Motor TDB
20
R1HHOLD
L
R1 Arm Rotate Motor HOLD
21
R2ZNA
L
R2 Arm Up/Down Motor NA
22
R2ZNB
L
R2 Arm Up/Down Motor NB
23
R2ZTDA
L
R2 Arm Up/Down Motor TDA
24
R2ZTDB
L
R2 Arm Up/Down Motor TDB
25
R2ZHOLD
L
R2 Arm Up/Down Motor HOLD
26
R2HNA
L
R2 Arm Rotate Motor NA
27
R2HNB
L
R2 Arm Rotate Motor NB
28
R2HTDA
L
R2 Arm Rotate Motor TDA
29
R2HTDB
L
R2 Arm Rotate Motor TDB
30
R2HHOLD
L
R2 Arm Rotate Motor HOLD
31
STR1HNA
L
Stirrer 1 Rotate Motor NA
32
STR1H/NB
L
Stirrer 1 Rotate Motor NB
33
STR1HTDA
L
Stirrer 1 Rotate Motor TDA
34
STR1HTDB
L
Stirrer 1 Rotate Motor TDB
35
STR1HHOLD
L
Stirrer 1 Rotate Motor HOLD
36
STR2HINA
L
Stirrer 2 Rotate Motor NA
37
STR2HINB
L
Stirrer 2 Rotate Motor NB
38
STR2HTDA
L
Stirrer 2 Rotate Motor TDA
39
STR2HTDB
L
Stirrer 2 Rotate Motor TDB
40
STR2HHOLD
L
Stirrer 2 Rotate Motor HOLD
41
IAZINA
L
ISE Arm Up/Down Motor NA
42
IAZINB
L
ISE Arm Up/Down Motor NB
43
IAZTDA
L
ISE Arm Up/Down Motor TDA
44
IAZ TDB
L
ISE Arm Up/Down Motor TDB
45
IAZ HOLD
L
ISE Arm Up/Down Motor HOLD
46
IAHINA
L
ISE Arm Rotate Motor NA
47
IAHINB
L
ISE Arm Rotate Motor NB
48
IAHTDA
L
ISE Arm Rotate Motor TDA
49
IAH TDB
L
ISE Arm Rotate Motor TDB
50
IAH HOLD
L
ISE Arm Rotate Motor HOLD
51
SPINA
L
Sample Pump Motor NA
52
SPINB
L
Sample Pump Motor NB
53
SPTDA
L
Sample Pump Motor TDA
54
SPTDB
L
Sample Pump Motor TDB
55
SPHOLD
L
Sample Pump Motor HOLD
56
R1PINA
L
R1 Pump Motor NA
57
R1PINB
L
R1 Pump Motor NB
58
R1P TDA
L
R1 Pump Motor TDA
59
R1PTDB
L
R1 Pump Motor TDB
60
R1PHOLD
L
R1 Pump Motor HOLD
61
R2PINA
L
R2 Pump Motor NA
62
R2PINB
L
R2 Pump Motor NB
63
R2P TDA
L
R2 Pump Motor TDA
64
R2PTDB
L
R2 Pump Motor TDB
65
R2PHOLD
L
R2 Pump Motor HOLD
66
PPHCNA
L
HCW Pump Motor NA
67
PPHCNB
L
HCW Pump Motor NB
68
PPHCTDA
L
HCW Pump Motor TDA
69
PPHCTDB
L
HCW Pump Motor TDB
70
PPHCHOLD
L
HCW Pump Motor HOLD
71
AUTO1NA
L
Reagent Handler (1) Motor NA
72
AUTO1NB
L
Reagent Handler (1) Motor NB
73
AUTO1TDA
L
Reagent Handler (1) Motor TDA
74
AUTO1TDB
L
Reagent Handler (1) Motor TDB
75
AUTO1HOLD
L
Reagent Handler (1) Motor HOLD
76
AUTO2NA
L
Reagent Handler (2) Motor NA
77
AUTO2NB
L
Reagent Handler (2) Motor NB
78
AUTO2TDA
L
Reagent Handler (2) Motor TDA
79
AUTO2TDB
L
Reagent Handler (2) Motor TDB
80
AUTO2HOLD
L
Reagent Handler (2) Motor HOLD
81
AUTO3NA
L
Reagent Handler (3) Motor NA
82
AUTO3NB
L
Reagent Handler (3) Motor NB
83
AUTO3TDA
L
Reagent Handler (3) Motor TDA
84
AUTO3TDB
L
Reagent Handler (3) Motor TDB
85
AUTO3HOLD
L
Reagent Handler (3) Motor HOLD
86
AUXNA
L
Spare Motor NA
87
AUXNB
L
Spare Motor NB
88
AUXTDA
L
Spare Motor TDA
89
AUXTDB
L
Spare Motor TDB
90
AUXHOLD
L
Spare Motor HOLD
91
GND
L
GND (+5V)
92
GND
L
GND (+5V)
93
GND
L
GND (+5V)
94
GND
L
GND (+5V)
95
GND
L
GND (+5V)
96
GND
L
GND (+5V)
97
+5V
L
+5V Power
98
+5V
L
+5V Power
99
+5V
L
+5V Power
100
+5V
L
+5V Power
5-Phase Stepping Motor Drive Signals
No
Unit Name
Code
1
Reaction Carousel Motor
RUM
2
Sample Arm Up/Down Motor
SAEM
3
Reagent Inner Rotate Motor
RICM
4
Reagent Outer Rotate Motor
ROCM
5
Sample Arm Theta Motor
SAAM
CNN 2
Pin
1
Note
Reaction Carousel Rotate Motor
2
3
4
5
CNN 3
Pin
1
Note
Sample Arm Up/Down Motor
2
3
4
5
CNN 4
Pin
1
Note
Reagent Inner Carousel Motor
2
3
4
5
CNN 5
Pin
1
Note
Reagent Outer Carousel Motor
2
3
4
5
CNN 6
Pin
Note
1
Sample Arm Rotate Motor
2
3
4
5
2-Phase Stepping Motor Drive Table
No
Unit Name
Code
1
R1 Arm Up/Down Motor
R1AEM
2
R1 Arm Rotate Motor
R1AAM
3
R2 Arm Up/Down Motor
R2AEM
4
R2 Arm Rotate Motor
R2AAM
5
R1 Stirrer Rotate Motor
ST1AM
6
R2 Stirrer Rotate Motor
ST1AM
7
ISE Arm Up/Down Motor
IAEM
8
ISE Arm Rotate Motor
IAAM
9
Sampling Pump Motor
SPM
10
R1 Pump Motor
R1PM
11
R2 Pump Motor
R2PM
12
HCW Pump Motor
HCWPM
13
Reagent Loading Motor (1)
14
Reagent Loading Motor (2)
15
Reagent Loading Motor (3)
16
Spare Reagent Loading Motor (4)
2-Phase Stepping Motor Drive Signals
CNN 7
Pin
1
Note
R1 Arm Up/Down Motor
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
CNN8
R1 Arm Rotate Motor
Pin
1
Note
R2 Arm Up/Down Motor
2
3
4
5
6
7
R2 Arm Rotate Motor
8
9
10
11
12
CNN9
Pin
1
Note
Stirrer 1 Rotate Motor
2
3
4
5
6
7
Stirrer 2 Rotate Motor
8
9
10
11
12
CNN10
Pin
1
Note
ISE Arm Up/Down Motor
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
ISE Arm Rotate Motor
12
CNN11
Pin
1
Note
Sampling Pump Motor
2
3
4
5
6
7
R1 Pump Motor
8
9
10
11
12
CNN12
Pin
1
Note
R2 Pump Motor
2
3
4
5
6
7
HCW Pump Motor
8
9
10
11
12
CNN13
Pin
1
Note
Reagent Auto Loading Motor (1)
2
3
4
5
6
7
Reagent Auto Loading Motor (2)
8
9
10
11
12
CNN14
Pin
1
Note
Reagent Auto Loading Motor (3)
2
3
4
5
6
7
Reagent Auto Loading Motor (4)
8
9
10
11
12
Power Inputs CNN15–CNN21
CNN15
Pin
Note
CNN16
Pin
Note
CNN17
Pin
Note
CNN18
Pin
Note
CNN19
Pin
Note
CNN20
Pin
Note
CNN21
Pin
Note
Solenoid +24V Outputs
CNN 22
Pin
Note
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
Miscellaneous Boards
Links
CNN Board
ICT Pre Amp Board
IREF Level Detect Board
LED Boards
LLS Board
Thermal Bath Controller (TBC) Board
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
CNN Board
The CNN Board is the distribution board for branch wiring between the card cage and other boards or devices. The board maintains +5, +12
and ±15VDC for supply to sensors, pressure sensors and power for level sensor board. The TLLS board and +15VDC-DC converter for the
TLLS-Pre Board are mounted on the CNN Board.
CNN Board Callouts
CNN1 (from power supply via Card Cage)
Pin
Signal Name
I/O
Note
1
+5V
I
+5V
2
GND
O
Pin
Signal Name
I/O
Note
36
+12V
I
±12V
CNN5 (from power supply via Card Cage)
37
I
38
I
39
I
40
I
41
-12V
I
42
I
43
I
44
I
45
I
46
12VGND
I
47
I
48
I
49
I
50
I
CNN6 (from power supply via Card Cage)
Pin
Signal Name
I/O
Note
36
+12V
I
+/−12V
37
I
38
I
39
I
40
I
41
-12V
I
42
I
43
I
44
I
45
I
46
12VGND
I
47
I
48
I
49
I
50
I
CNN11>CNN3 (Pumps)
Pin
Signal
Signal Name
1
+5v
+5v
2
GND
GND
3
Pitch
SPMIR
4
+5v
+5v
5
GND
GND
6
Home
SPHOME
7
+5v
+5v
8
GND
GND
9
Down Limit
SPDLMT
10
+5v
+5v
11
GND
GND
12
Pitch
R1PMIR
13
+5v
+5v
14
GND
GND
Active
I/O
Note
Pin
Signal
Active
I/O
Sample
Pump
H
I
7
SPMIR
H
I
H
I
6
SPHOME
H
I
H
I
8
SPDLMT
H
I
10
R1PMIR
H
I
R1
Pump
H
I
15
Home
R1PHOME
16
+5v
+5v
17
GND
GND
18
Down Limit
R1PDLMT
19
+5v
+5v
20
GND
GND
21
Pitch
R2PMIR
22
+5v
+5v
23
GND
GND
24
Home
R2PHOME
25
+5v
+5v
26
GND
GND
27
Down Limit
R2PDLMT
28
NC
29
NC
30
NC
31
NC
32
NC
33
NC
34
NC
H
I
9
R1PHOME
H
I
H
I
11
R1PDLMT
H
I
R2 Pump
H
I
13
R2PMIR
H
I
H
I
12
R2PHOME
H
I
H
I
14
R2PDLMT
H
I
Active
I/O
CNN12>CNN3 (Probes and Level Sense)
Pin
Signal
Signal Name
1
+15V
+15V
AGND
AGND
-15V
-15V
Active
I/O
Note
Pin
Signal
2
3
4
5
6
7
VCCSAAAUTOZERO
+5V
53
VCCSAAAUTOZERO
8
SAAUTOZERO
S Probe LLS Auto
Zero
46
SAAUTOZERO
9
VCCSALVL
S Probe LLS (+)
Differential
49
VCCSALVL
10
SALVL
S Probe LLS (-)
Differential
50
SALVL
11
VCCSALVLOK
S Probe LLS (+)
Integral
51
VCCSALVLOK
12
SALVLOK
S Probe LLS (-)
Integral
52
SALVLOK
13
VCCR1AAUTOZERO
+5V
59
VCCR1AAUTOZERO
14
R1AAUTOZERO
R1A Probe LLS
Auto Zero
17
R1AAUTOZERO
15
VCCR1ALVL
R1A Probe LLS (+)
Differential
55
VCCR1ALVL
16
R1ALVL
R1A Probe LLS (-)
56
R1ALVL
O
L
O
I
H
I
I
H
I
O
L
O
I
H
I
Differential
17
VCCR1ALVLOK
R1A Probe LLS (+)
Integral
57
VCCR1ALVLOK
I
18
R1ALVLOK
R1A Probe LLS (-)
Integral
58
R1ALVLOK
19
VCCR2AAUTOZERO
+5V
65
VCCR2AAUTOZERO
20
R2AAUTOZERO
R2A Probe LLS
Auto Zero
22
R2AAUTOZERO
21
VCCR2ALVL
R2A Probe LLS (+)
Differential
61
VCCR2ALVL
22
R2ALVL
R2A Probe LLS (-)
Differential
62
R2ALVL
23
VCCR2ALVLOK
R2A Probe LLS (+)
Integral
63
VCCR2ALVLOK
24
R2ALVLOK
R2A Probe LLS (-)
Integral
64
R2ALVLOK
25
SALVLGUV+5V
68
SALVLGUV+5V
26
SALVLGU
67
SALVLGU
L
Pin
Signal
Active
I/O
H
I
O
L
O
I
H
I
I
H
I
CNN13>CNN2 (Degasser and TBC)
Pin
Signal
Signal Name
Active
I/O
Note
1
+5V
+5V
2
+5V
+5V
3
BathWater
Htr ON/OFF
IHTRON
L
O
77
IHTRON
L
O
4
WaterBath
CyclePump
ON/OFF
IPMON
L
O
76
IPMON
L
O
5
NC
6
Water Bath
Fan
CntrlON/OFF
IFANON
L
O
80
IFANON
L
O
7
Water Bath
Mtr Vlv Open
IMVOPEN
L
O
78
IMVOPEN
L
O
8
Water Bath
Mtr Vlv Clsd
IMVSHUT
L
O
79
IMVSHUT
L
O
9
Wtr Bth Fan
Ctrl Thrm
IVRSTR+
I
89
IVRSTR+
I
10
Wtr Bth Fan
Ctrl Thrm
IVRSTR-
I
90
IVRSTR-
I
11
+5V
+5V
12
GND
GND
13
Disp
PWPUP
7
PWPUP
H
I
14
+5V
+5V
15
GND
GND
16
Aspir
PWPDOWN
8
PWPDOWN
H
I
17
Degasser
Fail
Detection
DALARMV
I
69
DALARMV
I
18
Degasser
DALARM
I
68
DALARM
I
TBC
Probe
H
Wash Pump
H
Degasser
Fail
Detection
19
NC
20
NC
CNN14>CNN2
Pin
Signal
Signal Name
1
+5V
+5V
2
GND
GND
3
Disp
DPUP
4
+5V
+5V
5
GND
GND
6
Aspir
DPDOWN
7
+5V
+5V
8
GND
GND
9
Blank
ESMCC
10
+5V
+5V
11
GND
GND
12
Blank
ESB3
13
+5V
+5V
14
GND
GND
15
Blank
ESB14
16
+5V
+5V
17
GND
GND
18
Disp
CWPUP
19
+5V
+5V
20
GND
GND
21
Aspir
CWPDOWN
22
GND
GND
23
Full Water
FFS2UPPERLIM
24
GND
GND
25
Low Level
FFS4OPENL
26
GND
GND
27
Full Water
FFS3OPENH
28
GND
GND
29
Full Water
FFS1LW
30
GND
GND
31
DTFHW
32
GND
GND
33
Full Water
FFS5AUXFSW
34
NC
CNN15 >CNN3 (Sample Arm)
Active
I/O
Note
Pin
Signal
Active
I/O
Detergent Pump
H
I
12
DPUP
H
I
H
I
13
DPDOWN
H
I
70
ESMCC
H
I
72
ESB3
H
I
71
ESB14
H
I
ISE Ref Solution
H
I
Acid Detergent
H
I
Alkaline Detergent
H
I
Cell Wash Pump
H
I
14
CWPUP
H
I
H
I
15
CWPDOWN
H
I
63
FFS2UPPERLIM
I
65
FFS4OPENL
I
64
FFS3OPENH
I
62
FFS1LW
I
67
DTFHW
I
66
FFS5AUXFSW
I
I
I
I
Open Tank Upper
Limit
Open Tank
Low Level
Open Tank
Full Level
LCW Full Detection
I
HCW Full Detection
I
Spare Float SW
I
Pin
Signal
Signal Name
1
+5V
+5V
2
GND
GND
3
Rotate
Pitch
SAAM1R
4
+5V
+5V
5
GND
GND
6
Rotate
Home
SAAHOME
7
+5V
+5V
8
GND
GND
9
U/D Pitch
SAEM1R
10
+5V
+5V
11
GND
GND
12
U/D Home
SAEHOME
13
+5V
+5V
14
GND
GND
15
+5V
+5V
16
Crash
SACLASH
Active
I/O
Note
Pin
Signal
Active
I/O
Sample Arm
H
I
45
SAAM1R
H
I
H
I
44
SAAHOME
H
I
H
I
47
SAEM1R
H
I
H
I
46
SAEHOME
H
I
H
I
48
SACLASH
H
I
CNN16 >CNN2, CNN3 and CNN4 (Reagent Supply)
Pin
Signal
Signal Name
1
+5V
+5V
2
GND
GND
3
Inner Pitch
R1CIPITCH
4
+5V
+5V
5
GND
GND
6
Inner Home
R1CIHOME
7
+5V
+5V
8
GND
GND
9
Outer Pitch
R1COPITCH
10
+5V
+5V
11
GND
GND
12
Outer
Home
R1COHOME
13
Temp
Sensor
R1CTEMP-
14
Temp
Sensor
R1CTEMP+
15
+5V
+5V
16
GND
GND
17
Cover
Present
Sensor
RCVROK
18
+5V
+5V
19
GND
GND
Active
I/O
Note
Cable
Reagent Supply
CNN3
Pin
Signal
Active
I/O
H
I
36
R1CIPITCH
H
I
H
I
35
R1CIHOME
H
I
H
I
39
R1COPITCH
H
I
H
I
38
R1COHOME
H
I
86
R1CTEMP-
85
R1CTEMP+
59
RCVROK
H
I
CNN2
H
I
CNN4
20
Outer
Rotate SW
21
+5V
+5V
22
GND
GND
23
Inner
Rotate SW
24
+12V
+12V
25
+12VGND
+12VGND
26
Bottle
Sensor
BTTLSNS
27
+5V
+5V
28
GND
GND
29
Cup Sensor
CUPSNSRO
30
NC
31
NC
32
NC
33
NC
34
NC
35
+5V
+5V
36
GND
GND
37
Cover
Opn/Cls
Sensor
Open
COVER OPEN
38
+5V
+5V
39
GND
GND
40
Cover
Opn/Cls
Sensor
Close
COVER CLOSE
CNN2
95
BTTLSNS
I
H
I
96
CUPSNSRO
H
I
H
I
10
COVEROPEN
H
I
H
I
H
I
9
COVER
CLOSE
CNN17>CNN3 (R1 Arm)
Pin
Signal
Signal Name
1
+5V
+5V
2
GND
GND
3
Rotat Pitch
R1AM1R
4
+5V
+5V
5
GND
GND
6
Rotat
Home
R1AHOME
7
+5V
+5V
8
GND
GND
9
U/D Pitch
R1EM1R
10
+5V
+5V
11
GND
GND
12
U/D Home
R1EHOME
13
+5V
+5V
Active
I/O
Note
Pin
Signal
Active
I/O
R1 Arm
H
I
16
R1AM1R
H
I
H
I
15
R1AHOME
H
I
H
I
18
R1EM1R
H
I
H
I
17
R1EHOME
H
I
14
GND
GND
15
+5V
+5V
16
Crash
R1CLASH
H
I
Active
I/O
19
R1CLASH
H
I
CNN18>CNN2, CNN3 and CNN4
Pin
Signal
Signal Name
1
+5V
+5V
2
GND
GND
3
Up
STEUP
4
+5V
+5V
5
GND
GND
6
Down
STEDOWN
7
+5V
+5V
8
GND
GND
9
Down OK
STEDOK
10
+5V
+5V
11
GND
GND
12
STR1
Rotat
Home
STA1HOME
13
+5V
+5V
14
GND
GND
15
STR1
Rotat Cuv
Sense
SENS1
16
+5V
+5V
17
GND
GND
18
STR 2
Rotat
Home
STA2HOME
19
+5V
+5V
20
GND
GND
21
STR2
Rotat Cuv
Sense
SENS2
22
+5V
+5V
23
GND
GND
24
Up
WSUP
25
+5V
+5V
26
GND
GND
27
Down
WSDOWN
28
+5V
+5V
29
GND
GND
30
Down OK
WSDOWNOK
31
+5V
+5V
32
GND
GND
33
Pitch
RUM1R
Note
Cable
Stirrer
CNN2
Pin
Signal
Active
I/O
H
I
4
STEUP
H
I
H
I
5
STEDOWN
H
I
H
I
6
STEDOK
H
I
4
STA1HOME
H
I
37
SENS1
H
I
5
STA2HOME
H
I
38
SENS2
H
I
CNN3
H
I
CNN4
H
I
CNN3
H
I
CNN4
H
I
Wash Elevator
CNN2
H
I
1
WSUP
H
I
H
I
2
WSDOWN
H
I
H
I
3
WSDOWNOK
H
I
34
RUM1R
H
I
Reaction Cuvette
H
I
CNN3
34
+5V
+5V
35
GND
GND
36
Home
RUHOME
37
GND
GND
38
Water Bath
Full Detect
39
40
H
I
33
RUHOME
H
I
BATHLVL
I
58
BATHLVL
I
Water Bath
Temp
Sensor
BATHTMP-
I
84
BATHTMP-
I
Water Bath
Temp
Sensor
BATHTMP+
I
83
BATHTMP+
I
CNN19>CNN3 (R2 Arm)
Pin
Signal
Signal Name
1
+5V
+5V
2
GND
GND
3
Rotate
Pitch
R2AM1R
4
+5V
+5V
5
GND
GND
6
Rotate
Home
R2AHOME
7
+5V
+5V
8
GND
GND
9
U/D Pitch
R2EM1R
10
+5V
+5V
11
GND
GND
12
U/D Home
R2EHOME
13
+5V
+5V
14
GND
GND
15
+5V
+5V
16
Crash
R2CLASH
Active
I/O
Note
Pin
Signal
Active
I/O
R2 Arm
H
I
21
R2AM1R
H
I
H
I
20
R2AHOME
H
I
H
I
23
R2EM1R
H
I
H
I
22
R2EHOME
H
I
H
I
24
R2CLASH
H
I
Active
I/O
Note
Pin
Signal
Active
I/O
Reagent Barcode
Reader
11
TXD2
13
RTS2
L
O
CNN20 >CNN7 (Reagent Barcode Reader)
Pin
Signal
Signal Name
1
TXD
TXD2
2
RTS
RTS2
3
NC
NC
4
RXD
RXD2
12
RXD2
5
CTS
CTS2
14
CTS2
6
NC
7
GND
GND
8
TRIGGER
TRIGGER2
15
TRIGGER2
L
O
9
+5V
+5V
10
+5V
+5V
11
GND
GND
12
NC
13
NC
14
NC
15
NC
16
NC
CNN21>CNN7 (LUI Serial)
Pin
Signal
Signal Name
1
TXD
TXD4
2
RTS
3
NC
4
Active
I/O
Note
Pin
Signal
LUI Serial
21
TXD4
RTS4
23
RTS4
RXD
RXD4
22
RXD4
5
CTS
CTS4
24
CTS4
6
NC
7
GND
GND
8
TRIGGER
TRIGGER4
25
9
+5V
+5V
10
+5V
+5V
11
GND
GND
12
NC
13
NC
14
NC
15
NC
16
NC
Note
CLI Serial
L
O
Active
I/O
Active
I/O
TRIGGER4
L
O
Pin
Signal
Active
I/O
26
CD5
CNN22>CNN7 (CLI Serial)
Pin
Signal
Signal Name
1
Carrier
Detect
CD5
2
Receive
Data
RXD5
27
RXD5
3
Transmit
Data
TXD5
28
TXD5
4
Data
Terminal
Ready
DTR5
29
DTR5
5
GND
GND
6
Data Set
Ready
DSR5
30
DSR5
7
Request to
Send
RTS5
31
RTS5
8
Clear to
CTS5
32
CTS5
GND
Send
9
Ring
Indicator
10
NC
CI5
33
CI5
CNN23>CNN2 (Status LEDs)
Pin
Signal
Signal Name
Active
I/O
Note
Pin
Signal
Active
I/O
1
CPULED0
CPULED0
L
O
Status LED
40
CPULED0
L
O
2
CPULED1
CPULED1
L
O
41
CPULED1
L
O
3
CPULED2
CPULED2
L
O
42
CPULED2
L
O
4
CPULED3
CPULED3
L
O
43
CPULED3
L
O
5
CPULED4
CPULED4
L
O
44
CPULED4
L
O
6
CPULED5
CPULED5
L
O
45
CPULED5
L
O
7
CPULED6
CPULED6
L
O
46
CPULED6
L
O
8
CPULED7
CPULED7
L
O
47
CPULED7
L
O
9
CPULED8
CPULED8
L
O
48
CPULED8
L
O
10
CPULED9
CPULED9
L
O
49
CPULED9
L
O
11
CPULED10
CPULED10
L
O
50
CPULED10
L
O
12
CPULED11
CPULED11
L
O
51
CPULED11
L
O
13
CPULED12
CPULED12
L
O
52
CPULED12
L
O
14
CPULED13
CPULED13
L
O
53
CPULED13
L
O
15
CPULED14
CPULED14
L
O
54
CPULED14
L
O
16
CPULED15
CPULED15
L
O
55
CPULED15
L
O
17
+5V
+5V
18
+5V
+5V
19
GND
GND
20
GND
GND
21
GND
GND
22
GND
GND
23
NC
24
NC
25
NC
26
NC
Active
I/O
Note
Pin
Signal
Active
I/O
Shutter
36
SHUTTER ON
L
O
CNN24>CNN7 (Optics)
Pin
Signal
Signal Name
1
+5V
2
Optics
Shutter
SHUTTER ON
3
LED VCC
LEDVCC
4
GND
5
+5V
6
Optics
Trigger
OPT-TRIGGE
Optics Trigger
37
LEDVCC
39
OPT-TRIGGE
O
H
O
Signal
7
GND
CNN25>CNN2 and CNN6
Pin
Signal
1
+12V
2
+/12VGND
3
-12V
4
NC
5
S Pressure
Sensor Sig
Pos
6
S Pressure
Sensor Sig
Neg
7
+12V
8
+/12VGND
9
-12V
10
NC
11
Signal Name
Active
I/O
Note
Cable
Pin
Signal
Pressure Sensor
CNN6
SASEN1 POS
1
SASEN1 POS
SASEN1 NEG
2
SASEN1 NEG
R1
Pressure
Sensor Sig
Pos
R1ASEN POS
3
R1ASEN POS
12
R1
Pressure
Sensor Sig
Neg
R1ASEN NEG
4
R1ASEN NEG
13
+12V
14
+/12VGND
15
-12V
16
NC
17
R2
Pressure
Sensor Sig
Pos
R2ASEN POS
5
R2ASEN POS
18
R2
Pressure
Sensor Sig
Neg
R2ASEN NEG
6
R2ASEN NEG
19
TLLS
SLLS
33
SLLS
20
TLLSG
SLLSG
34
SLLSG
21
+5V
22
GND
23
ISE Suct
Pump UP
ISPUP
16
ISPUP
24
+5V
25
GND
26
ISE Suct
ISPDOWN
17
ISPDOWN
Sample TLLS
ISE Pump
CNN2
Active
I/O
Pump
DOWN
27
+5V
28
GND
29
ISE Ref
Pump UP
30
NC
31
NC
32
NC
33
NC
34
NC
IMPUP
18
IMPUP
CNN26>CNN2 (STR Driver)
Pin
Signal
1
+5V
2
+5V
3
Stirrer 1
On
4
Signal Name
Active
I/O
Note
Pin
Signal
Active
I/O
ST1ON
23
ST1ON
Stirrer 1
Scan
ST1SCAN
24
ST1SCAN
5
Stirrer 1
Clear
ST1CLS
25
ST1CLS
6
Stirrer 1
Busy 0 Sig
ST1BUSY0
26
ST1BUSY0
7
Stirrer 1
Busy 1 Sig
ST1BUSY1
27
ST1BUSY1
8
Stirrer 2
On
ST2ON
28
ST2ON
9
Stirrer 2
Scan
STS2CAN
29
STS2CAN
10
Stirrer 2
Clear
ST2CLS
30
ST2CLS
11
Stirrer 2
Busy 0 Sig
ST2BUSY0
31
ST2BUSY0
12
Stirrer 2
Busy 1 Sig
ST2BUSY1
32
ST2BUSY1
13
NC
14
NC
15
+5V
+5V IN VCC
16
+5V
+5V IN VCC
33
+5V IN VCC
Pin
Signal
Active
I/O
1
IAAHOME
H
I
Stirrer Driver
CNN27>CNN3 (ISE Arm)
Pin
Signal
1
+5V
2
GND
3
Rotat
Home
Signal Name
Active
I/O
Note
ISE Arm
IAAHOME
H
I
4
+5V
5
GND
6
U/D
Home
7
+5V
8
GND
9
U/D Pitch
10
NC
IAEHOME
H
I
2
IAEHOME
H
I
IAEM1R
H
I
3
IAEM1R
H
I
Pin
Signal
Active
I/O
CNN28>CNN3 (HCW Pump and IREF Cup Sensor)
Pin
Signal
1
+5V
2
GND
3
Home
4
+5V
5
GND
6
Pitch
7
+5V
8
GND
9
IREF
10
NC
Signal Name
Active
I/O
Note
HCW Pump
ISOHOME
H
I
28
ISOHOME
H
I
ISOPITCH
H
I
29
ISOPITCH
H
I
73
ESMCCSSIREFCUP
H
I
Pin
Signal
Active
I/O
IREF CUP Sensor
ESMCCSSIREFCUP
H
I
CNN29>CNN2 (Dust Cover Open/Close Sensor)
Pin
Signal
1
+5V
2
GND
3
Front Cover
Sensr
4
NC
5
+5V
6
GND
7
Rear Cover
Sensr
8
NC
9
NC
10
NC
Signal Name
Active
I/O
Note
Dust Cover
Open/Close Sensor
FRONTCVROK
H
I
60
FRONTCVROK
H
I
BACKCVROK
H
I
61
BACKCVROK
H
I
Active
I/O
Pin
Signal
Active
I/O
36
ISLUILED1(RCLED)
H
O
CNN30>CNN2 (Reagent Supply Switches)
Pin
Signal
1
+5V
2
Rotat SW
On
Signal Name
Note
Reagent Supply
SW
ISLUILED1(RCLED)
H
O
3
+5V
4
Opn/Cls
SW ON
5
GND
6
Rotat SW
7
GND
8
Opn/Cls
SW
9
NC
10
NC
ISLUISLED2(RCLED)
H
O
38
ISLUISLED1(RCLED)
H
O
ISSW(RCSW)
H
I
91
ISSW(RCSW)
H
I
ISLSW(RCSW)
H
I
92
ISLSW(RCSW)
H
I
Pin
Signal
Active
I/O
CNN31>CNN2 and CNN4 (Automatic Reagent Loading)
Pin
Signal
1
+12V
2
12VGND
3
12V Snsr Si
4
4
+12V
5
12VGND
6
12V Snsr Si
7
+12V
8
12VGND
9
12V Snsr Si
2
10
+12V
11
12VGND
12
12V Snsr Si
1
13
+5V
14
GND
15
Sensor Si
27
16
+5V
17
GND
18
Sensor Si
26
19
+5V
20
GND
21
Sensor Si
25
22
+5V
23
GND
24
Sensor Si
24
25
+5V
Signal Name
Active
I/O
Note
Cable
Automatic
Reagent
Loading
CNN4
RALOBJECT4
H
I
32
RALOBJECT4
H
I
RALOBJECT3
H
I
31
RALOBJECT3
H
I
RALOBJECT2
H
I
30
RALOBJECT2
H
I
RALOBJECT1
H
I
29
RALOBJECT1
H
I
SM13DLMT
H
I
28
SM13DLMT
H
I
SM13PITCHOK
H
I
27
SM13PITCHOK
H
I
SM13HOME
H
I
26
SM13HOME
H
I
RALOPTION2
H
I
25
RALOPTION2
H
I
26
GND
27
Sensor Si 2
28
+5V
29
GND
30
Sensor Si
22
31
+5V
32
GND
33
Sensor Sig
21
34
+5V
35
GND
36
Sensor Sig
20
37
+5V
38
GND
39
Sensor Sig
19
40
+5V
41
GND
42
Sensor Sig
1
43
+5V
44
GND
45
Sensor Sig
17
46
+5V
47
GND
48
Sensor Sig
16
49
+5V
50
GND
51
Sensor Sig
15
52
+5V
53
GND
54
Sensor Sig
14
55
+5V
56
GND
57
Sensor Sig
13
58
NC
59
NC
60
NC
61
NC
62
NC
63
NC
RALOPTION1
H
I
24
RALOPTION1
H
I
SM12PITCHOK
H
I
23
SM12PITCHOK
H
I
SM12HOME
H
I
22
SM12HOME
H
I
RALGSNS3
H
I
21
RALGSNS3
H
I
RALGSNS2
H
I
20
RALGSNS2
H
I
RALGSNS1
H
I
19
RALGSNS1
H
I
RALOPEN2
H
I
18
RALOPEN2
H
I
RALOPEN1
H
I
17
RALOPEN1
H
I
AC1UPHOME
H
I
33
AC1UPHOME
H
I
AC1DOWNMOVE
H
I
34
AC1DOWNMOVE
H
I
11
RALACDOWNOK
H
I
CNN2
RALACDOWNOK
H
I
CNN4
64
+5V
65
GND
66
Sensor Sig
12
67
+5V
68
GND
69
Sensor Sig
11
70
+5V
71
GND
72
Sensor Sig
10
73
+5V
74
GND
75
Sensor Sig
9
76
+5V
77
GND
78
Sensor Sig
8
79
+5V
80
GND
81
Sensor Sig
7
82
+5V
83
GND
84
Sensor Sig
6
85
+5V
86
GND
87
Sensor Sig
5
88
+5V
89
GND
90
Sensor Sig
4
91
+5V
92
GND
93
Sensor Sig
3
94
+5V
95
GND
96
Sensor Sig
2
97
+5V
98
GND
99
Sensor Sig
1
SM4HOME
H
I
3
SM4HOME
H
I
SM4PITCH
H
I
4
SM4PITCH
H
I
SM4DLMT
H
I
5
SM4DLMT
H
I
SM5HOME
H
I
6
SM5HOME
H
I
SM5PITCH
H
I
7
SM5PITCH
H
I
SM5DLMT
H
I
8
SM5DLMT
H
I
SM6HOME
H
I
9
SM6HOME
H
I
SM6PITCH
H
I
10
SM6PITCH
H
I
SM6DLMT
H
I
11
SM6DLMT
H
I
SM8HOME
H
I
14
SM8HOME
H
I
SM8PITCH
H
I
15
SM8PITCH
H
I
SM8DLMT
H
I
16
SM8DLMT
H
I
100
NC
CNN32<CNN4 and CNN34 (AC/DC Driver Command)
Pin
Signal
Signal Name
Active
I/O
Note
Cable
Pin
Signal
Active
I/O
1
Wash
Elevator
WS UP
L
O
AC/DC
Driver
Command
CNN34
1
WS UP
L
O
2
WS DOWN
L
O
2
WS DOWN
L
O
3
WS BK
L
O
3
WS BK
L
O
STRZ UP
L
O
4
STRZ UP
L
O
5
STRZ DOWN
L
O
5
STRZ DOWN
L
O
6
STRZ BK
L
O
6
STRZ BK
L
O
PWP UP
L
O
7
PWP UP
L
O
8
PWP DOWN
L
O
8
PWP DOWN
L
O
9
PWP BK
L
O
9
PWP BK
L
O
AUXAC1UP
L
O
13
AUXAC1UP
L
O
11
AUXAC1DOWN
L
O
14
AUXAC1DOWN
L
O
12
AUXAC1BK
L
O
15
AUXAC1BK
L
O
WCP ON
L
O
18
WCP ON
L
O
WCP BK
L
O
19
WCP BK
L
O
ICTP ON
L
O
20
ICTP ON
L
O
ICTP BK
L
O
21
ICTP BK
L
O
ICTR ON
L
O
22
ICTR ON
L
O
ICTR BK
L
O
23
ICTR BK
L
O
DTGP ON
L
O
16
DTGP ON
L
O
DTGP BK
L
O
17
DTGP BK
L
O
4
7
10
Stirrer Arm
Probe Wash
Pump
Reagent
Supply Door
Opn/Cls
13
NC
14
Cell Wash
Pump
15
16
ISE Suction
Pump
17
18
ISE Ref
Pump
19
20
Detergent
Pump
21
22
23
Cell Wash
Vacuum
Pump
VP2
L
O
26
VP2
L
O
24
Cell Wash
Dryer Pump
VP1
L
O
27
VP1
L
O
25
Outer Wall
Wash Pump
WP MP
L
O
29
WP MP
L
O
26
Auto Power
On
MC1
L
O
30
MC1
L
O
28
Sampling
Pump Valve
ISPV
L
O
42
ISPV
L
O
29
R1 Pump
Valve
IR1PV
L
O
43
IR1PV
L
O
27
30
R2 Pump
Valve
IR2PV
L
O
44
IR2PV
L
O
31
ISE Suction
Pinch Valve
IAV
L
O
32
IAV
L
O
32
Detergent
Valve 1
DTG1V
L
O
39
DTG1V
L
O
33
Detergent
Valve 2
DTG2V
L
O
40
DTG2V
L
O
34
Cell Wash
Valve
CWV
L
O
38
CWV
L
O
35
S Probe
Outer Wash
Valve
ESPV
L
O
33
ESPV
L
O
36
R Probe
Outer Wash
Valve
ERPV
L
O
34
ERPV
L
O
37
STR Wash
Valve
SWV
L
O
35
SWV
L
O
38
DIW Supply
Source
Valve
WBSV
L
O
36
WBSV
L
O
39
DIW Supply
Pump
PWV
L
O
37
PWV
L
O
40
ICT-Level
Sensor
IREF
L
O
49
IREF
L
O
41
Buzzer
BUZZER
L
O
48
BUZZER
L
O
42
CRA
CRA
L
O
50
CRA
L
O
43
DC Spare 1
AUXDC1
L
O
67
AUXDC1
L
O
44
DC Spare 2
AUXDC2
L
O
68
AUXDC2
L
O
45
NC
46
NC
47
AC
Feedback
Signal
VP2 FB
L
I
62
VP2 FB
L
I
48
VP1 FB
L
I
50
VP1 FB
L
I
49
WPMP FB
L
I
64
WPMP FB
L
I
50
MC1 FB
L
I
65
MC1 FB
L
I
ISPV FB
L
I
51
ISPV FB
L
I
IR1PV FB
L
I
52
IR1PV FB
L
I
54
IR2PV FB
L
I
53
IR2PV FB
L
I
55
IAV FB
L
I
41
IAV FB
L
I
56
DTG1V FB
L
I
48
DTG1V FB
L
I
57
DTG2V FB
L
I
49
DTG2V FB
L
I
58
CWV FB
L
I
47
CWV FB
L
I
59
ESPV FB
L
I
42
ESPV FB
L
I
60
ERPV FB
L
I
43
ERPV FB
L
I
61
SWV FB
L
I
44
SWV FB
L
I
62
WBSV FB
L
I
45
WBSV FB
L
I
63
PWV FB
L
I
46
PWV FB
L
I
51
NC
52
DC
Feedback
Signal
53
CNN4
64
IREF FB
L
I
58
IREF FB
L
I
65
BUZZER FB
L
I
57
BUZZER FB
L
I
66
CRA FB
L
I
54
CRA FB
L
I
67
AUXDC1 FB
L
I
55
AUXDC1 FB
L
I
68
AUXDC2 FB
L
I
56
AUXDC2 FB
L
I
I
60
FB GND
51
GND ACDC
GND ACDC
52
GND ACDC
+5V ACDC
55
+5V ACDC
+5V ACDC
56
+5V ACDC
78
+5V ACDC
57
+5V ACDC
79
+5V ACDC
58
+5V ACDC
80
+5V ACDC
59
+5V ACDC
69
GND
70
NC
71
AC/DC
DRIVER
GROUND
72
73
NC
74
NC
75
NC
76
AC/DC
DRIVER +5V
77
FB GND
GND ACDC
CNN34
I
CNN33 < CNN35 and CNN36 (SMD Command)
Pin
Signal
Signal Name
Active
I/O
Note
Cable
Pin
Signal
Active
I/O
1
Cuvette
Rotate
RCCW
L
O
SMD
Command
CNN36
51
RCCW
L
O
RCCCW
L
O
52
RCCCW
L
O
RICCW
L
O
53
RICCW
L
O
RICCCW
L
O
54
RICCCW
L
O
ROCCW
L
O
55
ROCCW
L
O
ROCCCW
L
O
56
ROCCCW
L
O
SAZCW
L
O
63
SAZCW
L
O
SAZCCW
L
O
64
SAZCCW
L
O
SAHCW
L
O
61
SAHCW
L
O
SAHCCW
L
O
62
SAHCCW
L
O
R1ZINA
L
O
66
R1ZINA
L
O
R1ZINB
L
O
67
R1ZINB
L
O
13
R1ZTDA
L
O
68
R1ZTDA
L
O
14
R1ZTDB
L
O
69
R1ZTDB
L
O
15
R1ZHOLD
L
O
70
R1ZHOLD
L
O
R1HINA
L
O
61
R1HINA
L
O
R1HINB
L
O
62
R1HINB
L
O
18
R1HTDA
L
O
63
R1HTDA
L
O
19
R1HTDB
L
O
64
R1HTDB
L
O
20
RR1HHOLD
L
O
65
RR1HHOLD
L
O
R2ZINA
L
O
6
R2ZINA
L
O
R2ZINB
L
O
7
R2ZINB
L
O
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
16
17
21
22
Reagent
Inner Rotate
Reagent
Outer Rotate
S Arm
Up/Dwn
S Arm
Rotate
R1 Arm
Up/Dwn
R1 Arm
Rotate
R2 Arm
Up/Dwn
CNN35
CNN36
23
R2ZTDA
L
O
8
R2ZTDA
L
O
24
R2ZTDB
L
O
9
R2ZTDB
L
O
25
R2ZHOLD
L
O
10
R2ZHOLD
L
O
R2HINA
L
O
1
R2HINA
L
O
R2HINB
L
O
2
R2HINB
L
O
28
R2HTDA
L
O
3
R2HTDA
L
O
29
R2HTDB
L
O
4
R2HTDB
L
O
30
R2HHOLD
L
O
5
R2HHOLD
L
O
STR1HINA
L
O
11
STR1HINA
L
O
STR1HINB
L
O
12
STR1HINB
L
O
33
STR1HTDA
L
O
13
STR1HTDA
L
O
34
STR1HTDB
L
O
14
STR1HTDB
L
O
35
STR1HHOLD
L
O
15
STR1HHOLD
L
O
STR2HINA
L
O
16
STR2HINA
L
O
STR2HINB
L
O
17
STR2HINB
L
O
38
STR2HTDA
L
O
18
STR2HTDA
L
O
39
STR2HTDB
L
O
19
STR2HTDB
L
O
40
STR2HHOLD
L
O
20
STR2HHOLD
L
O
IAZINA
L
O
6
IAZINA
L
O
IAZINB
L
O
7
IAZINB
L
O
43
IAZTDA
L
O
8
IAZTDA
L
O
44
IAZTDB
L
O
9
IAZTDB
L
O
45
IAZHOLD
L
O
10
IAZHOLD
L
O
IAHINA
L
O
1
IAHINA
L
O
IAHINB
L
O
2
IAHINB
L
O
48
IAHTDA
L
O
3
IAHTDA
L
O
49
IAHTDB
L
O
4
IAHTDB
L
O
50
IAHHOLD
L
O
5
IAHHOLD
L
O
SPINA
L
O
31
SPINA
L
O
SPINB
L
O
32
SPINB
L
O
53
SPTDA
L
O
33
SPTDA
L
O
54
SPTDB
L
O
34
SPTDB
L
O
55
SPHOLD
L
O
35
SPHOLD
L
O
R1PINA
L
O
41
R1PINA
L
O
57
R1PINB
L
O
42
R1PINB
L
O
58
R1PTDA
L
O
43
R1PTDA
L
O
59
R1PTDB
L
O
44
R1PTDB
L
O
60
R1PHOLD
L
O
45
R1PHOLD
L
O
R2PINA
L
O
51
R2PINA
L
O
62
R2PINB
L
O
52
R2PINB
L
O
63
R2PTDA
L
O
53
R2PTDA
L
O
64
R2PTDB
L
O
54
R2PTDB
L
O
65
R2PHOLD
L
O
55
R2PHOLD
L
O
PPHCINA
L
O
36
PPHCINA
L
O
26
27
31
32
36
37
41
42
46
47
51
52
56
61
66
R2 Arm
Rotate
Stirrer 1
Rotate
Stirrer 2
Rotate
ISE Arm
Up/Down
ISE Arm
Rotate
Sampling
Pump
R1 Pump
R2 Pump
HCW Pump
CNN35
CNN36
67
PPHCINB
L
O
37
PPHCINB
L
O
68
PPHCTDA
L
O
38
PPHCTDA
L
O
69
PPHCTDB
L
O
39
PPHCTDB
L
O
70
PPHCHOLD
L
O
40
PPHCHOLD
L
O
AUTO1INA
L
O
36
AUTO1INA
L
O
AUTO1INB
L
O
37
AUTO1INB
L
O
73
AUTO1TDA
L
O
38
AUTO1TDA
L
O
74
AUTO1TDB
L
O
39
AUTO1TDB
L
O
75
AUTO1HOLD
L
O
40
AUTO1HOLD
L
O
AUTO2INA
L
O
46
AUTO2INA
L
O
AUTO2INB
L
O
47
AUTO2INB
L
O
78
AUTO2TDA
L
O
48
AUTO2TDA
L
O
79
AUTO2TDB
L
O
49
AUTO2TDB
L
O
80
AUTO2HOLD
L
O
50
AUTO2HOLD
L
O
AUTO3INA
L
O
56
AUTO3INA
L
O
AUTO3INB
L
O
57
AUTO3INB
L
O
83
AUTO3TDA
L
O
58
AUTO3TDA
L
O
84
AUTO3TDB
L
O
59
AUTO3TDB
L
O
85
AUTO3HOLD
L
O
60
AUTO3HOLD
L
O
AUXINA
L
O
46
AUXINA
L
O
87
AUXINB
L
O
47
AUXINB
L
O
88
AUXTDA
L
O
48
AUXTDA
L
O
89
AUXTDB
L
O
49
AUXTDB
L
O
90
AUXHOLD
L
O
50
AUXHOLD
L
O
71
GND SMD
72
GND SMD
71
GND SMD
72
GND SMD
+5V SMD
79
+5V SMD
98
+5V SMD
80
+5V SMD
99
+5V SMD
79
+5V SMD
100
+5V SMD
80
+5V SMD
Active
I/O
71
72
76
77
81
82
86
91
Automatic
Reagent
Loading 1
Automatic
Reagent
Loading 2
Automatic
Reagent
Loading 3
Spare
SMD GND
GND SMD
93
GND SMD
94
GND SMD
NC
96
NC
97
SMD +5V
CNN36
GND SMD
92
95
CNN35
CNN35
CNN36
CNN35
CNN36
CNN38>CNN37 (Flow Sensors Signal)
Pin
Signal
1
+5V
2
GND
3
Spl Line
Flow
Signal
4
+5V
5
GND
Signal Name
Active
I/O
Note
Pin
Signal
Flow Sensor Signal
SPFS
I
SPFS
I
6
Rgt Line
Flow
Signal
7
+5V
8
GND
9
Str Line
Flow
Signal
10
NC
RPFS
I
RPFS
I
STFS
I
STFS
I
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
ICT Pre Amp Board
The ICT Pre-Amp Board gain is factory set and does not require adjustment.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
IREF Level Detect Board
Correct LED 1 and LED 2 Status
Before the ICT assembly drives down and aspirates ICT reference solution from the cup, LED 1 Read Status and LED 2 ICT Reference Cup
Full turn ON.
LED 2 turns on only when the c4000 module CPU is reading the status of the level sense electrodes in the ICT Reference Cup. During
this brief status check (when LED 2 is on) observe LED 1. If the cup is full during the status check, LED 1 will be on at the same time
as LED 2. If the cup is empty, LED 1 will be off when LED 2 is on.
1.
Just before the ICT assembly moves down to aspirate, both LED2 and LED1 turn RED momentarily (cup is full), then turn off.
2.
After the ICT assembly aspirates and moves up, LED2 turns RED momentarily and then turns off. LED1 never turns on because the
IREF Cup is empty.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
LLS Board
LLS Block Diagram
TLLS PWB Test Point
Observation Point
LLS Detection Voltage
Shortage Sample
Voltage
TP:A5
>0.50v
–
–
>0.50v
>0.30v
–
–
>0.40v
>0.30v
–
–
>0.40v
TP:B5
TP:T5
Sample Pipettor Liquid Level Sense
Note
Stop signal for sample
Confirmation for sample short
Stop signal for reagent 1
Confirmation for reagent 1 short
Stop signal for reagent 2
Confirmation for reagent 2 short
Reagent Pipettor Level Sense
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
Thermal Bath Controller (TBC) Board
The TBC Board maintains water bath temperature at 37+ 0.3C, keeping the reaction liquid temperature within +0.1C target value.
Ambient air temperature sensors connect to this board. The board provides 24 and 100VAC to control heater, pump, fan, and motor valve.
The pump fan and motor valve are controlled by a photocoupler. The heater is controlled by the CPU using the thyristor (solid-state semi
conductor acting as a switch to turn the heater On/Off).
Thermal Bath Controller Board (side view)
Thermal Bath Controller Board (connectors)
Thermal Bath Control
New Digital TBC
LEDs, Switches and Test pins
Switches
No.
Name
SW1
Function
MODE / PARAMETER
(4bits DIP-switch)
MODE (Temperature adjustment)
Bit1
Bit2
Mode
OFF
OFF
Disable: (Default)
OFF
ON
Disable
ON
OFF
PC mode
(For the future)
It can be adjusted by PC
ON
ON
Manual mode:
It can be adjusted by SW3 and SW4.
When Bit1 and Bit2 are turned "ON", temperature can be adjusted
by SW3 and SW4.
And the adjusted temperature is stored on this board.
When the temperature adjustment was completed, Bit1 and Bit2
must be turned "OFF".
Temperature can't be adjusted by SW3 and SW4.
Temperature is controlled to become the adjusted temperature.
PARAMETER (For the future.)
Bit3
Bit4
Parameter
OFF
OFF
Type A
(Default)
OFF
ON
Type B
ON
OFF
Type C
ON
ON
Type D
SW3
UP
(Push Button switch)
Temperature adjustment up button:
Approximately 0.02°C/Step
SW4
Down
(Push Button switch)
Temperature adjustment down button:
Approximately 0.02°C/Step
LEDs
No.
Name
Color
Function
LED1
HEATER
RED
ON: The heater is ON.
LED2
CPU CMD
Red
ON: The heater is ON signal is received.
LED3
UP
RED
ON: SW3 (UP) is pushed.
LED4
DOWN
RED
ON: SW4 (DOWN) is pushed.
LED5
POWER
RED
ON: +5V is supplied.
Test Pins
No.
Test Point
TP1
+5V
TP2
GND
TP3
Thermistor signal
TP4
Signal to detect zero cross point of AC 100V for phase control
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-113) • © 2009, 2011 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
Power Supply
Links
Main Power Supply
Transformer
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
Main Power Supply
Outside voltage is supplied to an isolation transformer via circuit protector and line filter. The transformer converts input voltages to 24VAC
and 100VAC.
Primary Input
The c4000 uses external AC voltage from 200VAC to 240VAC (± 10%). Five corresponding selector plugs; 200, 208, 220, 230, and 240 are
available on the transformer. The plug closest to external voltage should be selected.
Output
The power supply generates continuous 100VAC to individual power supply. The individual power supply generates:
• +3.3, +5 and ±12VDC
• +12VDC separately for magnetic values
• +24VDC for the SMD
• +5, ±12 and ±36VDC for the RSH
• ±15VDC for analog (feedback) circuitry
• +11.45VDC lamp power supply
The powers supply is equipped with no fuse breakers (NFB), an emergency stop switch, and power indicator LED board for monitoring active
status of various DC power supplies. Relays control AC system output and low-voltage supply.
Power-INDI Board
The power indicator board monitors the output state of the DC System Power Supply. Each voltage is monitored and the LED illuminates
when respective voltage is present. The state of the LED can be monitored from the window of the Power Supply.
Main Power Supply (front view)
Connector
Function
1
Fan
2
Circuit Protector
3
Voltage Monitor LEDs
4
Analyzer Switch
5
RSH Switch
6
External Power
7
Main Power Switch
8
Individual Power Supply Adjustment
Constant Voltage Power Supply Specifications
PS
Output
Usage
Voltage (V)
Current (A)
100VAC
6A
AC Motors, Pumps, Heaters
24VAC
1A
Stirrers Drive, Temperature Control Circuit
1
+3.3VDC
8A
Card Cage (motherboard internal power supply)
1
+5VDC
15A
Card Cage (control logic), CNBD, TBC
1
+/-12VDC
2A
Card Cage (motherboard internal power supply)
2
+/-15VDC
1A
Analog Power Supply (STRD. Card Cage)
3
+12VDC
8A
Magnetic Valve Drive, CPUM, +12V, CNBD
4
+11.6VDC
2A
Lamp, CPUM
5
+12VDC
27A
UC, Thermostat, Rgt Sply Cntr, Fans
6
+24VDC
18A
Stepping Motor Drive (+24V2, +24V1), CPUM
7
+36VDC
18A
J1, J2 (RSH Drive Power Supply)
8
+5VDC
10A
J5, J6 (RSH CPU Control)
8
+12VDC
2A
J3, J4 RSH Communications
8
-12VDC
1A
J3, J4 RSH Communications
Power Supply Voltage Status LEDs
LED
Voltage
Assembly Voltage Monitored
Source
1
+24V
Stepping Motor Drive (+24V2, +24V1), CPUM
PS6
2
+36V
J1, J2 (RSH Drive Power Supply)
PS7
3
+12V
UC, Thermostat, Rgt Sply Cntr, Fans
PS5
4
+12V
Card Cage (motherboard internal power supply)
PS1
5
-12V
Card Cage (motherboard internal power supply)
PS1
6
+11.5
Lamp, CPUM
PS4
7
+12V
Magnetic Valve Drive, CPUM, +12V, CNBD
PS3
8
+15V
Analog Power Supply (STRD. Card Cage)
PS2
9
-15V
Analog Power Supply (STRD. Card Cage)
PS2
10
+5V
Card Cage (control logic), CNBD, TBC
PS1
11
+5V
J5, J6 (RSH CPU Control)
PS8
12
+12V
Card Cage (motherboard internal power supply)
PS1
13
12V
14
+3.3V
Power Supply Variable Resistors
Circuit Protection
PS1
Card Cage (motherboard internal power supply)
PS1
Breaker
Rating (A)
Control
AC2
3A
24VAC line for the TBC and STR-DRIVER
AC3
6A
100VAC line for the AC/DC DRIVER
AC4
6A
100VAC line for the TBC
AC5
6A
100VAC line for the Cooling Fan
CP1
8A
+24VDC SMD Line 1
CP2
8A
+24VDC SMD Line 2
CP3
8A
+24VDC SMD Line 3
CP4
8A
+24VDC SMD Line 4
CP5
8A
+24VDC SMD Line 5
CP6
8A
+24VDC SMD Line 6
CP7
4A
+24VDC SMD Line 7
Main Power Supply (rear connector plate)
Power Supply Connector Pin Outs
Power Supply Connections
Connector
Function
J3
RSH +12VDC Output
CPUM
Output for monitoring DC Voltage
AUTO
Switched 100VAC input for lower voltage power supply
c+RSH
c4000 Standalone RSH Connector
i+RSH
c4000 Integration RSH Connector
J4
RSH +/-12VDC Output
R/F
Front Power Switch
Thermostat
+12VDC Output
ON/OFF
Spare 100VAC Output
RSH
Input Side Connector for the RSH Power Supply
J1
RSH +36VDC Output
CNBD
+5VDC, +12VDC for the CNN Board
TBC
24VAC and +5VDC for Water Bath Control
MC IN
Input Side for the Magnet Contact
MC OUT
Output Side for the Magnet Contact
J2
RSH +36VDC Output
UC
+12VDC for Unit Cooling
AC100V
AC100V Output
STRD
24VAC and +/-15VDC Output for the STR-Driver 2
+12V
+12VDC for the AC/DC Driver
+24V1
SMD +24VDC Output (1)
AC
100VAC Output for the AC/DC Driver, TBC and Cooling Fan
J5
RSH +5VDC Output
CPU
+5VDC, +/-15VDC, +3.3VDC, +/-12VDC Output for the card cage chassis
+24V2
SMD +24VDC Output (2)
Transformer
100VAC, 24VAC input for the secondary side of the transformer
J6
RSH +5VDC Output
LAMP
+11.5VDC output for the Lamp
Lamp
1
+11.5V
2
GND
CPU
1
+5V
2
GND
3
+15V
4
+5V
5
GND
6
AGND
7
+5V
8
GND
9
GND
10
+3.3V
11
GND
12
NC
13
+12V
14
GND
15
-12V
+24 V2
1
+24V
2
+24V
3
+24V
4
GND
5
GND
6
GND
7
+24V
8
+24V
9
+24V
10
GND
11
GND
12
GND
13
+24V
14
GND
15
NC
+24 V2
1
+24V
2
+24V
3
+24V
4
GND
5
GND
6
GND
7
+24V
8
+24V
9
+24V
10
GND
11
GND
12
GND
UC
1
+12V
2
+12V
3
+12V
4
GND
5
GND
6
GND
7
+12V
8
GND
9
NC
J6
1
+5V
2
+5V
3
+5V
4
+5V
5
GND
6
GND
7
GND
8
GND
9
NC
J1
1
+36V
2
+36V
3
+36V
4
GND
5
GND
6
GND
J2
1
+36V
2
+36V
3
+36V
4
GND
5
GND
6
GND
CPUM
1
+24V
2
+12V
3
+11.5V
4
24GND
5
12GND
6
11.5GND
+12V
1
+12V
2
GND
3
NC
4
NC
5
NC
J5
1
+5V
2
+5V
3
GND
4
GND
CNBD
1
+5V
2
5GND
3
+12V
4
12GND
J3
1
+12V
2
-12V
3
GND
4
GND
J4
1
+12V
2
+12V
3
-12V
4
-12V
5
GND
6
GND
Transformer
1
AC100V MC1 T3
2
AC100V MC1 T3
3
AC100V MC1 T1
4
AC100V MC1 T4
5
AC100V MC1 T3
6
AC100V MC1 T2
7
AC24V MC1 T5
8
NC
9
AC24V MC1 T6
MC IN
1
AC24V MC IN
2
AC100V MC IN
3
AC100V RSH MC IN
4
AC24V MC IN
5
AC100V MC IN
6
AC100V RSH MC IN
MC OUT
1
AC24V MC OUT
2
AC100V MC OUT
3
AC100V RSH MC OUT
4
AC24V MC OUT
5
AC100V MC OUT
6
AC100V RSH MC OUT
AUTO
1
MC1 A1
2
MC1 A2
3
NC
R/F
1
BK A1
2
NC
3
TB3 10B
Thermostat
1
TB1 7B
2
PS5 L
AC100V
1
TB1 7B (AC100V)
2
TB1 5B (AC100V)
TBC
1
PS1 +5V15A
2
NC
3
TB2 10A (AC24V)
4
PS1 +5V GND
5
NC
6
TB2 9A (AC24V)
STRD
1
TB2 10A (AC24V)
2
TB2 9A (AC24V)
3
PS2 +15V 1A
4
PS2 +/-15V GND
5
PS2 –15V1A
AC
1
AC100V AC/DC Driver
2
AC100V AC/DC Driver
3
AC100V TBC
4
AC100V TBC
5
AC100V FANS
6
AC100V FANS
7
NC
8
NC
9
NC
ON/OFF
1
RSH Power Switch IN (AC100V)
2
RSH Power Switch IN (AC100V)
3
NC
RSH
1
TB2 4B (AC100V)
2
TB2 2B (AC100V)
c-iRSH
1
TB1 2B (AC100V)
2
TB1 1B (AC100V)
i-iRSH
1
TB1 4B (AC100V)
2
TB1 3B (AC100V)
Power Supply Schematics
Schematic Diagram
Link
Power Supply Diagram
7A_9004.pdf Page 1
Power Supply Diagram
7A_9004.pdf Page 2
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-107) • © 2009, 2010 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
Transformer
• Input
- 200, 208, 220, 230, and 240VAC (± 10%) at 50Hz/60Hz ± 170Hz
• Output
- 24VAC and 100VAC (± 10%) at 50Hz/60Hz ± 1%Hz
Magnetic Contactor (Relay)
The contactor is internal to the power supply.
MC1
• Input
- Receives 24VAC and 100VAC input from the transformer
• Output
- Provides 24VAC for TBC and STRDRV
- Provides 100VAC to 3 terminal blocks for distribution to power supplies PS1, PS2, PS3, PS4, PS5, PS6, PS7, PS8
Power Transformer Cable Pinout
Pin
Voltage
Current
Variance
Output Wire
Gauge
1-6
100VAC
20A
±3%
16AWG, 600V
7, 9
24VAC
1A
±3%
18AWG, 600V
Circuit Protector
The 24VAC output line is protected by a 4 amp circuit protector (CPI) on front of the transformer. The 24VAC and 100VAC output lines are
protected by thermal fuses.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-107) • © 2009, 2010 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
C1.01 Optics Assembly
Version - 204738-101_4873_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205181-01
OPTICS ASSY
7-205181-02
OPTICS ASSY
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
C1.01 Optics Assembly
Time Required
35 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Caution Hot Surface
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped or
Offline status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module. (Use
the main circuit breaker located at the rear of
the processing module.)
Remove the right rear cover.
Remove the rear right deck cover [K].
Remove the Lamp housing cover [G].
2.
3.
4.
Remove Source
Lamp
1.
2.
Remove the thumbscrew [1] securing the source
lamp holder and remove the lamp holder.
Lay the holder out of the way.
Note There is no need to disconnect lamp
from terminal block.
Reference
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Remove Optics
Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
Follow the cables from the Fan and Pre-Amp
board and disconnect them (both, the shutter
cable SHUT-SHAT and fan PHOTO-FAN).
Remove the Pre-Amp cover [2] by loosening the
left screw and removing the right screw with the
ground cable [1].
Disconnect the OPT cable from the Pre-Amp
board.
While supporting the optics assembly from the
bottom, remove the four (4) screws [3] securing
the optics and remove it from the instrument.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Optics
Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Reference
While supporting the optics assembly from the
bottom, secure it to the processing module
frame using four (4) screws [3].
Connect the pre-amp cable [4].
Install the Pre-Amp cover and ground wires,
route the cables between the gasket material (of
the cover) and the housing.
Insert the ground cable and secure the cover
with the screws.
Note Ensure the cover slides into the guides
in the bottom of the optics housing.
The fit between the guides in the optic
housing and the pre-amp cable cover
is tight.
Connect the shutter cable (SHUT to SHAT).
Connect the fan (PHOTO-FAN) cable.
Install Source Lamp
1.
Install source lamp holder in optics assembly
and tighten the screw.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
Install the lamp housing cover [G].
Install the rear right deck cover [K].
Install right rear cover.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power must
be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure proper
initialization.
To change the status of the processing module
and sample handler from Stopped to Ready,
perform the Startup procedure.
5.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
1001 - Optics Trigger Sensor Check
2
1008 - Optics Total Test
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
C1.02 Optics Shutter
Version - 204738-101_4874_2
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-204228-01
Optics Shutter
7-204228-02
Optics Shutter, new style
7-35005695-01
Shutter, Universal
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
C1.02 Optics Shutter
Time Required
50 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Caution Hot Surface
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module
(use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module).
Remove the right rear cover.
Remove the rear right deck cover [K].
Remove the Lamp housing cover [G].
2.
3.
4.
Remove Source
Lamp
1.
2.
Remove the thumbscrew [1] securing the
source lamp holder and remove the lamp
holder.
Lay the holder out of the way.
Note There is no need to disconnect
lamp from terminal block.
Remove Optics
Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
Follow the cables from the Fan and Pre-Amp
board and disconnect them (both, the shutter
cable SHUT-SHAT and fan PHOTO-FAN).
Remove the Pre-Amp cover [2] by loosening
the left screw and removing the right screw
with the ground cable [1].
Disconnect the OPT cable from the Pre-Amp
board.
While supporting the optics assembly from
the bottom, remove the four (4) screws
securing the optics and remove it from the
instrument [3].
Remove Optics
Housing Cover
1.
Remove the five (5) screws securing the
optics cover to the optics.
Caution Do not try and clean any
components inside of the optics
assembly. Damage can occur by
touching the lens, the grating, or
the diode array.
Caution Do not try to adjust or unscrew any
screw with red screw lock on them.
Remove Cable
Clamp
1.
Unscrew the screw securing the cable clamp
for the shutter cable [1].
Pull the shutter cable up through slot behind
the preamp board.
Cut the wire tie on the cable clamp and save
the cable clamp and screw.
2.
3.
Remove Shutter
Remove Universal
Shutter From Mount
Plate
1.
Remove the two (2) screws [1] securing the
shutter mounting bracket [2] and remove the
shutter and bracket from the optics assembly.
These instructions are for removing the new 735005695-01 Universal Shutter. If you are not
removing the Universal Shutter, proceed to action
step: Remove Shutter From Shutter Mount.
1.
2.
3.
Remove the (2) two screws [1] securing the
shutter to the shutter mounting plate.
Remove shutter [2] from the mounting plate
[3].
Proceed to action step: Install Universal
Shutter On Mount Plate.
Remove Shutter
From Shutter Mount
1.
2.
Remove the three (3) screws [1] securing the
shutter to the shutter mount.
Remove shutter from the shutter mount. [2].
Note the position of the shutter while
removing.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Universal
Shutter On Mount
Plate
These instructions are for the new 7-35005695-01
Universal Shutter. If you are not installing the
Universal Shutter, proceed to action step: Install
Shutter On Mount.
1.
Place the new universal shutter [1] on the
new mount plate [2] and secure with the (2)
two screws [3].
Note The Universal Shutter Kit
contains the mount plates
needed to install the shutter on
the c4000, c16000 and c8000
(two different versions) Optics
Assemblies. The unused mount
plates are discarded.
Reference
Install Universal
Shutter On Mounting
Post
1.
2.
Place the shutter, with shutter mount, on the
mounting post and secure with the two (2)
screws [1].
Proceed to action step: Install Cable Clamp.
Note Apply pressure to the shutter mount in
the direction of the lamp housing while
tightening the two (2) screws.
Install Shutter On
Shutter Mount
1.
Place the shutter on the shutter mount and
secure with three (3) screws.
Note The shutter will only fit on the
shutter mount in one position.
Install Shutter
1.
Place the shutter, with shutter mount, on the
mounting post and secure with two (2)
screws.
Note
Install Cable Clamp
1.
2.
3.
Apply pressure to the shutter mount
in the direction of the lamp housing
while tightening the two (2) screws.
Secure the shutter cable to the cable clamp
with a wire tie.
Secure the cable clamp [1] to the optics
assembly with one screw.
Route the shutter cable behind the lens mount
and then through the slot behind the preamp
board.
Install Optics
Housing Cover
1.
Install the optics cover to the optics housing
and secure with five (5) screws.
Install Optics
Assembly
1.
While supporting the optics assembly from the
bottom, secure it to the processing module
frame using four (4) screws.
Connect the pre-amp cable [4].
Install the Pre-Amp cover and ground wires,
route the cables between the gasket material
(of the cover) and the housing.
Insert the ground cable and secure the cover
with the screws.
Note Ensure the cover slides into the
guides in the bottom of the optics
housing. The fit between the guides
in the optic housing and the preamp cable cover is tight.
Connect the shutter cable (SHUT to SHAT).
Connect the fan (PHOTO-FAN) cable.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Install Source Lamp
1.
Install source lamp holder in optics assembly
and tighten the screw.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
Install the lamp housing cover [G].
Install the rear right deck cover [K].
Install right rear cover.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
5.
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure proper
initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
1001 - Optics Trigger Sensor Check
2
1008 - Optics Total Test
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009, 2014 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
C1.03 Fan, Optics Assembly
Version - 204738-101_4875_2
A Part Number is currently not assigned to this RR. Go to GPPM UserInterface
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
C1.03 Fan, Optics Assembly
Time Required
20 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Caution Hot Surface
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped or
Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module. (Use
the main circuit breaker located at the rear of
the processing module.)
Remove the right rear cover.
Remove the rear right deck cover [K].
Remove the Lamp housing cover [G].
2.
3.
4.
Remove Source
Lamp
1.
2.
Remove the thumbscrew [1] securing the source
lamp holder and remove the lamp holder.
Lay the holder out of the way.
Note There is no need to disconnect lamp
from terminal block.
Remove Optics
Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
Follow the cables from the Fan and Pre-Amp
board and disconnect them (both, the shutter
cable SHUT-SHAT and fan PHOTO-FAN).
Remove the Pre-Amp cover [2] by loosening the
left screw and removing the right screw with the
ground cable [1].
Disconnect the OPT cable from the Pre-Amp
board.
While supporting the optics assembly from the
bottom, remove the four (4) screws [3] securing
the optics and remove it from the instrument.
Remove Optics Fan
Note
1.
2.
3.
Fan airflow direction is OUT of the
housing.
Remove the four (4) screws securing the preamp cable cover mount. [1]
Remove the four (4) screws [2] securing the fan
to the optics assembly.
Note The screw hardware is not captured
and there is a flat washer and a split
washer on each screw.
Remove the Optics Fan.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Optics Fan
Note
1.
2.
Install Optics
Assembly
Reference
1.
2.
3.
4.
Verify fan airflow direction is OUT of
the housing.
Install the fan to the optics assembly using four
(4) screws [2], each with a flat washer, and a
split washer.
Note Air flow direction is out of the housing.
Install the pre-amp cable cover mount.
While supporting the optics assembly from the
bottom, secure it to the processing module
frame using four (4) screws.
Connect the pre-amp cable [4].
Install the Pre-Amp cover and ground wires,
route the cables between the gasket material (of
the cover) and the housing.
Insert the ground cable and secure the cover
with the screws.
Note Ensure the cover slides into the guides
in the bottom of the optics housing.
The fit between the guides in the optic
5.
6.
housing and the pre-amp cable cover
is tight.
Connect the shutter cable (SHUT to SHAT).
Connect the fan (PHOTO-FAN) cable.
Install Source Lamp
1.
Install source lamp holder in optics assembly
and tighten the screw.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
Install the lamp housing cover [G].
Install the rear right deck cover [K].
Install right rear cover.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power must
be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure proper
initialization.
To change the status of the processing module
and sample handler from Stopped to Ready,
perform the Startup procedure.
5.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-107) • © 2009, 2010 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various
jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
G14 - Fan
Verify that the fan is rotating and that the air
flows in the correct direction.
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
null
Expected Results
C1.05 Filter, Heat Absorbing
Version - 204738-101_4876_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-202484-01
Optics Heat Filter
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
C1.05 Filter, Heat Absorbing
Time Required
15 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Caution Hot Surface
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Note The heat absorbing filter should
never be removed with the
processing module powered on.
Remove the lamp housing cover [G].
2.
Remove Duct
1.
Remove Heat
Absorbing Filter
Removal and replacement steps are left to
the discretion of the Abbott trained repair
person.
Note
1.
2.
3.
Do not touch the heat absorbing
filter; oil from your hands can
damage the filter.
Pull the heat filter mount plate [1] out of the
optics assembly.
Loosen the screws securing each filter
holder and move the holder to the sides [2].
Remove the heat filter [3] from the mount.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Heat
Absorbing Filter
Note
1.
2.
3.
Prepare for
Operation
Reference
1.
2.
3.
Do not touch the heat absorbing
filter, as the oil from your hands
can damage the filter.
Install the heat filter [3] on the mount. [1]
Place back the filter holder [2] and secure
them with their screws.
Install the filter mount plate [1] in the optics
assembly with the heat filter holders toward
the optics housing.
Install the Lamp housing cover.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Power ON the processing module.
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Note The system control center power
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
1008 - Optics Total Test
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
C2.01 Motor Assy, Reaction Carousel
Version - 204738-101_4877_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205184-01
MOTOR ASSY., REACTION CRSL.
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
C2.01 Motor Assy, Reaction Carousel
Time Required
35 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Remove the cuvette segments from the
reaction carousel and store in a safe place.
Remove the lamp housing cover [G].
Remove center deck cover-center left cover
[D].
Remove Rear deck-Rear right cover [K].
Remove the left rear cover.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove Reaction
Carousel Motor
Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the two (2) screws securing the
carousel gear cover and move the cover to
the side. [1]
Disconnect the RD-M and RD-S plugs from
the connector plate.
Disconnect RD Pitch from the motor.
Remove the cable ties.
Remove Reaction
Carousel Motor
Assembly
(continued)
1.
While holding motor (so it does not fall),
remove the three (3) screws securing the
motor assembly. [2]
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Reaction
Carousel Motor
Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
Reference
Install the motor assembly to upper frame
securing the three (3) screws.
Install the carousel gear cover.
Connect RD Pitch to the motor.
Connect the RD-M and RD-S plug to the
connector plate.
Install the lamp housing cover [G].
Install center deck cover-center left cover [D].
Install Rear deck-Rear right cover [K].
Power ON the processing module.
Note To change the status of the
processing module and sample
handler from Stopped to Ready,
perform the Startup procedure.
Replace the left rear cover.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
1001 - Optics Trigger Sensor Check
3
1008 - Optics Total Test
4
1120 - Sample Pipettor Calibration
5
1121 - R1 Pipettor Calibration
6
1122 - R2 Pipettor Calibration
2
1009 - Beam Height Alignment
9
P-618 ICT Alignment
7
P-620 Mixer Alignment
8
P-621 Cuvette Washer Alignment
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
C2.02 Roller Assy, Cuvette Align
Version - 204738-101_4878_1
A Part Number is currently not assigned to this RR. Go to GPPM UserInterface
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
C2.02 Roller Assy, Cuvette Align
Time Required
25 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Remove the lamp housing cover [G].
2.
Remove Roller
Assembly
1.
2.
Mark the position of the roller assembly in
relationship to the upper processing module
frame.
Note This will ensure proper alignment
of the roller in relationship to the
gear when reinstalled.
Remove the two (2) screws securing the
assembly to the frame and remove from the
processing module. [1]
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Roller
Assembly
1.
2.
3.
Install the assembly on the frame using the
marks made during removal.
Secure the assembly to the frame using two (2)
screws.
Manually rotate the reaction carousel main gear
Reference
4.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
and make sure the wheel turns constantly.
Adjust the roller assembly until the wheel rotates
smoothly.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power must
be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure proper
initialization.
To change the status of the processing module
and sample handler from Stopped to Ready,
perform the Startup procedure.
Perform 1009 Beam Height Alignment.
Install the lamp housing cover [G].
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
1120 - Sample Pipettor Calibration
2
1121 - R1 Pipettor Calibration
3
1122 - R2 Pipettor Calibration
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
C2.03 Wheel, Common, Roller Assy
Version - 204738-101_4879_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205311-01
WHEEL, COMMON, ROLLER ASSY
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
C2.03 Wheel, Common, Roller Assy
Time Required
20 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Remove the lamp housing cover [G].
2.
Remove Roller
Assembly
1.
2.
Remove Roller
1.
2.
Mark the position of the roller assembly in
relationship to the upper processing module
frame.
Note This ensures proper alignment of
the roller in relationship to the
gear when reinstalled.
Remove the two (2) screws securing the
assembly to the frame and remove from the
processing module. [1]
Remove the one screw securing the roller to
the post.
Disassemble the roller assembly into the
spacer, wheel, bearing, and shaft.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Roller
1.
2.
Install Roller
Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
Reference
Assemble the roller. The spacer is closest to
the post, followed by the wheel, bearing and
shaft.
Install the one screw to attach the assembled
roller to the post.
Position the assembly on the frame using
the marks made during removal.
Note If installing the assembly closest to
the motor gear, ensure the
assembly is seated properly on the
guide pin.
Install the assembly to the frame using two
(2) screws.
Manually rotate the reaction carousel main
gear and make sure the wheel turns
constantly.
Adjust the roller assembly until the wheel
rotates smoothly.
Tighten the two (2) screws.
Power ON the processing module.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Note The system control center power
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
must be ON prior to turning on the Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Install the lamp housing cover [G].
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
2
1120 - Sample Pipettor Calibration
3
1121 - R1 Pipettor Calibration
4
1122 - R2 Pipettor Calibration
1
1009 - Beam Height Alignment
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
C2.04 Guide Assembly
Version - 204738-101_4880_1
A Part Number is currently not assigned to this RR. Go to GPPM UserInterface
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
C2.04 Guide Assembly
Time Required
20 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module
(use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module).
Remove the lamp housing cover [G].
2.
Remove Guide
Assembly
1.
2.
Mark the position of the guide assembly in
relationship to the upper processing module
frame.
Note This will ensure proper alignment
of the wheel in relationship to the
gear when reinstalled.
Remove the two (2) screws securing the
assembly to the frame and remove from the
processing module. [1]
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Guide
Assembly
1.
2.
Position the assembly on the frame using
the marks made during removal.
Install the assembly to the frame using two
(2) screws.
Reference
3.
4.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
Manually rotate the reaction carousel main
gear and make sure the wheel turns
constantly.
Adjust the guide assembly until the wheel
rotates smoothly.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Install the lamp housing cover [G].
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
2
1120 - Sample Pipettor Calibration
3
1121 - R1 Pipettor Calibration
4
1122 - R2 Pipettor Calibration
1
1009 - Beam Height Alignment
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
C2.05 Wheel with Bearing, Common, Guide Assy
Version - 204738-101_4881_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-202490-01
Wheel & bearing, com guide
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
C2.05 Wheel with Bearing, Common, Guide Assy
Time Required
20 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
(Used on the Guide Assembly and Spring Tensioned Guide Assembly.)
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module
(use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module).
Remove the lamp housing cover [G].
2.
Remove Guide
Assembly
1.
2.
Remove Wheel with
Bearing
1.
2.
Mark the position of the guide assembly in
relationship to the upper processing module
frame.
Note This will ensure proper alignment
of the wheel in relationship to the
gear when reinstalled.
Remove the two (2) screws securing the
assembly to the frame and remove from the
processing module. [1]
Remove one screw securing the wheel with
bearing from the post.
On the spring tensioned guide assembly
there is a nut securing the screw in place.
Remove the nut.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Wheel
Bearing
1.
2.
Install Guide
Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
Reference
Install the wheel with bearing to the post
using one screw.
Install the one screw with nut, if this is the
spring tensioned guide assembly.
Position the assembly on the frame using
the marks made during removal.
Install the assembly to the frame using two
(2) screws.
Manually rotate the reaction carousel main
gear and make sure the wheel turns
constantly.
Adjust the guide assembly until the wheel
rotates smoothly.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Install the lamp housing cover [G].
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
2
1120 - Sample Pipettor Calibration
3
1121 - R1 Pipettor Calibration
4
1122 - R2 Pipettor Calibration
1
1009 - Beam Height Alignment
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
C2.06 Motor Coupling, Reaction Carousel
Version - 204738-101_5039_1
A Part Number is currently not assigned to this RR. Go to GPPM UserInterface
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
C2.06 Motor Coupling, Reaction Carousel
Time Required
50 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
While performing this procedure, if you are exposed to reagents, calibrators or controls, the following statements may
apply:
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Remove Reaction Carousel Motor
Assembly. (C2.01 Motor Assy, Reaction
Carousel)
Remove Motor
Coupling
1.
Loosen the two (2) upper set screws [1]
securing the coupling to the drive gear
shaft.
Remove the four (4) screws securing the
motor to the motor frame.
Loosen the lower two (2) set screws [2]
securing the coupling to the motor shaft and
remove coupling.
2.
3.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Motor
Coupling
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Install coupling onto the gear
drive shaft.
Align set screws with the flat
sides of the shaft.
Tighten the set screws to the
gear drive shaft.
Install the motor and insert shaft
into the coupling.
Secure the motor to the motor
frame using the four (4) screws.
Align the set screws on the
Reference
coupling with the flat sides of the
motor shaft and tighten set
screws.
Install Reaction
Carousel Motor
Assembly
1.
Install Reaction Carousel Motor
Assembly. (C2.01 Motor Assy,
Reaction Carousel)
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
1001 - Optics Trigger Sensor Check
3
1008 - Optics Total Test
4
1120 - Sample Pipettor Calibration
5
1121 - R1 Pipettor Calibration
6
1122 - R2 Pipettor Calibration
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
2
1009 - Beam Height Alignment
9
P-618 ICT Alignment
7
P-620 Mixer Alignment
8
P-621 Cuvette Washer Alignment
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-109) • © 2009, 2010 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various
jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
D1.01 Reagent Supply Center
Version - 204738-101_4882_3
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205901-01
REAGENT CAROUSEL ASSEMBLY, C4
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
D1.01 Reagent Supply Center
Time Required
90 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
WARNING
Probe Stick Hazard
Caution Lifting Hazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite 1.
The processing module must be in Stopped or Offline
status.
Preparation
Open the reagent supply center cover.
Remove the reagent trays; store in an appropriate
place.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module (use the
main circuit breaker).
Remove the top covers.
Remove the right rear cover.
Remove the left side covers.
Remove the reagent probes.
Remove the following deck covers:
• Front left cover [A]
• Front center cover [B]
• Center left cover [D]
• Rear left cover [H]
• Rear center left cover [I]
Remove the reagent carousel motor cover [1].
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Reference
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System
Operations Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection:
System status.
Preparation
(continued)
1.
2.
3.
Preparation
(continued)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the green ground cable [2].
Disconnect [3]:
• CVR-M
• CVR-OP
• CVR-CL
Remove the three (3) screws securing the reagent
carousel cover and remove the cover.
Loosen the two (2) screws [4] on the reflective plate
assembly to the RSH rail and remove plate.
Remove the two (2) screws from the black left front
panel to the top left side panel.
Note Do not remove the black panel.
Remove the top screw and loosen the bottom screw
securing the CRA cable bracket to the top left side
panel and slide off the bracket from the panel.
Remove the four (4) Allen head screws that secure the
top left side panel and remove the panel.
Remove
Reagent
Supply
Center
1.
2.
3.
Remove the screw that secures the cover sensor and
bracket assembly.
Disconnect the following cables:
a. At the front [1]:
- BWF
- Bar Code Reader (RBCR)
- Tube Sensor (BOT SNSR)
b. At the rear [2]:
- ROCM
- RICM
- THERMO
- RCS
- Fan Cable
- UC1
- UC2
- UC3
- UC4
- UC FAN cables.
c. At the inner side between the wash cups:
- CVR Sensor cable
Remove assembly from the module.
Remove
Reagent
Supply
Center
(continued)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Disconnect the drain tubing [1] from the LCW drain
manifold.
Clamp tubing end to prevent leaking from the reagent
carousel.
Remove the four (4) screws securing the reagent
supply center to the mounting locations.
Lift the reagent supply center from the processing
module.
Note Do not pinch cables or bend brackets when
lifting the carousel.
Note You may need assistance lifting the carousel.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install
Reagent
Supply
Center
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Place the reagent supply center into the processing
module.
Align the attachment holes on the carousel with the
alignment pin [2] and screw hole [1] on the processing
module.
Note You may need assistance lifting the reagent
supply center.
Tighten the four (4) screws.
Connect the drain tubing into the LCW drain manifold.
Connect the following cables:
a. At the front:
- BWF
- Bar Code Reader (RBCR)
- Tube Sensor (BOT SNSR)
b. At the rear:
Reference
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Install
1.
Reagent
Supply
Center
(continued)
2.
3.
Prepare for 1.
Operation
2.
- ROCM
- RICM
- THERMO
- RCS
- Fan Cable
- UC1
- UC2
- UC3
- UC4
- UC FAN cables.
c. At the inner side between the wash cups:
- CVR Sensor cable
Install the cover sensor and bracket assembly and
secure with the screw.
Install the top left side panel and secure with four (4)
screws.
Attach the black left front panel to the top left side
panel with two (2) screws.
Install the reflective plate and secure with two (2)
screws.
Slide the CRA cable bracket onto the two (2) screws
on the top left side panel and tighten the screws.
Install the reagent carousel cover using three (3)
screws.
Connect:
• CVR-M
• CVR-OP
• CVR-CL
Connect the green ground cable to the frame.
Install the reagent carousel motor cover.
Install the left side covers.
Install the right rear cover.
Install the Top Deck covers:
• Front left cover [A]
• Front center cover [B]
• Center left cover [D]
• Rear center left cover [I]
• Rear left cover [H]
Install the Reagent Probes.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power must be ON
prior to turning on the processing module to
ensure proper initialization.
Install the reagent cartridges in the reagent supply
center.
Perform the Startup procedure to change the status of
the processing module and sample handler from
Stopped to Ready.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the
ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating
instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
3525 - Temperature Status
2
1121 - R1 Pipettor Calibration
3
1122 - R2 Pipettor Calibration
4
G30 - Reagent Bar Code Label Scan
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
Perform a SCAN F4 under the REAGENT
Icon.
Verify all reagent bar code labels are read.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-104) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT�ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
D1.02 TED, Reagent Supply Center
Version - 204738-101_4883_3
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205216-01
TED, RGT. CRSL.
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
D1.02 TED, Reagent Supply Center
Time Required
30 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
WARNING
Probe Stick Hazard
Caution Lifting Hazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite 1.
The processing module must be in Stopped or Offline
status.
Preparation
Open the reagent supply center cover.
Remove the reagent trays; store in an appropriate
place.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module (use the
main circuit breaker).
Remove the top covers.
Remove the right rear cover.
Remove the left side covers.
Remove the reagent probes.
Remove the following deck covers:
• Front left cover [A]
• Front center cover [B]
• Center left cover [D]
• Rear left cover [H]
• Rear center left cover [I]
Remove the reagent carousel motor cover [1].
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Reference
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System
Operations Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection:
System status.
Preparation
(continued)
1.
2.
3.
Preparation
(continued)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the green ground cable [2].
Disconnect [3]:
• CVR-M
• CVR-OP
• CVR-CL
Remove the three (3) screws securing the reagent
carousel cover, and remove the cover.
Loosen the two (2) screws securing the reflective plate
assembly [4] to the RSH rail and remove plate.
Remove the two (2) screws securing the black left
front panel to the top left side panel.
Note Do not remove the black panel.
Remove the top screw and loosen the bottom screw
securing the CRA cable bracket to the top left side
panel and slide off the bracket from the panel.
Remove the four (4) Allen head screws that secure the
top left side panel and remove the panel.
Remove
Reagent
Supply
Center
1.
2.
3.
Remove the screw that secures the cover sensor and
bracket assembly.
Disconnect the following cables:
a. At the front [1]:
- BWF
- Bar Code Reader (RBCR)
- Tube Sensor (BOT SNSR)
b. At the rear [2]:
- ROCM
- RICM
- THERMO
- RCS
- Fan Cable
- UC1
- UC2
- UC3
- UC4
- UC FAN cables.
c. At the inner side between the wash cups:
- CVR Sensor cable
Remove assembly from the module.
Remove
Reagent
Supply
Center
(continued)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove
TED
1.
2.
Disconnect the drain tubing [1] from the LCW drain
manifold.
Clamp tubing end to prevent leaking from the reagent
carousel.
Remove the four (4) screws securing the reagent
supply center to the mounting locations.
Lift the reagent supply center from the processing
module.
Note Do not pinch cables or bend brackets when
lifting the carousel.
Note You may need assistance lifting the carousel.
Remove all segment bases to allow access to the
reagent carousel.
Note When removing the bases for the exterior
ring, leave the barcode reader gap [1] in
place for reference during reassembly.
Locate the external ring carousel motor and remove
the two (2) screws [2] holding the bearing across from
the carousel motor, lift it and remove the external
dented carousel.
Remove
TED
(continued)
1.
2.
Remove the four (4) screws [4] from the corresponding
TED.
Turn the reagent supply center upside down to access
the TED fan assembly and covers.
Note If needed, remove the TED fan assembly by
removing the two (2) screws [5] in the
perimeter of the reagent supply center and
sliding the TED fan assembly.
Remove
TED
(continued)
1.
2.
3.
Loosen the two (2) screws [6] close to the center of
the Reagent Supply center.
Remove the two (2) screws [7] on the side of the TED
cover.
Disconnect the corresponding UC Cable and remove
the TED.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install TED
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Clean the base [1] where the TED sits.
Note Make sure the receptacle is clean to apply
heat sink compound.
Place the TED on the base.
Place the cover and secure with the two (2) screws.
Connect the UC cable.
Note If removed, replace the TED fan assembly,
and secure with the two (2) screws.
Turn the reagent supply center upside down.
Secure the TED with the screws; alternate tightening
for even contact.
Place the external ring in position. Make sure it seats
properly on all bearings
Place the bearing across from the carousel motor on
the guide pin [2], tighten the screws. Make sure the
dented carousel ring moves evenly.
Reference
Install TED 1.
(continued)
2.
Install
Reagent
Supply
Center
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Assemble the internal reagent segment holder.
Note The internal reagent segment holder has a
pin guide [3] for correct position.
Replace all reagent segment bases for the external
carousel. Seat properly and in appropriate order.
Place the reagent supply center in the processing
module.
Align the attachment holes on the carousel with the
alignment pin [2] and screw hole [1] on the processing
module.
Note You may need assistance lifting the reagent
supply center.
Secure with four (4) screws.
Connect the drain tubing into the LCW drain manifold.
Connect the following cables:
a. At the front:
- BWF
- Bar Code Reader (RBCR)
- Tube Sensor (BOT SNSR)
b. At the rear:
- ROCM
- RICM
- THERMO
- RCS
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
- Fan Cable
- UC1
- UC2
- UC3
- UC4
- UC FAN cables.
c. At the inner side between the wash cups:
- CVR Sensor cable
Install the cover sensor and bracket assembly and
secure with the screw.
Install the top left side panel and secure with four (4)
screws.
Attach the black left front panel to the top left side
panel with two (2) screws.
Slide the CRA cable bracket onto the two (2) screws
on the top left side panel and tighten the screws.
Install the reagent supply center cover using three (3)
screws.
Connect:
• CVR-M
• CVR-OP
• CVR-CL
Connect the green ground cable to the frame.
Install the reagent carousel cover using three (3)
screws.
Install the left side cover.
Install the right rear cover.
Install the Top Deck covers:
• Front Deck: Front left cover [A]
• Front Deck: Front center cover [B]
• Center Deck: Center left cover [D]
• Rear Deck: Rear center left cover [I]
• Rear Deck: Rear left cover [H]
Install
1.
Reagent
2.
Supply
Center
(continued)
Install the Reagent Probes.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power must be ON
prior to turning on the processing module to
ensure proper initialization.
Prepare for 1.
Operation
2.
Install the reagent cartridges in the reagent supply
center.
Perform the Startup procedure to change the status of
the processing module and sample handler from
Stopped to Ready.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the
ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating
instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
3525 - Temperature Status
2
1121 - R1 Pipettor Calibration
3
1122 - R2 Pipettor Calibration
4
G30 - Reagent Bar Code Label Scan
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Perform a SCAN F4 under the REAGENT
Icon.
Verify all reagent bar code labels are read.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-104) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT�ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
D1.03 2D Reagent Barcode Reader
Version - 204738-101_4884_3
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-206380-01
BARCODE READER, REAGENT, C4000
7-206380-02
BARCODE READER, REAGENT, C4000
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
D1.03 2D Reagent Barcode Reader
Time Required
25 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite 1.
The processing module must be in Stopped or Offline
status.
Preparation
Power OFF the c4000 processing module (use the main
circuit breaker).
Remove the front left cover [A].
1.
2.
Remove
Barcode
Reader
Assembly
1.
2.
Disconnect the bottle sensor and barcode reader cables [1].
Unscrew the two (2) screws [2] securing the barcode reader
and bottle sensor bracket assembly and remove assembly.
Reference
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System
Operations Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection:
System status.
Remove
Barcode
Reader
Assembly
(continued)
1.
Remove the two (2) screws [3] from the barcode reader
frame.
Unplug the barcode reader cable from the barcode reader.
2.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install
Barcode
1.
2.
Install the barcode reader to the frame with two (2) screws.
Plug the barcode reader cable in the barcode reader.
Reference
Reader
3.
Assembly 4.
5.
Install the barcode reader and bottle sensor bracket assembly using two (2) screws.
Connect the bottle sensor and barcode reader cables.
Install the front left cover.
Prepare
1.
for
Operation
2.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power must be ON prior to turning on the processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
Perform the Startup procedure to change the status of the processing module and sample handler from Stopped
to Ready.
Select BarCode Readers category from the Diagnostics screen under the System icon.
3.
For
information
on the
startup
procedure,
refer to the
ARCHITECT
System
Operations
Manual,
Section 5:
Operating
instructions,
Subsection:
System
startup,
pause, and
shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
2
G30 - Reagent Bar Code Label Scan
Perform a SCAN F4 under the REAGENT
Icon.
Verify all reagent bar code labels are read.
1
P-606 Reagent Supply Center Bar Code
Reader Alignment
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-104) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT�ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
D1.04 Inner Carousel Motor, Reagent Supply Center
Version - 204738-101_4885_3
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205185-02
MOTOR CRSL., INNER
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
D1.04 Inner Carousel Motor, Reagent Supply Center
Time Required
25 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
WARNING
Probe Stick Hazard
Caution Lifting Hazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite 1.
The processing module must be in Stopped or Offline
status.
Preparation
Open the reagent supply center cover.
Remove the reagent trays; store in an appropriate
place.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module (use the
main circuit breaker).
Remove the top covers.
Remove the right rear cover.
Remove the left side covers.
Remove the reagent probes.
Remove the following deck covers:
• Front left cover [A]
• Front center cover [B]
• Center left cover [D]
• Rear left cover [H]
• Rear center left cover [I]
Remove the reagent carousel motor cover [1].
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Reference
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System
Operations Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection:
System status.
Preparation
(continued)
1.
2.
3.
Preparation
(continued)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the green ground cable [2].
Disconnect [3]:
• CVR-M
• CVR-OP
• CVR-CL
Remove the three (3) screws securing the reagent
carousel cover, and remove the cover.
Loosen the two (2) screws [4] on the reflective plate
assembly to the RSH rail and remove plate.
Remove the two (2) screws from the black left front
panel to the top left side panel.
Note Do not remove the black panel.
Remove the top screw and loosen the bottom screw
securing the CRA cable bracket to the top left side
panel and slide off the bracket from the panel.
Remove the four (4) Allen head screws that secure the
top left side panel and remove the panel.
Remove
Reagent
Supply
Center
1.
2.
3.
Remove the screw that secures the cover sensor and
bracket assembly.
Disconnect the following cables:
a. At the front [1]:
- BWF
- Bar Code Reader (RBCR)
- Tube Sensor (BOT SNSR)
b. At the rear [2]:
- ROCM
- RICM
- THERMO
- RCS
- Fan Cable
- UC1
- UC2
- UC3
- UC4
- UC FAN cables.
c. At the inner side between the wash cups:
- CVR Sensor cable
Remove assembly from the module.
Remove
Reagent
Supply
Center
(continued)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove
Motor
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Disconnect the drain tubing [1] from the LCW drain
manifold.
Clamp tubing end to prevent leaking from the reagent
carousel.
Remove the four (4) screws securing the reagent
supply center to the mounting locations.
Lift the reagent supply center from the processing
module.
Note Do not pinch cables or bend brackets when
lifting the carousel.
Note You may need assistance lifting the carousel.
Loosen the top two (2) Allen screws [1] on the motor
shaft to the coupler.
Remove the four (4) screws used to mount the motor
to the bracket.
Lift the motor ensuring it disengages from the coupler.
Follow the motor cable and disconnect it from the
bracket.
Release cable clamps.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install
Motor
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Install
Reagent
Supply
Center
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Install
1.
Reagent
2.
Supply
3.
Center
(continued)
4.
5.
Install the motor onto the bracket, guiding the motor
shaft into the coupler.
Note The flat section of the shaft faces the Allen
screws.
Secure the motor to the bracket using screws.
Secure the coupler to the shaft.
Route the cable connector to the bracket and insert the
cable into the frame.
Place the cable into cable clamps and close the
clamps.
Place the reagent supply center in the processing
module.
Align the attachment holes on the carousel with the
alignment pin [2] and screw hole [1] on the processing
module.
Note You may need assistance lifting the reagent
supply center.
Secure with the four (4) screws.
Connect the drain tubing into the LCW drain manifold.
Connect the following cables:
a. At the front:
- BWF
- Bar Code Reader (RBCR)
- Tube Sensor (BOT SNSR)
b. At the rear:
- ROCM
- RICM
- THERMO
- RCS
- Fan Cable
- UC1
- UC2
- UC3
- UC4
- UC FAN cables.
c. At the inner side between the wash cups:
- CVR Sensor cable
Install the cover sensor and bracket assembly and
secure with the screw.
Install the top left side panel and secure with four (4)
screws.
Attach the black left front panel to the top left side
panel with two (2) screws.
Slide the CRA cable bracket onto the two (2) screws
on the top left side panel and tighten the screws.
Install the reagent supply center cover using three (3)
screws.
Connect:
• CVR-M
• CVR-OP
• CVR-CL
Connect the green ground cable to the frame.
Install the reagent motor cover using one (1) screw.
Install the left side cover.
Install the right rear cover.
Install the Top Deck covers:
• Front Deck: Front left cover (A)
• Front Deck: Front center cover (B)
• Center Deck: Center left cover (D)
• Rear Deck: Rear center left cover (I)
• Rear Deck: Rear left cover (H)
Install the Reagent Probes.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power must be ON
prior to turning on the processing module to
Reference
ensure proper initialization.
Prepare for 1.
Operation
2.
Install the reagent cartridges in the reagent supply
center.
Perform the Startup procedure to change the status of
the processing module and sample handler from
Stopped to Ready.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the
ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating
instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
3525 - Temperature Status
2
1121 - R1 Pipettor Calibration
3
1122 - R2 Pipettor Calibration
4
G30 - Reagent Bar Code Label Scan
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
Perform a SCAN F4 under the REAGENT
Icon.
Verify all reagent bar code labels are read.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-104) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT�ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
D1.05 Outer Carousel Motor, Reagent Supply Center
Version - 204738-101_4886_3
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205186-01
MOTOR CRSL., OUTER
7-205186-02
MOTOR CRSL., OUTER
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
D1.05 Outer Carousel Motor, Reagent Supply Center
Time Required
25 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
WARNING
Probe Stick Hazard
Caution Lifting Hazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite 1.
Preparation
1.
2.
3.
The processing module must be in Stopped or Offline
status.
Open the reagent supply center cover.
Remove the reagent trays; store in an appropriate place.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module (use the main
circuit breaker).
4. Remove the top covers.
5. Remove the two (2) captive screws securing the right
rear cover, and remove the cover.
6. Remove the left side covers.
7. Remove the reagent probes.
8. Remove the following deck covers:
• Front left cover [A]
• Front center cover [B]
• Center left cover [D]
• Rear center left cover [I]
• Rear left cover [H]
9. Remove the reagent carousel motor cover [1].
10. Remove the green ground cable [2].
11. Disconnect [3]:
Reference
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System
Operations Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection:
System status.
• CVR-M
• CVR-OP
• CVR-CL
12. Remove the three (3) screws securing the reagent
carousel cover and remove the cover.
Preparation
(continued)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Loosen the two (2) screws [4] on the reflective plate
assembly to the RSH rail and remove plate.
Remove the two (2) screws from the black left front
panel to the top left side panel.
Note Do not remove the black panel.
Remove the top screw and loosen the bottom screw
securing the CRA cable bracket to the top left side panel
and slide off the bracket from the panel.
Remove the four (4) Allen head screws that secure the
top left side panel and remove the panel.
Remove
Reagent
Supply
Center
1.
2.
3.
Remove the screw that secures the cover sensor and
bracket assembly.
Disconnect the following cables:
a. At the front [1]:
- BWF
- Bar Code Reader (RBCR)
- Tube Sensor (BOT SNSR)
b. At the rear [2]:
- ROCM
- RICM
- THERMO
- RCS
- Fan Cable
- UC1
- UC2
- UC3
- UC4
- UC FAN cables.
c. At the inner side between the wash cups:
- CVR Sensor cable
Remove assembly from the module.
Remove
Reagent
Supply
Center
(continued)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove
Motor
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Disconnect the drain tubing [1] from the LCW drain
manifold.
Clamp tubing end to prevent leaking from the reagent
carousel.
Remove the four (4) screws securing the reagent supply
center to the mounting locations.
Lift the reagent supply center from the processing
module.
Note Do not pinch cables or bend brackets when
lifting the carousel.
Note You may need assistance lifting the carousel.
Loosen the top two (2) Allen screws [1] on the motor
shaft to the coupler.
Remove the four (4) screws used to mount the motor to
the bracket.
Lift the motor ensuring it disengages from the coupler.
Follow the motor cable and disconnect it from the
bracket.
Release cable clamps.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install
Motor
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Install
Reagent
Supply
Center
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Install
1.
Reagent
Supply
2.
Center
(continued)
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Prepare for 1.
Operation
2.
Reference
Install the motor onto the bracket, guiding the motor shaft
into the coupler.
Note The flat section of the shaft faces the Allen screws.
Secure the motor to the bracket using screws.
Secure the coupler to the shaft.
Route the cable connector to the bracket and insert the
cable into the frame.
Place the cable into cable clamps and close the clamps.
Place the reagent supply center in the processing module.
Align the attachment holes on the carousel with the
alignment pin [2] and screw hole [1] on the processing
module.
Note You may need assistance lifting the reagent supply
center.
Secure with four (4) screws.
Connect the drain tubing into the LCW drain manifold.
Connect the following cables:
a. At the front:
- BWF
- Bar Code Reader (RBCR)
- Tube Sensor (BOT SNSR)
b. At the rear:
- ROCM
- RICM
- THERMO
- RCS
- Fan Cable
- UC1
- UC2
- UC3
- UC4
- UC FAN cables.
c. At the inner side between the wash cups:
- CVR Sensor cable
Install the cover sensor and bracket assembly and secure
with the screw.
Install the top left side panel and secure with four (4) screws.
Attach the black left front panel to the top left side panel with
two (2) screws.
Slide the CRA cable bracket onto the two (2) screws on the
top left side panel and tighten the screws.
Install the reagent supply center cover using three (3)
screws.
Connect:
• CVR-M
• CVR-OP
• CVR-CL
Connect the green ground cable to the frame.
Install the reagent motor cover using one (1) screw.
Install the left side cover.
Install the right rear cover.
Install the Top Deck covers:
• Front Deck: Front left cover [A]
• Front Deck: Front center cover [B]
• Center Deck: Center left cover [D]
• Rear Deck: Rear center left cover [I]
• Rear Deck: Rear left cover [H]
Install the Reagent Probes.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power must be ON prior
to turning on the processing module.
Install the reagent cartridges in the reagent supply center.
Perform the Startup procedure to change the status of the
processing module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the
ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating
instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
shutdown.
<
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
3525 - Temperature Status
2
1121 - R1 Pipettor Calibration
3
1122 - R2 Pipettor Calibration
4
G30 - Reagent Bar Code Label Scan
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
Perform a SCAN F4 under the REAGENT
Icon.
Verify all reagent bar code labels are read.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-104) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT�ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
D1.06 Bottom Fan, Reagent Supply Center
Version - 204738-101_4887_4
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205187-01
FAN, COOLING, RGT., EXTERNAL
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
D1.06 Bottom Fan, Reagent Supply Center
Time Required
90 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
WARNING
Probe Stick Hazard
Caution Lifting Hazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal(continued)
Action
Steps
Prerequisite 1.
The processing module must be in Stopped or Offline
status.
Preparation
Open the reagent supply center cover.
Remove the reagent trays; store in an appropriate
place.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module (use the
main circuit breaker).
Remove the top covers.
Remove the right rear cover.
Remove the left side covers.
Remove the reagent probes.
Remove the following deck covers:
• Front left cover [A]
• Front center cover [B]
• Center left cover [D]
• Rear left cover [H]
• Rear center left cover [I]
Remove the reagent carousel motor cover [1].
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Reference
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System
Operations Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection:
System status.
Preparation
(continued)
1.
2.
3.
Preparation
(continued)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the green ground cable [2].
Disconnect [3]:
• CVR-M
• CVR-OP
• CVR-CL
Remove the three (3) screws securing the reagent
carousel cover and remove the cover.
Loosen the two (2) screws [4] on the reflective plate
assembly to the RSH rail and remove plate.
Remove the two (2) screws from the black left front
panel to the top left side panel.
Note Do not remove the black panel.
Remove the top screw and loosen the bottom screw
securing the CRA cable bracket to the top left side
panel and slide off the bracket from the panel.
Remove the four (4) Allen head screws that secure the
top left side panel and remove the panel.
Remove
Reagent
Supply
Center
1.
2.
3.
Remove the screw that secures the cover sensor and
bracket assembly.
Disconnect the following cables:
a. At the front [1]:
- BWF
- Bar Code Reader (RBCR)
- Tube Sensor (BOT SNSR)
b. At the rear [2]:
- ROCM
- RICM
- THERMO
- RCS
- Fan Cable
- UC1
- UC2
- UC3
- UC4
- UC FAN cables.
c. At the inner side between the wash cups:
- CVR Sensor cable
Remove assembly from the module.
Remove
Reagent
Supply
Center
(continued)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove
Bottom
Fan,
Reagent
Supply
Center
Disconnect the drain tubing [1] from the LCW drain
manifold.
Clamp tubing end to prevent leaking from the reagent
carousel.
Remove the four (4) screws securing the reagent
supply center to the mounting locations.
Lift the reagent supply center from the processing
module.
Note Do not pinch cables or bend brackets when
lifting the carousel.
Note You may need assistance lifting the carousel.
Note
1.
2.
3.
Fan airflow direction is OUT at the back of
the module.
Place the reagent supply center upside-down on a
table.
Remove the two (2) screws [1] from the fan on the
reagent supply center.
Release the cable from the clamps and bracket [2]
and remove the fan.
Replacement
Action
Install
Bottom
Fan,
Reagent
Supply
Center
Install
Reagent
Supply
Center
Steps
Reference
Note
Verify fan airflow direction is OUT at the back
of the module.
1.
2.
Install the fan and secure it with the screws.
Insert the cable in the clamp and the bracket.
1.
Place the reagent supply center in the processing
module.
Align the attachment holes on the carousel with the
alignment pin [2] and screw hole [1] on the processing
module.
Note You may need assistance lifting the reagent
supply center.
Secure with four (4) screws.
Connect the drain tubing into the LCW drain manifold.
Connect the following cables:
a. At the front:
- BWF
- Bar Code Reader (RBCR)
- Tube Sensor (BOT SNSR)
b. At the rear:
- ROCM
- RICM
- THERMO
- RCS
- Fan Cable
- UC1
- UC2
- UC3
- UC4
- UC FAN cables.
c. At the inner side between the wash cups:
- CVR Sensor cable
Install the cover sensor and bracket assembly and
secure with the screw.
Install the top left side panel and secure with four (4)
screws.
Attach the black left front panel to the top left side
panel with two (2) screws.
Slide the CRA cable bracket onto the two (2) screws
on the top left side panel and tighten the screws.
Install the reagent supply center cover using three (3)
screws.
Connect:
• CVR-M
• CVR-OP
• CVR-CL
Connect the green ground cable to the frame.
Install the reagent motor cover using one (1) screw.
Install the left side cover.
Install the right rear cover.
Install the Top Deck covers:
• Front Deck: Front left cover [A]
• Front Deck: Front center cover [B]
• Center Deck: Center left cover [D]
• Rear Deck: Rear center left cover [I]
• Rear Deck: Rear left cover [H]
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Install
1.
Reagent
2.
Supply
Center
(continued)
Install the Reagent Probes.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power must be ON
prior to turning on the processing module to
ensure proper initialization.
Prepare for 1.
Operation
Install the reagent cartridges in the reagent supply
center.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the
ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating
2.
Perform the Startup procedure to change the status of
the processing module and sample handler from
Stopped to Ready.
instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
shutdown.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-104) • © 2009, 2010 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT�ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various
jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
3525 - Temperature Status
2
1121 - R1 Pipettor Calibration
3
1122 - R2 Pipettor Calibration
4
G30 - Reagent Bar Code Label Scan
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
null
VP Detail / Note
Perform a SCAN F4 under the REAGENT
Icon.
Verify all reagent bar code labels are read.
Expected Results
D1.07 Internal Fan, Air Cir, Reagent Supply Center
Version - 204738-101_4888_4
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205188-01
FAN, COOLING, RGT., INTERNAL
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
D1.07 Internal Fan, Air Cir, Reagent Supply Center
Time Required
60 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Probe Stick Hazard
WARNING
Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite 1.
Preparation
1.
2.
The processing module must be in Stopped or Offline
status.
Open the reagent supply center cover.
Remove the reagent trays, store in an appropriate
place.
3. Power OFF the c4000 processing module (use the
main circuit breaker).
4. Remove the Reagent Probes.
5. Remove the right rear cover
6. Remove the following:
• Y-Shaped reagent supply center maintenance
cover.
• Front left cover [A]
• Rear left cover [H]
7. Remove the screw securing reagent cover motor
cover.
8. Remove the green ground cable [2].
9. Disconnect [3]:
• CVR-M
• CVR-OP
• CVR-CL
10. Remove the three (3) screws securing the reagent
carousel cover, and remove the cover.
Reference
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System
Operations Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection:
System status.
Preparation
(continued)
1.
Remove
Internal Fan
Remove all segment bases to allow access to the
reagent carousel.
Note When removing the bases for the exterior
ring, leave the barcode reader gap [1] in
place for reference during reassembly.
Note
1.
2.
3.
4.
Fan airflow direction is UP into the reagent
supply center.
Disconnect FAN cable and open the cable clamp
securing the cable.
Open the cable clamps inside the reagent supply
center used to secure the fan cable.
Remove the screws used to secure the fan to the
reagent supply center base and the screws holding the
cable.
Pull cable with connector through the insulation and
remove the fan.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install
Internal
Fan
Note
1.
2.
3.
4.
Install
Reagent
Supply
Center
Reference
1.
Verify fan airflow direction is UP into the
reagent supply center.
Secure the fan with the screws.
Route the cable through the cable clamps and secure it.
Insert the connector through the insulation.
Connect the FAN cable to the bracket.
Assemble the internal reagent segment holder. Align
with pin guide [3].
2. Replace all reagent segment bases for the external
carousel. Seat properly and in appropriate order.
3. Install the reagent supply center cover using three (3)
screws.
4. Connect:
• CVR-M
• CVR-OP
• CVR-CL
5. Connect the green ground cable to the frame.
6. Install the reagent motor cover using one (1) screw.
7. Install the right rear cover.
8. Install the Top Deck covers:
• Front Deck: Front left cover (A)
• Rear Deck: Rear left cover (H)
• Y-Shaped reagent supply center maintenance
cover.
9. Install the Reagent Probes.
10. Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power must be ON
prior to turning on the processing module to
ensure proper initialization.
Prepare
1.
for
Operation 2.
Install the reagent cartridges in the reagent supply
center.
Perform the Startup procedure to change the status of
the processing module and sample handler from
Stopped to Ready.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the
ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating
instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
shutdown.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-104) • © 2009, 2010 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT�ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various
jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
3525 - Temperature Status
2
1121 - R1 Pipettor Calibration
3
1122 - R2 Pipettor Calibration
4
G30 - Reagent Bar Code Label Scan
VP Detail / Note
Perform a SCAN F4 under the REAGENT
Expected Results
Icon.
Verify all reagent bar code labels are read.
N/A
null
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
E1.01 PROBE
Version - 96728-111_392_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
08C94-42
Probe
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
E1.01 PROBE
Time Required
Tools/Materials
20 min.
#2 Phillips screw driver (optional)
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Probe Stick Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1. The processing module must be in
Reference
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Warming, or Ready status.
Preparation
1. Lift the appropriate processing center
cover(s) to access the probe(s).
2. Locate the probe to be replaced on the
appropriate pipettor.
Note
Refer to the processing center map
for pipettor locations (R1, R2, S, or
ST).
3. Verify the probe is over the wash station.
For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to
the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10:
Troubleshooting and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
To move the reagent probe over
the wash station, perform a Startup
on the appropriate module, and go
to Remove Probe.
To move the sample probe over
the wash station, go to Step4.
4. Select the Pipettors category from the
diagnostic screen under the system icon.
5. Initiate diagnostic procedure 1160 Pipettor
Move to move the sample probe over the
wash station.
Remove
Probe
1. Place an absorbent towel under the probe
tubing connection.
2. Loosen the metal fitting on the probe and
remove the probe tubing from the
probe. [1]
3. Carefully loosen the screw (captive) on
top of the probe clamp until resistance is
felt. [2]
Note
A #2 Phillips screwdriver can be
used to loosen the screw.
Note
Loosening the captive screw
beyond the point of resistance can
cause the clip to fall apart.
4. Push up on the blue button located under
the boom arm. [3]
5. Swing the probe free of the clip, lift the
probe and remove it from the boom
arm. [4]
Replacement
Action
Install
Probe
Steps
1. Slide the probe into the boom
arm. [1]
2. Swing the probe to the probe clip
and snap it in place under the
clip. [2]
3. Tighten the screw (captive) on top
of the probe clamp. [3]
Note
A #2 Phillips screwdriver may
be used to tighten the screw.
Do not overtighten as
stripping may result.
4. Connect the probe tubing to the
Reference
probe and finger tighten the probe
fitting. [4]
5. To return the sample pipettor to the
home position, complete diagnostic
procedure 1160 Pipettor Move.
Prepare
for
Operation
For further information on performing maintenance procedures, refer to the
ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 9: Service and
1. Select As Needed category from the
Maintenance, Subsection: As-needed maintenance procedures.
maintenance screen under the
system icon.
2. Perform maintenance procedure
2130 Flush Fluids, to remove any air
that may be present.
3. Visually check for leaks while
performing the flush.
Note
If leaks are seen, repeat the
installation procedure.
4. Remove the absorbent towel.
5. Close the processing center
cover(s).
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
1111 - Sample Pipettor Calibration
4
1117 - STAT Pipettor Calibration
2
1112 - R1 Pipettor Calibration
3
1113 - R2 Pipettor Calibration
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2008 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
E2.01 Wash Cup, Sample
Version - 204738-101_4889_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-93131-02
Wash Cup, Sample
7-93131-03
Wash Cup, Sample (RoHS)
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
E2.01 Wash Cup, Sample
Time Required
15 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Probe Stick Hazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
2.
Remove the sample pipettor head cover.
Loosen the screw for the probe ground
wire, and disconnect the tubing from the
probe.
Remove the screw securing the sample
probe while removing the probe.
Remove the front center cover [B].
3.
4.
Remove Sample
Wash Cup
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect the tubing from the sides of the
sample wash cup. [1]
Remove the two (2) screws securing the
sample wash cup to the mounting bracket.
[2]
Lift up the wash cup and remove the drain
tubing from the bottom of the cup. Secure
drain tubing to keep from dropping inside of
instrument. [3]
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Sample Wash 1.
Cup
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Connect the drain tubing to the bottom of the
sample wash cup.
Install the wash cup to the mounting bracket
using the two (2) screws.
Connect the two incoming tubes to the sides
of the sample wash cup.
Install the front center cover.
Install the sample probe on the sample
pipettor and secure using a screw.
Connect the tubing and secure the ground
Reference
7.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
wire.
Install the sample pipettor head cover.
Perform P-608 Sample Wash Cup Position
Alignment.
To change the status of the processing
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
module and sample handler from Stopped to System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
3
1120 - Sample Pipettor Calibration
2
1175 - Wash Cup Test
1
P-608 Sample Wash Cup Position Alignment
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
E3.02 Filter Housing
Version - 204738-101_4893_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-202499-01
Filter housing
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
E3.02 Filter Housing
Time Required
Not Assessed
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Preparation
1.
1.
2.
3.
Remove Filter
Housing
1.
2.
3.
Reference
Drain the water bath
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
(System/Diagnostics/Modules/1101 Robotics
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Test Tool - Option 11).
The processing module must be in Stopped or
Offline status.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Remove the rear left cover.
Unscrew the threaded cap [3] at the bottom of
the filter unit and drain any remaining water.
Unscrew the filter housing [1]
counterclockwise (CCW) from the lid. [2]
If the filter needs to be replaced, discard the
filter.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Filter Housing
1.
2.
Screw the threaded cap [3] into the base of
the filter housing.
Install the filter support plate [4] on the nipple
at the bottom of the filter housing.
Reference
Install Filter Housing
(continued)
1.
Install the filter onto the disk and screw the
filter housing [1] clockwise (CW) onto the cap
[2], making sure the hollow center of the filter
aligns with the fingers inside the cap. [5]
Remove Air from
Filter Housing
1.
Power ON the instrument and wait for the
water to fill the filter housing.
2.
3.
4.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
5.
Check for air bubbles at the tubing attached
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
to the degasser manifold and the tubing going System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
to the probe wash pumps.
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Check for air bubbles in the tubing on both
side of the 12 VDC CKD (DI Water Cuvette
Wash) Valve.
Perform the Startup procedure to change the
status of the processing module and sample
handler from Stopped to Ready.
If air bubbles are observed, select the As
Needed category from the Maintenance
screen under the System icon.
Perform 2132 Flush Water Lines.
1.
Install the left rear cover.
2.
3.
4.
Install Rear Covers
Loosen the top right bolt (inlet side) on the
cap to allow air to escape as the filter housing
is filled with water.
Make sure you remove any remaining air
through the bolt.
Note There should not be any bubbles in
the filter.
Tighten the bolt.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
2132 - Flush Water Lines
Check for leaks
2
G63 - Tubing / Fitting / Filter
Verify tubing / fitting / filter is securely installed
and does not obstruct instrument components.
Ensure no leaks and/or bubbles are in the
tubing / fitting / filter.
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
E2.03 Wash Cup, R1 & R2 Reagent Probes
Version - 204738-101_4891_1
A Part Number is currently not assigned to this RR. Go to GPPM UserInterface
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
E2.03 Wash Cup, R1 & R2 Reagent Probes
Time Required
15 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Probe Stick Hazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
Note
1.
Access Wash Cup
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove Reagent
Wash Cup
Reference
1.
2.
3.
This procedure for Reagent Wash
Cup R1A and R1B.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
Remove the reagent pipettor head cover.
Remove the screw for the probe ground
wire and disconnect the tubing from the
probe.
Remove the screw securing the reagent
probe while removing the probe.
Remove the center deck-center deck cover.
[D]
Remove the screws securing the reagent
wash cup to the upper frame. [1]
Disconnect the tubing from the side of the
reagent wash cup. [2]
Lift up the wash cup and remove the drain
tubing from the bottom of cup. Make sure to
secure it and do not lose it.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Reagent
Wash Cup
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
Reference
Insert the drain tubing into the wash cup.
Connect the incoming water tubing to the
side of the wash cup.
Install the wash cup to the upper frame
using the screws.
Install the reagent probe on the reagent
pipettor and secure using a screw.
Connect tubing and secure ground wire.
Perform P-610 Reagent Wash Cup (R1 and
R2) Alignment accordingly.
Install the center deck cover [D].
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
3
1121 - R1 Pipettor Calibration
4
1122 - R2 Pipettor Calibration
2
1175 - Wash Cup Test
1
P-610 Reagent Wash Cup (R1 and R2)
Alignment
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
E3.01 Pump, Water Bath Fill
Version - 204738-101_4892_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-202498-01
Pump, Water Bath Fill
7-207600-01
Pump, c4 Bath Fill With Cable
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
E3.01 Pump, Water Bath Fill
Time Required
Not Assessed
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Preparation
1.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
2.
3.
4.
Remove Water
Bath Fill Pump
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Drain the water bath
(System/Diagnostics/Modules/1101
Robotics Test Tool - Option 11).
Set the processing module must in
Stopped or Offline status.
Power OFF the c4000 processing
module (use the main circuit breaker
located at the rear of the processing
module).
Remove the rear left cover.
Remove the screw securing the tubing
clamp to the frame.
Remove the plastic peristaltic pump
head by rotating the housing counter
clockwise (CCW) one sixteenth (1/16)
turn and then pulling outward on the
housing to remove it from the pump.
Remove the four screws securing the
pump housing panel.
Disconnect the WBSV connector.
Disconnect the amp fuse connector.
Remove Water
Bath Fill Pump
(continued)
1.
From below the housing frame, squeeze
both tabs on the pump to release the
pump from the frame and remove the
pump. [1]
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Water
Bath Fill
Pump
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
Reference
Snap in the pump.
Insert the tabs on the housing into the
corresponding notches on the pump face
and rotate the housing clockwise until
the pump housing does not rotate
anymore.
Connect the amp fuse connector.
Connect the WBSV connector.
Secure the pump housing panel to the
frame using one screw.
Install the plastic peristaltic pump head.
Attach the tubing clamp to the frame
using the one screw.
Attach the rear left cover.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center
power must be on prior to
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
2.
3.
4.
5.
turning on the processing
module to ensure proper
initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from
Stopped to Ready, perform the Startup
procedure.
Select the As Needed category from the
Maintenance screen under the System
icon.
Perform 2134 Change Water Bath.
Check for leaks.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
2134 - Change Water Bath
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
E3.02 Filter Housing
Version - 204738-101_4893_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-202499-01
Filter housing
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
E3.02 Filter Housing
Time Required
Not Assessed
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Preparation
1.
1.
2.
3.
Remove Filter
Housing
1.
2.
3.
Reference
Drain the water bath
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
(System/Diagnostics/Modules/1101 Robotics
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Test Tool - Option 11).
The processing module must be in Stopped or
Offline status.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Remove the rear left cover.
Unscrew the threaded cap [3] at the bottom of
the filter unit and drain any remaining water.
Unscrew the filter housing [1]
counterclockwise (CCW) from the lid. [2]
If the filter needs to be replaced, discard the
filter.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Filter Housing
1.
2.
Screw the threaded cap [3] into the base of
the filter housing.
Install the filter support plate [4] on the nipple
at the bottom of the filter housing.
Reference
Install Filter Housing
(continued)
1.
Install the filter onto the disk and screw the
filter housing [1] clockwise (CW) onto the cap
[2], making sure the hollow center of the filter
aligns with the fingers inside the cap. [5]
Remove Air from
Filter Housing
1.
Power ON the instrument and wait for the
water to fill the filter housing.
2.
3.
4.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
5.
Check for air bubbles at the tubing attached
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
to the degasser manifold and the tubing going System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
to the probe wash pumps.
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Check for air bubbles in the tubing on both
side of the 12 VDC CKD (DI Water Cuvette
Wash) Valve.
Perform the Startup procedure to change the
status of the processing module and sample
handler from Stopped to Ready.
If air bubbles are observed, select the As
Needed category from the Maintenance
screen under the System icon.
Perform 2132 Flush Water Lines.
1.
Install the left rear cover.
2.
3.
4.
Install Rear Covers
Loosen the top right bolt (inlet side) on the
cap to allow air to escape as the filter housing
is filled with water.
Make sure you remove any remaining air
through the bolt.
Note There should not be any bubbles in
the filter.
Tighten the bolt.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
2132 - Flush Water Lines
Check for leaks
2
G63 - Tubing / Fitting / Filter
Verify tubing / fitting / filter is securely installed
and does not obstruct instrument components.
Ensure no leaks and/or bubbles are in the
tubing / fitting / filter.
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
E3.03 Filter, Water Bath
Version - 204738-101_4894_2
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-202500-01
Filter, water bath
7-206374-01
BUFFER FILTER SUPPORT DISK
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
E3.03 Filter, Water Bath
Note
These videos represent simulated scenarios of instrument access and repair, and some may not accurately depict actual PPE
guidelines. Trained personnel should follow procedures as outlined in Biological Hazards and safety procedures.
Time Required
Not Assessed
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Chemical Hazard
WARNING
Splash/Spray Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Preparation
1.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section
1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
2.
3.
4.
Drain the water bath
(System/Diagnostics/Modules/1101
Robotics Test Tool - Option 10).
The processing module must be in
Stopped or Offline status.
Power OFF the c4000 processing
module. (Use the main circuit
breaker located at the rear of the
processing module.)
Remove the rear left cover.
VIDEO
Note
Remove
Filter
Housing and
Filter
Video contains no audio
sound.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Remove
1.
Filter
Housing and 2.
Filter
3.
4.
Clamp the tubing on both ports of
the filter unit.
Unscrew the threaded cap at the
bottom of the filter unit and drain
any remaining water.
Unscrew the filter housing [1]
counterclockwise (CCW) from the
lid. [2]
If the filter needs to be replaced,
discard the filter.
Replacement
Action
Steps
VIDEO Install
Filter Housing
and Filter
Note
Reference
Video contains no audio
sound.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Install Filter
Housing and
Filter
Note
To help minimize
bubbles, presoak the
replacement filter—prior
to installing—in a plastic
bag of distilled water > 1
hour prior to filter
installation.
1.
2.
3.
Screw the threaded cap [3] into
the base of the filter housing.
Install the filter support plate [4]
on the fitting at the bottom of the
filter housing.
Install the filter onto the disk and
screw the filter housing [1]
clockwise (CW) onto the cap [2],
making sure the hollow center of
the filter aligns with the fingers
inside the cap. [5]
Note
Filter housing may be
pre-filled with purified
water to decrease
occurrence of air
bubbles.
Remove Air
From Filter
Housing
1.
2.
3.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
5.
Check for air bubbles at the
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
tubing attached to the degasser
Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
manifold and the tubing going to shutdown.
the probe wash pumps.
Check for air bubbles in the
tubing on both side of the 12
VDC CKD (DI Water Cuvette
Wash) Valve.
Perform the Startup procedure
to change the status of the
processing module and sample
handler from Stopped to Ready.
If air bubbles are observed,
select the As Needed category
from the Maintenance screen
under the System icon.
Perform 2132 Flush Water Lines.
1.
Install the left rear cover.
2.
3.
4.
Install Rear
Power ON the instrument and
wait for the water to fill the filter
housing.
Loosen the top right bolt (inlet
side) [6] on the cap to allow air
to escape as the filter housing is
filled with water.
Note Make sure you remove
any remaining air through
the bolt. There should not
be any bubbles in the
filter.
Tighten the bolt. [6]
Covers
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
2132 - Flush Water Lines
Check for leaks
2
G63 - Tubing / Fitting / Filter
Verify tubing / fitting / filter is securely installed
and does not obstruct instrument components.
Ensure no leaks and/or bubbles are in the
tubing / fitting / filter.
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009, 2015 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks
of Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
E3.04 Pump Head, Water Bath Fill
Version - 204738-101_4895_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-202681-01
Pump Head, Water Bath Fill
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
E3.04 Pump Head, Water Bath Fill
Time Required
Not Assessed
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Preparation
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove Water Bath
Fill Pump Head
1.
2.
3.
Reference
Drain the water bath
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
(System/Diagnostics/Modules/1101 Robotics
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Test Tool - Option 11).
The processing module must be in Stopped or
Offline status.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Remove the rear left cover.
Note Protect the pump from spills.
Clamp tubing.
Remove the peristaltic pump.
Release the clamps to remove the tubing from
the peristaltic tubing.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Water Bath
Fill Pump Head
1.
2.
3.
Insert the tubing into the peristaltic tubing.
Secure the tubing with the clamps.
Install the water bath fill pump head.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on the
Reference
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
processing module to ensure proper
initialization.
Perform the Startup procedure to change the
status of the processing module and sample
handler from Stopped to Ready.
Select the As Needed category from the
Maintenance screen under the System icon.
Perform 2134 Change Water Bath.
Check for leaks.
Install the rear left cover.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
2134 - Change Water Bath
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
E3.05 Tubing, Pump Head Water Bath Fill
Version - 204738-101_4896_2
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-202682-01
Tubing, Pump Head Water Bath Fill
7-202682-02
Tubing, Pump Head Water Bath Fill
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
E3.05 Tubing, Pump Head Water Bath Fill
Note
These videos represent simulated scenarios of instrument access and repair, and some may not accurately depict actual PPE
guidelines. Trained personnel should follow procedures as outlined in Biological Hazards and safety procedures.
Time Required
5 Min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Material
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Chemical Hazard
WARNING
Splash/Spray Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Preparation
1.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section
1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
2.
3.
4.
VIDEO
Remove
Water Bath
Fill Pump
Head and
Tubing
Drain the water bath
(System/Diagnostics/Modules/1101
Robotics Test Tool - Option 10).
The processing module must be in
Stopped or Offline status.
Power OFF the c4000 processing
module. (Use the main circuit
breaker located at the rear of the
processing module.)
Remove the rear left cover.
Note
Video contains no audio
sound.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Remove
Water Bath
Fill Pump
Head and
Tubing
Note
Use absorbent towel to
Protect the pump from
spills.
Clamp tubing.
Remove the peristaltic pump.
Release the clamps to remove the
tubing from the peristaltic tubing.
Remove the peristaltic tubing.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Replacement
Action
VIDEO Install
Water Bath Fill
Tubing and
Pump Head
Steps
Reference
Note
Video contains no audio
sound.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Install Water
1.
Bath Fill Tubing
and Pump
2.
Head
3.
4.
5.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
Apply supplied grease to tubing
and center hub.
Install the peristaltic tubing
ensuring is centered on the center
hub rollers.
Insert the tubing into the peristaltic
tubing
Secure the tubing with the clamps.
Install the water bath fill pump
head.
Power ON the processing module. For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Note The system control
Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
center power must be
shutdown.
ON prior to turning on
the processing module
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
to ensure proper
initialization.
Perform the Startup procedure to
change the status of the
processing module and sample
handler from Stopped to Ready.
Select the As Needed category
from the Maintenance screen
under the System icon.
Perform 2134 Change Water
Bath.
Check for leaks.
Install the rear left cover.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
2132 - Flush Water Lines
Check for leaks
2
G63 - Tubing / Fitting / Filter
Verify tubing / fitting / filter is securely installed
and does not obstruct instrument components.
Ensure no leaks and/or bubbles are in the
tubing / fitting / filter.
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2015 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
E3.06 Check Valve, Water Bath Fill
Version - 204738-101_4897_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-203638-01
Check Valve, Water Bath Fill
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
E3.06 Check Valve, Water Bath Fill
Time Required
20 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Material
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Preparation
1.
2.
3.
Remove Check
Valve
1.
2.
3.
Replacement
Reference
The processing module must be in Stopped or For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Offline status.
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Remove the rear left cover.
Clamp the tubing upstream (water bath side,
away from the water bath fill peristaltic pump)
of the check valve to prevent the water bath
from draining. [1]
Remove the clamps on each side of the
check valve.
Remove the check valve.
Action
Steps
Install Check Valve
1.
2.
3.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
Reference
Install the check valve into the processing
module.
Note There is a molded arrow located on
the rim of the valve indicating flow
direction. The valve must be
installed with the tip of the arrow
facing towards the water bath and
the base of the arrow facing the
water bath fill pump. The flow of
water is from the peristaltic pump to
the water bath.
Secure the check valve in place with the
clamps.
Remove the clamp used to prevent the water
bath from draining.
Turn on the incoming water source.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Power ON the processing module.
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Note The system control center power
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
must be on prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure proper
initialization.
Perform the Startup procedure to change the
status of the processing module and sample
handler from Stopped to Ready.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
2132 - Flush Water Lines
Check for leaks
2
2134 - Change Water Bath
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
E4.01 Pump, Wash Solution
Version - 204738-101_4898_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-206731-01
Pump, Wash Solution
7-93141-02
Pump, Wash Solution (RoHS)
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
E4.01 Pump, Wash Solution
Time Required
Not Assessed
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Open the supply center (left front) door.
2.
Remove Pump,
Wash Solution
Note
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Use absorbent material to protect
pump against spills.
Mark the tubing [1] L (left) and R (right)
going to the side ports of the check valve.
Clamp the tubing [1] marked L and R going
to the side ports of the check valves on the
1mL syringes.
Unscrew this tubing from the side ports of
the check valves.
Unscrew the tubing [2] labeled 2 and 3 from
the top of the small syringe unit.
Remove the two screws securing the pump
to the plate. [3]
Slide the pump out until the connectors
(DTPM and DTPS) are accessible on the
left side of the pump.
Note These cables tend to be short and
there is not a service loop. Wires
in plug DTPS are small and can
be damaged easily.
Disconnect DTPM and DTPS from the
connectors.
Remove the pump from the processing
module.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Pump, Wash
Solution
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Slide the pump in the processing module far
enough to allow access to the plugs.
Connect DTPS and DTPM to the connectors
on the connector plate.
Install the pump to the frame using two
screws.
Connect the tubing [2] labeled 2 to the left
top of the small syringe and connect the
tubing [2] labeled 3 to the right top of the
small syringe.
Connect the tubing [1] marked L and R to the
side ports of the check valves on the 1mL
syringes and remove the clamps.
Reference
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Power ON the processing module.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Note The system control center power
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
must be on prior to turning on the
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Select the As Needed category from the
Maintenance screen under the System icon.
Perform 6052 Wash Cuvettes.
Check for leaks.
Close supply center (left front) door.
Perform the Startup procedure to change
the status of the processing module and
sample handler from Stopped to Ready.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
6052 - Wash Cuvettes
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
E4.02 Syringe Assy, Wash Solution
Version - 204738-101_4899_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-93143-01
Syringe Assy, wash solution
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
E4.02 Syringe Assy, Wash Solution
Time Required
20 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Open supply center (left front) door.
2.
Remove Small
Syringe Unit
Note
1.
2.
3.
Use absorbent material to protect
the wash solution pump from
spills.
Disconnect tubing [1] labeled 2 and 3 from
the top and the front of the small syringe
unit.
Loosen the thumbscrew [2] securing the
small syringe unit to the wash solution
pump.
While removing the small syringe unit, pull
the unit forward and lift.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Small Syringe
Unit
1.
2.
3.
4.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Reference
While installing the small syringe unit use a
down and to the rear movement to engage
syringe plungers into drive mechanism.
Install the small syringe unit to the wash
solution pump using the thumbscrew. [2]
Connect the tubing[1] to the front of the
small syringe.
Connect the tubing [1] to the top of the small
syringe.
Note Tubing labeled 2 is to the left and
tubing labeled 3 is to the right.
To change the status of the processing
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
module and sample handler from Stopped to System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Select the As Needed category from the
Maintenance screen under the System icon.
Perform 6052 Wash Cuvettes.
Check for leaks.
Close the supply center (left front) door.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
6052 - Wash Cuvettes
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
E4.03 Seal, Water Line Syringe (Wash Solution Pump)
Version - 204738-101_4900_1
A Part Number is currently not assigned to this RR. Go to GPPM UserInterface
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
E4.03 Seal, Water Line Syringe (Wash Solution Pump)
Time Required
20 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module
(use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module).
Open supply center (left front) door.
2.
Remove Small
Syringe Unit
Note
3.
Use absorbent material to protect
the wash solution pump from
spills.
Disconnect tubing [1] labeled 2 and 3 from
the top and the front of the small syringe
unit.
Loosen the thumbscrew [2] securing the
small syringe unit to the wash solution
pump.
Remove the small syringe unit. [3]
1.
Remove seal [1] from syringe.
1.
2.
Remove Seal
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Seal
1.
Install seal [1] in syringe.
Install Small Syringe
Unit
1.
2.
Replace the small syringe unit.
Secure the small syringe unit [3] to the wash
solution pump using the thumbscrew. [2]
Connect the tubing[1] to the front of the
small syringe.
Connect the tubing [1] to the top of the small
syringe.
Note Tubing labeled 2 is to the left and
tubing labeled 3 is to the right.
3.
4.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Reference
To change the status of the processing
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
module and sample handler from Stopped to System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Select the As Needed category from the
Maintenance screen under the System icon.
Perform 6052 Wash Cuvettes.
Check for leaks.
Close the supply center (left front) door.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
6052 - Wash Cuvettes
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
E5.01 Pump, ICT Reference
Version - 204738-101_4901_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-206732-01
Pump, ICT Ref Solution
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
E5.01 Pump, ICT Reference
Time Required
25 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Open the supply center (left front) door.
2.
Remove Pump, ICT
Reference
Note
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Use absorbent material to protect
pump against spills.
Unscrew the check valves [1] from the top
of the 1 mL syringes (tubing labeled 13-left,
12-right).
Remove the two (2) screws [2] securing the
pump to the plate.
Carefully slide the pump [3] out of the
processing module until the connectors
(ISEMM and ISEMS) are accessible.
Note These cables (located on the left
side) tend to be short and there is
not a service loop. Wires to plug
ISEMS are small and can be
damaged easily.
Disconnect the ISEMM and ISEMS cables.
Remove the pump [3] from the processing
module.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Pump, ICT
Reference
1.
2.
3.
4.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
Reference
Slide the pump [3] in the processing module
far enough to allow access to the plugs.
Connect the plugs ISEMM and ISEMS to the
connectors on the connector plate.
Install the pump to the frame using two (2)
screws . [2]
Connect the check valves [1] (tubing labeled
13-left, 12-right) to top of the 1 mL syringes.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
must be ON prior to turning on the Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Select the As Needed category from the
Maintenance screen under the System icon.
Perform 2131 Flush ICT Cup.
Check for leaks.
Close the supply center door.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
2131 - Flush ICT Cup
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
E6.01 Pump, ICT Aspiration w/Pinch Valve (RoHS)
Version - 204738-101_4902_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-206733-01
Pump, ICT Aspiration w Pinch Valve
7-93145-03
Pump, ICT Aspiration w Pinch Valve (RoHS)
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
E6.01 Pump, ICT Aspiration w/Pinch Valve (RoHS)
Time Required
25 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Open the supply center (left front) door.
2.
Remove Pump, ICT
Aspiration
Note
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove Pump, ICT
Aspiration
(continued)
1.
2.
Use absorbent material to protect
pump against spills.
Unscrew the check valve [1] from the top of
the 1 mL syringe, on the left side of the
aspiration pump.
Unlock the tubing clamp [2] and remove the
tubing from the two fittings [3].
Remove the two screws securing the pump
to the plate.
Carefully slide the pump out of the
processing module until the connectors are
accessible.
Disconnect the ISESM, ISESS, and ISPV
cables.
Remove the pump from the processing
module.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Pump, ICT
Aspiration
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Reference
Slide the pump in the processing module far
enough to allow access to the plugs.
Connect the plugs ISESM, ISESS, and
ISPV cables.
Install the aspiration pump to the frame
using two screws.
Route tubing through the tubing clamp [2]
and attach the tubing to the fittings [3]. The
tubing labeled "NO" goes to the inside and
the tubing labeled "NC" goes to the outside.
Note Trim the tip of the tubing by
approximately 5mm as required to
ensure a good fit between the
tubing and the fitting.
Note Fluid flows from the ICT module
into the NC port and out from the
NO port to the waste drain.
Lock tubing clamp [2].
Connect the check valve with tubing 14 to
the the 1 mL syringe on the left. [1]
Power ON the processing module.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Note The system control center power
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
must be ON prior to turning on the Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Select System, Maintenance, As Needed,
6063 Flush ICT Module.
Check for leaks.
Close the supply center door.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
2131 - Flush ICT Cup
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
Expected Results
specification and calibrate as necessary.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
E6.02 Pump Pinch Valve, ICT Aspiration
Version - 204738-101_4903_1
A Part Number is currently not assigned to this RR. Go to GPPM UserInterface
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
E6.02 Pump Pinch Valve, ICT Aspiration
Time Required
30 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Open the supply center (left front) door.
2.
Remove Pump, ICT
Aspiration
Note
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Use absorbent material to protect
pump against spills.
Unscrew the check valve [1] from the top of
the 1 mL syringe, on the left side of the
aspiration pump.
Unlock the tubing clamp [2] and remove the
tubing from the two fittings [3].
Remove the two screws securing the pump
to the plate.
Carefully slide the pump out of the
processing module until the connectors are
accessible.
Disconnect the ISESM, ISESS, and ISPV
cables.
Remove the pump from the processing
module.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Remove the Pinch
Tubing
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove Pinch
Valve
1.
2.
Install Pinch Valve
1.
2.
Install Pump, ICT
Aspiration
1.
2.
3.
4.
Loosen the two screws securing the guide
plate [2] and rotate the guide plate away
from the pinch tubing.
Pull on the tubing [3] to disconnect the
tubing from the two fittings.
Note Do not remove the fittings from the
locking plate.
Slide the tubing out from the normally
opened (NO) port of the valve.
Push on the button [4] to un-pinch the
tubing on the normally closed (NC) port of
the valve and remove the tubing.
Compress locking tabs on the connector
and remove the ISEV connector from the
connector plate.
Remove two (2) outer screws securing the
valve to the pump frame and remove the
valve.
Install the valve in the hole for the valve on
the ICT aspiration pump assembly and
secure using two (2) screws.
Insert the connector ISEV in the connector
plate.
Slide the pump in the processing module far
enough to allow access to the plugs.
Connect the ISESM, ISESS and ISPV
cables.
Install the aspiration pump to the frame
using two (2) screws.
Route tubing through the tubing clamp [2]
and attach the tubing to the fittings [3]. The
tubing labeled with "NO" goes to the inside
Reference
5.
6.
Install Pinch Tubing
1.
2.
3.
4.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
and the tubing labeled "NC" goes to the
outside.
Note Ensure a good fit between the
tubing and the fitting.
Note Fluid flows from the ICT module
into the NC port and out from the
NO port to the waste drain.
Lock tubing clamp [2].
Connect the check valve with tubing 14 to
the the 1 mL syringe on the left. [1]
Slide the pinch tubing back into the NO port
of the valve.
Push on the button and slide the other
tubing into the NC port of the valve.
Connect the tubing onto the fittings.
Rotate the guide plate until it rests against
the pinch valve and tighten the two (2)
screws.
Power ON the processing module.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Note The system control center power
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Select the As Needed category from the
Maintenance screen under the System icon.
Perform 6063 Flush ICT Module.
Check for leaks.
Close the left front door.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
6063 - Flush ICT Module
Check for leaks.
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
E6.03 ICT Pinch Valve Tubing
Version - 204738-101_4904_2
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-204068-01
Tubing, ICT Pinch Valve
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
E6.03 ICT Pinch Valve Tubing
Note
These videos represent simulated scenarios of instrument access and repair, and some may not accurately depict actual PPE
guidelines. Trained personnel should follow procedures as outlined in Biological Hazards and safety procedures.
Time Required 10 min
Tools/Materials Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Splash/Spray Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
The processing module must be in
Stopped or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section
1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
2.
Power OFF the c4000
processing module. (Use the
main circuit breaker located at
the rear of the processing
module.)
Open the supply center (left
front) door to gain access to
the ICT Aspiration Pump.
VIDEO Remove
Note
the Pinch
Tubing
Video contains no
audio sound.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Remove the
Pinch Tubing
1.
Disconnect the tubing [1] from
the top of the 1 mL syringe,
on the right side of the
aspiration pump.
Loosen the two screws
securing the guide plate [2]
and rotate the guide plate
away from the pinch tubing.
Pull on the tubing [3] to
disconnect the tubing from the
two fittings.
Note Do not remove the
fittings from the
locking plate.
Slide the tubing out from the
normally opened (NO) port of
the valve.
Push on the button to unpinch the tubing on the
normally closed (NC) port of
the valve and remove the
tubing.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Replacement
Action
Steps
VIDEO Install
Pinch Tubing
Note
Reference
Video contains no audio
sound.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Install Pinch
Tubing
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Connect the tubing to the 1 mL
syringe and ensure that the
tubing is not twisted.
Note The tubing will not be
twisted if it is installed
perpendicular (at 90
degrees) to the tabs
on the 1 mL syringe
barrel.
Slide the pinch tubing into the
NO port of the valve.
Push on the button [2] and slide
the other tubing into the NC port
of the valve.
Push the pinch tubing onto the
two fittings.
Rotate the guide plate until it
rests against the pinch valve
and tighten the two screws.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Power ON the processing
module.
Note The system control
center power must be
ON prior to turning on
the processing
module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the
processing module and sample
handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup
procedure.
Select System, Maintenance,
As Needed, 6063 Flush ICT
Module.
Check for leaks.
Close the supply center (left
front) door.
Log on as Operator.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
6063 - Flush ICT Module
Check for leaks.
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009, 2015 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks
of Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
E7.01 Pump, Probe Wash, Bellows Type
Version - 204738-101_4905_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
2-89142-02
Cover,Bellows pump probe wash
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
E7.01 Pump, Probe Wash, Bellows Type
Time Required
20 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped or For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Offline status.
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Open the supply center (left front) door.
2.
Remove Inner Probe
Wash Pump
Reference
Note
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Use absorbent material to protect
pump from spills.
Clamp the inlet and outlet tubing [1].
Disconnect the inlet and outlet tubing by
unscrewing the two elbow fittings [2].
Remove the two (2) screws [3] securing the
pump to the processing module base.
Pull the pump forward until the connectors are
accessible.
Disconnect the two cables at connectors
PRWPM and PRWPS.
Remove the pump from the processing
module.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Inner Probe
Wash Pump
1.
2.
3.
Connect the cables for connectors PRWPM
and PRWPS.
Install the pump in the processing module
and secure using the two (2) screws [3].
Connect the inlet and outlet tubing to the
pump by reconnecting the two elbow fittings
[2].
Note Ensure poppet valves and o-rings
are properly oriented. The upper
poppet points toward the bellows;
the lower poppet points away from
the bellows; the o-ring is placed
Reference
4.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
between the poppet and the elbow
fittings.
Remove clamps from the inlet and outlet
tubing [1].
Power ON the processing module.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Note The system control center power
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
must be ON prior to turning on the
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
processing module to ensure proper
initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Select System, Maintenance, As Needed,
6053 Probe Water Wash.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
6053 - Probe Water Wash
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
E7.02 Complete Bellows Set, Probe Wash Pump
Version - 204738-101_4906_2
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
2-89055-02
Bellows set,incl rod & fitting
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
E7.02 Complete Bellows Set, Probe Wash Pump
Note
These videos represent simulated scenarios of instrument access and repair, and some may not accurately depict actual PPE
guidelines. Trained personnel should follow procedures as outlined in Biological Hazards and safety procedures.
Time Required
25 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Splash/Spray Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
The processing module must be in
Stopped or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section
1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
2.
VIDEO
Remove
Bellows Pump
Cover Tubing
and Bellows
Set
Power OFF the c4000
processing module. (Use the
main circuit breaker located at
the rear of the processing
module.)
Open the supply center (left
front) door.
Note
Video contains no audio
sound.
Note
Do Not remove the
pump. The pump shown
is removed from the
instrument for
demonstration purposes
only.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Remove
Note
Bellows Pump
Cover and
Tubing
Use absorbent
material to protect
the pump from
spills.
1.
2.
3.
Remove the two (2) screws
from the front of the cover [1]
and remove the cover from the
bellows pump.
Clamp the inlet and outlet
tubing. [2]
Disconnect the inlet and outlet
tubing by unscrewing the two
elbow fittings. [3]
Remove
Bellows Set
Note
Use absorbent
material to
protect the pump
from spills.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the four (4) screws
securing the gear guard [3]
and remove guard.
Remove the screw [4] from the
end of the bellows rod and
remove the insert and the
thrust washer [5].
Remove the two (2) screws [6]
from the top of the bellows set
[7] and remove the bellows set
from the pump.
Remove the Poppet valves
and O-rings.
Note
Poppet valves and
O-rings may be
removed and
reinstalled into a
new bellows set or
replaced at the
discretion of the
FSR.
Replacement
Action
Steps
VIDEO
Note
Install Bellows
Set, Tubing
and Pump
Cover
Reference
Video contains no audio
sound.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Install Bellows
Set
1.
2.
3.
Install the thrust washer and
the insert [5] in the end of the
bellows rod.
Install the bellows set [7] in the
pump by placing the rod in the
mounting position and securing
the top of the bellows set to the
top of pump using two (2)
screws [6].
Secure the thrust washer and
insert it using one (1) screw. [4]
Note
Water may be
added to the
bellows to prevent
the occurrence of
bubbles.
4.
5.
Install Bellows
Pump Tubing
and Cover
1.
2.
3.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
Reinstall the poppet valves and
O-rings previously removed, or
install new sets.
Install the gear guard [3] to the
pump using four (4) screws.
Connect the inlet and outlet
tubing to the pump by
reconnecting the elbow fittings.
Remove the clamps from the
inlet and outlet tubing.
Install the cover on the bellows
pumps and secure it with two
(2) screws.
Perform the Startup procedure For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
to change the status of the
Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
processing module and sample shutdown.
handler from Stopped to
Ready.
Select System, Maintenance,
As Needed, 6053 Probe Water
Wash.
Check for leaks.
Close the supply center (left
front) door.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
6053 - Probe Water Wash
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009, 2015• ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
E7.03 Bellows, Probe Wash Pump
Version - 204738-101_4907_2
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-204102-01
Pump, Probe Wash, Bellows Type (RoHS)
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
E7.03 Bellows, Probe Wash Pump
Note
These videos represent simulated scenarios of instrument access and repair, and some may not accurately depict actual PPE
guidelines. Trained personnel should follow procedures as outlined in Biological Hazards and safety procedures.
Time Required 20 min
Tools/Materials Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Splash/Spray Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
The processing module must be in For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section
Stopped or Offline status.
1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
2.
VIDEO
Remove Pump
Cover and
Bellows
Reference
Power OFF the c4000
processing module. (Use the
main circuit breaker located
at the rear of the processing
module.)
Open the supply center (left
front) door.
Note
Video contains no
audio sound.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Video Note
Do Not Remove Pump Assembly. Pump shown removed from
instrument for ease of demonstrating bellows removal and
replacement steps.
Remove Pump
Cover and
Bellows
Note
Use absorbent
material to protect the
pump from spills.
1.
Clamp the inlet and outlet
tubing.
Remove the two (2) screws
from the front of the cover
and remove cover.
Unscrew the retaining ring [1]
from the bottom of the
bellows.
Remove the two (2) screws
[2] from the top of the bellows
assembly. [4]
Remove the bellows
assembly and unscrew the
bellows [3] from the top of the
bellows assembly. [4]
Remove the O-ring [5] from
inside the top of the bellows
assembly. [4]
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Replacement
Action
VIDEO
Install Pump
Cover and
Bellows
Steps
Reference
Note
Video contains no
audio sound.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Install Pump
Cover and
Bellows
1.
Install the O-ring [5] inside the
top of the bellows assembly.
Note
Ensure that the cap
[6] is inserted into
the bellows prior to
screwing the
bellows in the top
of the bellows
assembly.
2.
Screw the bellows [3] in the top
of the bellows assembly. [4]
3.
4.
5.
6.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
Install the bellows assembly to
the pump using two (2) screws.
[2]
Attach the bellows to the rod
with the retaining ring. [1]
Install the cover on the bellows
pumps and secure using two
(2) screws.
Remove the clamps from the
inlet and outlet tubing.
Perform the Startup procedure For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
to change the status of the
Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
processing module and sample shutdown.
handler from Stopped to
Ready.
Select System, Maintenance,
As Needed, 6053 Probe Water
Wash.
Check for leaks.
Close the supply center (left
front) door.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
6053 - Probe Water Wash
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009, 2015 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks
of Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
E7.04 L-bow Fitting, Probe Wash Pump
Version - 204738-101_4908_1
A Part Number is currently not assigned to this RR. Go to GPPM UserInterface
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
E7.04 L-bow Fitting, Probe Wash Pump
Time Required
15 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped or For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Offline status.
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Open the supply center (left front) door.
2.
Remove L-Bow
Fitting
Reference
Note
1.
2.
3.
Use absorbent material to protect
pump from spills.
Clamp the inlet and outlet tubing [1].
Remove the tubing [1] from the elbow [2].
Unscrew the elbow fittings from the bellows
[3].
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install L-Bow Fitting
1.
2.
3.
Screw the elbow fittings to the bellows [3].
Note Ensure poppet valves and o-rings
are properly oriented. The upper
poppet points toward the bellows;
the lower poppet points away from
the bellows; the o-ring is placed
between the poppet and the elbow
fittings.
Attach the tubing [1] to the elbow [2].
Remove clamps from the inlet and outlet
tubing [1].
Reference
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
Perform the Startup procedure to change the
status of the processing module and sample
handler from Stopped to Ready.
Select System, Maintenance, As Needed,
6053 Probe Water Wash.
Check for leaks.
Close the supply center (left front) door.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
6053 - Probe Water Wash
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
E8.01 Pump, Peristaltic, High Conc Waste
Version - 204738-101_4909_1
A Part Number is currently not assigned to this RR. Go to GPPM UserInterface
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
E8.01 Pump, Peristaltic, High Conc Waste
Time Required
30 Min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Remove Peristaltic
H.C. Waste Pump
Head
Note
1.
2.
Remove Deck
Covers
1.
2.
Use absorbent material to protect
the pump from spills.
Turn each peristaltic pump head
counterclockwise (CCW) about 1/16 of a
turn.
Pull upward on the pump head to remove
the head.
Remove Front Right Cover [C].
Remove Rear Right Cover [K].
Remove Peristaltic
Pump Connectors
1.
2.
Remove Peristaltic
Pump Assembly
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect plug [1] HCWPM from the
connector.
Remove connector HCWPM [2] from the
mounting bracket.
Remove the four (4) screws [1] securing the
pump assembly.
Disconnect sensor plug HPPITCH [2] from
the pump assembly.
Remove the pump assembly.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Peristaltic
Pump Assembly
1.
2.
Install Peristaltic
Pump Connectors
1.
2.
Connect sensor plug HPPITCH [2] to the
pump assembly.
Install the peristaltic pump assembly to the
mounting bracket using four (4) screws. [1]
Install connector HCWPM [2] to the
mounting bracket.
Connect plug HCWPM [1] to the connector.
Reference
Install Deck Covers
1.
2.
Install Front Right Cover [C].
Install Rear Right Cover [K].
Install Peristaltic
H.C. Waste Pump
Head
1.
Align the notch of the roller assembly with
the peristaltic motor tang.
Align the attachment locking tabs on the
peristaltic pump head with the recesses on
the pump.
Turn head clockwise (CW) about 1/16 of a
turn until it snap-locks in place.
Attach tubing from the Cuvette Wash
Station HCW nozzle and the tubing going to
the HCW drain/container.
2.
3.
4.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
Power ON the processing module.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Note The system control center power
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
must be ON prior to turning on the Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
Perform the Startup procedure to change
the status of the processing module and
sample handler from Stopped to Ready.
Select System, Maintenance, As Needed,
6052 Wash Cuvettes Test.
Check for leaks.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
6052 - Wash Cuvettes
Check for leaks
Expected Results
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
E8.02 Pump, Peristaltic Head
Version - 204738-101_4910_1
A Part Number is currently not assigned to this RR. Go to GPPM UserInterface
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
E8.02 Pump, Peristaltic Head
Time Required
30 Min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Remove Peristaltic
H.C. Waste Pump
Head
Note
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Use absorbent material to protect
the pump from spills.
Clamp tubing.
Remove any hose bands.
Remove the tubing from the nipples of the
peristaltic pump head.
Turn each peristaltic pump head.
counterclockwise (CCW) about 1/16 of a
turn.
Pull upward on the pump head to remove
the head.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Peristaltic
H.C. Waste Pump
Head
1.
2.
3.
4.
Align the notch of the roller assembly with
the peristaltic motor tang.
Align the attachment locking tabs on the
peristaltic pump head with the recesses on
the pump.
Turn head clockwise (CW) about 1/16 of a
turn until it snap-locks in place.
Attach tubing. Secure with hose bands (if
removed) and remove clamps.
Reference
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Power ON the processing module.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Note The system control center power
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
must be ON prior to turning on the Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
Perform the Startup procedure to change
the status of the processing module and
sample handler from Stopped to Ready.
Select the As Needed category from the
Maintenance screen under the System icon.
Perform 6052 Wash Cuvettes Test.
Check for leaks.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
6052 - Wash Cuvettes
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
E8.03 Tubing, Peristaltic Head
Version - 204738-101_4911_2
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-202464-01
Tubing, Peristaltic Head
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
E8.03 Tubing, Peristaltic Head
Note
These videos represent simulated scenarios of instrument access and repair, and some may not accurately depict actual PPE
guidelines. Trained personnel should follow procedures as outlined in Biological Hazards and safety procedures.
Time Required
15 Min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Chemical Hazard
WARNING
Splash/Spray Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
The processing module status For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section
1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
must be Ready, Stopped or
Offline.
Preparation
Power OFF the c4000 processing
module. (Use the main circuit
breaker located at the rear of the
processing module.)
VIDEO
Remove Pump
Head and
Tubing
Reference
Note
Video contains no
audio sound.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Remove Pump
Head and
Tubing
Note
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Use absorbent
material to protect
the pump from spills.
Remove any hose band.
Remove the tubing from the
fittings of the peristaltic pump
head.
Turn the peristaltic pump head
counterclockwise (CCW) about
1/16 of a turn.
Pull upward on the pump to
remove the head.
Pull out the plastic housing
with the rollers attached and
discard the tubing with fittings.
Replacement
Action
VIDEO
Install Pump
Head Tubing
with Fittings
and Peristaltic
Pump Head
Steps
Reference
Note
Video contains no
audio sound.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Install
Peristaltic
Pump Head
Tubing with
Fittings
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Apply supplied lubricant to
tubing and center shaft of
pump housing.
Insert upper fitting of tubing
into pump housing while
aligning the flat cut surface of
the upper fitting with the inlet
opening of the pump housing.
Install roller assembly onto the
center shaft of the pump
housing.
Note The cable tie should
fit into the recess of
the pump housing.
Pull up the roller assembly and
push in the tubing with the
thumb while turning the roller
assembly clockwise (CW).
Insert lower joint of tubing into
the pump housing while
aligning the flat cut surface of
the lower joint with the outlet
opening of the pump housing.
Note The cable tie should
fit into the recess of
Note
Install
Peristaltic
Pump Head
1.
2.
3.
4.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
the pump housing.
Once tubing is
installed, ensure
tubing is not twisted.
Twisted tubing in the
pump housing can
cause premature
failure of the tubing.
Align the notch of the roller
assembly with the peristaltic
motor tang.
Align the attachment locking
tabs on the peristaltic pump
head with the recesses on the
pump.
Turn head clockwise (CW)
about 1/16 of a turn until it
snap-locks in place.
Attach tubing from the Cuvette
Wash Station HCW nozzle and
the tubing going to the HCW
drain/container.
Perform the Startup procedure For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
to change the status of the
Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
processing module and sample shutdown.
handler from Stopped to
Ready.
Select the As Needed category
from the Maintenance screen
under the System icon.
Perform 6052 Wash Cuvettes.
Check for leaks.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
6052 - Wash Cuvettes
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009, 2015 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks
of Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
E9.01 Pump, Cuvette Wash, Bellows
Version - 204738-101_4912_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-93146-02
Pump, Cuvette Wash, Bellows (RoHS)
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
E9.01 Pump, Cuvette Wash, Bellows
Time Required
20 Min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Open the supply center (left front) door.
2.
Remove Cuvette
Wash Pump
Note
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Use absorbent material to protect
the pump from spills.
Clamp the inlet and outlet tubing. [1]
Disconnect the inlet and outlet tubing by
unscrewing the elbow fittings. [2]
Remove the two screws [3] securing the
pump [4] to the processing module base.
Pull the pump forward until the connectors
are accessible.
Disconnect the cables WSPM and WSPS.
Remove the pump from the processing
module.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Cuvette
Wash Pump
1.
2.
Connect the cables WSPM and WSPS.
Install the pump in the processing module
and secure using two screws.
Connect Cuvette
Wash Pump Tubing
and Remove
Clamps
1.
Connect the inlet and outlet tubing [1] to the
pump by reconnecting the elbow fittings [2].
Note Ensure poppet valves and o-rings
are properly oriented. The upper
Reference
2.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
poppet points toward the bellows;
the lower poppet points away from
the bellows; the o-ring is placed
between the poppet and the elbow
fittings.
Remove clamps from the inlet and outlet
tubing [1].
Power ON the processing module.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Note The system control center power
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
must be ON prior to turning on the Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
6052 - Wash Cuvettes
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
E9.02 Complete Bellows Set, Cuvette Wash Pump
Version - 204738-101_4913_1
A Part Number is currently not assigned to this RR. Go to GPPM UserInterface
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
E9.02 Complete Bellows Set, Cuvette Wash Pump
Time Required
20 Min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Open the supply center (left front) door.
2.
Remove Bellows
Pump Cover
1.
2.
Remove Inlet/Outlet
Tubing
Remove the two screws from the front of
the cover [1].
Remove the cover from the bellows pump.
Note
1.
2.
Remove Bellows
Set
Use absorbent material to protect
pump from spills.
Clamp the inlet and outlet tubing [1].
Disconnect the inlet and outlet tubing by
unscrewing the two elbow fittings [2].
Note
1.
2.
3.
Use absorbent material to protect
pump from spills.
Remove the four screws securing the gear
guard [3] and remove guard.
Remove the thrust washer [2].
Remove the two screws [3] from the top of
the bellows set [4], and remove the bellows
set from the pump.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Bellows Set
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Reference
Install the bellows set [4] in the pump by
placing the rod on motor shaft and securing
the top of the bellows set to the top of
pump using two screws [3].
Install the thrust washer [2] on the shaft.
Install the boss, and tighten the two set
screws.
Connect the inlet and outlet tubing to the
pump by reconnecting the elbow fittings.
Remove the clamps from the inlet and outlet
tubing.
Install Bellows
Pump Cover
1.
Install the cover on the bellows pumps and
secure using two screws.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
To change the status of the processing
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
module and sample handler from Stopped
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
to Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Select the As Needed category from the
Maintenance screen under the System icon.
Perform 6052 Wash Cuvettes.
Check for leaks.
Close the left front door.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
6052 - Wash Cuvettes
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
Expected Results
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
E9.03 Bellows, Cuvette Wash Pump
Version - 204738-101_4914_2
A Part Number is currently not assigned to this RR. Go to GPPM UserInterface
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
E9.03 Bellows, Cuvette Wash Pump
Note
These videos represent simulated scenarios of instrument access and repair, and some may not accurately depict actual PPE
guidelines. Trained personnel should follow procedures as outlined in Biological Hazards and safety procedures.
Time Required
18 Min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Chemical Hazard
WARNING
Splash/Spray Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
The processing module must be in
Stopped or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section
1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
2.
VIDEO
Remove Pump
Cover and
Bellows
Power OFF the c4000
processing module. (Use the
main circuit breaker located at
the rear of the processing
module.)
Open the supply center (left
front) door.
Note
Do Not Remove
Pump Assembly.
Pump shown removed
from instrument for
ease of demonstrating
bellows removal and
replacement steps.
Note
Video contains no
audio sound.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Remove Pump
Note
Use absorbent
Cover and
Bellows
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
material to protect
pump from spills.
Clamp the inlet and outlet
tubing
Remove the two (2) screws
from the front of the cover and
remove cover.
Unscrew the retaining ring [1]
from the bottom of the
bellows.
Remove the two screws [2]
from the top of the bellows.
Remove the bellows assembly
and unscrew the bellows [4]
from the top of the bellows
assembly.[3]
Remove the O-ring [5] from
the inside of the bellows.
Replacement
Action
VIDEO
Install Pump
Cover and
Bellows
Steps
Reference
Note
Video contains no
audio sound.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Install Pump
Cover and
Bellows
1.
Install the O-ring [5] inside the
top of the bellows.
Note
Ensure that the cap
[6] is inserted into
the bellows prior to
screwing the
bellows in the top
of the bellows
assembly.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Screw the bellows [4] in the top
of the bellows assembly. [3]
Install the bellows assembly to
the pump using two screws. [2]
Attach the bellows to the rod
with the retaining ring. [1]
Install the cover on the bellows
pumps and secure using two
(2) screws.
Prepare for
Operation
6.
Remove the clamps from the
inlet and outlet tubing.
1.
To change the status of the
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
processing module and sample Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
handler from Stopped to
shutdown.
Ready, perform the Startup
procedure.
Select the As Needed category
from the Maintenance screen
under the System icon.
Perform 6052 Wash Cuvettes.
Check for leaks.
Close the left front door.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
6052 - Wash Cuvettes
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009, 2015 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks
of Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
F1.01 Acid, Alkaline Valves
Version - 204738-101_4915_2
A Part Number is currently not assigned to this RR. Go to GPPM UserInterface
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
F1.01 Acid, Alkaline Valves
Note
These videos represent simulated scenarios of instrument access and repair, and some may not accurately depict actual PPE
guidelines. Trained personnel should follow procedures as outlined in Biological Hazards and safety procedures.
Time Required
25 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Chemical Hazard
WARNING
Splash/Spray Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
The processing module must be in For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section
Stopped or Offline status.
1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Note This procedure is for the
four valves in the bulk
solution assembly.
Preparation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
VIDEO Remove
Wash Solution
Valve
Reference
Power OFF the c4000
processing module. (Use the
main circuit breaker located
at the rear of the processing
module.)
Open the supply center (left
front) door.
Remove the tubing from the
ICT reference bottle, alkaline
wash bottle, and acid wash
bottle.
Wrap each tube with an
absorbent towel.
Remove the ICT reference
bottle, alkaline wash bottle,
and acid wash bottle from the
weight sensor platforms.
Note
Video contains no
audio sound.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Remove Wash
Solution Valve
1.
Remove the tubing from the
appropriate valve (the valve
being removed).
Unplug the appropriate plug
[1] (ALK1, ACD2, ALK2, or
ACD1) for the valve being
removed and remove cables
from clamp.
Loosen the two (2) screws,
[2] underneath the port labels
securing the connector plate
to the frame, lift up on the
connector plate and bring
forward.
Remove the left screw from
the mounting plate for the
valve being removed and
loosen the right screw.
Slide the valve down and
remove from the mounting
plate.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Replacement
Action
Steps
VIDEO Install
Note
Wash
Solution Valve
Reference
Video contains no audio
sound.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Install Wash
1.
Solution Valve
2.
3.
4.
5.
Slide the valve in position on
the mounting plate and secure
using two (2) screws (right and
left).
Install the plate to the frame
using two (2) screws. [2]
Connect the appropriate
connector [1] (ALK1, ACD2,
ALK2, or ACD1).
Secure cables in clamp.
Install the tubing for the
appropriate valve.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
Install the ICT reference bottle,
alkaline wash bottle, and acid
wash bottle on the weight
sensor platforms.
Install the tubing in the ICT
reference bottle, alkaline wash
bottle, and acid wash bottle.
Power ON the processing
module.
Note The system control
center power must be
ON prior to turning on
the processing
module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the
processing module and sample
handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup
procedure.
Select the As Needed category
from the Maintenance screen
under the System icon.
Perform 2155 Flush Bulk
Solutions.
Perform 6052 Wash Cuvettes.
Check for leaks.
Close the supply center (left
front) door.
Perform the Startup procedure For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
to change the status of the
Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
processing module and sample shutdown.
handler from Stopped to Ready.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
2155 - Flush Bulk Solutions
2
6052 - Wash Cuvettes
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Check for leaks
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009, 2015 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks
of Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
F1.02 Weight Sensor
Version - 204738-101_4916_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-93485-01
Weight sensor, N/S, C8
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
F1.02 Weight Sensor
Time Required
25 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Open the supply center (left front) door.
Remove the tubing from the ICT reference
bottle, alkaline wash bottle, and acid wash
bottle.
Wrap each tube with an absorbent towel.
Remove the ICT reference bottle, alkaline
wash bottle, and acid wash bottle from the
weight sensor platforms.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove Weight
Sensor Platform
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the two (2) screws [1] securing the
base to the processing module frame.
Slide the platform [2] forward and invert to
gain access to the sensor plugs [3].
Undo cable ties [4]. Disconnect the plugs
[3] from the sensors:
• ALK, (alkaline)
• ACD, (acid)
• MCC, (ICT reference)
Remove the weight sensor platform [2].
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Weight
Sensor Platform
1.
2.
3.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
Reference
Connect the plugs [3] to the sensors
• ALK, (alkaline)
• ACD, (acid)
• MCC,(ICT reference)
Reconnect cable ties [4].
Install the base to the frame using two (2)
screws. [1]
Install the ICT reference bottle, alkaline
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
wash bottle, and acid wash bottle on the
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
weight sensor platforms.
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Install tubing in the ICT reference bottle,
alkaline wash bottle, and acid wash bottle.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
2
2155 - Flush Bulk Solutions
1
P-612 Bulk Solution Weight Sensor
Adjustment
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
G1.01 Drive, Sample Syringe
Version - 204738-101_4917_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-93154-01
Drive, Sample Syringe
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
G1.01 Drive, Sample Syringe
Time Required
15 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Open the supply center (left front) door.
2.
Remove Sample
Syringe Drive
Note
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Use absorbent material to protect
sample syringe drive against
spills.
Remove the plastic cover [4].
Unscrew the tubing [1] from the top and
side of the sample syringe.
Remove the two (2) screws [2] at the
bottom of the assembly.
Slide syringe drive assembly out of the
processing module for access to the cables
and disconnect plugs SP-M and SP-S from
syringe drive assembly. [3]
Remove the syringe drive assembly from
the processing module.
Remove Sample
Syringe
1.
2.
Remove the two (2) screws securing the
sample syringe plunger clamp and remove
the clamp. [2]
Remove the screw securing the syringe and
remove the syringe. [3]
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Sample
Syringe
1.
2.
Install the syringe [3] using one (1) screw.
Install the plunger clamp [2] using two
screws.
Install Sample
Syringe Drive
1.
Connect plugs SP-M and SP-S to the
syringe drive assembly.
Slide the syringe drive assembly [3] in the
processing module and secure using the
two (2) screws [2] at the base of the
assembly.
Connect the tubing [1] from the probe to the
2.
3.
Reference
4.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
top of the sample syringe and from the
valve to the side of the sample syringe.
Install the plastic cover using two screws.
[4]
Power ON the processing module.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Note The system control center power
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
must be ON prior to turning on the Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Select the As Needed category from the
Maintenance screen under the System
icon.
Perform 6053 Probe Water Wash.
Check for leaks.
Close the left front door.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
6053 - Probe Water Wash
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
G1.02 Spring, Sample Syringe
Version - 204738-101_4918_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
2-89381-02
Spring,Sample Syringe Shaft
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
G1.02 Spring, Sample Syringe
Time Required
20 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Open the supply center (left front) door.
2.
Remove Sample
Syringe
Note
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove Sample
Syringe Spring
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Use absorbent material to protect
sample syringe drive against
spills.
Unscrew the tubing [1] from the top and
side of the sample syringe.
Remove the two (2) screws securing the
plastic cover and remove the cover.
Remove the two (2) screws securing the
sample syringe plunger clamp and remove
the clamp. [2]
Remove the one (1) screw securing the
syringe and remove the syringe. [3]
Unscrew the nut [5] on the bottom of the
syringe block and slide the syringe plunger
[6] and seal tips [2, 3] out of the syringe.
Remove the o-ring [1] from seal tip #2.
Remove seal tip #2 [2], the spacer [7] and
seal tip #1 [3] from the plunger.
Pull the nut [5] down on the plunger to
reveal the spring. [4]
Remove the spring from the plunger. [6]
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Sample
Syringe Spring
1.
2.
3.
4.
Install Sample
Syringe
1.
2.
3.
4.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
Reference
Install the spring [4] on the plunger. [6]
Install seal tip #1 [3], the spacer and seal
tip #2 [2] on the plunger.
Install the o-ring [1] on seal tip #2.
Insert the plunger using the seals in the
syringe block and secure using the nut [5]
on the bottom.
Note The nut must fit flush against the
syringe block.
Install the syringe [3] using one (1) screw.
Install the plunger clamp [2] using two
screws.
Install the plastic cover using two screws.
Connect the tubing [1] from the probe to the
top of the sample syringe and from the
valve to the side of the sample syringe.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Select the As Needed category from the
Maintenance screen under the System
icon.
Perform 6053 Probe Water Wash.
Check for leaks.
Close the left front door.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
6053 - Probe Water Wash
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
G1.03 Seal, Water Line, Syringe (Sample)
Version - 204738-101_4919_2
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
2-89347-02
Seal, water line syringe
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
G1.03 Seal, Water Line, Syringe (Sample)
Time Required
18 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must
be in Stopped or Offline
status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section
1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000
processing module. (Use the
main circuit breaker located at
the rear of the processing
module.)
Open the supply center (left
front) door.
2.
Remove
Sample
Syringe
Note
1.
2.
3.
4.
Use absorbent
material to protect
sample syringe drive
against spills.
Unscrew the tubing [1] from
the top and side of the sample
syringe.
Remove the two (2) screws
securing the plastic cover and
remove the cover.
Remove the two (2) screws
securing the sample syringe
plunger clamp and remove the
clamp. [2]
Remove the one (1) screw
securing the syringe and
remove the syringe. [3]
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Note
Video contains no audio sound.
Remove Seals
1.
Remove the seals from the
sample syringe.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Seals
1.
Install the seals in the sample
syringe.
Install Sample
1.
Install the syringe [3] using
Reference
Syringe
2.
3.
4.
one (1) screw.
Install the plunger clamp [2]
using two screws.
Install the plastic cover using
two screws.
Connect the tubing [1] from
the probe to the top of the
sample syringe and from the
valve to the side of the
sample syringe.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Note
Video contains no audio sound.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
To change the status of the
processing module and
sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the
Startup procedure.
Select the As Needed
category from the
Maintenance screen under
the System icon.
Perform 6053 Probe Water
Wash.
Check for leaks.
Close the left front door.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
6053 - Probe Water Wash
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009, 2014 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
G1.04 Syringe, Sample
Version - 204738-101_4920_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
2-89399-02
Syringe, sample, complete
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
G1.04 Syringe, Sample
Time Required
15 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Open the supply center (left front) door.
2.
Remove Sample
Syringe
Note
1.
2.
3.
4.
Use absorbent material to protect
sample syringe drive against
spills.
Unscrew the tubing [1] from the top and
side of the sample syringe.
Remove the two (2) screws securing the
plastic cover and remove the cover.
Remove the two (2) screws securing the
sample syringe plunger clamp and remove
the clamp. [2]
Remove the one (1) screw securing the
syringe and remove the syringe. [3]
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Sample
Syringe
1.
2.
3.
4.
Install the syringe [3] using one (1) screw.
Install the plunger clamp [2] using two
screws.
Install the plastic cover using two screws.
Connect the tubing [1] from the probe to the
top of the sample syringe and from the
valve to the side of the sample syringe.
Reference
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Select the As Needed category from the
Maintenance screen under the System
icon.
Perform 6053 Probe Water Wash.
Check for leaks.
Close the left front door.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
6053 - Probe Water Wash
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
G2.01 Drive, Reagent Syringe
Version - 204738-101_4921_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-93156-01
Drive, Reagent Syringe
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
G2.01 Drive, Reagent Syringe
Note
This procedure is for both R1 and R2 reagent syringe drives.
Time Required
15 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Open the supply center (left front) door.
2.
Remove Reagent
Syringe Drive
Note
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove Reagent
Syringe Drive
Syringe
1.
2.
Use absorbent material to protect
reagent syringe drive against
spills.
Remove the two (2) screws securing the
plastic cover.
Unscrew the tubing [1] from the top and
side of the reagent syringe.
Remove the two (2) screws [2] at the
bottom of the assembly.
Slide syringe drive assembly out of the
processing module for access to the
following cables.
• Disconnect plugs R1 P-M and R1 P-S
from R1 drive assembly.
• Disconnect plugs R2 P-M and R2 P-S
from R2 drive assembly.
Remove the syringe drive assembly [3] from
the processing module.
Remove the two screws securing the
reagent syringe plunger clamp and remove
the clamp. [2]
Remove the screw [4] securing the syringe
and remove the syringe. [3]
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Reagent
Syringe Drive
Syringe
1.
2.
Install the syringe [3] using one screw. [4]
Install the plunger clamp [2] using two (2)
screws.
Install Reagent
Syringe Drive
1.
Connect plugs R1P-M/R2P-M and R1PS/R2P-S to the syringe drive assembly. [3]
Slide the syringe drive assembly in the
processing module and secure using the
two screws [2] at the base of the assembly.
Connect the tubing [1] from the probe to the
top of the reagent syringe and from the
valve to the side of the reagent syringe.
Install the plastic cover using two (2)
screws.
2.
3.
4.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
Reference
Power ON the processing module.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Note The system control center power
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
must be ON prior to turning on the Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
processing module to ensure
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Select the As Needed category from the
Maintenance screen under the System
icon.
Perform 6053 Probe Water Wash.
Check for leaks.
Close the left front door.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
6053 - Probe Water Wash
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
G2.02 Seal, Water Line, Syringe (Reagent)
Version - 204738-101_4922_2
A Part Number is currently not assigned to this RR. Go to GPPM UserInterface
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
G2.02 Seal, Water Line, Syringe (Reagent)
Time Required
15 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must
be in Stopped or Offline
status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section
1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Open the left front door.
VIDEO
Remove
Reagent
Syringe and
Seals
Note
Video shows steps for
the removal of the
Sample Syringe and
Seals. However, steps
are also applicable to
the removal of the
Reagent Syringe and
Seals.
Note
Video contains no
audio sound.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Remove
Reagent
Syringe and
Seals
Note
1.
2.
3.
4.
Use absorbent
material to protect
reagent syringe drive
against spills.
Unscrew the tubing [1] from
the side and top of the
reagent syringe.
Remove the two (2) screws
securing the plastic cover then
remove the cover.
Remove the two (2) screws
securing the reagent syringe
plunger clamp [2] then remove
the clamp.
Remove the thumbscrew [4]
5.
securing the syringe and
remove the syringe.
Remove the seals from the
syringe.
Replacement
Action
VIDEO Install
Seals and
Reagent
Syringe
Steps
Reference
Note
Video shows steps for
the replacement of the
Sample Syringe and
Seals. However, steps
are also applicable to
the replacement of the
Reagent Syringe and
Seals.
Note
Video contains no
audio sound.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Install Seals
and Reagent
Syringe
1.
2.
3.
Install the seals on the syringe.
Install the syringe [3] using the
thumbscrew.
Install the reagent syringe
plunger clamp[2] using two (2)
4.
5.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
screws.
Connect the tubing [1] from the
probe to the top of the reagent
syringe and from the valve to
the side of the reagent
syringe.
Install the plastic cover using
two (2) screws.
To change the status of the
processing module and
sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the Startup
procedure.
Select the As Needed
category from the
Maintenance screen under
the System icon.
Perform 6053 Probe Water
Wash.
Check for leaks.
Close the left front door.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
6053 - Probe Water Wash
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2014 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
G2.03 Syringe, Reagent
Version - 204738-101_4923_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
2-89398-02
Syringe, reagent, complete
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
G2.03 Syringe, Reagent
Time Required
18 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Open the left front door.
Remove Reagent
Syringe
Note
1.
2.
3.
4.
Use absorbent material to protect
reagent syringe drive against
spills.
Unscrew the tubing [1] from the side and
top of the reagent syringe.
Remove the two (2) screws securing the
plastic cover then remove the cover.
Remove the two (2) screws securing the
reagent syringe plunger clamp [2] then
remove the clamp.
Remove the thumbscrew [4] securing the
syringe [3] then remove the syringe.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Reagent
Syringe
1.
2.
3.
4.
Install the syringe [3] using the thumbscrew.
[4]
Install the reagent syringe plunger clamp [2]
using two (2) screws.
Install the plastic cover using two (2)
screws.
Connect the tubing [1] from the probe to the
top of the reagent syringe and from the
valve to the side of the reagent syringe.
Reference
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Select the As Needed category from the
Maintenance screen under the System
icon.
Perform 6053 Probe Water Wash.
Check for leaks.
Close the left front door.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
6053 - Probe Water Wash
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
G3.01 Valve, Reagent Sample Syringe Dispense
Version - 204738-101_4924_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-202518-01
Valve, Reagent / Sample, CKD
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
G3.01 Valve, Reagent/Sample Syringe Dispense
Time Required
20 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in
Stopped or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Open the supply center (left front) door.
2.
Remove
Reagent/Sample
Syringe Dispense
Valve
Note
1.
2.
3.
4.
Place an absorbent towel under
valve while removing to catch any
water that maybe still in the
tubing.
Loosen the one (1) screw securing the
Pressure Monitor sensor bracket [1] above
the valve being removed and allow the
bracket to float.
Unscrew the fitting on the valve being
removed to disconnect the tubing [2] from
the NC port.
Unscrew the compression nut [3] from the
fitting screwed into the manifold.
Loosen the one (1) screw [4] securing the
valve mounting bracket to the metal brace.
Remove
Reagent/Sample
Syringe Dispense
Valve (continued)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Lift the valve and bracket up and remove
the bracket from the metal brace.
Disconnect the appropriate plug:
• SWV (Sample)
• R1WV (R1)
• R2WV (R2)
Disconnect the tubing [5] from the NO port
needle (rear of valve).
Remove the one (1) screw [6] securing the
valve to the mounting bracket and remove
the valve from the mounting bracket.
Remove the fitting [7] from the NO port.
Unscrew the compression nut [8], with the
tube and previously removed compression
nut from the IN (COM) port.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install
Reagent/Sample
Syringe Dispense
Valve
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Proper orientation of valve is with the COM
port facing down.
Install the mounting bracket to the valve
using one (1) screw [6].
Install the pipe sealant tape on the threads
of the compression fitting [8] that screws in
the valve and screw the fitting into the IN
(COM) port of the valve.
Install the pipe sealant tape on the threads
of the fitting [7] for the NO port and screw in
the port of the valve.
Connect the appropriate valve plug:
• SWV
Reference
6.
Install
Reagent/Sample
Syringe Dispense
Valve (continued)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
• R1WV
• R2WV
Slide the tubing [5] onto the needle of the
fitting for the NO port.
Install the valve in position, ensuring that
the compression nut [3] is aligned with the
fitting screwed into the manifold.
Tighten the compression nut [3] onto the
fitting attached to the manifold.
Secure the valve mounting bracket to the
metal brace by tightening one (1) screw [4].
Screw in the fitting with tubing [2] from the
syringe to the NC port of the valve.
Tighten the one (1) screw [1] for the
Pressure Monitor sensor bracket.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on
the processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Select the As Needed category from the
Maintenance screen under the System
icon.
Perform 6053 Probe Water Wash.
Check for leaks.
Close the left front door.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
6053 - Probe Water Wash
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
G3.02 P.M. Sensor Assy
Version - 204738-101_4925_2
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-86320-01
PM Sensor Assy
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
G3.02 P.M. Sensor Assy
Time Required
20 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must
be in Stopped or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section
1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000
processing module. (Use the
main circuit breaker located at
the rear of the processing
module.)
Open the supply center (left
front) door.
2.
VIDEO Remove
P.M. Sensor
Note
Video contains no audio
sound.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Remove P.M.
Sensor
1.
2.
Use absorbent material to
protect the sample syringe drive
and the P.M. Sensor against
spills.
Disconnect the tubing from the
top and bottom of the P.M.
Sensor.
3.
Loosen the one (1) screw [1]
holding the sensor bracket to
the frame, then lift sensor and
bracket up and out to remove
the sensor bracket.
Disconnect sensor connector
[2] from the P.M. Sensor.
Remove the two (2) screws [3]
securing the sensor and
remove the sensor off of the
bracket.
4.
5.
Replacement
Action
Steps
VIDEO Install
P.M. Sensor
Note
Reference
Video contains no audio
sound.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Install P.M.
Sensor
1.
2.
3.
4.
Secure the P.M. Sensor on to the
bracket by using two (2) screws.
[3]
Connect the sensor connector [2]
to the P.M. Sensor.
Install the sensor and the bracket
to the frame using one (1) screw.
[1]
Connect the tubing to the top and
bottom of the P.M. Sensor.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Power ON the processing
module.
Note The system control
center power must be
ON prior to turning on
the processing module
to ensure proper
initialization.
To change the status of the
processing module and sample
handler from Stopped to Ready,
perform the Startup procedure.
Select the As Needed category
from the Maintenance screen
under the System icon.
Perform 6053 Probe Water
Wash.
Check for leaks.
Close the left front door.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
6053 - Probe Water Wash
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2014 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
K1.01 Vacuum Pump
Version - 204738-101_4926_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205194-01
VACUUM PUMP
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
K1.01 Vacuum Pump
Time Required
30 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
or Offline status.
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Open the right front door to access the
vacuum pump assembly.
Remove the right front access panel.
2.
3.
Remove Vacuum
Pump Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Reference
Label the four tubes attached to the vacuum
pumps.
Clamp each tube.
Disconnect each tube from the pump.
Disconnect the vacuum pump power [1]
cable located above the vacuum pump
assembly.
Remove four screws securing the pump
assembly to the frame.
Remove the pump assembly from the
processing module.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Vacuum
Pump
1.
2.
3.
4.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
Reference
Install the pump assembly to the frame using
four screws.
Connect vacuum pump power cable.
Install the tubes.
Release clamps from tubes.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Select the As Needed category from the
Maintenance screen under the System icon.
Perform 6052 Wash Cuvettes.
Check for leaks.
Close right front door.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
6052 - Wash Cuvettes
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
K1.02 Diaphragm, Vac. Pump
Version - 204738-101_4927_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
2-94796-02
Diaphragm, Vacuum Pump New Style
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
K1.02 Diaphragm, Vac. Pump
Time Required
15 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
or Offline status.
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Open the right front door to access the
vacuum pump assembly.
Remove the right front access panel.
2.
3.
Remove Vacuum
Pump Diaphragm
1.
2.
3.
4.
Label the four tubes attached to the vacuum
pumps.
Clamp each tube.
Disconnect each tubes from the pump.
Remove four screws securing diaphragm
housing cover, and remove the cover.
Reference
Remove Vacuum
Pump Diaphragm
(continued)
1.
Unscrew the diaphragm counterclockwise
(CCW) to remove it from the vacuum pump.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Vacuum
Pump Diaphragm
1.
2.
3.
4.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Reference
Screw the diaphragm clockwise (CW) on to
the rod.
Note The diaphragm should only be
hand tightened.
Install the diaphragm housing cover using
four (4) screws.
Install the tubes.
Release clamps from tubes.
To change the status of the processing
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
module and sample handler from Stopped to System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Select the As Needed category from the
Maintenance screen under the System icon.
Perform 6052 Wash Cuvettes.
Check for leaks.
Close right front door.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
6052 - Wash Cuvettes
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
K1.03 Sheet Valve, Vac. Pump
Version - 204738-101_4928_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
2-94797-02
Sheet Valve for Vacuum Pump New Style
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
K1.03 Sheet Valve, Vac. Pump
Time Required
10 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
or Offline status.
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Open the right front door to access the
vacuum pump assembly.
Remove the right front access panel.
2.
3.
Remove Vacuum
Pump Sheet Valve
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Label the tubes attached to the vacuum
pumps.
Clamp each tube.
Disconnect each tube from the pump.
Remove four (4) screws securing diaphragm
housing cover, and remove the cover.
Separate the two cover pieces.
Remove the sheet valve; note the position.
Reference
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Vacuum
Pump Sheet Valve
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Reference
Install the sheet valve as noted.
Assemble the two cover pieces.
Install the diaphragm housing cover using
four (4) screws.
Install the tubes.
Release clamps from tubes.
To change the status of the processing
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
module and sample handler from Stopped to System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Select the As Needed category from the
Maintenance screen under the System icon.
Perform 6052 Wash Cuvettes.
Check for leaks.
Close right front door.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
6052 - Wash Cuvettes
Check for leaks
Expected Results
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
K1.04 O-ring, Vacuum Pump
Version - 204738-101_4929_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
2-94798-02
O-Ring for Vacuum Pump New Style
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
K1.04 O-ring, Vacuum Pump
Time Required
10 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Open the right front door to access the
vacuum pump assembly.
Remove the right front access panel.
2.
3.
Remove Vacuum
Pump O-Ring
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Label the four tubes attached to the vacuum
pumps.
Clamp each tube.
Disconnect each tube from the pump.
Remove four (4) screws securing diaphragm
housing cover, and remove the cover.
Separate the two (2) cover pieces.
Remove the O-ring.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Vacuum Pump 1.
O-Ring
2.
3.
4.
5.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Reference
Install the O-ring.
Assemble the two (2) cover pieces.
Install the diaphragm housing cover using four
(4) screws.
Install the tubes.
Release clamps from tubes.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Select the As Needed category from the
Maintenance screen under the System icon.
Perform 6052 Wash Cuvettes.
Check for leaks.
Close right front door.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
6052 - Wash Cuvettes
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
K2.01 Degasser
Version - 204738-101_4930_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
2-89161-05
New Style Degasser Unit (RoHS)
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
K2.01 Degasser
Time Required
30 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
or Offline status.
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status..
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Remove the left rear cover.
2.
Remove Degasser
1.
2.
3.
4.
Reference
Clamp the tubing [1] to the degasser, and
disconnect it.
Disconnect the DEG and DGS cables from
the degasser.
Remove the two (2) screws securing the
degasser assembly to the processing
module frame.
Remove the degasser by sliding it out from
the rear of the processing module.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Degasser
1.
Slide the degasser in the processing module
Reference
2.
3.
4.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
from the rear and secure with two (2)
screws.
Connect the DEG and DGS cables to the
degasser.
Connect the tubing to the degasser and
remove the clamps.
Secure the frame brace with four (4) screws.
Power ON the processing module.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Note The system control center power
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
must be ON prior to turning on the Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Select the As Needed category from the
Maintenance screen under the System icon.
Perform 2132 Flush Water Lines.
Check for leaks.
Install the right rear cover and secure with
two screws.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
2132 - Flush Water Lines
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
K2.02 Degasser Canister
Version - 204738-101_4931_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
2-89161-06
Degasser, with improvements
7-93668-02
New Style Degasser Canister, With Tubing
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
K2.02 Degasser Canister
Time Required
60 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
or Offline status.
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Remove the left rear cover.
2.
Remove Degasser
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove Canister
1.
2.
Clamp the tubing [1] to the degasser, and
disconnect it.
Disconnect the DEG and DGS cables from
the degasser.
Remove the two (2) screws securing the
degasser assembly to the processing
module frame.
Remove the degasser by sliding it out from
the rear of the processing module.
Remove the two (2) screws [1] securing the
canister to the rear of the degasser unit.
Disconnect the vacuum tubing [2] from the
front of the canister.
Reference
3.
4.
5.
Remove the two (2) screws [3] securing the
canister to the bracket.
Remove the two (2) screws [4] securing the
canister bracket to the degasser unit base
plate.
Slide the canister out of the degasser unit.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Canister
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Slide the canister into the degasser unit.
Install the two (2) screws [1] that secure the
canister to the rear of the degasser unit.
Connect the vacuum tubing [2] to the front
of the canister.
Install the two (2) screws [3] that secure the
canister to the canister bracket.
Install the two (2) screws [4] that secure the
canister bracket to the degasser unit base
plate.
Reference
Install Degasser
1.
2.
3.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Slide the degasser in the processing
module from the rear and secure with two
(2) screws.
Connect the DEG and DGS cables to the
degasser.
Connect the tubing [2] to the degasser and
remove the clamps.
Power ON the processing module.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Note The system control center power
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
must be ON prior to turning on the Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Select the As Needed category from the
Maintenance screen under the System
icon.
Perform 2132 Flush Water Lines.
Check for leaks.
Install the left rear cover.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
2132 - Flush Water Lines
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
L1.01 Main Power Supply
Version - 204738-101_5007_1
A Part Number is currently not assigned to this RR. Go to GPPM UserInterface
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
L1.01 Main Power Supply
Time Required
90 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Lifting Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped or Offline status. For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module (use the main
circuit breaker).
Remove the left rear cover.
2.
Remove Main
Power Supply
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Disconnect power cord.
Remove three (3) screws on front of the power supply to the
processing module frame.
Disconnect the cable from the power supply to the
transformer.
Note Note the selected voltage.
Disconnect the following cables from the side of the power
supply:
Note Start from the back of the analyzer and continue to
slide out the power supply while removing the
cables.
• J4/P4
• J1/P1
• J6/P6
• CPUM
• CNBD
• UC
• +12 V
• CPU
• Lamp cables
• AUTO
• ON/OFF
• Thermostat
• TBC
• AC100V
• +24V1
• +24V2
• STRD
• AC
• Transformer
• RSH Jumper cable-make note of the cable connection
configuration.
Remove the power supply from the analyzer and prepare it to
Reference
be packed in the box containing the new one.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install
Main
Power
Supply
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Connect the RSH cable according to instrument
configuration and as noted during the removal process
Slide the power supply into the processing module.
Connect the cables in the following order:
• STRD
• AC
• Transformer
• AC100V
• +24V1
• +24V2
• ON/OFF
• AUTO
• Thermostat
• TBC
• CPUM
• CNBD
• UC
• +12 V
• CPU
• Lamp cable
• J4/P4
• J1/P1
• J6/P6
Replace three (3) screws on the front of the power
supply to the processing module frame.
Connect the cable from the power supply to the
transformer.
Install left front rear cover.
Connect the power cord.
Reference
Prepare
for
Operation
1.
2.
Power ON the processing module.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT System
Note The system control center power must be ON Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions, Subsection: System startup,
prior to turning on the processing module to
pause, and shutdown.
ensure proper initialization.
Perform the Startup procedure to change the status of
the processing module and sample handler from
Stopped to Ready.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
5712 - Voltages Test
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-104) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
M1.01 Card Cage without Boards
Version - 204738-101_4932_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-206858-01
Card cage without Bds, c4
7-206859-01
Card Cage, With Bds, c4
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
M1.01 Card Cage without Boards
Time Required
30 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
or Offline status.
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Disconnect the power cord.
Remove the right rear cover.
Open the right front door.
Remove front access panel.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Disconnect CPU
Cables
1.
2.
Remove Main Card
Cage
1.
2.
From the rear of the processing module,
disconnect the two cables labeled CPU and
CPUM from the main power supply.
Remove cables CPU1, CPU2, CPU3,
CPU4, CPU5, CPU6, CPU7, CPU8, CPU9,
CPU10, CPU11, CPU12, and CPU14 from
the rear of the card cage.
Remove the two (2) screws located at the
front of the card cage.
Remove the card cage.
Reference
Remove Boards and 1.
Cables
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Loosen the two (2) captive thumbscrews
securing the card cage door and open the
door.
Disconnect the MECH LED cables from the
SM AC/DC Bd, [4] SMC Bd, [3] and the
AC/DC Controller Bd [5]
Unplug the ethernet cable from the front of
the CPU board. [6]
Remove the screws on the boards located
by the ejectors.
Open the ejectors to remove all of the
boards from the card cage.
Remove the MECH LED board from the
plastic standoffs on the card cage front
cover.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Boards and
Cables
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Install all the boards into the card cage and
secure using the screws by the ejectors.
Mount the MECH LED board on the plastic
standoffs of the card cage front cover.
Connect the MECH LED cables to the SMC
board, [3] SM AC/DC board, [4] and the
AC/DC controller board. [5]
Connect the ethernet cables to the CPU
board. [6]
Close the card cage front cover and secure
using two (2) captive thumbscrews.
Install Main card
Cage
1.
From the front of the processing module,
slide the card cage in the processing
module and secure it with the screws.
Connect CPU
Cables
1.
Connect the two power cables labeled CPU
and CPUM to the main power supply.
On the rear of the card cage backplane
connect the cables:
• CPU1
• CPU2
• CPU3
• CPU4
• CPU5
• CPU7
• CPU8
• CPU9
• CPU10
• CPU11
• CPU12
• CPU14
2.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
Reference
Install the left rear cover and secure using
four (4) captive screws.
Install the front access panel.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Close all doors.
Connect the processing module to the AC
supply power.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
6070 - Daily Maintenance
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
M1.02 Bd., DAQ
Version - 204738-101_4933_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-93181-04
DAQ board, RoHS compliant
7-93181-05
DAQ board NS, RoHS compliant
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
M1.02 Bd., DAQ
Time Required
30 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
2.
Preparation
1.
2.
3.
Remove DAQ Board 1.
2.
Reference
The processing module must be in Stopped For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
or Offline status.
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Open the right front door.
Remove the right front access panel by
removing the four (4) screws.
Loosen the two (2) thumbscrews securing
the card cage front cover and open the
cover.
Note There is a diagram on the card
cage cover that shows the position
of the DAQ board [1] located
inside the card cage.
Locate the DAQ board and loosen the two
locking screws above the upper ejector and
below the lower ejector [1].
Press up on the upper ejector and down on
the lower ejector and remove the DAQ
board from the card cage.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install DAQ Board
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Reference
With the upper ejector in the up position and
the lower ejector in the down position, slide
the DAQ board into the correct slot position
until the ejectors engage in the upper and
lower supports.
Press down gently on the upper and up on
the lower ejectors to insert the DAQ board
into the back plane.
Secure the DAQ board with the two (2)
locking screws above the upper ejector and
below the lower ejector.
Secure the card cage front cover with the
two thumbscrews.
Secure the right front access panel with the
four screws.
Close all doors.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Power ON the processing module.
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Note The system control center power
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Select System, Diagnostics, Modules,
6001 Save/Restore DAQ Data and load the
step table data from CPU DAQ.
Select System, Maintenance, As Needed,
6070 Daily Maintenance.
Note 6070 Daily Maintenance initializes
the ICT channels in SRAM on the
DAQ board. If Daily Maintenance is
not performed after installing a new
DAQ board or during new system
installation, one or more of the
three ICT channels could be uninitialized. This will result in a zero
A/D read and error 1600 Unable to
calculate result, mV reading outside
measurable range of ICT Unit.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
2
6070 - Daily Maintenance
1
6001 - Save/Restore DAQ Data
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
M1.03 Bd., SMC
Version - 204738-101_4934_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-202599-01
Bd., SMC
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
M1.03 Bd., SMC
Time Required
15 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
2.
Preparation
1.
2.
3.
Remove SMC
Board
1.
2.
3.
Reference
The processing module must be in Stopped For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
or Offline status.
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Open the right front door.
Remove the right front access panel by
removing the four (4) screws.
Loosen the two thumbscrews securing the
card cage front cover and open the cover.
Note There is a diagram on the card
cage cover that shows the position
of the SMC board [1] located
inside the card cage.
Locate the SMC board and loosen the two
locking screws above the upper ejector and
below the lower ejector [1].
Disconnect the MECH LED board cable
SMC1 from the SMC board.
Press up on the upper ejector and down on
the lower ejector and remove the SMC
board from the card cage.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install SMC Board
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
Reference
With the upper ejector in the up position and
the lower ejector in the down position, slide
the SMC board into the correct slot position
until the ejectors engage in the upper and
lower supports.
Press down gently on the upper and up on
the lower ejectors to insert the SMC board
into the back plane.
Secure the SMC board with the two locking
screws above the upper ejector and below
the lower ejector.
Connect the MECH LED cable SMC1 to the
SMC board.
Secure the card cage front cover with the
two (2) thumbscrews.
Secure the right front access panel with the
four (4) screws.
Close all doors.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Power ON the processing module.
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Note The system control center power
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Select System, Maintenance, As Needed,
6070 Daily Maintenance.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
6070 - Daily Maintenance
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
M1.04 Bd., AC/DC Controller
Version - 204738-101_4935_2
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-93183-04
Bd, AC DC Controller (RoHS)
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
M1.04 Bd., AC/DC Controller
Time Required
15 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
2.
Preparation
1.
2.
3.
Remove AC/DC
Controller Board
1.
2.
3.
The processing module must be in Stopped or
Offline status.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module. (Use
the main circuit breaker located at the rear of
the processing module.)
Open the right front door.
Remove the right front access panel by
removing the four (4) screws.
Loosen the two (2) thumbscrews securing the
card cage front cover and open the cover.
Note There is a diagram on the card cage
cover that shows the position of the
AC/DC Controller board [1] located
inside the card cage.
Locate the AC/DC Controller board and loosen
the two locking screws above the upper ejector
and below the lower ejector [1].
Disconnect the MECH LED board cable
AC/DC1 from the AC/DC Controller board.
Press up on the upper ejector and down on the
lower ejector and remove the AC/DC Controller
board from the card cage.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install AC/DC
Controller Board
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Reference
With the upper ejector in the up position and the
lower ejector in the down position, slide the
AC/DC Controller board into the correct slot
position until the ejectors engage in the upper
and lower supports.
Ensure switches S2-1 & S2-8 are ON for a
c4000.
Press down gently on the upper and up on the
lower ejectors to insert the AC/DC Controller
board into the back plane.
Secure the AC/DC Controller board with the two
locking screws above the upper ejector and
below the lower ejector.
Connect the MECH LED cable AC/DC1 to the
AC/DC Controller board.
Secure the card cage front cover with the two
(2) thumbscrews.
Secure the right front access panel with the four
(4) screws.
Close all doors.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power must
be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure proper
initialization.
To change the status of the processing module
and sample handler from Stopped to Ready,
perform the Startup procedure.
Perform P-601 Reagent Supply Center
Temperature Detector Adjustment.
Perform P-604 Internal Instrument Temperature
Detector Adjustment.
Perform P-605 Water Bath Temperature
Detector Adjustment.
Select System, Maintenance, As Needed,
6070 Daily Maintenance.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-112) • © 2009, 2011 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various
jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
6070 - Daily Maintenance
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
null
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
M1.05 Bd., CPU
Version - 204738-101_4936_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205719-01
CPU BOARD C4
7-205719-02
CPU c4000, New Style
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
M1.05 Bd., CPU
Time Required
15 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
2.
Preparation
1.
2.
3.
Remove CPU Board 1.
2.
3.
Reference
The processing module must be in Stopped For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
or Offline status.
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Open the right front door.
Remove the right front access panel by
removing the four (4) screws.
Loosen the two (2) thumbscrews securing
the card cage front cover and open the
cover.
Note There is a diagram on the card
cage cover that shows the position
of the CPU board [1] located
inside the card cage.
Locate the CPU board and loosen the two
locking screws above the upper ejector and
below the lower ejector [1].
Disconnect the ethernet cable [2] from the
front of the CPU board.
Press up on the upper ejector and down on
the lower ejector and remove the CPU
board from the card cage.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install CPU Board
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Reference
With the upper ejector in the up position and
the lower ejector in the down position, slide
the CPU board into the correct slot position
until the ejectors engage in the upper and
lower supports.
Press down gently on the upper and up on
the lower ejectors to insert the AC/DC
Controller board into the back plane.
Secure the CPU board with the two (2)
locking screws above the upper ejector and
below the lower ejector.
Connect the ethernet cable to the front of the
CPU board.
Secure the card cage front cover with the
two (2) thumbscrews.
Secure the right front access panel with the
four (4) screws.
Close all doors.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Power ON the processing module.
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Note The system control center power
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Select System, Diagnostics, Modules,
6001 Save/Restore DAQ Data and load the
step table data from CPU DAQ.
Select System, Maintenance, As Needed,
6070 Daily Maintenance.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
2
6070 - Daily Maintenance
1
6001 - Save/Restore DAQ Data
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
M1.06 Bd., Mech LED
Version - 204738-101_4937_2
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-202564-01
Bd., Mech LED,m 16
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
M1.06 Bd., Mech LED
Time Required
20 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
2.
Preparation
1.
2.
3.
Remove MECH LED 1.
Board
2.
3.
Reference
The processing module must be in Stopped For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
or Offline status.
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Open the right front door.
Remove the right front access panel by
removing the four (4) screws.
Loosen the two (2) captive thumbscrews
securing the card cage front cover and
open the cover.
Locate the MECH LED board on the back
of the card cage cover. [1]
Disconnect the three (3) cables LED1,
LED2 and LED3 from the top of the MECH
LED Board.
Remove the MECH LED board from the
plastic standoffs on the card cage cover.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Reference
Install MECH LED
Board
1.
2.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Install the MECH LED board on the
plastic standoffs, on the card cage.
Connect the three (3) cables LED1,
LED2 and LED3 to the top of the
MECH LED Board.
Note: If installing a New Style MECH
LED Board, refer to the Service
Manual, Section 2
Troubleshooting/Card Cage/New
Style MECH LED for a diagram
of the board and LED reference.
Close all doors.
Power ON the processing module.
Note: The system control center
power must be ON prior to turning
on the processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
Verify LED operation on the MECH
LED Board. (LEDs will light up
depending on sensor status.)
Close the card cage front cover and
secure using two (2) captive
thumbscrews.
Secure the right front access panel
with the four (4) screws.
Close the right front door.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
G1 - Verify the Repair according to released
Operation and Service Procedures.
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • 2014 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks
of Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
M1.07 Fan Assy., Main Card Cage
Version - 204738-101_4938_2
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-93188-01
Fan assy, main card cage
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
M1.07 Fan Assy., Main Card Cage
Time Required
20 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped or
Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Disconnect the power cord.
Remove the right rear cover.
Open the right front door.
Remove front access panel.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove Card Cage
Fan Assembly
Note
1.
2.
3.
Fan airflow direction is UP into the
card cage.
Loosen the two (2) captive thumbscrews
securing the card cage door and open the
door.
Disconnect the power cable [3] to fan
assembly.
Remove the two screws on front of fan
assembly [4] and pull the assembly straight
out of the card cage.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Card Cage
Fan Assembly
Note
1.
Verify fan airflow direction is UP into
the card cage.
6.
Slide the fan assembly [4] straight in the card
cage and secure using two (2) screws.
Note Ensure ground wire is installed with
screw on right side of the fan
assembly.
Connect the power cable [3] to fan assembly.
Close the card cage front cover and secure
using two (2) captive thumbscrews.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure proper
initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Verify that the fan blades are turning.
1.
2.
Install the front access panel.
Close all doors.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Prepare for
Operation
Reference
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-104) • © 2009, 2010 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various
jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
G14 - Fan
Verify that the fan is rotating and that the air
flows in the correct direction.
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
M1.08 Bd., Pressure Monitor
Version - 204738-101_4939_4
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-900040-01
BOARD, PM, C4000
7-900040-02
Board, PM, c16000 and c4000
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
M1.08 Bd., Pressure Monitor
Time Required
20 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
2
Preparation
1.
2.
3.
Check Switch
Setting
Reference
The processing module must be in Stopped For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
or Offline status.
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Open the right front door.
Remove the right front access panel by
removing the four (4) screws.
Loosen the two (2) thumbscrews, securing
the card cage front cover and open the
cover.
Note There is a diagram on the card
cage cover that shows the position
of the P.M. Board [1] located
inside the card cage.
Note
This information is for the -107 board only. The instrument must be at software version 7.0 or higher.
1.Switches 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, & 8 will be in the OFF
position from the factory.
Remove PM Board
1.
2.
Locate the PM board and loosen the two
(2) locking screws above the upper ejector
and below the lower ejector [1].
Press up on the upper ejector and down on
the lower ejector and remove the PM Board
from the card cage.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install PM Board
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
Reference
With the upper ejector in the up position and
the lower ejector in the down position, slide
the PM board into the correct slot position
until the ejectors engage in the upper and
lower supports
Press down gently on the upper and up on
the lower ejectors to insert the PM board into
the back plane.
Secure the PM board with the two (2) locking
screws above the upper ejector and below
the lower ejector.
Secure the card cage front cover with the two
(2) thumbscrews.
Secure the right front access panel with the
four (4) screws.
Close all doors.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Power ON the processing module.
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Note The system control center power
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Select System, Diagnostics, Modules,
3805 Pressure Monitor Test.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
G1 - Verify the Repair according to released
Operation and Service Procedures.
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009, 2014 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks
of Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
M1.09 Flash Memory, CPU
Version - 204738-101_4940_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-206800-01
Flash Memory, CPU c4
7-206800-02
Flash Memory, New Style CPU c4
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
M1.09 Flash Memory, CPU
Time Required
15 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
1.
Preparation
1.
2.
3.
Remove CPU Board 1.
2.
3.
Reference
The processing module must be in Stopped For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
or Offline status.
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Open the right front door.
Remove the right front access panel by
removing the four (4) screws.
Loosen the two (2) thumbscrews securing
the card cage front cover and open the
cover.
Note There is a diagram on the card
cage cover that shows the position
of the CPU Board [1] located
inside the card cage.
Locate the CPU board and loosen the two
locking screws above the upper ejector and
below the lower ejector [1].
Disconnect the Ethernet cable [2] from the
front of the CPU board.
Press up on the upper ejector and down on
the lower ejector and remove the CPU
board from the card cage.
Remove Flash
Memory
1.
Slide the ejector tab [1] on the side of the
flash memory socket.
Note This ejects the flash memory for
removal.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Flash Memory 1.
Slide the flash memory into the socket until it
latches in place.
Install CPU Board
With the upper ejector in the up position and
the lower ejector in the down position, slide
the CPU board into the correct slot position
until the ejectors engage in the upper and
lower supports.
Press down gently on the upper and up on
the lower ejectors to insert the CPU board
into the back plane.
Secure the CPU board with the two (2)
locking screws above the upper ejector and
below the lower ejector.
Connect the Ethernet cable to the front of
the CPU board.
Secure the card cage front cover with the
two (2) thumbscrews.
Secure the right front access panel with the
four (4) screws.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
Close all doors.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
Reference
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
4.
5.
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Select System, Diagnostics, Modules,
6001 Save/Restore DAQ Data and load the
step table data from CPU DAQ.
Select System, Maintenance, As Needed,
6070 Daily Maintenance.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
2
6070 - Daily Maintenance
1
6001 - Save/Restore DAQ Data
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
M1.10 Card Cage with Boards
Version - 204738-101_4941_1
A Part Number is currently not assigned to this RR. Go to GPPM UserInterface
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
M1.10 Card Cage with Boards
Time Required
30 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
or Offline status.
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Disconnect the power cord.
Remove the right rear cover.
Open the right front door.
Remove front access panel.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Disconnect CPU
Cables
1.
2.
Remove Main Card
Cage
1.
Reference
From the rear of the processing module,
disconnect the two cables labeled CPU and
CPUM from the main power supply.
Remove cables CPU1, CPU2, CPU3,
CPU4, CPU5, CPU6, CPU7, CPU8, CPU9,
CPU10, CPU11, CPU12, and CPU14 from
the rear of the card cage.
Remove the two (2) screws located at the
front of the card cage and pull the card
cage out of the system.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Main card
1.
From the front of the processing module,
Reference
Cage
Connect CPU
Cables
slide the card cage in the processing
module and secure using two (2) screws at
the bottom, front of the card cage.
1.
2.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Connect the two power cables labeled CPU
and CPUM to the main power supply.
On the rear of the card cage backplane
connect the cables:
a. CPU1
b. CPU2
c. CPU3
d. CPU4
e. CPU5
f.
CPU7
g. CPU8
h. CPU9
i.
CPU10
j.
CPU11
k. CPU12
l.
CPU14
Install the left rear cover and secure using
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
four (4) captive screws.
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Install the front access panel.
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Close all doors.
Connect the processing module to the AC
supply power.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
6070 - Daily Maintenance
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
M1.11 Bd., SM AC/DC Controller
Version - 204738-101_4942_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-202601-01
Bd., SM AC/DC Controller
7-202601-02
Bd., SM ACDC Controller
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
M1.11 Bd., SM AC/DC Controller
Time Required
30 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
2.
Preparation
1.
2.
3.
Remove SM AC/DC
Board
1.
2.
3.
Reference
The processing module must be in Stopped For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
or Offline status.
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Open the right front door.
Remove the right front access panel by
removing the four (4) screws.
Loosen the two (2) thumbscrews securing
the card cage front cover and open the
cover.
Note There is a diagram on the card
cage cover that shows the position
of the SM AC/DC Board [1]
located inside the card cage.
Locate the SM AC/DC board and loosen
the two locking screws above the upper
ejector and below the lower ejector [1].
Disconnect the MECH LED board cable SM
AC/DC1 from the SM AC/DC board.
Press up on the upper ejector and down on
the lower ejector and remove the SM
AC/DC board from the card cage.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install SM AC/DC
Board
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
Reference
With the upper ejector in the up position and
the lower ejector in the down position, slide
the SM AC/DC board into the correct slot
position until the ejectors engage in the
upper and lower supports.
Press down gently on the upper and up on
the lower ejectors to insert the SM AC/DC
board into the back plane.
Secure the SM AC/DC board with the two (2)
locking screws above the upper ejector and
below the lower ejector.
Connect the MECH LED cable SM AC/DC1
to the SM AC/DC board.
Secure the card cage front cover with the
two (2) thumbscrews.
Secure the right front access panel with the
four (4) screws.
Close all doors.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Power ON the processing module.
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Note The system control center power
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Select System, Maintenance, As Needed,
6070 Daily Maintenance.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
6070 - Daily Maintenance
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
M2.01 Bd., Mixer Driver
Version - 204738-101_4943_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
2-89035-05
BD, Mixer Driver (RoHS)
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
M2.01 Bd., Mixer Driver
Time Required
45 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Multimeter
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
or Offline status.
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Unplug the processing module from the AC
supply power.
Open the right front door.
Remove the right front access panel by
removing the four (4) screws.
Loosen the two (2) screws [1] on the Driver
Box door and open the door.
Note Lift the door up slightly to clear
the screws located in front of the
driver box assembly.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Reference
Remove Mixer
Driver Board
1.
2.
Disconnect plugs labeled
• STRD1
• STRD2, STRD3
• STRD4
Remove the board from the four (4)
standoffs.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Mixer Driver
Board
1.
2.
Place the board onto the four (4) standoffs.
Ensure the board is locked into place.
Connect plugs
• STRD1
Reference
• STRD2
• STRD3
• STRD4
to connectors
• CNN1/PJ1
• CNN2/PJ2
• CNN3/PJ3
• CNN4/PJ4
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Close the Driver Box door and secure with
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
two (2) screws.
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Install the right front access panel using four Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
(4) screws.
Close the right front door.
Connect the processing module AC supply
power.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
3126 - Mixer Vibration Test
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
M2.02 Bd., SMD/5 Phase Motor Driver
Version - 204738-101_4944_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205178-01
BD, SMD/5 PHASE MOTOR DRIVER, C4
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
M2.02 Bd., SMD/5 Phase Motor Driver
Time Required
45 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
or Offline status.
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Unplug the processing module from the AC
supply power.
Open the right front door.
Remove the right front access panel by
removing the four (2) screws.
Loosen the two (2) screws [1] on the Driver
Box door and open the door.
Note Lift the door up slightly to clear
the screws located in front of the
driver box assembly.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Reference
Remove SMD/5
Phase Board
1.
2.
Remove plugs 1-22 from the connectors.
Note Squeeze tabs inward on plug
SMD1 to release the plug from the
connector on the board. DO NOT
push the tabs outward or it will
break. [1]
Remove the board from the nine (9)
standoffs. [1]
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install SMD/5
Phase Board
1.
2.
Install the board on the nine (9) standoffs.
Connect plugs 1-22 to the connectors.
Reference
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Close the Driver Box door and secure with
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
two (2) screws.
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Install the right front access panel using four Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
(4) screws.
Close the right front door.
Connect the processing module AC supply
power.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
6070 - Daily Maintenance
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
M2.03 Bd., AC/DC Driver
Version - 204738-101_4945_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205350-01
BD, ACDC DRIVER, C4
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
M2.03 Bd., AC/DC Driver
Time Required
45 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
or Offline status.
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Unplug the processing module from the AC
supply power.
Open the right front door.
Remove the right front access panel by
removing the four (4) screws.
Loosen the two (2) screws [1] on the Driver
Box door and open the door.
Note Lift the door up slightly to clear
the screws located in front of the
driver box assembly.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Reference
Remove AC/DC
Driver Board
1.
2.
Disconnect plugs 1-13.
Note Squeeze tabs inward on plug
SMD1 to release the plug from the
connector on the board. DO NOT
push the tabs outward or it will
break.
Remove the AC/DC Driver board from the
nine (9) standoffs.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install AC/DC Driver 1.
Board
2.
Install the AC/DC Driver Board on the nine
(9) standoffs.
Connect plugs labeled 1-13.
Reference
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Close the Driver Box door and secure with
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
two (2) screws.
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Install the right front access panel using four Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
(4) screws.
Close the right front door.
Connect the processing module AC supply
power.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
6052 - Wash Cuvettes
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
M2.04 Bd., Motor Driver
Version - 204738-101_4946_1
A Part Number is currently not assigned to this RR. Go to GPPM UserInterface
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
M2.04 Bd., Motor Driver
Time Required
Not Assessed
Tools/Materials
Not Assessed
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Note
Function for 5 - phase vertical drive for the sample arm.
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
or Offline status.
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Loosen the four (4) captive screws securing
the left rear cover and remove the cover.
Unplug the processing module from the AC
supply power.
Remove two (2) screws securing the
bracket to the processing module frame.
Remove one (1) screw securing bracket to
the right side of the processing module.
Slide the driver box assembly out of the
processing module.
Remove one (1) screw securing the cover
to the driver box assembly and open up the
assembly.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Reference
Remove Motor
Driver Board
1.
2.
Disconnect cables DRV1, DRV2, DRV3 [1]
from the motor driver board
Remove two (2) screws [2] securing the
board to the driver box frame.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Motor Driver
Board
1.
2.
Install the board using two (2) screws. [2]
Connect cables DRV1, DRV2, and DRV3 [1]
to the motor driver board.
Reference
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Connect the processing module AC supply
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
power.
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Power ON the processing module.
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Install the cover to the driver box driver
assembly using one (1) screw.
Note When closing the driver box
assembly, be careful not to pinch
or crimp cables.
Slide the driver box assembly into the
processing module. Install the driver box
assembly to the processing module using
three (3) screws.
Install the left rear cover using four (4)
captive screws.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
6070 - Daily Maintenance
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
M3.01 Bd., ICT Preamp
Version - 204738-101_4947_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
2-89032-04
BD, ICT Preamp (RoHS)
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
M3.01 Bd., ICT Preamp
Time Required
30 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
or Offline status.
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Remove the right front cover [C].
Disconnect the cable from the LUI board.
[1]
Remove the two (2) screws that secure the
LUI board.[2]
Remove screw [3] securing the Pre-amp
module to the frame.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Reference
Remove ICT PreAmp Board
1.
2.
3.
Loosen the two (2) screws securing the
pre-amp enclosure and remove the cover.
Disconnect the signal cable from the bottom
of the pre-amp board.
Remove screw securing the black ground to
the instrument frame.
Remove ICT PreAmp Board
(continued)
1.
2.
3.
Loosen the retaining nut on the pre-amp
cable connector at the top of the enclosure.
Remove the cable connector from the case.
Remove the pre-amp board from the
standoffs.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install ICT Pre-Amp
Board
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Install the pre-amp board onto the standoffs
in the pre-amp enclosure.
Install the pre-amp cable connector on the
top side of the enclosure and secure with
the retaining nut.
Pass the ground cable through the opening
at the bottom of the enclosure.
Connect the signal cable at the bottom of
the board.
Attach the ground cable [3] to the
enclosure.
Note Make sure the ground cables do
not obstruct the sliding path.
Secure the pre-amp enclosure cover with
two screws.
Reference
7.
Slide the ICT pre-amp module back into
instrument and secure with the one screw.
8. Connect the ICT pre-amp cable.
9. Install the LUI board and connect the cable.
10. Install the right front cover.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
G6 - Calibration
Verify calibration per operator's manual.
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
M3.02 Bd., IREF Level Detector
Version - 204738-101_4948_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
2-93509-02
BD., IREF LVL Detect
7-93438-02
Slide mechanism, pipettor head
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
M3.02 Bd., IREF Level Detector
Time Required
40 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped or
Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module. (Use
the main circuit breaker located at the rear of the
processing module.)
Remove the front deck right front cover [C].
2.
Disconnect ICT
Level Sensor Board
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Disconnect the cable from the LUI board. [1]
Remove the screws that secure the LUI board.
[2]
Remove the screw [3] that holds the ICT pre-amp
module.
Lift the ICT pre-amp module to gain access to the
ICT Level sensor board.
Loosen the screw from the sensor board cover;
slide the cover slightly to the left and remove the
cover. [4]
Disconnect ICT
Level Sensor Board
(continued)
1.
Disconnect cables ICT-L-1 and ILS-2 from the
IREF level sensor board connectors CN1 and
CN2. [1]
Remove IREF Level
Detector Board
1.
Remove the IREF Level Detector Board from the
four (4) standoffs.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install IREF Level
Detector Board
1.
Install the IREF Level Detector Board onto the
standoffs in the pre-amp enclosure.
Connect IREF Level
Detector Board.
1.
Connect cables ICT-L-1 and ILS-2 to connectors
CN1 and CN2 on the IREF Level Detector Board.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power must
be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure proper
initialization.
To change the status of the processing module
and sample handler from Stopped to Ready,
perform the Startup procedure.
Select the As Needed category from the
Maintenance screen under the System icon.
Perform 6063 Flush ICT Module three times.
While this is performed confirm the LEDs on the
detector board function as indicated during ICT
reference solution aspiration:
a. Immediately before the ICT assembly
drives down and aspirates ICT reference
solution (out of the ICT reference solution
cup) the LED1 flashes ON (read status)
and LED2 flashes ON (ICT reference cup
is filled).
b. Immediately after the ICT aspirates ICT
reference solution from the ICT reference
solution cup and the assembly drives up
2.
3.
4.
Reference
5.
6.
7.
8.
out of the cup, LED1 flashes ON and
LED2 stays OFF. [1]
Note You must observe the ICT module and
the board while performing the ICT
flush procedure. [2]
Install the detector board cover and secure with
the screw.
Slide the ICT assembly back in position.
Note Make sure the ground cables do not
obstruct the sliding path.
Secure the ICT pre-amp module with the screw.
[3]
Install the right front cover.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
2
G6 - Calibration
Verify calibration per operator's manual.
1
6063 - Flush ICT Module
Check for leaks.
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
Expected Results
specification and calibrate as necessary.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
M4.01 Bd., LLS
Version - 204738-101_4949_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205749-01
LLS BOARD, C4
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
M4.01 Bd., LLS
Time Required
35 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Mutimeter
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
or Offline status.
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Unplug the processing module from the AC
power supply.
Open the front doors.
2.
3.
Remove Level
Sense Board
Assembly
1.
2.
3.
Remove the top two (2) screws [1] and
loosen the bottom two (2) screws [2]
securing the right front access panel and
remove panel.
Remove the two (2) screws securing the
Level Sense Board Cover. [3]
Disconnect the following cables:
• CN1 TLLS1
• CN2 TLLS2
• CN3 TLLS3
• TLLS-S/R
• CN5 TLLS5
Reference
Remove Level
Sense Board
Assembly
(continued)
1.
2.
Unscrew the cable [1] that secures the
ground cables.
Remove the board from the five (5)
standoffs [2].
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install LLS Board
1.
2.
3.
Insert the ground cables onto the screw and
tighten it. [1]
Place the board on the five (5) standoffs.
Connect the cables:
Reference
4.
5.
6.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
• CN1 TLLS1
• CN2 TLLS2
• CN3 TLLS3
• TLLS-S/R
• CN5 TLLS5
Install the cover of the Level Sense Board
and secure it with the two (2) screws.
Install the right front access panel.
Close the front doors.
Plug the processing module into the AC
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
power supply.
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Power ON the processing module.
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Perform P-617 LLS Voltage Adjustment to
verify voltage.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
3625 - Pipettors LLS Test
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
M5.01 Bd., CNN
Version - 204738-101_4950_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205179-01
BD, CNN, C4
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
M5.01 Bd.,CNN
Time Required
45 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
or Offline status.
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Remove the front deck, front right cover [C].
Remove the rear left cover.
2.
3.
Remove CNN Board 1.
2.
3.
Loosen the two (2) screws that hold the
CNN Board to the frame of the instrument
and remove the board from them. [1]
From the top of the instrument, lift the CNN
board frame and gently slide it towards the
back of the instrument.
Note The CNN Board frame has two
hooks that rest on the frame of
the instrument towards the front,
this section has to be lifted and
pulled out as well to release the
board.
Disconnect all the cables from the back to
Reference
4.
the front.
Note To remove some of the
connectors you have to squeeze
the edges while for others you
need to open them to release the
connector.
Remove the CNN board from the
instrument.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install CNN Board
1.
2.
3.
Slide the CNN Board to the instrument.
Secure the board; make sure that the hooks
toward the front and the orifices for the
screws are sitting properly.
Connect the cables from the back to the
front as follows:
a. CNN2
b. CNN3
c. CNN24
d. CNN7
e. CNN37
f.
CNN38
g. CNN18
h. CNN23
i.
CNN14
j.
CNN13
k. CNN27
l.
CNN17
m. CNN28
n. CNN15
o. CNN22
p. CNN25
q. CNN26
r.
CNN29
s. CNN30
t.
CNN11
u. CNN19
v. CNN16
w. CNN12
x. CNN21
y. CNN20
z. CNN35
aa. CNN33
ab. CNN36
Reference
4.
5.
6.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
ac. CNN5
ad. CNN6
ae. CNN1
af. CNN31
ag. CNN4
ah. CNN32
ai. CNN34
Note Make sure all connectors are
properly secured.
Secure the CNN board with the screws.
Install the rear left cover.
Install the Front right cover [C].
Power ON the processing module.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Note The system control center power
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
must be ON prior to turning on the Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
6070 - Daily Maintenance
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
N1.01 Sensor, Trigger, Reaction Carousel
Version - 204738-101_4951_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205307-01
OPT TRG SNSR, C4
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
N1.01 Sensor, Trigger, Reaction Carousel
Time Required
25 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
or Offline status.
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Remove the two (2) screws securing the
rear right cover [K] and remove the cover.
2.
Remove Trigger
Sensor
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect cable from the OPTTRG
connector.
Remove the OPTTRG plug from the
connector plate.
Remove the two (2) screws [1] securing the
trigger sensor [2] to the mounting bracket
and remove the sensor.
Reference
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Trigger
Sensor
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Install the trigger sensor [2] on the mounting
bracket using two (2) screws.
Insert the OPTTRG connector into the
connector plate.
Connect the cable to the OPTTRG
connector.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
Select the Optics/Temperature category
from the Diagnostics screen under the
System icon.
Perform 1001 Optics Trigger Sensor Check.
Note Adjustment of the sensor position
is made at the end of the
mounting bracket opposite the
sensor.
Reference
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
Install the rear right cover [K] using two (2)
screws.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
1008 - Optics Total Test
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
N1.02 Cuvette Wiper
Version - 204738-101_4952_2
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
09D42-02
Cuvette Wiper
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
N1.02 Cuvette Wiper
Time Required
20 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must
be in Stopped or Offline
status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section
1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000
processing module. (Use the
main circuit breaker located
at the rear of the processing
module.)
Remove the right rear cover
[K] and the right, center rear
cover [J].
2.
VIDEO Remove
Cuvette Wipers
Note
Video contains no
audio sound.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Remove Cuvette 1.
Wipers
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove a cuvette segment
from the reaction carousel.
Rotate the carousel manually
until the empty position
exposes the cuvette wiper
assembly at the rear of the
water bath.
Remove the two (2) screws
[2] securing the cuvette wiper
assembly. [1]
Move the mounting plate [1]
to the left and lift the plate
out of the water bath.
Remove the cuvette wiper
mounting clip [3] and the
cuvette wipers.
Replacement
Action
VIDEO Install
Cuvette Wipers
and Wiper
Plate
Steps
Reference
Note
Video contains no
audio sound.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Install Cuvette
Wipers and
Wiper Plate
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Insert the new cuvette wipers
[2] into the plate. [1]
Snap the cuvette wiper
mounting clip [3] into place on
the mounting plate. [1]
Reinstall the new wiper
assembly into the water bath
and secure it using two (2)
screws.
Manually rotate the carousel
and verify that a cuvette
segment passes centered
between the wipers while the
wipers contact both sides of
the cuvette.
Reinstall the cuvette segment.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
Replace the rear right cover
and the rear center right
cover.
Power ON the processing
module.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
1008 - Optics Total Test
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2014 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
N1.03 Cup, ICT-Ref with Probes
Version - 204738-101_4953_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205355-01
CUP, ICT REF, WITH PROBES
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
N1.03 Cup, ICT-Ref with Probes
Time Required
42 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Caution Step Caution
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
or Offline status.
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Remove the covers.
a. Front right cover [C]
b. Center right cover [E]
c. Rear right cover [K]
Remove the cuvette segments located
directly in front of the ICT reference solution
cup.
2.
3.
Remove ICT
Preamp Module
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect the cable from the LUI board
[1].
Remove the two (2) screws [2] securing the
LUI keypad to frame of instrument.
Remove the screw [3] securing the ICT
Preamp module and lift module out of
instrument to access the ICT IREF Level
Detect Board.
Reference
Disconnect CNN2
from ICT IREF
Level Detect Board
1.
Loosen the screw [4] securing the ICT IREF
level detect board cover to the ICT preamp
module and remove cover.
Disconnect CNN2
from ICT IREF
Level Detect Board
(continued)
1.
Disconnect ILS-2 [1] from CN2 on the ICT
IREF level detect board.
Remove wire ties from harness for removal
of ICT reference solution cup wires.
2.
Remove ICT Ref
Cup
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the two (2) screws securing the
ICT reference solution cup.
Disconnect tubing number 12 [1] from the
warming ring and tubing number 13 [2] from
the ICT reference solution cup.
Lift the ICT reference solution cup up to
gain access to the tubing connection [3]
between the warming ring and the cup.
Disconnect the warming ring from the cup.
Note Ensure that all wire ties are
removed to allow removal of the
wires for the ICT reference
solution cup and its cable.
Remove the ICT reference solution cup from
the processing module.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install ICT Ref Cup
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect the output side of the ICT warming
ring [3] to the side of the ICT reference
solution cup with the small tubing.
Connect tubing number 12 to the warming
ring inlet. [1]
Connect tubing number 13 [2] to the flexible
tubing coming out of the top of the ICT
reference solution cup.
Note Ensure that tubing number 13 is
inserted at least 5 mm into the
flexible tubing coming out of the
top of the ICT reference solution
cup.
Install the ICT reference solution cup into
Reference
5.
Connect CNN2 from 1.
ICT IREF Level
Detect Board
2.
3.
Install ICT Preamp
Module
1.
2.
3.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
position and secure using two (2) screws.
Secure cable from ICT reference solution
cup with cable ties.
Connect ILS-2 to CN2 [1] on the ICT IREF
level detect board.
Install the ICT IREF level detect board cover
on the ICT preamp module.
Secure the cable using wire ties.
Slide the ICT Preamp module into the
instrument and secure with screw [3].
Note Ensure cables are not stretched,
pinched or kinked.
Install the LUI keypad and secure with the
two (2) screws [2].
Connect the LUI board cable [1].
Power ON the processing module.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Note The system control center power
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
must be ON prior to turning on the Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Perform System/Maintenance/As
Needed/2131 Flush ICT Cup.
Check for leaks.
Install the cuvette segment removed from in
front of the ICT reference solution cup.
Install the covers:
a. Front right cover [C]
b. Center right cover [E]
c. Rear right cover [K]
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
2
6063 - Flush ICT Module
Check for leaks.
1
P-618 ICT Alignment
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
Expected Results
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
N1.04 Detector, Temp., Water Bath
Version - 204738-101_4954_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205352-01
TEMP DETECTOR, WATER BATH, C4
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
N1.04 Detector, Temp., Water Bath
Time Required
30 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
2.
Drain the water bath.
(System/Diagnostic/Modules/1101 Robotics
Test Tool - Option 11).
Power OFF the c4000 processing module
(use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module).
Remove the covers:
d. Center left cover [D]
e. Rear center left cover [I]
f.
Rear center right cover [J]
g. Rear right cover [K]
Remove the cuvette segment located in
front of the water bath float switch and place
in a safe location.
3.
4.
5.
Remove
Temperature
Detector, Water
Bath
1.
2.
Disconnect the BTEM plug from the
connector plate and remove the connector
from the plate.
Remove the screw securing the detector to
the water bath.
Note Cut the cable ties while removing
the detector.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Temperature
Detector, Water
Bath
1.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
2.
3.
4.
Reference
Install the detector into the water bath and
secure using the screw.
Insert the connector BTEM into the
connector plate and plug in plug BTEM.
Note Secure the cable with cable ties as
it was prior to removal.
Install the cuvette segment.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Reinstall the covers:
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
a. Center left cover [D]
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
b. Rear center left cover [I]
c. Rear center right cover [J]
d. Rear right cover [K]
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
P-605 Water Bath Temperature Detector
Adjustment
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
N1.05 Switch, Float, Water Bath
Version - 204738-101_4955_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205354-01
FLOAT SWITCH, WATER BATH, C4
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
N1.05 Switch, Float, Water Bath
Time Required
15 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
2.
Drain the water bath.
(System/Diagnostic/Modules/1101 Robotics
Test Tool - Option 11).
Power OFF the c4000 processing module
(use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module).
Remove the covers:
e. Center left cover [D]
f.
Rear center left cover [I]
g. Rear center right cover [J]
h. Rear right cover [K]
Remove the cuvette segment located in front
of the water bath float switch and place in a
safe location.
3.
4.
5.
Remove Float
Switch, Water Bath
1.
Disconnect the float switch connector. [1]
Remove Float
Switch, Water Bath
(continued)
1.
2.
Remove the two screws [2] securing the float
switch mounting bracket to the water bath
and lift the mounting bracket out of the water
bath.
Unscrew the nut [3] securing the float switch
to the mounting bracket and thread.
Note Cut the cable ties while removing
the detector.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Float Switch,
Water Bath
1.
2.
3.
Insert the float switch into the mounting
bracket and secure using the nut. [3]
Install the float switch mounting bracket into
position on the water bath and secure using
two (2) screws. [2]
Connect the float switch connector. [1]
Note Secure the cable with cable ties as
Reference
it was prior to removal.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
Install the cuvette segment.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Reinstall the covers:
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
a. Center left cover [D]
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
b. Rear center left cover [I]
c. Rear center right cover [J]
d. Rear right cover [K]
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure proper
initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
2134 - Change Water Bath
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
N1.06 Lens, Water Bath, Inner
Version - 204738-101_4956_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
2-89215-02
Gasket, Inner, Water Bath Lens
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
N1.06 Lens, Water Bath, Inner
Time Required
55 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Hot Surface
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped or
Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Drain the water bath.
(System/Diagnostic/Modules/1101 Robotics
Test Tool - Option 11).
Power OFF the c4000 processing module (use
the main circuit breaker located at the rear of
the processing module).
Remove the right rear cover
Remove the rear right deck cover [K].
Remove the Lamp housing cover [G].
Remove the cuvette segments from the
reaction carousel and place in a safe location.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove Source
Lamp
1.
2.
Remove the thumbscrew [1] securing the
source lamp holder and remove the lamp
holder.
Lay the holder out of the way.
Note There is no need to disconnect lamp
from terminal block.
Remove Optics
Assembly
1.
2.
3.
Remove Optics
Assembly
(continued)
1.
Follow the cables from the Fan and Pre-Amp
board and disconnect them (both, the shutter
cable SHUT-SHAT and fan PHOTO-FAN).
Remove the Pre-Amp cover [2] by loosening
the left screw and removing the right screw
with the ground cable. [1]
Disconnect the OPT cable from the Pre-Amp
board.
While supporting the optics assembly from the
bottom, remove the four (4) screws [3]
securing the optics and remove it from the
instrument.
Remove Water Bath
Lens
1.
2.
3.
4.
Unscrew the lens holder. [1]
Remove the outer gasket [2]
Remove the lens [3]
Remove the inner gasket. [4]
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Water Bath
Lens
1.
2.
3.
Install Optics
Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Install the inner gasket [4] on the inner side of
the lens.
Install the lens [3] and gaskets in place using
the lens screw. [1]
Install the outer gasket [2] on the outside of
the lens.
While supporting the optics assembly from the
bottom, secure it to the processing module
frame using four (4) screws [3].
Connect the pre-amp cable. [4]
Install the Pre-Amp cover and ground wires,
route the cables between the gasket material
(of the cover) and the housing
Insert the ground cable and secure the cover
with the screws.
Note Ensure that the cover slides into the
guides in the bottom of the optics
housing. The fit between the guides
in the optic housing and the pre-amp
cable cover is tight.
Connect the shutter cable (SHUT to SHAT)
Connect the fan (PHOTO-FAN) cable.
Reference
Install Source Lamp
1.
Install source lamp holder in optics assembly
and tighten the screw.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure proper
initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Select the As Needed category from the
Maintenance screen under the System icon.
Perform 2134 Change Water Bath.
Check for leaks.
Install the cuvette segments.
Install the lamp housing cover [G].
Install the rear right deck cover [K].
Install right rear cover.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
1001 - Optics Trigger Sensor Check
2
1008 - Optics Total Test
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
N1.07 Lens, Water Bath, Outer
Version - 204738-101_4957_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
2-89216-02
Gasket, outer, Water Bath Lens
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
N1.07 Lens, Water Bath, Outer
Time Required
55 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Hot Surface
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped or
Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Drain the water bath.
(System/Diagnostic/Modules/1101 Robotics Test
Tool - Option 11).
Power OFF the c4000 processing module (use
the main circuit breaker located at the rear of
the processing module).
Remove the right rear cover
Remove the rear right deck cover [K].
Remove the Lamp housing cover [G].
Remove the cuvette segments from the reaction
carousel and place in a safe location.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove Source
Lamp
1.
2.
Remove the thumbscrew [1] securing the source
lamp holder and remove the lamp holder.
Lay the holder out of the way.
Note There is no need to disconnect lamp
from terminal block.
Remove Optics
Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
Follow the cables from the Fan and Pre-Amp
board and disconnect them (both, the shutter
cable SHUT-SHAT and fan PHOTO-FAN).
Remove the Pre-Amp cover [2] by loosening the
left screw and removing the right screw with the
ground cable. [1]
Disconnect the OPT cable from the Pre-Amp
board.
While supporting the optics assembly from the
bottom, remove the four (4) screws [3] securing
the optics and remove it from the instrument.
Remove Water Bath
Lens
1.
2.
3.
4.
Unscrew the lens holder. [1]
Remove the outer gasket [2]
Remove the lens [3]
Remove the inner gasket. [4]
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Water Bath
Lens
1.
2.
3.
Install Optics
Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Install the inner gasket on the inner side of the
lens.
Install the lens and gaskets in place using the
lens screw.
Install the outer gasket on the outside of the
lens.
While supporting the optics assembly from the
bottom, secure it to the processing module
frame using four (4) screws.
Connect the pre-amp cable.
Install the Pre-Amp cover and ground wires,
route the cables between the gasket material (of
the cover) and the housing.
Insert the ground cable and secure the cover
with the screws.
Note Ensure that the cover slides into the
guides in the bottom of the optics
housing. The fit between the guides in
the optic housing and the pre-amp
cable cover is tight.
Connect the shutter cable (SHUT to SHAT).
Connect the fan (PHOTO-FAN) cable.
Install Source Lamp
1.
Install source lamp holder in optics assembly
and tighten the screw.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power must
be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure proper
initialization.
To change the status of the processing module
and sample handler from Stopped to Ready,
perform the Startup procedure.
Select the As Needed category from the
Maintenance screen under the System icon.
2.
3.
Reference
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Perform 2134 Change Water Bath.
Check for leaks.
Install the cuvette segments.
Install the lamp housing cover [G].
Install the rear right deck cover [K].
Install right rear cover.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
1001 - Optics Trigger Sensor Check
2
1008 - Optics Total Test
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
N1.08 Warming Ring, Water Bath, C4
Version - 204738-101_4958_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205351-01
WARMING RING, WATER BATH, C4
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
N1.08 Warming Ring, Water Bath, C4
Time Required
42 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Drain the water bath.
(System/Diagnostic/Modules/1101 Robotics
Test Tool - Option 11).
Power OFF the c4000 processing module
(use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module).
Remove the covers:
a. Front right cover [C]
b. Center right cover [E]
c. Lamp house cover [G]
d. Rear center left cover [I]
e. Rear center right cover [J]
f.
Rear right cover [K]
Remove the cuvette segments from the
reaction carousel and place.
2.
3.
4.
Access Warming
Ring
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the two (2) screws securing the ICT
reference solution cup.
Disconnect tubing number 12 [1] from the
warming ring and tubing number 13 [2] from
the ICT reference solution cup.
Lift the ICT reference solution cup up to gain
access to the tubing connection [3] between
the warming ring and the cup.
Disconnect the warming ring from the cup.
Note Ensure that all wire ties are
removed to allow removal of the
wires for the ICT reference solution
cup and its cable.
Remove the ICT reference solution cup from
the processing module.
Remove Warming
Ring
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the two (2) screws securing the
cuvette wiper assembly [1] and remove the
assembly.
Remove the screw securing the temperature
sensor [2] to the water bath and remove the
sensor.
Remove the screw securing the inlet water
cover plate to the front of the water bath and
remove the plate. [4]
Remove the screw securing the inlet water
cover plate to the rear of the water bath and
remove the plate. [3]
Lift the warming ring out of the water bath.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Warming Ring 1.
2.
3.
4.
Install ICT Ref Cup
1.
2.
3.
Install the warming ring into the water bath.
Install the inlet water cover plates front [4]
and rear [3] inside the water bath over the
inlet port and secure using two screws.
Install the temperature sensor [2] in the
water bath using two screws.
Install the cuvette wiper assembly [1] in the
water bath and secure using two screws.
Connect the output side of the ICT warming
ring [3] to the side of the ICT reference
solution cup with the small tubing.
Connect tubing number 12 to the warming
ring inlet. [1]
Connect tubing number 13 [2] to the flexible
tubing coming out of the top of the ICT
reference solution cup.
Note Ensure that tubing number 13 is
inserted at least 5 mm into the
flexible tubing coming out of the
Reference
4.
5.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
top of the ICT reference solution
cup.
Install the ICT reference solution cup into
position and secure using two screws.
Secure cable from ICT reference solution cup
with cable ties.
Power ON the processing module.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Note The system control center power
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
must be ON prior to turning on the Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Select the As Needed category from the
Maintenance screen under the System icon.
Perform 2131 Flush ICT Cup.
Check for leaks.
Install the cuvette segments.
Reinstall the covers:
a. Front right cover [C]
b. Center right cover [E]
c. Lamp house cover [G]
d. Rear center left cover [I]
e. Rear center right cover [J]
f.
Rear right cover [K]
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
2
6063 - Flush ICT Module
Check for leaks.
1
P-618 ICT Alignment
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
N2.01 Incubator, Water Bath Heater
Version - 204738-101_4959_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205356-01
INCUBATOR, WTR BTH HTR
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
N2.01 Incubator, Water Bath Heater
Time Required
45 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
2.
Drain the water bath.
(System/Diagnostic/Modules/1101 Robotics
Test Tool - Option 11).
Power OFF the c4000 processing module
(use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module).
Remove the left rear cover:
3.
4.
Remove Heater
Assembly
Note
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
You need a container for the water
from the heater assembly.
Access the service drain, located in the
heater assembly and drain it.
Replace the plug in the service drain (and
tighten tubing clamp) after all of the water
has been drained from the heater assembly.
Remove the top two (2) screws securing the
heater control cover and remove it.
From the controller board disconnect:
• TBC
• TBC2
• TBC1
Remove the three screws securing the TBC
board support mounting bracket [4] to the
processing module frame to gain access to
the water bath heather.
Remove Heater
Assembly
(continued)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
From the heater bottle, disconnect the tubing
[1] closest to the rear of the module.
Loosen the tubing clamp and disconnect the
tubing [2] from the elbow at the water pump.
Loosen the tubing clamp and disconnect
tubing connected to the 3-way fitting [3].
Remove the two (2) screws from the base of
the heater assembly and slide the assembly
toward the rear of the processing module to
allow access to the tubing at the elbow at
the water pump.
Remove the water bath heater from the
processing module.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Heater
Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Reference
Install the water bath heather into the
processing module and connect the tubing
[2] to the elbow at the water pump.
Connect tubing to heater bottle [1] and 3-way
fitting [3].
Note Ensure the tubing clamps are tight.
Slide the heater assembly into the
processing module and secure it to the
processing module frame using two screws.
Tighten the three (3) screws securing the
TBC board support mounting bracket [4] to
the processing module frame.
In controller board connect:
a. TBC
b. TBC2
c. TBC1
Note Do not install the heater control
cover at this time. Access is
required during the temperature
adjustment
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Power ON the processing module.
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on the Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Select the As Needed category from the
Maintenance screen under the System icon.
Perform 2134 Change Water Bath.
Check for leaks.
Perform P-619 Water Bath Heater
Adjustment.
7.
8.
Install the heater control cover using two
screws.
Install the rear left cover.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
P-605 Water Bath Temperature Detector
Adjustment
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
N2.02 Bd., Temp. Bath Control, Heater
Version - 204738-101_4960_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205360-01
BD, TBC
7-205360-02
Bd, TBC New Style
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
N2.02 Bd., Temp. Bath Control, Heater
Time Required
15 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
or Offline status.
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module
(use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module).
Remove the rear left cover.
2.
Remove TBC
Heater Board
1.
2.
Remove the two (2) screws securing the
heater control cover and disconnect all
cables from the TBC board.
Note Mark the unlabeled cables.
Remove the board from the standoffs.
Reference
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install TBC Heater
Board
1.
2.
Install the board onto the standoffs.
Connect all cables to the TBC board.
Note Do not install the heater control
cover at this time. Access is
required during the temperature
adjustment procedure.
Reference
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Power ON the processing module.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Note The system control center power
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
must be ON prior to turning on the Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Select the As Needed category from the
Maintenance screen under the System icon.
Perform 2134 Change Water Bath.
Check for leaks.
Perform P-619 Water Bath Heater
Adjustment.
Install the heater control cover using two (2)
screws.
Install the rear left cover
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
P-605 Water Bath Temperature Detector
Adjustment
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
Q2.02 Monitor, Touchscreen
Version - 96728-111_220_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
07D03-17
Monitor 17" Touchscreen
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
Q2.02 Monitor, Touchscreen
Time Required
Tools/Materials
20 min
None
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1. The processing module must be in
Stopped, or Offline status.
Perform
SCC
Shutdown
1. Access the Snapshot screen by selecting
Overview and then Snapshot.
2. Select F3-Shutdown.
3. Select OK to confirm the Shutdown request.
4. When the screen turns blue, and a
message about shutting down the SCC
displays, press the Ctrl+Alt+Delete keys
simultaneously.
5. A popup message displays. Select
Shutdown, then OK.
Note
Wait while the software applications
shut down. A message displays
informing you that it is safe to turn
off the computer.
6. Press the power switch on the front of the
central processing unit (CPU) to power OFF
the system control center.
Reference
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System
Operations Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection:
System status.
For information on the shutdown procedure, refer to the
ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating
instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Remove
Monitor
1. Press the power switch on the front of the
monitor to power OFF the monitor.
2. Unplug the monitor power cord from the
wall outlet or UPS.
3. Unscrew and disconnect the monitor cable
from the port on the back of the CPU. [1]
4. Unscrew and disconnect the touchscreen
cable from the port on the back of the
CPU. [2]
Replacement
Action
Install
Monitor
Steps
Reference
1. Connect the monitor cable to the port on the back of
the CPU. Secure the cable to the CPU by screwing
in the connector. [1]
2. Connect the touchscreen cable to the port on the
back of the CPU. Secure the cable to the CPU by
screwing in the connector. [2]
3. Connect the monitor power cord to the monitor. [3]
4. Plug the power cord into the wall outlet or UPS.
Prepare
for
Operation
1. Power OFF the processing module(s).
Note
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the
ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 5:
Operating instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause,
and shutdown.
The power to the processing module(s) must
be OFF prior to turning on the power to the
system control center. If the processing
module(s) power is ON, communication is not
properly initialized between the system
components.
2. Power ON the system control center by pressing the
power switch on the front of the CPU.
3. Power ON the monitor.
Note
Do not go to the next step until the system
control center displays the Snapshot screen.
4. Power ON the processing module(s).
5. To change the status of the processing module and
sample handler from Stopped to Ready, perform the
Startup procedure.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
G11 - Monitor
Verify Monitor turns on and displays the
intended screen.
2
P-205 Calibrate Touchscreen
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2008 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
R1.01 Mixer Assembly
Version - 204738-101_4961_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205197-01
MIXER ASSY., C4
7-205197-02
MIXER ASSY., C4
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
R1.01 Mixer Assembly
Time Required
45 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module
(use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module).
Remove the right rear cover.
Remove the left rear cover.
Remove the rear right deck cover [K].
Remove the rear center left deck cover [I].
Remove the rear center right deck cover [J].
Remove the mixers.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Remove Mixer
Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the two (2) screws securing the
mixer cover and remove the cover.
Disconnect the following cables from the
bottom of the mixer assembly:
• ST1AM
• ST2AM
• STRD
• STRM
• STRE-S
• STR-S
Remove the four (4) screws [1] from the
base of the mixer assembly.
Lower the mixer assembly slightly to clear
the positioning pins from the frame and
remove the mixer assembly from the
processing module frame.
Note Do not lift with up/down
mechanism, this can damage the
cam follower spring.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Mixer
Assembly
1.
2.
3.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Reference
Install the mixer assembly onto the
processing module frame and secure using
four (4) screws [1].
Connect the following cables to the mixer
assembly:
• ST1AM
• ST2AM
• STRD
• STRM
• STRE-S
• STR-S
Install the mixer cover using two (2) screws.
Install mixers.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Power ON the processing module.
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Note The system control center power
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Perform P-620 Mixer Alignment.
Install the rear center right deck cover [J].
Install the rear center left deck cover [I].
Install the rear right deck cover [K].
Install the left rear cover.
Install the right rear cover.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
3126 - Mixer Vibration Test
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
R1.02 Mixer Elevator Assembly
Version - 204738-101_4962_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205376-01
MIXER, UP DWN MECH, C4
7-205376-02
MIXER, UP DWN MECH, C4
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
R1.02 Mixer Elevator Assembly
Time Required
45 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Probe Stick Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module
(use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module).
Remove the right rear cover.
Remove the left rear cover.
Remove the rear right deck cover [K].
Remove the rear center left deck cover [I].
Remove the rear center right deck cover [J].
Remove the mixers.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Remove Mixer Head 1.
Assembly
2.
3.
4.
Remove the two (2) screws securing the
mixer cover and remove the cover.
Disconnect the following cables from the
mixer assembly connector mount:
• ST1AM
• ST2AM
• STRD
• STRM
• STRE-S
• STR-S
Remove the following jacks from the
connector mount [1] on the mixer assembly:
• STRA
• STRB
• STRD
• STR-S
Cut the wire ties [3] & [4] securing the wire
cables to the mixer assembly.
5.
6.
Remove Mixer
Elevator Assembly
1.
2.
Remove the three (3) screws [2] from the
mounting plate on the mixer head assembly.
Lift the mixer head straight up off of the
mixer elevator.
Remove the four (4) screws [1] from the
base of the mixer elevator assembly.
Lower the mixer assembly slightly to clear
the positioning pins from the frame and
remove the mixer elevator assembly from
the processing module frame.
Note Do not lift with up/down
mechanism, this can damage the
cam follower spring.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Mixer
Elevator Assembly
1.
Install the mixer elevator onto the
processing module frame and secure using
four (4) screws. [1]
Reference
Install Mixer Head
Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Install the mixer head onto the guide pins on
the mixer elevator and secure using three
(3) screws. [2]
Install the jacks to the connector mount [1]
on the mixer assembly:
• STRA
• STRB
• STRD
• STR-S
Connect the following plugs to the mixer
assembly:
• ST1AM
• ST2AM
• STRD
• STRM
• STRE-S
• STR-S
Secure the mixer wire cables to the mixer
assembly with wire ties [3] & [4].
Install the mixer cover using two (2) screws.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Install mixers.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Power ON the processing module.
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Note The system control center power
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Perform P-620 Mixer Alignment.
Install the rear center right deck cover [J].
Install the rear center left deck cover [I].
Install the rear right deck cover [K].
Install the left rear cover.
Install the right rear cover.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
3126 - Mixer Vibration Test
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
R2.01 Pipettor, Sample Complete
Version - 204738-101_4963_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205171-01
PIPETTOR, SAMPLE, C4
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
R2.01 Pipettor, Sample Complete
Time Required
30 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Probe Stick Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped or
Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module (use the
main circuit breaker located at the rear of the
processing module).
Remove the following deck covers:
• Center left cover [D]
• Front center cover [B]
• Front right cover [C]
• Center right cover [E]
Remove the Sample Pipettor head cover
Loosen the screw for the probe ground wire and
remove the probe ground wire from under the
screw.
Disconnect the tubing from the sample probe.
Remove the probe from the pipettor.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
SCRUSH and
STLLS bracket
1.
2.
3.
4.
Loosen the two (2) screws [1] that hold the bracket
for the SCRUSH and STLLS connectors located by
the LUI keyboard.
Lift the SCRUSH and STLLS connector board and
disconnect the following cables [2]:
• SCRUSH
• STLLS
Unscrew the ground cables [3], remove only the
one that goes into the flexible cable duct (put back
the screw to hold the ground cables attached to
the bracket).
Remove the flexible cable sleeve from the bracket.
[4]
Remove Pipettor,
Sample Assembly
1.
2.
3.
Remove the four screws securing the Sample
Pipettor. [1]
Disconnect and secure the following cables from
the pipettor connector plate: [2]
• AAS
• SAAM
• SAEM
Carefully lift the Sample Pipettor assembly to
prevent damage to the cables or pinching the
sample tubing.
Remove Pipettor,
Sample Assembly
(continued)
1.
2.
3.
Separate tubing from the metal fitting. [3]
Secure tubing to reconnect the after replacement.
Remove the Sample Pipettor assembly from the
instrument.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Pipettor,
Sample Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect and mount
SCRUSH and
STLLS bracket.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Reference
Connect the tubing fully onto the metal fitting.
Carefully place the Sample Pipettor arm in position
and guide the flexible cable sleeve towards the LUI
board to avoid damaging the cable and wires.
Connect the following cables:
• SAAS
• SAAM
• SAEM
Secure the Sample Pipettor with the four screws.
Insert the flexible cable sleeve into the clamp.
Install the ground cable and secure both ground
cables with the screw.
Connect the following cables:
• SCRUSH
• STLLS
Install the SCRUSH and STLLS bracket and
secure using the two (2) screws.
Install the probe.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Connect the tubing to the sample probe.
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Tighten the screw for the probe ground wire.
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Install the Sample Pipettor head cover
Replace the following deck covers:
• Center left cover [D]
• Front center cover [B]
• Front right cover [C]
• Center right cover [E]
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power must be
ON prior to turning on the processing
module to ensure proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing module
and sample handler from Stopped to Ready,
perform the Startup procedure.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
2
1120 - Sample Pipettor Calibration
1
1101 - Robotics Test Tool
3
5405 - Crash Sensor Test
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
R2.02 Tubing, Sample Pipettor, Inner
Version - 204738-101_4964_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-202578-01
Tubing, Samp Pippetor, inner
7-93238-01
Tubing, Sample Pipettor, Inner
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
R2.02 Tubing, Sample Pipettor, Inner
Time Required
40 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Probe Stick Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
2.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module
(use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module).
Remove:
a. Center Deck-Center left cover (D)
b. Front Deck-Front center cover (B)
c. Front Deck-Front right cover (C)
d. Center Deck-center right cover (E)
Remove the Sample Pipettor head cover.
Loosen the screw for the probe ground wire
and remove the probe ground wire from
under the screw.
Disconnect the tubing from the sample
probe.
Remove the probe from the pipettor.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
SCRUSH and
STLLS bracket
1.
2.
3.
4.
Loosen the two (2) screws [1] that hold the
bracket for the SCRUSH and STLLS
connectors located by the LUI keyboard.
Release and lift the SCRUSH and STLLS
connector board, disconnect the following
cables: [2]
a. SCRUSH
b. STLLS
Unscrew the ground cables [3], remove only
the one that goes into the flexible cable
duct.
Note Put back the screw to hold the
ground cables attached to the
bracket.
Release the flexible cable duct from the
bracket. [4]
Remove Pipettor,
Sample Assembly
1.
2.
3.
Remove the four (4) screws securing the
Sample Pipettor. [1]
Disconnect the following cables from the
pipettor and secure them: [2]
a. SAAS
b. SAAM
c. SAEM
Carefully lift the Sample Pipettor assembly
to prevent any damage to the cables or
pinching the sample tubing.
Remove Pipettor,
Sample Assembly
(continued)
1.
2.
Remove Tubing,
Sample Arm, Inner
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Replacement
Separate the tubing from the connector.
Secure the tubing to be able to reconnect
the tubing after being replaced. [3]
Remove the Sample Pipettor assembly from
the instrument.
Remove the protecting sleeve and
identification clamps from the tubing.
Loosen the bracket screw closer to the
head of the Sample Pipettor Assembly.
Remove the screw from the bottom part of
the bracket (close to the motor) to gain
access to the plastic cover and the flexible
metal sleeve.
Remove the screw from the plastic cover.
[1]
Release the tabs to open the cover and
stretch the flexible metal sleeve. [2]
Note the position for the cable ducts.
Pull the tubing to remove it from the
pipettor.
Action
Steps
Install Tubing,
Sample Arm, Inner
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Install Pipettor,
Sample Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect and mount
SCRUSH and
STLLS bracket.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Reference
Insert the new tubing from the Sample
Pipettor head toward the bottom. [1]
Feed the tubing (without the protective
sleeve) through the flexible metal sleeve
and through the flexible cable duct.
Place the protective sleeve and identification
clamps on the tubing.
Place back the cable ducts and snap the
plastic cover.
Secure the plastic cover with the screw,
make sure the tabs are holding the plastic
cover in place.
Place back the metal bracket, insert the
screw and tighten both ends.
Connect the tubing to the connector
assuring the connector will go all the way
into the tubing.
Carefully insert the Sample Pipettor arm in
position.
Note Make sure you are guiding the
flexible cable duct towards the LUI
board.
Connect the cables:
a. SAAS
b. SAAM
c. SAEM
Secure the Sample Pipettor with the four (4)
screws.
Guide the flexible cable cover with its cables
and tubing to the LUI section.
Snap the cable cover back into the clamp.
Install the ground cable and secure both
ground cables with the screw.
Connect the following cables:
a. SCRUSH
b. STLLS
Place back the SCRUSH and STLLS
bracket.
Tighten the two (2) screws that hold the
bracket.
Install the probe.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Connect the tubing to the sample probe.
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Tighten the screw for the probe ground wire. Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Install the Sample Pipettor head cover.
Replace:
a. Center Deck-Center left cover (D)
b. Front Deck-Front center cover (B)
c. Front Deck-Front right cover (C)
d. Center Deck-center right cover (E)
e. Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
2
1120 - Sample Pipettor Calibration
1
1101 - Robotics Test Tool
3
5405 - Crash Sensor Test
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
R2.03 Photo Sensor, Pitch, Sample Pipettor
Version - 204738-101_4965_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-204135-01
Sensor, pitch, pipettor, new style
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
R2.03 Photo Sensor, Pitch, Sample Pipettor
Time Required
15 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Probe Stick Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped or For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Offline status.
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module
(use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module).
Remove the following deck covers:
a. Center left cover [D]
b. Front center cover [B]
Remove the Sample Pipettor head cover.
Loosen the screw for the probe ground wire
and remove the probe ground wire from
under the screw.
Disconnect the tubing from the sample probe.
Remove the probe from the pipettor.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove Sensor,
Pitch, Pipettor
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect the ROT-P cable from the sensor.
[1]
Remove the two (2) screws securing the Pitch
sensor bracket to the Sample Pipettor
assembly. [2]
Remove the screw that holds the Pitch sensor
to the bracket. [3]
Reference
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Sensor, Pitch,
Pipettor
1.
2.
3.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Reference
Mount the Pitch sensor to the bracket.
Secure the Pitch sensor bracket to the
Sample Pipettor assembly.
Connect the ROT-P cable from the sensor.
Install the probe.
Connect the tubing to the sample probe.
Tighten the screw for the probe ground wire.
Install the Sample Pipettor head cover.
Replace the following deck covers:
a. Center left cover [D]
b. Front center cover [B]
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure proper
initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Install the probe.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Connect the tubing to the sample probe.
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Tighten the screw for the probe ground wire.
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Install the Sample Pipettor head cover.
Replace:
a. Center Deck-Center left cover (D)
b. Front Deck-Front center cover (B)
c. Front Deck-Front right cover (C)
d. Center Deck-center right cover (E)
e. Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure proper
initialization.
Note To change the status of the
processing module and sample
handler from Stopped to Ready,
perform the Startup procedure.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
1120 - Sample Pipettor Calibration
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
R3.01 Bd., LLS Pre-Amp, Sample Pipettor
Version - 204738-101_4966_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-202579-01
Bd., LLS Pre-Amp, S Pipettor 16
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
R3.01 Bd., LLS Pre-Amp, Sample Pipettor
Time Required
15 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
WARNING
Probe Stick Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped or For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Offline status.
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module
(use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module).
Remove the Sample Pipettor head cover. [1]
Loosen the screw for the probe ground wire
and remove the probe ground wire from
under the screw. [2]
Disconnect the tubing from the sample probe.
Remove the probe from the pipettor. [3]
Remove the tubing holder (board cover).
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove LLS PreAmp board
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect the SLVL cable [1] from the LLS
Pre-Amp board.
Move the ground shield bracket [2] to remove
the screw [3] that secures the board.
Remove the LLS Pre-Amp board.
Reference
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install the LLS PreAmp board
1.
2.
3.
4.
Prepare for
Operation
Reference
Install the LLS Pre-Amp board.
Note When installing the board, ensure
the sensor is under the flag.
Secure the board using the one (1) screw.
Connect the SLVL cable.
Place the tubing holder into position.
1.
2.
3.
Install the probe.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Connect the tubing to the sample probe.
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Place the probe ground wires under the
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
ground screws and tighten the screws.
4. Install the Sample Pipettor head cover.
5. Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure proper
initialization.
To change the status of the processing module
and sample handler from Stopped to Ready,
perform the Startup procedure.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
1120 - Sample Pipettor Calibration
2
5405 - Crash Sensor Test
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
R3.02 Probe Slide Mechanism
Version - 204738-101_4967_1
A Part Number is currently not assigned to this RR. Go to GPPM UserInterface
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
R3.02 Probe Slide Mechanism
Time Required
15 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
WARNING
Probe Stick Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module
(use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module).
Remove the Sample Pipettor head cover. [1]
Loosen the screw for the probe ground wire
and remove the probe ground wire from
under the screw. [2]
Disconnect the tubing from the sample
probe.
Remove the probe from the pipettor. [3]
Remove the tubing holder (board cover).
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove Pipettor
1.
LLS Pre-Amp board
2.
3.
Disconnect the SLVL cable [1] from the LLS
Pre-Amp board.
Rotate the ground shield bracket [2]
clockwise (CW) to remove the screw [3]
securing the board.
Remove the LLS Pre-Amp board.
Remove Probe
Slide Mechanism
1.
2.
Loosen the two (2) screws securing the
Probe Slide Mechanism. [1]
Carefully remove the Probe Slide
mechanism.
Note There are two "T" shaped metal
shims between the pipettor head
and the slide mechanism, retain
the shims to use during installation
of the new mechanism.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Remove Probe
Slide Mechanism
1.
2.
Insert the Probe Slide mechanism.
Note Ensure the two (2) "T" shaped
metal shims are installed between
the probe slide mechanism and
the pipettor head.
Secure the Probe slide mechanism using
the two (2) screws. [1]
Note Make sure the sliding mechanism
sits evenly and moves smoothly.
Reference
Install the Pipettor
1.
LLS Pre-Amp board
2.
3.
4.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Install the LLS Pre-Amp board.
Note When installing the board, ensure
the sensor is under the flag and
firmly seated.
Secure the board using the one (1) screw.
Connect the SLVL cable.
Place the tubing holder into position.
Install the probe.
Connect the tubing to the sample probe.
Secure the ground wire with one (1) screw
to the probe mount.
Install the Sample Pipettor head cover.
Power ON the processing module.
Note Note The system control center
power must be ON prior to turning
on the processing module to
ensure proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
1120 - Sample Pipettor Calibration
2
5405 - Crash Sensor Test
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
R4.01 Pipettor, Reagent R1 Assembly
Version - 204738-101_4968_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205172-01
PIPETTOR, REAGENT R1, C4
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
R4.01 Pipettor, Reagent R1 Assembly
Time Required
35 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Probe Stick Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module
(use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module).
Remove the Reagent pipettor head cover.
Loosen the screw for the probe ground wire
and remove the probe ground wire from
under the screw.
Remove the probe from the pipettor.
Note The end of the reagent probe
tubing attached to the probe has
been tapered and removal from
the probe could damage the fit
between the probe and tubing.
Remove the following deck covers:
a. Center left cover [D]
b. Rear left cover [H]
c. Rear center left cover [I]
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove Pipettor,
Reagent Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
Locate the R1 tubing and separate the
tubing from the metal fitting and secure the
tubing. [2]
Disconnect the following cables from the
pipettor connector plate: [1]
• R1SENS
• R1ASOL
• 1CRASH
• R1LLS
• R1AA
• R1AE
Remove the three (3) screws securing the
Reagent pipettor. [3]
Lift the Reagent pipettor assembly carefully
to prevent any damage to the cables or
pinching the tubing.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Pipettor,
Reagent Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Reference
Insert the Reagent pipettor arm carefully in
position, ensuring that the wires and tubing
are not crushed or crimped.
Secure the Reagent pipettor with the three
(3) screws.
Connect the following cables to the pipettor
connector plate:
• R1SENS
• R1ASOL
• R1CRASH
• R1LLS
• R1AA
• R1AE
Connect the R1 tubing fully onto the metal
fitting.
Install the probe.
Connect the tubing to the reagent probe.
Tighten the screw for the probe ground wire.
Install the Reagent pipettor head cover.
Replace the following deck covers:
a. Center left cover [D]
b. Rear left cover [H]
c. Rear center left cover [I]
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
2
1121 - R1 Pipettor Calibration
1
1101 - Robotics Test Tool
3
5405 - Crash Sensor Test
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
R4.02 Pipettor, Reagent R2 Assembly
Version - 204738-101_4969_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205173-01
PIPETTOR, REAGENT R2, C4
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
R4.02 Pipettor, Reagent R2 Assembly
Time Required
35 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Probe Stick Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module
(use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module).
Remove the Reagent pipettor head cover
Loosen the screw for the probe ground wire
and remove the probe ground wire from
under the screw.
Remove the probe from the pipettor.
Remove the following deck covers:
• Front left cover [A]
• Center left cover [D]
• Front center cover [B]
• Rear left cover [H]
• Rear center left cover [I]
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove Pipettor,
Reagent Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
Locate the R2 tubing and separate the
tubing from the metal fitting and secure the
tubing. [1]
Disconnect the following cables from the
pipettor: [2]
• R2SENS
• R2ASOL
• R2CRASH
• R2LLS
• R2AA
• R2AE
Remove the three (3) screws securing the
Reagent pipettor. [3]
Lift the Reagent pipettor assembly, carefully
to prevent any damage to the cables or
pinching the tubing.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Pipettor,
Reagent Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Reference
Carefully insert the Reagent pipettor arm in
position, ensuring that the wires and tubing
are not crushed or crimped.
Secure the Reagent pipettor with the three
(3) screws.
Connect the cables:
• R2SENS
• R2ASOL
• R2CRASH
• R2LLS
• R2AA
• R2AE
Connect the R2 tubing fully onto the metal
fitting.
Install the probe.
Connect the tubing to the reagent probe.
Tighten the screw for the probe ground wire.
Install the Reagent pipettor head cover.
Replace the following deck covers:
• Front left cover [A]
• Center left cover (D)
• Front center cover [B]
• Rear left cover [H]
• Rear center left cover [I]
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
2
1122 - R2 Pipettor Calibration
1
1101 - Robotics Test Tool
3
5405 - Crash Sensor Test
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
R4.03 Tubing, R1 Pipettor Inner
Version - 204738-101_4970_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-93246-01
Tbg, R1 pipettor inne
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
R4.03 Tubing, R1 Pipettor Inner
Time Required
50 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Probe Stick Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module
(use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module).
Remove the Reagent pipettor head cover.
Loosen the screw for the probe ground wire
and remove the probe ground wire from
under the screw.
Remove the probe from the pipettor.
Remove the following deck covers:
• Center left cover [D]
• Rear left cover [H]
• Rear center left cover [I]
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove Pipettor,
Reagent Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
Locate the R1 tubing and separate the
tubing from the metal fitting and secure the
tubing. [2]
Disconnect the following cables from the
pipettor: [1]
• R2SENS
• R2ASOL
• R2CRASH
• R2LLS
• R2AA
• R2AE
Remove the three (3) screws securing the
Reagent pipettor. [3]
Lift the Reagent pipettor assembly, carefully
to prevent any damage to the cables or
pinching the tubing.
Remove Reagent
Pipettor Inner
Tubing
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the protecting sleeve and
identification clamps from the tubing.
Remove the metal bracket by removing the
two (2) screws to gain access to the plastic
cover and the flexible metal sleeve. [1]
Remove the one (1) screw from the plastic
cover. [2]
Release the tabs to open the cover and
stretch the flexible metal sleeve. [3]
Note Notice the position for the cable
ducts.
Pull the tubing to remove it from the
pipettor.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Tubing,
Reagent Arm, Inner
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Insert the new tubing from the Reagent
Pipettor head towards the bottom.
Feed the tubing (without the protective
sleeve) through the flexible metal sleeve.
Place the protective sleeve and identification
clamps on the tubing.
Install the cable ducts and snap the plastic
cover.
Secure the plastic cover with the one (1)
screw, and make sure the tabs are holding
Reference
6.
Install Pipettor,
Reagent Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
the plastic cover in place.
Install the metal bracket, insert the two (2)
screws and tighten both ends.
Insert the Reagent pipettor arm, carefully in
position, ensuring that the wires and tubing
are not crushed or crimped.
Secure the Reagent pipettor with the three
(3) screws.
Connect the cables to the pipettor connector
plate:
• R1SENS
• R1ASOL
• R1CRASH
• R1LLS
• R1AA
• R1AE
Connect the R1 tubing fully onto the metal
fitting.
Install the probe.
Connect the tubing to the reagent probe.
Tighten the screw for the probe ground wire.
Install the Reagent pipettor head cover.
Replace the following deck covers:
• Center left cover [D]
• Rear left cover [H]
• Rear center left cover [I]
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
2
1121 - R1 Pipettor Calibration
1
1101 - Robotics Test Tool
3
5405 - Crash Sensor Test
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
R4.04 Tubing, R2 Pipettor Inner
Version - 204738-101_4971_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-93247-01
Tbg, R2 pipettor inner
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
R4.04 Tubing, R2 Pipettor Inner
Time Required
50 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Probe Stick Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module
(use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module).
Remove the reagent pipettor head cover
Loosen the screw for the probe ground wire
and remove the probe ground wire from
under the screw.
Remove the probe from the pipettor.
Remove the following deck covers:
• Center left cover [D]
• Rear left cover [H]
• Rear center left cover [I]
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove Pipettor,
Reagent Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
Locate the R2 tubing and separate the
tubing from the metal fitting and secure the
tubing. [1]
Disconnect the following cables from the
pipettor: [2]
• R2SENS
• R2ASOL
• R2CRASH
• R2LLS
• R2AA
• R2AE
Remove the three (3) screws securing the
Reagent pipettor. [3]
Lift the Reagent pipettor assembly, carefully
to prevent any damage to the cables or
pinching the tubing.
Remove Reagent
Pipettor Inner
Tubing
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the protecting sleeve and
identification clamps from the tubing.
Remove the metal bracket by removing the
two (2) screws to gain access to the plastic
cover and the flexible metal sleeve. [1]
Remove the one (1) screw from the plastic
cover. [2]
Release the tabs to open the cover and
stretch the flexible metal sleeve. [3]
Note Notice the position for the cable
ducts.
Pull the tubing to remove it from the pipettor
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Tubing,
Reagent Arm, Inner
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Insert the new tubing from the Reagent
Pipettor head towards the bottom.
Feed the tubing (without the protective
sleeve) through the flexible metal sleeve.
Place the protective sleeve and identification
clamps on the tubing.
Install the cable ducts and snap the plastic
cover.
Secure the plastic cover with the one (1)
screw, and make sure the tabs are holding
the plastic cover in place.
Reference
Install Pipettor,
Reagent Assembly
6.
Install the metal bracket, insert the two (2)
screw and tighten both ends.
1.
Insert the Reagent pipettor arm, carefully in
position, ensuring that the wires and tubing
are not crushed or crimped.
Secure the Reagent pipettor with the three
(3) screws.
Connect the cables to the pipettor connector
plate:
• R2SENS
• R2ASOL
• R2CRASH
• R2LLS
• R2AA
• R2AE
Connect the R2 tubing fully onto the metal
fitting.
2.
3.
4.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Install the probe.
Connect the tubing to the reagent probe.
Tighten the screw for the probe ground wire.
Install the Reagent pipettor head cover.
Replace the following deck covers:
• Center left cover [D]
• Rear left cover [H]
• Rear center left cover [I]
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
2
1122 - R2 Pipettor Calibration
1
1101 - Robotics Test Tool
3
5405 - Crash Sensor Test
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
R5.01 Spring, Crash Detect, Reagent Pipettors
Version - 204738-101_4972_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
2-89380-02
Spring,crash detect, all arms
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
R5.01 Spring, Crash Detect, Reagent Pipettors
Time Required
15 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Probe Stick Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System
Operations Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection:
System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module
(use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module).
Remove the Reagent pipettor head cover.
Loosen the screw for the probe ground wire
and remove the probe ground wire from
under the screw.
Remove the probe from the pipettor.
2.
3.
4.
Remove Spring,
Crash Detect
1.
2.
Remove the screw from the bottom of the
spring.
Remove the screw from the top of the
spring.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Spring, Crash 1.
Detect
2.
Insert the screw [1] for the top of the spring
with the new spring.
Insert the screw [2] for the bottom of the
spring.
Reference
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Install the probe.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Connect the tubing to the reagent probe.
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Tighten the screw for the probe ground wire. Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Install the Reagent pipettor head cover.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
1121 - R1 Pipettor Calibration
2
1122 - R2 Pipettor Calibration
3
5405 - Crash Sensor Test
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
R6.01 Washer, Cuvette
Version - 204738-101_4973_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205198-01
CUVETTE WASHER, C4
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
R6.01 Washer, Cuvette
Time Required
25 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Probe Stick Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped or
Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module (use
the main circuit breaker located at the rear of
the processing module).
Remove the right rear cover.
Turn the peristaltic pump head counterclockwise
(CCW) about 1/16 of a turn.
Pull upward on the pump head to remove the
head.
Remove the front right deck cover [C].
Remove the rear right deck cover [K].
Remove the center right deck cover [E].
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Remove Cuvette
Washer Assembly
1.
2.
3.
Remove all tubing from nozzles #1 through #8.
Loosen the one (1) thumbscrew securing the
cuvette wash head to the cuvette wash elevator
and remove the wash head. [1]
Remove the two (2) screws securing the
mounting bracket and remove the mounting
bracket. [2]
Remove Cuvette
Washer Assembly
(continued)
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect plugs WE-S and WE-M from the
cuvette wash elevator.
Support the elevator while removing the six (6)
hex screws that secure the elevator to the
processing module upper mounting plate.
Lower the elevator and remove to the rear of
the module.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Cuvette
Washer Assembly
1.
2.
Install Cuvette
Washer Assembly
(continued)
1.
2.
3.
Install the elevator into position on the underside
of the mounting plate and secure with six (6)
hex screws.
Install the mounting bracket using two (2)
screws [2].
Connect cables WE-S and WE-M.
Install the cuvette wash head on the cuvette
wash elevator and secure using one (1)
thumbscrew. [1]
Install tubing on nozzles #1 through #8.
Reference
Install Peristaltic
Pump Head and
Front Right Rear
Deck Cover
1.
2.
3.
4.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
Install the front right deck cover. [2]
Align the notch with the peristaltic motor tang.
Align the attachment locking tabs on the
peristaltic pump head with the recesses on the
pump. [1]
Turn head clockwise (CW) about 1/16 of a turn
until it snap locks in place.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power must
be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure proper
initialization.
To change the status of the processing module
and sample handler from Stopped to Ready,
perform the Startup procedure.
Perform P-621 Cuvette Washer Alignment.
Select the As Needed category from the
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Maintenance screen under the System icon.
Perform 6052 Wash Cuvettes.
Check for leaks.
Install the center right deck cover [E].
Install the rear right deck cover [K].
Install the right rear cover.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
2
6052 - Wash Cuvettes
Check for leaks
1
P-621 Cuvette Washer Alignment
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
R6.02 Sensor, Photo Multiple Use
Version - 204738-101_4974_1
A Part Number is currently not assigned to this RR. Go to GPPM UserInterface
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
R6.02 Sensor, Photo Multiple Use
Time Required
30 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Probe Stick Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module
(use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module).
Remove the right rear cover.
2.
Remove Photo
Sensor
1.
2.
Disconnect the cable from sensor [1].
Remove the one (1) screw securing the
sensor [2] and remove the sensor.
Note The cuvette washer assembly may
be removed by performing R6.01
Washer, Cuvette to have better
access to the D-OK and the UP
sensors.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Photo Sensor 1.
2.
Install the sensor [2] using one (1) screw.
Connect the cable [1] to the sensor.
Reference
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Power ON the processing module.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Note The system control center power
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
must be ON prior to turning on the Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Perform P-621 Cuvette Washer Alignment.
Select the As Needed category from the
Maintenance screen under the System icon.
Perform 6052 Wash Cuvettes.
Install the right rear cover.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
2
6052 - Wash Cuvettes
Check for leaks
1
P-621 Cuvette Washer Alignment
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
R6.03 Nozzle, #1, #4, & #5
Version - 204738-101_4975_2
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205228-01
NOZZLE, C4, #1, #4, #5
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
R6.03 Nozzle, #1, #4, & #5
Time Required
15 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must
be in Stopped or Offline
status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section
1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Remove Nozzle,
#1, #4, or #5
1.
Remove the incoming and
waste tubing [1] from the
nozzle.
Remove the screw [2]
securing the nozzle to the
mounting plate.
Lift the nozzle straight up.[3]
2.
3.
Note
C8000 cuvette washer nozzle used for demonstration of Removal
and Replacement. However, instructions are identical for the
removal and replacement of the c4000 cuvette washer nozzle.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Note
Video contains no audio sound.
Video Note
Video only shows removal of nozzle 1. However, same
instructions apply to removal of nozzles 4 and 5.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Nozzle,
#1, #4, or #5
1.
2.
Reference
Place the nozzle on the
mounting plate [3] and secure
with one (1) screw [2].
Install the incoming and waste
tubing [1] on the nozzle. [3]
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Note
Video contains no audio sound.
Video Note
Video only shows replacement of nozzle 1. However, same
instructions apply to replacement of nozzles 4 and 5.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
To change the status of the
processing module and
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
2.
3.
4.
sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the Startup
procedure.
Perform P-621 Cuvette
Washer Alignment.
Select System Maintenance,
As Needed and perform 6052
Wash Cuvettes.
Install the cuvette wash head
cover.
shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
2
6052 - Wash Cuvettes
Check for leaks
Expected Results
Check for leaks
1
P-621 Cuvette Washer Alignment
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009, 2014 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks
of Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
R6.04 #2 & #3, Wash Solution
Version - 204738-101_4976_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205229-01
NOZZLE, C4, #2, #3
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
R6.04 # 2 & #3, Wash Solution
Time Required
15 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Remove Nozzle, # 2 1.
or 3, Wash Solution
2.
Remove the incoming and waste tubing [1]
from the nozzle.
Remove the screw [2] securing the nozzle
to the mounting plate.
Lift the nozzle straight up.
3.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Reference
Install Nozzle, # 2
or 3, Wash Solution
1.
2.
3.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
Place the nozzle on the mounting plate and
secure with one (1) screw [2].
Install the incoming and waste tubing on the
nozzle. [1]
Install the cuvette wash head cover.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
2
6052 - Wash Cuvettes
Check for leaks
1
P-621 Cuvette Washer Alignment
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
R6.05 Nozzle, #6 Blank
Version - 204738-101_4977_2
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205230-01
NOZZLE, C4, #6 BLANK
7-205231-01
NOZZLE, C4, #7 SUCTION
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
R6.05 Nozzle, #6, Blank
Time Required
15 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must
be in Stopped or Offline
status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section
1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Remove Nozzle,
#6, Blank
1.
Remove the incoming and
waste tubing [1] from nozzle
#6.
Remove the screw [2]
securing nozzle #6 to the
mounting plate.
Lift the nozzle straight up.
2.
3.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Note
Video contains no audio sound.
Video Note
C8000 cuvette washer nozzle used for demonstration of Removal and
Replacement. However, instructions are identical for the removal and
replacement of the c4000 cuvette washer nozzle.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Nozzle,
#6, Blank
1.
2.
3.
Reference
Place nozzle #6 on the
mounting plate and secure
with one (1) screw [2].
Install the incoming and waste
tubing [1] on the nozzle.
Install the cuvette wash head
cover.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Note
Video contains no audio sound.
Video Note
C8000 cuvette washer nozzle used for demonstration of Removal and
Replacement. However, instructions are identical for the removal and
replacement of the c4000 cuvette washer nozzle.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
To change the status of the
processing module and
sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the Startup
procedure.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
2
6052 - Wash Cuvettes
Check for leaks
1
P-621 Cuvette Washer Alignment
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009, 2014 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
R6.06 Nozzle, #7, Suction
Version - 204738-101_4978_3
A Part Number is currently not assigned to this RR. Go to GPPM UserInterface
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
R6.06 Nozzle, #7, Suction
Time Required
15 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must
be in Stopped or Offline
status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section
1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Remove Nozzle,
#7, Suction
1.
Remove the vacuum tubing
[1] from nozzle #7.
Remove the screw [2]
securing nozzle #7 to the
mounting plate.
Lift the nozzle straight up
2.
3.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Note
Video contains no audio sound.
Video Note
C8000 cuvette washer nozzle used for demonstration of Removal and
Replacement. However, instructions are identical for the removal and
replacement of the c4000 cuvette washer nozzle.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Nozzle,
#7, Suction
1.
2.
3.
Reference
Place nozzle #7 on the
mounting plate and secure
with the one (1) screw [2].
Install the vacuum tubing on
nozzle #7. [1]
Install the cuvette wash head
cover.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Note
Video contains no audio sound.
Video Note
C8000 cuvette washer nozzle used for demonstration of Removal and
Replacement. However, instructions are identical for the removal and
replacement of the c4000 cuvette washer nozzle.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
To change the status of the
processing module and
sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the Startup
procedure.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
0
6052 - Wash Cuvettes
Check for leaks
1
P-621 Cuvette Washer Alignment
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009, 2014 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
R6.07 Nozzle, #8, Dryer
Version - 204738-101_4979_2
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
2-89271-03
Nozzle, dry
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
R6.07 Nozzle, #8, Dryer
Time Required
15 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section
be in Stopped or Offline status. 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Remove
Nozzle, #8,
Dryer
1.
Remove the vacuum tubing [1]
from the dry nozzle #8.
Remove the dryer tip.
Note Refer to Removal
and Replacement
Procedure R6.08
Cuvette Drying Tip
Remove the two (2) screws [2]
securing the dry nozzle #8 to
the mounting plate.
Lift the nozzle straight up.
2.
3.
4.
Reference
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Note
Video contains no audio sound.
Video Note
C8000 cuvette washer nozzle used for demonstration of Removal and
Replacement. However, instructions are identical for the removal and
replacement of the c4000 cuvette washer nozzle.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Nozzle, 1.
#8, Dryer
2.
3.
Reference
Place the dry nozzle #8 on the
mounting plate and secure with
the two (2) screws [2].
Install the vacuum tubing [1] on
the dry nozzle #8.
Install the cuvette drying tip.
Note Refer to Removal and
Replacement
Procedure R6.08
Cuvette Drying Tip.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Note
Video contains no audio sound.
Video Note
C8000 cuvette washer nozzle used for demonstration of Removal and
Replacement. However, instructions are identical for the removal and
replacement of the c4000 cuvette washer nozzle.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
To change the status of the
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
processing module and sample Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
handler from Stopped to Ready, shutdown.
perform the Startup procedure.
Perform P-621 Cuvette Washer
Alignment.
Select System Maintenance, As
Needed and perform 6052
Wash Cuvettes.
Install the cuvette wash head
cover.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
2
6052 - Wash Cuvettes
Check for leaks
1
P-621 Cuvette Washer Alignment
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009, 2014 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
R6.08 Cuvette Drying Tip
Version - 204738-101_4980_2
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
09D51-01
Cuvette Drying Tip
09D51-02
Cuvette Drying Tip
7-93428-01
Cuvette Dry Tip 1
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
R6.08 Cuvette Drying Tip
Time Required
15 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Probe Stick Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section
Stopped or Offline status.
1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Remove Cuvette
Washer
Assembly
1.
Loosen the black thumbscrew [1]
until the cuvette washer assembly
[2] can be lifted from the mounting
plate [3].
Remove dryer tip
1.
Caution Use gloves during this
step. Residual oil
interferes with the proper
drying function of the tip.
Lift the cuvette washer assembly
up and rotate it so that the white
dryer tip [1] is easily accessed.
Note The cuvette washer
nozzles are all attached
to a black nozzle
mounting plate. There is
no need to remove any
of the screws securing
the wash nozzles to the
Reference
mounting plate.
Remove the dryer tip [1] by pulling
it off of the metal nozzle [2].
Discard the old tip.
2.
3.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Note
Video contains no audio sound.
Video Note
C8000 cuvette washer nozzle used for demonstration of Removal and
Replacement. However, instructions are identical for the removal and
replacement of the c4000 cuvette washer nozzle.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install dryer tip
and cuvette
washer
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Reference
Gently install the new dryer tip. The
wide side of the dryer tip faces the
nozzles.
Note The dryer tip and the
Reaction Cuvettes are
both rectangular. Install
the dryer tip so that it fits
into the cuvette.
Position the bottom of the dryer tip
61mm ±0.5 mm from the underside
of the cuvette washer assembly.
Position the cuvette washer
assembly on the alignment pins
and tighten the black knurled knob.
Perform P-621 Cuvette Washer
Alignment.
Select System Maintenance, As
Needed and perform 6052 Wash
Cuvettes.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Note
Video contains no audio sound.
Video Note
C8000 cuvette washer nozzle used for demonstration of Removal and
Replacement. However, instructions are identical for the removal and
replacement of the c4000 cuvette washer nozzle.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
To change the status of the
processing module and sample
handler from Stopped to Ready,
perform the Startup procedure.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
2
6052 - Wash Cuvettes
Check for leaks
1
P-621 Cuvette Washer Alignment
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009, 2014 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
R6.09 Valve, DI Water Cuvette Wash
Version - 204738-101_4981_1
A Part Number is currently not assigned to this RR. Go to GPPM UserInterface
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
R6.09 Valve, DI Water Cuvette Wash
Time Required
10 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towel
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module
(use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module).
Remove Peristaltic
Pump Head and
Front Right Deck
Cover
1.
Turn the peristaltic pump head [2]
counterclockwise (CCW) about 1/16 of a
turn.
Pull upward on the pump head to remove
the head.
Remove the front right deck cover [1].
2.
3.
Disconnect Tubing
from Valve
Note
1.
2.
3.
Use absorbent towel to protect
from spills.
Clamp the tubing [1].
Unlock the hose clamps [2].
Remove the tubing [1].
Note The removal of the remaining
tubing will be done later while
removing the valve assembly.
Remove the Valve
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove Fittings
1.
Disconnect the valve electrical plug [1] from
the connector CWV.
Remove the jack for connector CWV from
the mounting bracket.
Remove the two (2) screws [2] from the
valve mounting bracket and remove the
valve assembly.
Remove the remaining tubing from the
valve.
Remove the two (2) screws securing the
valve to the valve mounting bracket.
Remove the fittings [1] from the ports of the
valve.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Fittings and
Valve
1.
2.
Connect Tubing
1.
2.
3.
4.
Install Valve and
Bracket
1.
2.
3.
Install pipe sealant tape on the threads of
the fittings and install the three (3) fittings
[1] onto the valve.
Install the valve to the valve mounting
bracket using two (2) screws.
Connect the reinforced tube coming from the
manifold to the barbed fitting on the valve.
Connect the tubing [1] originating from the
reagent supply centers "Y" fitting to the
barbed fitting on the top of the valve.
Connect the tubing from the cuvette wash
pump to the valve, by screwing the
connector to the threaded fitting.
Secure the two (2) tubes with hose bands.
[2]
Install the valve and the bracket assembly
to the frame using two (2) screws [2].
Install the jack [1] for connector CWV onto
the mounting bracket.
Connect the plug to connector CWV.
Reference
Install Peristaltic
Pump Head and
Front Right Rear
Deck Cover
1.
2.
3.
4.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Install the front right deck cover [1].
Align the notch with the peristaltic motor
tang.
Align the attachment locking tabs on the
peristaltic pump head [2] with the recesses
on the pump.
Turn head clockwise (CW) about 1/16 of a
turn until it snap locks in place.
Power ON the processing module.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Note The system control center power
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
must be ON prior to turning on the Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Select the As Needed category from the
Maintenance screen under the System icon.
Perform 6052 Wash Cuvettes.
Check for leaks.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
2
6052 - Wash Cuvettes
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
R7.01 ICT Assembly
Version - 204738-101_4982_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205387-01
ICT ASSY, C4
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
R7.01 ICT Assembly
Time Required
25 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Probe Stick Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Drain the water bath
(System/Diagnostics/Modules/1101 Robotics
Test Tool - Option 11).
Power OFF the c4000 processing module
(use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module).
Remove the on board solution tray.
Remove the Front Center deck cover [B].
Remove the Front Right deck cover [C].
Remove the Center Right deck cover [E].
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove ICT
Module and Water
Jacket.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Remove the ICT head top plate.
Loosen the retaining screw and lift the ICT
module [1] from the head.
Disconnect the tubing.
Disconnect the pre-amp cable from the ICT
module.
Remove the Allen set screw securing the
ICT water jacket in the ICT housing [2].
Remove the two (2) screws securing the
cover mounting plate to the module head
mounting plate. [3]
Remove the water jacket from the ICT
Assembly.
Remove ICT
Assembly
1.
2.
Disconnect the following cables from the ICT
assembly:
a. ISEAS from connector ISEAS
b. IAAM from connector ISEAM
c. IAEM from connector ISEEM.
Remove the four (4) screws [1] securing the
ICT assembly to the frame and lift the
assembly straight up out of the processing
module.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install ICT Assembly
1.
2.
Install ICT Water
Jacket and ICT
Module
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Reference
Install the ICT assembly and secure it using
with the four (4) screws.
Connect the following cables:
a. ISEAS to connector ISEAS
b. IAAM to connector ISEAM
c. IAEM to connector ISEEM
Install the ICT water jacket with tubing into
the ICT housing.
Note Ensure the water jacket is against
bottom of the ICT housing.
Tighten the Allen set screw to secure the ICT
water jacket.
Install the cover mounting plate to the
module head mounting plate using two (2)
screws.
Connect the tubing and the pre-amp cable to
the ICT module and place into the ICT
module head.
Tighten the retaining screw.
Install the head top plate.
Install the Front Center deck cover [B].
Install the Front Right deck cover [C].
Install the Center Right deck cover [E].
Install the on board solution tray.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
3
6070 - Daily Maintenance
2
2134 - Change Water Bath
1
P-618 ICT Alignment
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Check for leaks
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
R7.02 Cable, ICT Pre Amp to ICT
Version - 204738-101_4983_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
2-89069-03
Cable, ICT pre amp to ICT
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
R7.02 Cable, ICT Pre Amp to ICT
Time Required
20 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Probe Stick Hazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module
(use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module).
Remove the center right cover [E].
Remove the front right cover [C].
2.
3.
Access Pre-Amp
Cable
1.
2.
Remove the ICT head top plate.
Remove the retaining screw and lift the ICT
module from the head.
Remove Pre-Amp
Cable
1.
2.
Disconnect the ICT Pre-Amp cable.
Follow the cable to the ICT Pre-Amp board
and cut the cable ties as needed.
Unscrew the pre-amp cable [1] from the
pre-amp module.
Remove the cable from the processing
module.
3.
4.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Pre-amp
Cable
1.
2.
3.
Install ICT Module
1.
2.
3.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
Reference
Screw the pre-amp cable to the connector
on the pre-amp module.
Route the cable to the ICT module and
connect to the module.
Secure the cable with wire ties.
Place the ICT module into the ICT module
head.
Tighten the retaining screw.
Install the head top plate.
Install the center right deck cover [E] and
secure using two (2) screws.
Install the front right deck cover [C] using
three (3) screws.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
2
G6 - Calibration
Verify calibration per operator's manual.
1
6070 - Daily Maintenance
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
W1.01 Water Management Unit
Version - 204738-101_4984_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205753-01
WMU, COMPLETE
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
W1.01 Water Management Unit
Time Required
90 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped or
Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Drain the water bath
(System/Diagnostics/Modules/1101 Robotics
Test Tool - Option 11).
Turn off the incoming water source.
Select the Fluidics/Wash category from the
Diagnostics screen under the System icon.
Perform 1175 Wash Cup Test.
Note This relieves the water pressure in the
incoming line.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module (use
the main circuit breaker located at the rear of
the processing module).
Remove the rear left cover
Remove the left cover.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Remove Water
Management Unit
Cover and tubing
1.
Drain Water
Management Unit
1.
2.
2.
Disconnect all tubing from the Water
Management Unit (WMU).
Remove the WMU cover.
Drain the WMU using the service tubing [1].
Note The processing module drain tubing
can be used to drain the WMU by
placing the service drain inside of the
drain tubing. If a container is used it
must be able to hold a minimum of
three (3) liters of water.
When drained, replace the plug in the service
drain.
Disconnect Tubing
1.
from DegasserWash Solution Pump 2.
Manifold and Water
Bath Drain Valve
Disconnect the tubing to the Degasser at the
Degasser-Wash Solution Pump Manifold [1].
Disconnect the tubing from the bottom fitting of
the water bath drain valve.
Remove Tubing from
Low Concentration
Waste Tank
1.
Remove all tubing from the Low Concentration
Waste (LCW) Tank as follows:
a. From the vacuum pumps. [1]
b. From the wash solution valves labeled 2
and 3. [2]
c. Waste manifold. [3]
Disconnect Cable
Connections
1.
Disconnect all cables from the connector panel
on the left side.
Remove Water
Management Unit
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove the two (2) screws securing the WMU
to the processing module frame.
Disconnect the wash cup manifold tubing [3].
Note Tubing removed from one manifold
must be installed on that same
manifold. Mark as needed.
Continue sliding the WMU to the rear.
Disconnect the fitting [1] attached to the High
Concentration Waste (HCW) ICT aspiration
tubing.
Disconnect the tubing from the HCW pump [2].
Slide the WMU out of the processing module.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Water
Management Unit
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Connect Cable
Connections
1.
Slide the WMU into the rear of the processing
module far enough to allow the connection of
the tubing.
Connect the HCW tubing from HCW pump to
the top of the middle waste tubing fitting at the
rear of the water connection panel.
Connect the fitting attached to HCW ICT
aspiration tubing to the top waste tubing at the
rear of the water connection panel.
Connect the wash cup tubing to the respective
wash cup manifolds (S, ST1 and ST2).
Slide the WMU all the way into the processing
module and secure using two (2) screws to the
processing module frame.
Note For more information see Water
Management Unit Tubing Routing.
Connect the following plugs to the connector
panel:
a. STFS
b. RPFS
c. SPFS
d. STWV
e. RPWV
f.
SPWV
g. POWP
h. WSCV
i.
FSDT
j.
FSUL
k. FSLH
l.
FSLL
Reference
Install Tubing to Low 1.
Concentration Waste
Tank
2.
3.
Connect Tubing to
Degasser-Wash
Solution Pump
Manifold and Water
Bath Drain Valve
1.
Install Water
Management Unit
Cover and Tubing
1.
2.
2.
3.
4.
Connect the tubing coming from the wash
solution valves to the LCW.
Connect the tubing from the vacuum pumps to
the barbed fittings of the LCW.
Insert the waste manifold tubing into the waste
tank.
Connect the tubing from the degasser to the
Degasser manifold.
Connect the tubing to the bottom fitting of the
water bath drain valve.
Install the WMU cover to the processing
module.
Connect the tubing as follows:
a. HC Waste
b. Overflow
c. Drainage
d. De-Ionized water inlet
Install the left cover.
Install the rear left cover, once the Wash cup
test passes.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
Turn on the incoming water source.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power must
be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure proper
initialization.
Note The processing module may require a
second power on if the internal water
tank does not completely fill during the
first power on sequence.
To change the status of the processing module
and sample handler from Stopped to Ready,
perform the Startup procedure.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
2132 - Flush Water Lines
Check for leaks
2
2134 - Change Water Bath
Check for leaks
3
1175 - Wash Cup Test
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
W1.02 Float Switch Assy
Version - 204738-101_4985_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205547-01
WMU FLOAT SWITCH ASSY
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
W1.02 Float Switch Assy
Time Required
90 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped or Offline
status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Drain the water bath
(System/Diagnostics/Modules/1101 Robotics Test
Tool - Option 11).
Turn off the incoming water source.
Select the Fluidics/Wash category from the
Diagnostics screen under the System icon.
Perform 1175 Wash Cup Test.
Note This relieves the water pressure in the
incoming line.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module (use the
main circuit breaker located at the rear of the
processing module).
Remove the rear left cover.
Remove the left cover.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Remove Water
Management Unit
Cover
1.
Drain Water
Management Unit
1.
2.
2.
Disconnect all tubing from the Water Management
Unit (WMU).
Remove the WMU cover.
Drain the WMU using the service tubing [1].
Note The processing module drain tubing can be
used to drain the WMU by placing the
service drain inside of the drain tubing. If a
container is used it must be able to hold a
minimum of three (3) liters of water.
When drained, replace the plug in the service drain.
Disconnect Tubing
1.
from DegasserWash Solution Pump 2.
Manifold and Water
Bath Drain Valve
Disconnect the tubing to the Degasser at the
Degasser-Wash Solution Pump Manifold [1].
Disconnect the tubing from the bottom fitting of the
water bath drain valve.
Remove Tubing from
Low Concentration
Waste Tank
1.
Remove all tubing from the Low Concentration Waste
(LCW) Tank as follows:
a. From the vacuum pumps [1]
b. From the wash solution valves labeled 2 and 3
[2]
c. Waste manifold [3].
Disconnect Cable
Connections
1.
Disconnect all cables from the connector panel on the
left side.
Remove Water
Management Unit
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove the two (2) screws securing the WMU to the
processing module frame.
Disconnect the wash cup manifold tubing [3].
Note Tubing removed from one manifold must be
installed on that same manifold. Mark as
needed.
Continue sliding the WMU to the rear.
Disconnect the fitting [1] attached to the High
Concentration Waste (HCW) ICT aspiration tubing.
Disconnect the tubing from the HCW pump [2].
Slide the WMU out of the processing module.
Remove Float Switch 1.
Assembly
2.
From the connector panel, remove:
a. FSLL (float switch level low)
b. FSLH (float switch level high)
c. FSUL (float switch upper limit)
Note The connectors are not labeled. Mark the
connectors when disconnecting from the
connector panel.
Remove the two (2) screws securing the float switch
assembly to the water tank and lift from the water
tank.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Float Switch
Assembly
1.
2.
Install Water
Management Unit
1.
2.
3.
4.
Install the float switch assembly on the water tank and
secure it with two (2) screws.
Insert the following connectors into the connector
panel:
a. FSLL (float switch level low)
b. FSLH (float switch level high)
c. FSUL (float switch upper limit)
Slide the WMU into the rear of the processing module
far enough to allow the connection of the tubing.
Connect the HCW tubing from HCW pump to the top
of the middle waste tubing fitting at the rear of the
water connection panel.
Connect the fitting attached to HCW ICT aspiration
tubing to the top waste tubing at the rear of the water
connection panel.
Connect the wash cup tubing to the respective wash
Reference
5.
Connect Cable
Connections
cup manifolds (S, ST1 and ST2).
Slide the WMU all the way into the processing
module and secure using two (2) screws to the
processing module frame.
Note For more information see Water
Management Unit Tubing Routing.
1.
Connect the following plugs to the connector panel:
a. STFS
b. RPFS
c. SPFS
d. STWV
e. RPWV
f.
SPWV
g. POWP
h. WSCV
i.
FSDT
j.
FSUL
k. FSLH
l.
FSLL
Install Tubing to Low 1.
Concentration Waste
Tank
2.
Connect the tubing coming from the wash solution
valves to the LCW.
Connect the tubing from the vacuum pumps to the
barbed fittings of the LCW.
Insert the waste manifold tubing into the waste tank.
3.
Connect Tubing to
1.
Degasser DegasserWash Solution Pump 2.
Manifold and Water
Bath Drain Valve
Connect the tubing from the degasser to the
Degasser manifold.
Connect the tubing to the bottom fitting of the water
bath drain valve.
Install Water
Management Unit
Cover
Install the WMU cover to the processing module.
Connect the tubing as follows:
a. HC Waste
b. Overflow
c. Drainage
d. De-Ionized water inlet
Install the left cover.
Install the rear left cover.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
Turn on the incoming water source.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power must be
ON prior to turning on the processing
module to ensure proper initialization.
Note The processing module may require a
second power on if the internal water tank
does not completely fill during the first
power on sequence.
To change the status of the processing module and
sample handler from Stopped to Ready, perform the
Startup procedure.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
2132 - Flush Water Lines
Check for leaks
2
2134 - Change Water Bath
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
W1.03 Manifold, Wash Cup Valve
Version - 204738-101_4986_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-202646-01
Manifold, Wash Cup
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
W1.03 Manifold, Wash Cup Valve
Time Required
20 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Drain the water bath
(System/Diagnostics/Modules/1101 Robotics
Test Tool - Option 11).
Turn off the incoming water source.
Select the Fluidics/Wash category from the
Diagnostics screen under the System icon.
Perform 1175 Wash Cup Test.
Note This relieves the water pressure in
the incoming line.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module
(use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module).
Remove the rear left cover.
Remove the left cover.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Remove Water
Management Unit
Cover
1.
Drain Water
Management Unit
1.
2.
2.
Disconnect all tubing from the Water
Management Unit (WMU).
Remove the WMU cover.
Drain the WMU using the service tubing [1].
Note The processing module drain
tubing can be used to drain the
WMU by placing the service drain
inside of the drain tubing. If a
container is used it must be able to
hold a minimum of three (3) liters
of water.
When drained, replace the plug in the
service drain.
Remove Wash Cup
Manifold
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the bracket with the degasser
manifold.
Remove the tubing [1] on top of the Wash
Cup manifold going to the valves.
Remove the incoming water tubing.
Remove the two (2) screws [2] securing the
manifold to the frame and remove the
manifold.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Wash Cup
Manifold Valve
1.
2.
Install the manifold and secure it with two
(2) screws [2].
Insert the incoming water tubing.
Reference
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
Install the tubing [1] on top of the Wash Cup
manifold going to the valves.
Secure the bracket with the degasser
manifold using the screws.
Secure the service drain tubing to the WMU
assembly frame using clamp.
Install the WMU cover to the processing
module.
Install the rear left cover, once the Wash
cup test passes.
Turn on the incoming water source.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Power ON the processing module.
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Note The system control center power
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
Note The processing module may
require a second power on if the
internal water tank does not
completely fill during the first
power on sequence.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
2132 - Flush Water Lines
Check for leaks
2
2134 - Change Water Bath
Check for leaks
3
1175 - Wash Cup Test
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
W1.04 Flow Restrictor
Version - 204738-101_4987_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-93366-01
Flow restrictor, incoming
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
W1.04 Flow Restrictor
Time Required
35 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Drain the water bath
(System/Diagnostics/Modules/1101 Robotics
Test Tool - Option 11).
Turn off the incoming water source.
Select the Fluidics/Wash category from the
Diagnostics screen under the System icon.
Perform 1175 Wash Cup Test.
Note This relieves the water pressure in
the incoming line.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module
(use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module).
Remove the rear left cover.
Remove the left cover.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Remove Water
Management Unit
Cover and tubing
1.
Remove Flow
Restrictor from
WMU
1.
2.
2.
Disconnect all tubing from the Water
Management Unit (WMU).
Remove the WMU cover.
Remove the two (2) screws securing the
Flow Restrictor bracket to the WMU frame.
[1]
Disconnect the tubing from the Flow
Restrictor to the WMU.
Note You may need to remove the
tubing from the reservoir water
tank.
Remove Flow
Restrictor from
WMU (continued)
1.
2.
Remove Flow
1.
Restrictor, Incoming
Water
2.
3.
4.
Follow the cable from the solenoid and
remove the WSCV connector from the
connector bracket.
Note Cut cable ties as needed.
Remove the Flow Restrictor assembly from
the analyzer.
Remove the two (2) screws securing the
valve to the bracket.
Remove the on/off valve [1] and the flow
restrictor with tubing attached.
Remove the regulator tubing from the fitting
[2] on the output of the flow restrictor.
Unscrew the fitting [2] from the output of the
flow restrictor. [3]
5.
Unscrew the flow restrictor [3] from the fitting
[4] between the on/off valve and the flow
restrictor.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Flow
Restrictor, Incoming
Water
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Install Flow
Restrictor on WMU
1.
2.
3.
4.
Install Water
Management Unit
Cover and Tubing
1.
2.
3.
4.
Cover the threads of the Flow Restrictor [3]
with Teflon tape.
Screw the flow restrictor [3] into the fitting
[4] on the on/off valve [1]
Cover the threads of the fitting [2] for the
output of the flow restrictor. [3]
Screw the fitting [2] into the flow restrictor.
[3]
Connect the tubing to the fitting [2] on the
output of the flow restrictor and tighten the
tubing clamp.
Secure the on/off valve to the bracket using
the two (2) screws.
Secure the Flow Restrictor bracket to the
WMU frame with the screws.
Connect the tubing from the Flow Restrictor
to the WMU and secure it with the clamp.
Insert the cable from the solenoid onto the
WSCV opening in the connector bracket.
Connect the WSCV cable.
Note Replace cable ties removed as
necessary.
Install the WMU cover to the processing
module.
Connect the tubing as follows:
a. HC Waste
b. Overflow
c. Drainage
d. De-Ionized water inlet
Install the left cover.
Install the rear left cover, once the Wash
cup test passes.
Reference
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
Turn on the incoming water source.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Power ON the processing module.
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Note The system control center power
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
Note The processing module may
require a second power on if the
internal water tank does not
completely fill during the first
power on sequence.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
2132 - Flush Water Lines
Check for leaks
2
2134 - Change Water Bath
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
W1.05 Valve, Incoming On/Off
Version - 204738-101_4988_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-93367-01
Valve, Incoming On/Off
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
W1.05 Valve, Incoming On/Off
Time Required
35 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Drain the water bath
(System/Diagnostics/Modules/1101 Robotics
Test Tool - Option 11).
Turn off the incoming water source.
Select the Fluidics/Wash category from the
Diagnostics screen under the System icon.
Perform 1175 Wash Cup Test.
Note This relieves the water pressure in
the incoming line.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module
(use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module).
Remove the rear left cover.
Remove the left cover.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Remove Water
Management Unit
Cover and tubing
1.
Remove Flow
Restrictor from
WMU
1.
2.
2.
Disconnect all tubing from the Water
Management Unit (WMU).
Remove the WMU cover.
Remove the two (2) screws securing the
Flow Restrictor bracket to the WMU frame.
[1]
Disconnect the tubing from the Flow
Restrictor to the WMU.
Note You may need to remove the
tubing from the reservoir water
tank.
Remove Flow
Restrictor from
WMU (continued)
1.
2.
Remove Incoming
ON/OFF Valve
1.
2.
3.
4.
Follow the cable from the solenoid and
remove the WSCV connector [1] from the
connector bracket.
Note Cut cable ties as needed.
Remove the Flow Restrictor assembly from
the analyzer.
Remove the two (2) screws securing the
valve to the bracket.
Remove the on/off valve [1] and the flow
restrictor with tubing attached.
Unscrew the fitting to the input of the on/off
valve.
Unscrew the fitting [2] from the output of the
on/off valve to remove valve [1].
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Incoming
ON/OFF Valve
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Install Flow
Restrictor on WMU
1.
2.
3.
4.
Install Water
Management Unit
Cover and Tubing
1.
2.
3.
4.
Reference
Cover the threads of the fitting for the
incoming water.
Screw the incoming water fitting into the
on/off valve.
Cover the threads of the fitting [2] with
Teflon tape.
Screw the fitting [2] into the on/off valve. [1]
Connect the tubing to the fitting [3] on the
output of the flow restrictor and tighten the
tubing clamp.
Secure the on/off valve to the bracket using
the two (2) screws.
Secure the Flow Restrictor bracket to the
WMU frame with the screws.
Connect the tubing from the Flow Restrictor
to the WMU and secure it with the clamp.
Insert the cable from the solenoid onto the
WSCV opening in the connector bracket.
Connect the WSCV cable.
Note Replace cable ties removed as
necessary.
Install the WMU cover to the processing
module.
Connect the tubing as follows:
a. HC Waste
b. Overflow
c. Drainage
d. De-Ionized water inlet
Install the left cover..
Install the rear left cover, once the Wash
cup test passes.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
Turn on the incoming water source.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Power ON the processing module.
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Note The system control center power
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
Note Note: The processing module may
require a second power on if the
internal water tank does not
completely fill during the first
power on sequence.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
2132 - Flush Water Lines
Check for leaks
2
2134 - Change Water Bath
Check for leaks
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
W1.06 Pump, Mag. Wash Cups
Version - 204738-101_4989_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205650-01
MAG PUMP, WMU, WASH CUP
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
W1.06 Pump, Mag. Wash Cups
Time Required
35 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Drain the water bath
(System/Diagnostics/Modules/1101 Robotics
Test Tool - Option 11).
Turn off the incoming water source.
Select the Fluidics/Wash category from the
Diagnostics screen under the System icon.
Perform 1175 Wash Cup Test.
Note This relieves the water pressure in
the incoming line.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module
(use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module).
Remove the left cover.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove Water
Management Unit
Cover and tubing
1.
2.
Drain Water
1.
Remove the waste tubing, overflow tubing,
and the incoming water line from the water
connection panel.
Remove the six (6) screws securing the
WMU cover to the processing module and
remove the cover.
Drain the WMU using the service tubing [1].
Management Unit
Note
2.
Remove Magnetic
Pump
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
The processing module drain
tubing can be used to drain the
WMU by placing the service drain
inside of the drain tubing. If a
container is used it must be able to
hold a minimum of three (3) liters
of water.
When drained, replace the plug in the
service drain.
Remove POWP cable and connector from
the connector bracket. [1]
Remove the screw to release the ground
cable from the Magnetic Pump. [2]
Disconnect the tubing from the pump. [3]
Remove the two (2) screws securing the
pump to the WMU frame located on each
side. [4]
Remove the pump from the analyzer.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install
MagneticPump
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Install Water
Management Unit
Cover and Tubing
1.
2.
3.
4.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
Reference
Install the pump in position and secure to
the WMU base with two (2) screws.
Connect the tubing to the pump and secure
it with the clamps.
Insert the ground cable in the screw and
secure it to the connector bracket.
Mount the PWOP connector onto the
bracket
Connect the PWOP cable.
Install the WMU cover to the processing
module.
Connect the tubing as follows:
a. HC Waste
b. Overflow
c. Drainage
d. De-Ionized water inlet
Install the left cover.
Install the rear left cover, once the Wash
cup test passes.
Turn on the incoming water source.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on
the processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
Note The processing module may
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
3.
require a second power on if the
internal water tank does not
completely fill during the first
power on sequence.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
2132 - Flush Water Lines
Check for leaks
2
2134 - Change Water Bath
Check for leaks
3
1175 - Wash Cup Test
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
Y2.01 RSH Carrier Transport Assembly
Version - 204738-101_4990_3
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205729-01
CARRIER TRANSPORT ASSY, C4 AND CI41
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
Y2.01 RSH Carrier Transport Assembly
Note
These videos represent simulated scenarios of instrument access and repair, and some may not accurately depict actual PPE
guidelines. Trained personnel should follow procedures as outlined in Biological Hazards and safety procedures.
Time Required
30 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in
Stopped or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 1:
Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing
module (use the main circuit breaker
located at the rear of the processing
module).
Open processing center cover.
Remove the upper left side panel of
processing module.
Remove upper left panel support
bracket.
2.
3.
4.
VIDEO Remove
Carrier Transport
Assembly
Note
Video contains no audio
sound.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Remove Carrier
Transport Assembly
1.
Move the carrier transport [1] to the far
left position on the guide rail.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove transport rail stop on left end
of guide rail
Remove the carrier transport cover.
Disconnect the flex cable connectors
[2] at J2 and J3 on the carrier transport
PCB.
Remove the screw securing the
retaining pin bracket [3] holding the flex
cable to the carrier transport frame and
remove cable.
Remove the carrier transport from the
RSH by sliding it off the guide rail.
Replacement
Action
VIDEO Install
Carrier
Transport
Assembly
Steps
Reference
Note
Video contains no audio sound.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Install Carrier
Transport
Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
Slide the carrier transport onto the guide rail.
Note Lift the transport assembly when
middle roller is positioned in transport
rail to prevent the base of the
assembly from scraping the base of
the RSH.
Install the flex cable retaining pin bracket.
Connect the flex cables connections to J2 and
J3 on the carrier transport PCB.
Install the transport rail stop.
Install carrier transport cover.
Install the upper left panel support bracket.
Install upper left side panel.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning ON the
processing module to ensure proper
initialization.
To change the status of the processing module
and sample handler from Stopped to Ready,
perform the Startup procedure.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
G23 - Initialization/ Startup
Verify instrument initializes and/or starts up.
2
1120 - Sample Pipettor Calibration
2
1114 - Carrier Transport Calibration
4
3310 - RSH Test
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009, 2015 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks
of Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
Y2.02 Carrier Transport Leadscrew with Lifter Assembly
Version - 204738-101_4991_2
A Part Number is currently not assigned to this RR. Go to GPPM UserInterface
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
Y2.02 Carrier Transport Leadscrew with Lifter Assembly
Time Required
30 min
Tools/Materials
#1 Phillips head screwdriver
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Removal
Action
Steps
Shutdown
1.
Processing Module
Remove Carrier
Transport
Assembly
1.
Remove Theta
Shaft
1.
The processing module must be in
Stopped or Offline status.
Power OFF the c4000 processing
module (use the main circuit
breaker located at the rear of the
processing module).
2. Open processing center cover.
3. Remove the upper left side panel
of processing module.
4. Remove upper left panel support
bracket.
5. Remove transport rail stop on left
end of guide rail.
6. Move the carrier transport to the
far left position on the guide rail.
7. Remove the carrier transport
cover.
8. Disconnect the flex cable
connectors [2] at J2 and J3 on the
carrier transport PCB.
9. Remove the screw securing the
retaining pin bracket [3] holding
the flex cable to the carrier
transport frame and remove cable.
10. Remove the carrier transport from
the RSH by sliding it off the guide
rail.
2.
3.
4.
Disconnect the cables at J1, J5,
and J9 on carrier transport PCB.
[6]
Note Cut cable ties if needed.
Remove two (2) screws [5]
securing theta motor to transport
frame.
Carefully pull theta shaft arm from
lead screw (L_screw) lifter.
Slide theta shaft from transport
frame.
Reference
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Note
Remove L_Screw
from Carrier
Transport Frame
1.
2.
3.
Be careful not to damage
the J9 cable when
removing the theta shaft
arm.
Disconnect the Z motor cable at J8
and Z encoder cable at J6 [2] on
the carrier transport PCB.
Remove two (2) screws [3]
securing the L_screw motor to
frame.
Remove the L_screw and motor.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install L_Screw
1.
2.
3.
Install Theta shaft
Orient the L_screw with cables facing towards the left, and install the L_screw onto the
carrier transport frame.
Secure motor to frame with two (2) screws used from previous removal step.
Connect the Z motor cable to J8 and the Z encoder cable to J6 on the carrier transport
PCB. Replace removed cable ties.
Note
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Install Carrier Transport
Assembly
Reference
1.
2.
3.
Use caution while handling to prevent damaging theta shaft. Do not handle by
the shaft or turn by the flag at the top of the shaft.
Position lifter towards center on the L_screw.
Attach the theta shaft arm to the L_screw lifter before sliding theta shaft into top of carrier
transport frame.
Align pins on gearbox to holes on transport frame with motor power cables to the left.
Secure theta shaft motor to carrier transport frame with the screws from removal steps.
Connect cables J1, J5 and J9.
Note Verify lifter moves up and down smoothly and arm turns freely.
Slide the carrier transport onto the guide rail.
Note Lift the transport assembly when middle roller is positioned in transport rail to
prevent the base of the assembly from scraping the base of the RSH.
Install the transport rail stop.
Install the upper left panel support bracket.
Prepare for Operation
4.
5.
6.
7.
Install the flex cable retaining pin bracket.
Connect the flex cables connections to J2 and J3 on the carrier transport PCB.
Install carrier transport cover.
Install upper left side panel.
1.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power must be ON prior to turning on the processing
module to ensure proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
2.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
G23 - Initialization/ Startup
Verify instrument initializes and/or starts up.
2
1114 - Carrier Transport Calibration
3
3240 - Bar Code Calibration
4
3310 - RSH Test
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
Y2.03 Carrier Transport Assembly PCB
Version - 204738-101_4992_2
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205208-01
BD., CARRIER TRANSPORT, C4/CI4100
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
Y2.03 Carrier Transport Assembly PCB
Time Required
20 min
Tools/Materials
#2 Phillips Head Screwdriver
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Removal
Action
Steps
Shutdown
Processing
Module
1.
Remove Carrier
Transport
Assembly
1.
Reference
The processing module must be in Stopped For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
or Offline status.
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module
(use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module).
2. Open processing center cover.
3. Remove the upper left side panel of
processing module.
4. Remove upper left panel support bracket.
5. Remove transport rail stop on left end of
guide rail.
6. Move the carrier transport to the far left
position on the guide rail.
7. Remove the carrier transport cover.
8. Disconnect the flex cable connectors [2] at
J2 and J3 on the carrier transport PCB.
9. Remove the screw securing the retaining
pin bracket [3] holding the flex cable to the
carrier transport frame and remove cable.
10. Remove the carrier transport from the RSH
by sliding it off the guide rail.
Remove Carrier
Transport PCB
Note
1.
Turn theta shaft clockwise to
verify the flag is not in a position
to damage the sensor.
Disconnect the following cables from the
carrier transport PCB:
• Carrier Transport Arm Sensor at J1
2.
3.
4.
5.
• X-home sensor at J10
• Theta-motor encoder at J5
• Z-motor at J8
• X-motor encoder at J4
• Theta motor at J6
• X-motor at J7
• Ribbon cable at J9
• Carrier sensor J13
Remove the PCB cover.
Remove the screws securing carrier
transport PCB to transport frame.
Remove two (2) posts for each of the
connectors J2 and J3. Retain for use later.
Remove PCB from transport frame.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Carrier Transport
PCB
1.
2.
3.
Install Carrier Transport
Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Prepare for Operation
1.
2.
Reference
Install carrier transport PCB and secure to
frame.
Connect the following cables to the carrier
transport PCB:
• Carrier Transport Arm Sensor at J1
• X-home sensor at J10
• Theta-motor encoder at J5
• Z-motor at J8
• X-motor encoder at J4
• Theta motor at J6
• X-motor at J7
• Ribbon cable at J9
• Carrier sensor J13
Install two (2) posts for each of the connectors
J2 and J3.
Slide the carrier transport onto the guide rail.
Note Lift the transport assembly when
middle roller is positioned in transport
rail to prevent the base of the
assembly from scraping the base of
the RSH.
Install the transport rail stop.
Install the upper left panel support bracket.
Install the flex cable retaining pin bracket.
Connect the flex cables connections to J2 and
J3 on the carrier transport PCB.
Install carrier transport cover.
Install upper left side panel.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power must
be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure proper
initialization.
To change the status of the processing module
and sample handler from Stopped to Ready,
perform the Startup procedure.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
G23 - Initialization/ Startup
Verify instrument initializes and/or starts up.
2
1114 - Carrier Transport Calibration
3
3240 - Bar Code Calibration
4
3310 - RSH Test
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
Expected Results
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
Y2.04 Carrier Transport Theta Shaft
Version - 204738-101_4993_2
A Part Number is currently not assigned to this RR. Go to GPPM UserInterface
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
Y2.04 Carrier Transport Theta Shaft
Time Required
30 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Shutdown
Processing Module
1.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Remove Carrier
Transport Assembly
1.
The processing module must be in
Stopped or Offline status.
Power OFF the c4000 processing
module (use the main circuit breaker
located at the rear of the processing
module).
2. Open processing center cover.
3. Remove the upper left side panel of
processing module.
4. Remove upper left panel support
bracket.
5. Remove transport rail stop on left end
of guide rail.
6. Move the carrier transport to the far left
position on the guide rail.
7. Remove the carrier transport cover.
8. Disconnect the flex cable connectors
[2] at J2 and J3 on the carrier transport
PCB.
9. Remove the screw securing the
retaining pin bracket [3] holding the flex
cable to the carrier transport frame and
remove cable.
10. Remove the carrier transport from the
RSH by sliding it off the guide rail.
Remove Theta Shaft
and Motor
Note
1.
Turn theta shaft clockwise to
verify the flag is not in a
position to damage the
sensor.
Disconnect the following cables from
the carrier transport PCB:
• Carrier Transport Arm Sensor at
J1
• Theta-motor encoder at J5
• Theta motor at J6
• Ribbon cable at J9
2.
3.
4.
Remove two (2) screws [1] securing
theta motor to transport frame.
Carefully pull theta motor from support
bracket.
Release the theta shaft from Z
mechanism lifter [2].
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Theta Shaft
Reference
Note
1.
Use caution while handling
to prevent damaging theta
shaft. Do not handle by the
shaft or turn by the disc at
the top of the shaft.
Insert the shaft into the transport
frame.
Note Make sure not to move the
2.
3.
4.
Install Carrier Transport
Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Prepare for Operation
1.
2.
flag nor damage the sensor
while placing the shaft in
the top section of the RSH
Carrier Transport.
Position the shaft into the Z
mechanism lifter.
Note You can attach the theta
shaft arm to the Z
Mechanism lifter before
sliding theta shaft into top of
carrier transport frame.
Secure theta shaft motor to carrier
transport frame with the screws.
Connect theta-motor encoder cable to
PCB connector J5, theta motor at J6,
ribbon cable to PCB connector J9
and carrier transport arm sensor
cable to PCB connector J1.
Note Verify lifter moves arm up
and down smoothly and
turns freely.
Slide the carrier transport onto the
guide rail.
Note Lift the transport assembly
when middle roller is
positioned in transport rail
to prevent the base of the
assembly from scraping the
base of the RSH.
Install the transport rail stop.
Install the upper left panel support
bracket.
Install the flex cable retaining pin
bracket.
Connect the flex cables connections
to J2 and J3 on the carrier transport
PCB.
Install carrier transport cover.
Install upper left side panel.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center
power must be ON prior to
turning on the processing
module to ensure proper
initialization.
To change the status of the
processing module and sample
handler from Stopped to Ready,
perform the Startup procedure.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
G23 - Initialization/ Startup
Verify instrument initializes and/or starts up.
2
1114 - Carrier Transport Calibration
3
3240 - Bar Code Calibration
4
3310 - RSH Test
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
Y2.05 Carrier Transport Assembly X Motor
Version - 204738-101_4994_2
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-202962-01
Motor, RSH X-Axis, with Encoder
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
Y2.05 Carrier Transport Assembly X Motor
Time Required
30 min
Tools/Materials
#2 Phillips Head Screwdriver
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System
Operations Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection:
System status.
Remove Carrier
Transport Assembly
1.
The processing module must be in
Stopped or Offline status.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module
(use the main circuit breaker located at
the rear of the processing module).
2. Open processing center cover.
3. Remove the upper left side panel of
processing module.
4. Remove upper left panel support bracket.
5. Remove transport rail stop on left end of
guide rail.
6. Move the carrier transport to the far left
position on the guide rail.
7. Remove the carrier transport cover.
8. Disconnect the flex cable connectors [2]
at J2 and J3 on the carrier transport PCB.
9. Remove the screw securing the retaining
pin bracket [3] holding the flex cable to
the carrier transport frame and remove
cable.
10. Remove the carrier transport from the
RSH by sliding it off the guide rail.
Remove X-Motor from 1.
Carrier Transport
Frame
2.
Disconnect the encoder and X motor
cables from PCB connectors J4 and J7.
Remove four (4) screws securing X-Motor
to frame and remove x-motor.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install X-Motor
1.
2.
Install Carrier
Transport Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Prepare for Operation
1.
2.
Reference
Secure X-Axis motor to frame using the four
(4) screws.
Connect the encoder and X motor cables to
PCB connectors J4 and J7.
Slide the carrier transport onto the guide rail.
Note Lift the transport assembly when
middle roller is positioned in
transport rail to prevent the base
of the assembly from scraping the
base of the RSH.
Install the transport rail stop.
Install the upper left panel support bracket.
Install the flex cable retaining pin bracket.
Connect the flex cables connections to J2
and J3 on the carrier transport PCB.
Install carrier transport cover.
Install upper left side panel.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
G23 - Initialization/ Startup
Verify instrument initializes and/or starts up.
2
1114 - Carrier Transport Calibration
3
3240 - Bar Code Calibration
4
3310 - RSH Test
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
Expected Results
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
Y2.06 Carrier Transport Arm Sensor
Version - 204738-101_4995_3
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-97235-01
Sensor, Carrier Transport Arm
7-97235-02
Sensor, Carrier Transport Arm (RoHS)
7-97235-03
Sensor, Carrier Transport Arm (RoHS)
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
Y2.06 Carrier Transport Arm Sensor
Note
These videos represent simulated scenarios of instrument access and repair, and some may not accurately depict actual PPE
guidelines. Trained personnel should follow procedures as outlined in Biological Hazards and safety procedures.
Time Required
30 min
Tools/Materials
#2 Phillips Head Screwdriver
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Removal
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
The processing module must For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section
be in Stopped or Offline
1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
status.
Preparation
1.
2.
3.
VIDEO
Remove Carrier
Transport
Reference
Power OFF the c4000
processing module (use
the main circuit breaker
located at the rear of
the processing module).
Remove the upper left
side panel of
processing module.
Remove upper left
panel support bracket.
Note
Click the video
and arrow icon in
the reference
section to access
the video in
Y2.01 RSH
Carrier
Transport
Assembly action
section: "VIDEO
Remove Carrier
Transport
Assembly."
Remove Carrier
Transport
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
VIDEO
Remove Carrier
Transport Arm
Sensor
Move the carrier
transport [1] to the far
left position on the
guide rail.
Remove transport rail
stop on left end of
guide rail.
Remove the carrier
transport cover.
Disconnect the flex
cable connectors [2] at
J2 and J3 on the carrier
transport PCB.
Remove the screw
securing the retaining
pin bracket [3] holding
the flex cable to the
carrier transport frame
and remove cable.
Remove the carrier
transport from the RSH
by sliding it off the
guide rail.
Note
Video contains
no audio sound.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Remove Carrier
Transport Arm
Sensor
1.
2.
3.
4.
Disconnect the carrier
transport arm sensor
cable at J1 [1] on the
carrier transport PCB.
Remove the tie wrap
securing the sensor
cable to carrier
transport frame.
Remove the retaining
pin securing the sensor
cable to the carrier
transport arm. [2]
Pull the carrier
transport arm sensor
straight out from the
carrier transport arm.
CAUTION
Do not pull hard
on cable. It may
be necessary to
use a small blunt
object (e.g. flat
head screw
drive) to push
sensor out of
arm.
5.
Uncoil sensor cable [3]
from theta shaft and
remove.
Replacement
Action
VIDEO
Install Carrier
Transport Arm
Sensor
Steps
Reference
Note
Video contains no
audio sound.
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Install Carrier
Transport Arm
Sensor
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Coil carrier transport arm
sensor cable around
theta shaft.
Connect the cable to J1
on the carrier transport
PCB.
Insert the sensor into the
carrier transport arm slot.
Verify the sensor is
pressed fully into the arm
slot.
Secure sensor cable to
carrier transport arm
using the retaining pin.
Note
6.
VIDEO
Install Carrier
Transport
If retaining pin
is damaged
during the
removal
process, a tie
wrap may be
substituted.
Tie wrap the sensor
cable to the carrier
transport frame.
Note
Click the video
and arrow icon in
the reference
section to access
the video in Y2.01
RSH Carrier
Transport
Assembly action
section: "VIDEO
Remove Carrier
Transport
Assembly."
Install Carrier
Transport
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
Slide the carrier transport
onto the guide rail.
Install the flex cable
retaining pin bracket.
Connect the flex cables
connections to J2 and J3
on the carrier transport
PCB.
Install the transport rail
stop.
Install carrier transport
cover.
Install the upper left panel
support bracket.
Install upper left side
panel
Power ON the processing
module.
Note
4.
The system
control center
power must be
ON prior to
turning on the
processing
module to ensure
proper
initialization.
To change the status of
the processing module
and sample handler from
Stopped to Ready,
perform the Startup
procedure.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
2
1120 - Sample Pipettor Calibration
1
1114 - Carrier Transport Calibration
3
3310 - RSH Test
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009, 2015 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks
of Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
Y2.07 Flex Cable with Pin
Version - 204738-101_4996_2
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205489-01
FLEX CHAIN C4, INCLUDES CBLS, C4
7-205490-01
FLEX CHAIN CARRIER, C4
7-205491-01
FLEX CHAIN CBL, MTRS, C4
7-205492-01
FLEX CHAIN CBL, SNSRS, C4
7-205673-01
FLEX CHAIN, CI41, INCLUDES CARRIER AND CABLES
7-205675-01
FLEX CHAIN CBL, MTRS, CI41
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
Y2.07 Flex Cable with Pin
Time Required
30 min
Tools/Materials
#2 Phillips Head Screwdriver
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in Stopped or
Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System
Operations Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection:
System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module (use
the main circuit breaker located at the rear of the
processing module).
Remove the screw securing the RSH distribution
board cover and remove cover.
Remove the four (4) screws securing the front
cover assembly.
Remove the two (2) screws securing the RSH
front lower panel [1].
2.
3.
4.
Remove Flex
Cable
1.
2.
3.
Move the carrier transport to the far left position
on the guide rail.
Remove the carrier transport cover.
Disconnect the flex cable connectors at J2 and
J3 [2] on the carrier transport PCB.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Remove the screw [3] securing the retaining pin
bracket holding the flex cable to the carrier
transport frame.
Disconnect the following cables from the rear of
the RSH distribution board:
• Flex cable motor signal at J13
• Flex cable data signal at J12
Remove the RSH Motor and Sensor cables from
the cable clamp.
Remove the two (2) screws securing the Flex
cable bracket [4] to instrument frame.
Remove flex cable from instrument.
Note The flex cable is designed to flex only
in one direction. If the cable is to be
reinstalled, use care to ensure that the
cable is not bent in the opposite
direction.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Flex
Cable
Reference
Note
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
The flex cable is designed to flex only in
one direction. If the cable is to be
reinstalled, use care to ensure that the
cable is not bent in the opposite direction.
Connect the following cables to the rear of the RSH
distribution board:
• Flex cable motor signal at J13
• Flex cable data signal at J12
Secure the Flex Chain bracket to the instrument
frame with the two (2) screws.
Secure the RSH Motor and Sensor cables with the
cable clamp.
Route the flex cable into instrument and to the
Carrier Transport Assembly.
Install the RSH front lower panel.
Install RSH cover.
Secure the retaining pin bracket holding the flex
cable to the carrier transport frame with screw.
Connect the flex cable connectors at J2 and J3 on
the carrier transport PCB.
Prepare for
Operation
9.
Install the carrier transport cover.
1.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power must be
ON prior to turning on the processing
module to ensure proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing module and
sample handler from Stopped to Ready, perform the
Startup procedure.
2.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
1114 - Carrier Transport Calibration
2
3310 - RSH Test
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
Y2.08 Carrier Transport X Home Sensor
Version - 204738-101_4997_2
A Part Number is currently not assigned to this RR. Go to GPPM UserInterface
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
Y2.08 Carrier Transport X Home Sensor
Time Required
15 min
Tools/Materials
#2 Phillips Head Screwdriver
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Shutdown
Processing
Module
1.
The processing module must be in
Stopped or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual,
Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing
module.
Remove X
Home Sensor
1.
Move the carrier transport to the
far left position on the guide rail.
Remove the carrier transport
cover.
Disconnect X-home sensor cable
at J10 on carrier transport PCB.
Loosen the screw securing the X
home sensor mounting bracket to
the carrier transport frame.
Slide X-home sensor from
transport.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install X Home
sensor
1.
3.
Install X-home sensor mounting
bracket onto transport carrier
frame with cable oriented
towards frame and secure with
screw.
Connect the sensor cable to J10
on the carrier transport PCB.
Install carrier transport cover.
1.
Power ON the processing
2.
Prepare for
Reference
Operation
2.
module.
Note The system control
center power must be
ON prior to turning on
the processing module
to ensure proper
initialization.
To change the status of the
processing module and sample
handler from Stopped to Ready,
perform the Startup procedure.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
VP Detail / Note
1
G23 - Initialization/ Startup
Verify instrument initializes and/or starts up.
2
1114 - Carrier Transport Calibration
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
Y2.09 RSH Distribution Board
Version - 204738-101_4999_2
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205203-01
BD., RSH DISTRIBUTION, C4/CI4100
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
Y2.09 RSH Distribution Board
Time Required
20 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in
Stopped or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing
module (use the main circuit
breaker located at the rear of the
processing module).
Remove the screw securing the
RSH distribution board cover and
remove cover.
Remove the four (4) screws
securing the front cover assembly.
Remove the two (2) screws
securing the RSH front lower panel
[1].
2.
3.
4.
Remove RSH
Distribution Board
1.
2.
3.
4.
Disconnect the following cables
from the RSH distribution PCB:
• Barcode Reader at J5
• Load_Unload board cable
W504 at J8
• RSH Motor Cable at J10
• RSH Sensor cable W0116 at
J11
Loosen the four (4) green captive
screws securing board to support
mount frame.
Remove RSH Motor and RSH
Sensor cables from cable clamp
underneath platform.
Disconnect the two (2) cables from
the rear of the RSH PCB:
• Flex Cable Motor Signal at
J13
5.
• Flex Cable Data Signal at J12
Remove the RSH distribution
board.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install RSH
Distribution Board
1.
2.
3.
Install RSH Distribution board and
secure board to mounting support
frame with the four (4) green captive
screws.
Connect the following cables to the
rear of the RSH distribution board:
• Flex Cable Motor Signal at J13
• Flex Cable Data Signal at J12
Secure RSH Motor and RSH Sensor
cables using the cable clamp.
Reference
4.
5.
6.
7.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
Connect to following cables to the
RSH distribution board:
• Barcode Reader at J5
• Load_Unload board cable
W504 at J8
• RSH Motor Cable at J10
• RSH Sensor cable W0116 at
J11
Install the RSH distribution board
cover.
Install the RSH front lower panel.
Install RSH front cover assembly.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center
power must be ON prior to
turning on the processing
module to ensure proper
initialization.
To change the status of the
processing module and sample
handler from Stopped to Ready,
perform the Startup procedure.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
1114 - Carrier Transport Calibration
2
3240 - Bar Code Calibration
3
3310 - RSH Test
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
Y3.01 Bar Code Reader, RSH
Version - 204738-101_4998_2
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205677-01
BCR, RSH
7-207194-01
Barcode Reader - Aggressive
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
Y3.01 Bar Code Reader, RSH
Time Required
20 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Caution Class 2 Laser Radiation
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
The processing module must be in
Stopped or Offline status.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual,
Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1.
Power OFF the c4000 processing
module (use the main circuit
breaker located at the rear of the
processing module).
Open the processing center cover
to access the bar code reader.
Note For an integrated
analyzer, the barcode is
located on the i1000 side
2.
Remove Bar Code 1.
Reader
2.
3.
4.
Remove the one (1) screw that
holds the board cover.
Disconnect the cable [1].
Remove the two (2) screws [2]
securing the bracket to the Bar
Code Reader.
Remove the two (2) screws
securing the Bar Code Reader to
the instrument frame.
Note Retain screws for
installation of barcode
reader.
Remove Bar Code 1.
Reader
(continued)
2.
Release the cables from the cable
clamps [1] and disconnect the Bar
Code Reader cable [2].
Remove the two (2) screws
securing the bracket to the Bar
Code Reader.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Install Bar Code
Reader (ci4100)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Fix the Bar code reader to the instrument
frame with the screws.
Attach the Bar Code Reader to the bracket
secure with two (2) screws.
Connect it to the Bar Code Reader cable [2]
and secure it the clamp [1].
Close the processing center cover.
Reference
Install Bar Code
Reader (c4000)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
Attach the Bar Code Reader to the bracket
secure with two (2) screws.
Connect the Bar Code Reader cable.
Install board cover and secure to the board
with one (1) screw.
Close the processing center cover.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning ON the
processing module to ensure proper
initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the
ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating
instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
shutdown.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
6070 - Daily Maintenance
2
3240 - Bar Code Calibration
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
Y3.02 Load/Unload Boards c4000
Version - 204738-101_5000_2
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205205-01
BD., LOAD/UNLOAD, C4/CI4100, C-SIDE
7-205206-01
BD., LOAD/UNLOAD, C4/CI4100, I-SIDE
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
Y3.02 Load/Unload Boards c4000
Time Required
20 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Caution Class 2 Laser Radiation
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
2.
Preparation
1.
2.
Remove
Load/Unload
Board
1.
2.
The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
Shut Down the processing module.
Remove the front lower cover to gain
access to the board cover
Remove the six screws that secure the
board cover to the RSH.
Separate the board to be replaced from the
RSH
Note While separating one board all
may come down, since they are
interconnected to each other at
the end.
Disconnect the ribbon cable from the left
and the right of the board accordingly.
Note The last board at the right has a
terminator.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Replace
Load/Unload
Board
1.
2.
3.
Connect the ribbon cables at both ends of
the board.
Mount the board in position.
Note Assure all boards sit firmly in
place.
Install the board cover and secure it with
Reference
4.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
the screws [1].
Note While tightening the screws press
the board cover gently to ensure
all boards stay in position.
Replace the front lower cover and secure it
with the screws.
Note Ensure the cover sits properly
with the hooks on the RSH.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on
the processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
1
G1 - Verify the Repair according to released
Operation and Service Procedures.
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
Y4.01 RSH Carrier Positioner Motor
Version - 204738-101_5001_2
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number
Description
7-205507-01
CAR POSN MTR_ENCODER
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
Y4.01 RSH Carrier Positioner Motor
Time Required
40 min
Tools/Materials
Standard Tool Kit
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Removal
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
2.
Preparation
1.
2.
3.
4.
The processing module must be in
Stopped or Offline status.
Shut Down the processing module.
Remove the Front center cover. [B]
Remove the right cover.
Remove the top screw [1] from rail stop;
loosen the screw [2] from the bottom.
Remove the carrier positioner from the
rail.
Preparation
(continued)
1.
2.
Remove the two (2) screws [3] that
secure the positioner motor front cover.
Remove the five (5) screws that secure
the positioner rail [4].
Preparation
(continued)
1.
Remove the four (4) screws [5] that
secure the Sample Wash Solution
Holder.
Remove Positioner
Motor
1.
Disconnect the cables [1] from the
positioner board.
Remove Positioner
Motor (continued)
1.
Remove four (4) screws [2] that hold
the positioner motor to the bracket.
Gently move the motor out of the
mounting bracket.
Note While removing the motor, be
careful not to stretch the
cables from the motor.
When the motor is out, disconnect the
cable [3] and cut the cable ties [4] as
needed.
2.
3.
Replacement
Action
Steps
Replace Positioner
Motor
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect the cable to the motor and
secure the cables with cable ties.
Insert the motor into the mounting
bracket and secure using four (4)
screws.
Note While installing the motor
ensure the cables are not
crimped
Connect the motor cables to the
positioner board.
Install the Sample Wash Solution
Holder using four (4) screws.
Reference
5.
Install the positioner rail using five
(5) screws.
Note When placing the
positioner rail, do not
tighten the screws, ensure
screws are flushed with
the rail.
6. Insert the carrier positioner in the
rail.
Note While inserting the carrier
positioner in the rail
ensure the Teflon slider
feet slides in the rail guide
[1].
7. Once the rack positioner is inserted,
move it in front of the motor to
ensure it moves smoothly, and then
tighten the rail screws.
8. Return the rail stop to its original
position, tighten the lower screw and
insert and tighten the upper screw.
9. Replace the right cover.
10. Replace the positioner motor front
cover and secure using two (2)
screws.
11. Replace the front center cover. [B]
Prepare for Operation
1.
2.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center
power must be ON prior to
turning on the processing
module to ensure proper
initialization.
To change the status of the
processing module and sample
handler from Stopped to Ready,
perform the Startup procedure.
Verification Procedures
Order
VP Description
2
1120 - Sample Pipettor Calibration
1
1114 - Carrier Transport Calibration
N/A
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
VP Detail / Note
Expected Results
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
P1.02 Internal Covers
Version - 201975-103_4349_2
Part Number Description
7-203133-01
7-97117-01
Cover, Processing Center (Internal)
Cover, Processing Center Distribution Bd
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
Time Required 5 min
Tools/Materials Standard Tool Kit
Removal
Action
Prerequisite
Steps
Reference
1. The processing module status must be in
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System
Operations Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection:
System status.
Ready, Stopped, Offline or powered off.
Remove
Processing
Center Cover
1. Raise the RV loader lower chute.
2. Press the latch tab [1] and raise the front of
the cover, at the front edge of the
processing center cover.
3. Lift the cover out of place.
Caution
Be very careful to avoid contacting
the pipettor probe.
Remove
Distribution
Board Cover
1. Loosen the three (3) captive screws at the
top edge of the cover and lift the cover off.
Replacement
Action
Install
Distribution
Board Cover
Steps
1. Locate the two (2) bracket features. [2]
Reference
Install
Distribution
Board Cover
(continued)
1. Install the distribution board cover, ensuring that the
bottom edge fits inside the two bracket features. [3]
Note
The cover must NOT rest outside the bracket
features.
2. Ensure that the top edge of the cover is properly
seated and that the silk screening lines up with the
indicator LEDs.
3. Tighten the three (3) captive screws on the top of
the cover.
Install
Processing
Center Cover
1. Position the rear edge of the processing center
cover into place, carefully aligning the tabs at the
back edge with the holes in the distribution board
cover.
2. Lower the front of the cover and allow the latch to
clip into place. [1]
Note
The cover should easily rest in position
without interference and the front clip should
latch easily.
Verification
Option Description
Order VP Description
1
N/A
VP Detail
VP Note
P-248 Startup and Shutdown
G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures.
If the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
i1000SR Service and Support Manual (Version 201970-103) • © 2007, 2008 • ARCHITECT, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, and c16000 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. i1000SR, i4000, i6000, i8000, and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
P-24 Precision Run
Version - 201985-104_652_4
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-24 Precision Run
Purpose The precision verification is used to verify that the instrument is functioning properly prior to releasing the system to
the customer.
Module i2000,
i2000SR
The procedure consists of calibrating and running specific assays with multiple replicates to test the pipetting, wash
system, and optical precision of the instrument. The acceptance criterion is listed in the assay package insert and
will determine if the instrument has passed or failed the verification.
Materials
(1 set or reagents)
Required TSH
B-hCG
(1 set or reagents)
Trigger/Pre-Trigger (1 Bottle each)
Wash Buffer
(The wash buffer bottle should be full)
TSH Calibrators
(1 box of Calibrator)
B-hCG Calibrators (1 box of Calibrator)
TSH Controls
(1 Bottle of low Control)
B-hCG Controls
(1 Bottle of low Control)
Assay Disk
(1)
Sample Carriers
( Set of at least 4 sequentially numbered carriers)
RV/Sample Cups ( 1 bag each)
Action
Load Bulk
Solutions
and
Reagents
Verify TSB
Status
Steps
1. Verify that all bulk solutions are loaded and have been updated in the
supplies screen.
2. Load the appropriate reagents. (TSH, B-hCG)
1. Verify that all required Technical Service Bulletins have been
completed.
Install 6114
Install/Delete
Assays
1. Logon as FSE.
2. Select System Diagnostics.
3. Select the radio button (5) for module 5 (SCC).
4. Select Utilities tab, then select 6114 Install/Delete Assays.
5. Select F5 Perform, then OK followed by Install.
6. Select i2000, Proceed, All Groups.
Note
Enter the appropriate number for the following assays: TSH, BhCG (the numbers should be separated by a comma).
Example: 3,11
7. Select Continue, Return to Previous Menu, Return to Main Menu,
Exit, and Done.
Configure
Single
Time
Reference
90 min
Analyte
Control
Precision
File
1. At the snapshot screen select SYSTEM,
CONFIGURATION. Select QC-Cal settings, QC-Single Analyte.
2. Select TSH and then select Configure F6.
Note
Use the arrow button to scroll down if needed.
3. Click on the Drop Down Menu Box next to Lot no:
4. Select NEW LOT and type Service Precision.
Note
Enter the information contained in table below in the New Level
Screen.
5. Select Add Level then select Done.
6. Deselect the previously entered assay.
7. Repeat steps 2-5 for B-hCG.
Perform Run
Initialization
1. Select the SSH and the i2000 processing module on the Snapshot
on
screen.
Processing
2. Select F8-Run.
Module and
Sample
Note
Handler
To save time, while the processing module is performing the run
initialization, enter calibration and control orders.
Order
Calibration
Note
Gather two consecutively numbered carriers. Consecutively numbered
carriers are required for six point calibration assays.
1. Select ORDERS, CALIBRATION ORDER
2. Type in the Carrier Bar Code ID Number (C) and an unused Position
Number (P).
3. Select Assay TSH, and B-hCG, then select F2-ADD ORDER.
Note
Use the arrow button to scroll down if needed.
4. Select Exit.
Print the
Order List
and Load
Calibrators
into the
Sample
Carrier
1. Print the Order List to determine the minimum sample volume required
per calibrator.
2. Select Orders from the Snapshot screen.
3. Select Order Status and then select Print F4.
4. Select Order List Report and then select Done.
5. Pipette the appropriate calibrator into the sample cups and load in the
correct C/P(carrier/position) per the Order List Report.
Note
The Order List provides the correct amount of calibrator to be
dispensed into each sample cup.
6. Place the Carrier onto the sample loader.
Verify
Calibration
Order
Precision
Run
1. When the run has completed, select QC-Cal from the menu bar, and
then select Calibration status.
2. Verify that the Cal Status for TSH, BhCG are listed as Active.
1. Select ORDERS, CONTROL ORDER then select SINGLE ANALYTE.
2. Type in the Carrier Bar Code ID Number (C) and an unused Position
Number (P)
3. Select Assay(TSH), Lot(Service Precision), and Level(FSRPrec 1).
Note
Use the arrow button to scroll down if needed.
4. Select F5 ASSAY OPTIONS.
Note
In the number of replicates, UNDILUTED box enter 10.
5. Select Done and then select F2 ADD ORDER.
6. Repeat steps 3-6 for TSH. This will create a total of 20 samples for
each assay.
7. Repeat steps 2-6 for twice for B-hGC. This will create a total of 20
samples for each assay.
Note
Carrier and position will be automatically assigned when each
order is added.
8. Once all orders have been placed, print the Order List.
9. Select Orders from the Snapshot screen.
10. Select Order Status and then select Print F4.
11. Select Order List Report and then select Done.
Load Low
Controls into
Carriers
1. Pipette the correct amount of low control for each assay and place the
cups in the correct carrier positions, as per the printed Order List.
Note
The Order List provides the correct amount of control to be
dispensed into each sample cup.
2. Place the Carriers into the sample handler.
3. If the modules are not in the Run mode select the SSH and i2000 and
then select F8-Run.
Note
The Precision Control was created earlier
during the Configure Single Analyte Control
Activity.
Print QC
Summary
Report
Confirm
Precision
Data Results
1. Select QC Summary from the Snapshot screen.
2. Select the appropriate module number radio button.
3. Select (highlight) the assays that were run for Service Precision (levelFSRprec 1).Select Print F4.
4. Verify that the Selected Items radio button is selected. Select QC
Summary Report, then select Done.
1. Confirm the precision results are acceptable using the Total %CV
value listed in the appropriate assay package insert.
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2008 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories.
i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
P-201 Service Log On/Log Off Procedure
Version - 96756-111_341_2
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-201 Service Log On/Log Off Procedure
Purpose
The purpose of this procedure is to document how to log on and log off as FSE. Log off is documented
so that the system can be returned to normal operation after service or support.
Module SCC
Materials
Required
FSE Date Code List
Time
1
min
Log On as FSE
Action
Select
Log
On
Log
On
Steps
Reference
1. Select Log on F2 from the
Snapshot screen.
Note
1. Enter FSE in all capital letters
in the User name field.
2. Enter the FSE logon date code
in the password field.
Prior to leaving the site, FSE is required to return the system to operator
level of access. To do this, perform Log Off as FSE, or restart the SCC.
Note
Enter the date code in
reverse order.
3. Select Done.
4. Verify that the Operator listed
on the Snapshot screen lists
FSE.
Log Off as FSE
Action
Select Log
On
Steps
Reference
Note
1. Select Log on F2 from the Snapshot screen.
Note
The User Name field is selected and
populated with the name FSE.
Prior to leaving the site, FSE is required to return the
system to operator level of access.
Log On as
Operator
1. Press Delete to delete the FSE name.
Note
The password field disappears.
2. Select Done.
3. Verify that nothing is listed on the startup
screen after Operator:.
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2008 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
P-202 Modem Setup for Support
Version - 96756-111_340_2
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-202 Modem Setup for Support
Purpose
Setup your system as the remote system for using PCANYWHERE to modem into
ARCHITECT systems.
Module SCC/Modem
Materials
Required
PCANYWHERE Version 10.0 or higher
Time
Action
Install
PCANYWHERE
Start
PCANYWHERE
Add Remote
Icon
Steps
1. Install per manufacturers instructions.
1. Select Start.
2. Select Programs.
3. Select Symantec PCANYWHERE.
1. Select the Remotes button. [1]
2. From the list of icons displayed, Double-click
the Add Remote icon. [2]
The PCANYWHERE Remote Properties: New
Remote window displays.
Select Modem
1. Verify the displayed modem is correct. If it is not
correct, check the correct modem.
2. Select OK.
The new remote icon displays with the name
field highlighted.
Reference
10 min
Naming
ARCHITECT
Icon
1. Type in the name of your Remote Item (name of
the account or generic as ARCHITECT). [1]
2. Press Enter.
The new remote icon displays.
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2008 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
P-203 SCC Diagnostic Software (Virtual PC-Check)
Version - 96756-111_339_2
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-203 SCC Diagnostic Software (Virtual PC-Check)
Purpose
Instructions for using the SCC Diagnostic Software disk on the ARCHITECT SCC. Module SCC
Materials Required Diagnostic Software, SCC (99058)
Time
Variable
The SCC Diagnostic Software (Virtual PC-Check) is on any ARCHITECT SCC platform.
Refer to the appropriate product code R&R and verification procedures or ISAs for the replacement and verification of SCC
components.
DO NOT REMOVE the PC-Check disk while running the program, unless requested by the program to insert a data disk. In that
case, replace the program diskette immediately afterward.
DO NOT ABORT during hard drive testing. This causes loss of system data.
Normally, the screen display provides all information necessary to determine the nature of any fault detected.
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1. Exit the ARCHITECT application and Windows operating system.
Note
The PC-Check program is self-bootable and runs independently of the PC's operating
system.
2. Verify that the SCC has a working system core, a functioning central processor unit, a floppy disk
drive, and enough memory to load the program.
3. Complete processing or delete all pending test orders
4. Release all patient results
5. Archive all patient results
6. Release all QC results
7. Resolve all Exceptions and process Reruns, if necessary.
Create New
Backup
1. Create a new system backup.
Note
Use in the event of a catastrophic failure. Some tests may be destructive if the SCC power
is interrupted during the testing process.
2. Perform diagnostic procedure 6004 (option 2) to copy the system backup to a CD.
Start PCCheck
Reference
1. Insert the PC-Check disk.
2. Perform a system shutdown and restart.
If the system boots to the PC-Check disk, go to Select Desired Diagnostic.
If the system does not boot to the PC-Check disk, access the BIOS setup function and
verify that the floppy drive (removable device) is set up as the first boot device. Then,
reboot with the PC-Check disk in the drive.
Select
Desired
Diagnostic
Note
Refer to PC-Check Main Menu before completing this Action.
1. At the PC-Check main menu, select the desired diagnostic test.
Note
For most issues, the option Perform Basic Testing is sufficient to determine the cause of a
problem.
Note
Passed/Failed results are displayed during this test option. Sufficient information should be
given to determine which component is failing. Use this information to make component
replacement decisions.
2. Select Exit (Write Reports) to exit PC-Check.
3. Replace the component(s) that failed according to the appropriate removal and replacement
procedure
4. Perform the test option again for the indicated failure and verify a Passed result.
If the problem is resolved by component replacement, go to Verify Replaced Component.
Verify
Replaced
Component
1. Perform the appropriate verification procedure(s) as instructed in the removal and replacement
procedure or ISA for the specific replaced component(s).
PC-Check Main Menu
Menu Item
Description
System
Displays overview of system information, including motherboard, BIOS, processor, memory, cache, drives, video,
Configuration audio, network, buses and ports.
IDE Bus
Information
Scans IDE bus, accesses the devices found and checks and displays the configuration.
Perform
Performs a set group of tests (see PC-Check Test Groups) on the processor, motherboard, memory, cache, all
Basic Testing drives, video adapter, printer functionality, speaker, keyboard and mouse. Interaction is required to test the mouse,
keyboard and speaker. Passed/failed results are displayed. Note that several tests are not a part of the customized
Abbott menu and will be displayed as `Not Run'. Other tests indicate `Absent' if specific hardware is not in the SCC.
Note
DO NOT attempt to run Basic Testing unless the appropriate amount of time can be allocated to complete all
tests. ABORTING during hard drive testing will cause data loss and require that the base configuration and
ARCHITECT application be reloaded on the hard drive. Approximate completion time is 20 minutes
(completion time may vary depending on the platform type). For Platform D, two tests, Motherboard Realtime Clock Chip and CMOS RAM/Clock tests always show as FAILED due to an inherent incompatibility with
the software. Disregard the FAILED results for these two tests when using the diagnostic software on a
Platform D SCC.
Note
The default SCC keyboard type is Windows 104 key. The user determines appropriate selection. The printer
port is LPT1. Selecting Generic for the printer type works in most cases.
Perform
Advanced
Testing
Performs memory inversion test, a hard drive read-write test and hard drive mechanics stress test. Approximate
completion time is 20 minutes (completion time may vary depending on the platform type).
Display Test
Results
Displays test results.
Print Test
Results
Allows for printing of test results printed.
About Virtual Lists PC-Check version and which components of PC-Check are active on this customized disk.
PC-CHECK
Exit (Write
Reports
Exits PC-Check. Does not write/save Results Summary.
PC-Check Test Groups
Group
Test
Basic Advanced
Processor Core
X
Processor Coprocessor Core
Processor
X
Processor Known Design Faults
X
Processor MMX Extensions
X
Motherboard DMA Controller
X
Motherboard System Timer
X
Motherboard Interrupt Controller
Motherboard
X
Motherboard Keyboard Controller
X
Motherboard PCI Bus
X
Motherboard Real-Time Clock Chip
X
Memory Inversion Tree
X
Memory Progressive Inversion
Memory
X
Memory Chaotic Addressing
X
Memory Block Rotation
X
Cache Memory Inversion Tree
X
Cache Memory Progressive Inversion
Cache Memory
X
Cache Memory Chaotic Addressing
X
Cache Memory Block Rotation
X
Hard Drive Read
X
Hard Drive Non-Destructive Write
Hard Drive
X
Hard Drive Mechanics Stress
X
Hard Drive Internal Cache
X
Video Adapter Text Memory
Video Adapter
X
Video Adapter Super VGA Memory
X
Printer
Printer Test
X
Speaker
Speaker Test
X
Keyboard
Keyboard
X
Mouse
Mouse
X
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. c4000, c4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
P-204 Log Retrieval Procedure
Version - 96756-111_338_2
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-204 Log Retrieval Procedure
This procedure documents retrieval of current logs, copying the database to CD, copying archived logs
Purpose to CD, and retrieval of a Memory Dump file. If requested by Abbott personnel, the logs may be cleared
from the system.
Module
SCC
Retrieve current logs: This option copies the following logs to the D drive and floppy or CD if
selected: Assay Activity, Assay Calibration, Assay Parameter, Assay QC Result Data, Liquid
Level Sense, Maintenance History, Permanent Message History, Pressure Monitoring, Quality
Control, Result, Scripting, Temporary, Temporary Message History, Sample Activity, Dr. Watson,
Host, LAS, ARM, Arch, Unhandled, Application Event, CDRecord, Monitorlog, Printed Reports.
In addition, the iSystem copies: Power On Self Test, PM Trace, Wash Aspirate
Monitoring.
In addition, the cSystem copies: Optics
In addition, the i1000SR copies: Regeant
Copy database to the CD: This option compresses and copies the database to the D drive and
CD.
Copy archive logs to CD: This option copies up to 5 previously retrieved compressed logs from
the D drive to a CD.
Retrieve memory dump file: (FSE only) This option compresses and copies a memory dump file
to a CD.
Refer to the tables below for additional information regarding each option.
Materials
Required
Materials vary depending on the option selected. Required materials may include CD, or Floppies
Action
Steps
Time
Variable
Reference
P-201 Service Log On/Log Off Procedure
Prerequisites
1. The system should be powered ON.
2. The processing module must be in the Stopped, Warming, or
Ready state.
Access 6009
Log Utilities
Procedure
1. Select the System icon, then select Diagnostics from the drop-
down menu.
2. Select the radio button for module 5.
3. Select the Utilities category.
Retrieve Logs
Note
1. Select 6009 Log Utilities procedure.
Logs should not be cleared unless
2. Select Perform F5. A confirmation popup displays.
3. Select OK to perform the procedure. The diagnostic perform
specifically requested by in-house
Abbott personnel.
dialog window displays. A description of the procedure displays
on the instruction window.
4. Select Proceed to continue the log retrieval procedure.
5. Select the appropriate option. Refer to the tables below for
additional information.
6. Follow the instructions on the screen.
7. When the procedure is complete, select Done.
File Transfer
(Optional)
1. Perform P-221 Modem File Transfer Procedure to transfer the
logs via modem.
Error Messages
Error Message
Probable Cause
Corrective Action
Not enough free space on A temporary copy of the files is copied to the C: drive before copying them to
C: drive to create
the CD. There is not enough space on the C: drive to copy the temporary files.
temporary image files
One of the following could have occurred:
Non-ARCHITECT software was installed on the SCC.
The C: hard drive contains bad sectors.
Perform the
appropriate
drive recovery
procedure
Replace the
hard drive
No CD recorder detected
The CD drive is not a read/write drive.
The Gearworks drivers are corrupted.
CD drive hardware failure
Unknown error
Perform the
appropriate
drive recovery
procedure
Replace the
CD drive
The COPY2CD_2 program was executed but did not respond.
Perform the
appropriate
drive recovery
procedure
The COPY2CD_2 program has been moved or is corrupted.
Retrieve Current Logs Option
This option captures logs for troubleshooting or software investigation. The table below details each log and describes when that log
is used. The log name has the following format: date_24time_serial#_logname.xxx (where x-axes is the extension of the log file). The
files may be copied to a floppy disk, CDR/CDRW disk or hard drive. If floppy disk is selected the logs are compressed and saved to
1 or more floppies. If CD is selected the files are recorded uncompressed to a blank or appendable CDR or CDRW disk. If hard
drive is selected the files are saved uncompressed to D:\Logs. In addition, all logs are saved in an archive file (refer to Copy Archive
Logs to the C Drive option for additional information).
Log
Application
Log Name
eventapp.txt
Steps
Records the
Log Format
Format-specific for the application event
Capacity
Capture Log Module
When
Specific
9900 or 9077
No
Event
application
event error
information.
error
errors
occurred and
the SCC has
shut down.
Dr. Watson
errors
Records
architect
exception error
information.
Format-specific for architecture errors
Architect
exception
errors
ARM Issues
Arch
arch
ARM
debugcom7.log
Records all
debugcom7.log.bak communication
between the
SCC and ARM.
Format-specific for ARM communication
event.
Assay
Activity
assayactivity
Records for
assay
performance
activities
associated with
performing tests
Date/Time of Event | Module ID | Lockstep 24000 per Lockstep or
Count | Lockstep Time | Test ID |
module
Timing errors
Mechanism ID | Duration | Event | Error
for i System or
Code
c System
Assay
Calibration
assaycal
Records for the
last 600
attempted
calibrations.
Assay ID | Assay Status | Reagent Master 600
Lot | Calibrator Lot | Calibration Type |
Completion Date | Completion Time |
Module ID | Module SN | Operator ID |
Curve Exception String | Curve Type |
Calibration Summary | Curve Parameters |
RMSE | Adjuster Ratios | Linear XFRM
Slope | Linear XFRM Intercept
Assay
Parameter
assayparameter
Records a copy Formatted as an assay parameter report
of the assay
in assay numerical order.
parameters for
each assay
installed.
A copy of When you
No
the assay need to review
parameter or verify the
report for assay
every
parameter for
assay
an i System
installed. and c System.
Assay QC
Result Log
ReleasedQC.csv
CVS format log Control Name | SID | Control Level |
that contains all Control Lot Number | Control Comment |
stored QC
Assay Name | Assay Number | Module |
results currently Serial Number | Cal Lot | Cal Date and
in the database. Time | Reagent Master Lot | Reagent
Serial Number | Date Time Completed |
Carrier | Position | Result | Units | Min
Range| Max Range | Dilution | Flags |
Read Values | Absorbance Cuvette | Mv
Cuvette | Operator ID | System Serial
Number
Stored
QC
results
currently
in the
database.
>Control
No
Issues for the i
System and c
System
CDRecord
CDRecord.log
Captures a copy N/A
of the log
associated with
the CD
recording
software.
N/A
Problems
reading or
writing to a
CD-ROM.
Dr. Watson
user.dmp
drwtsn32.log
Records Dr.
Watson event
information.
Format-specific for Dr. Watson events.
debugcom5.log
Records all
See RS-232 Manual for format
Host
No
No
Cal or Result
Issues for
i System and c
System
Dr. Watson
errors
Host Issues
Yes
No
No
No
debugcom5.log.bak communication
between the
SCC and Host.
LAS
debugcom6.log
Records
Date/Time of Event | Communication
debugcom6.log.bak transferred
Direction | Event
between system
and LAS
Liquid Level lls
Sense
No
information.
1000
LAS Issues
No
Records for fluid Date/Time of Event | Module ID | Test ID | 10,000
aspirate events Assay ID | Pipetting Context | Pipetting
per
including
Step Number | Well Name | Level Sense module
aspirate and
Category | Level Sense Event | Step
wickoff.
Number
Maintenance maintenancehistory Records for
Date/Time of Event | Module ID |
History
maintenance
Completion Status | Frequency | Operator
performed. One ID | Event
log is
maintained for
all modules.
Level Sense
Issues for
i System and c
System
Maintenance
or Diagnostic
Procedure
Issues for
i System and c
System
Yes
No
Monitorlog
(Note: only
valid on
SCC
platform C
and higher)
Monitorlog.txt
Fan and
Date, Time, Error
temperature
monitor
information from
the intel monitor
software.
N/A
When you
No
need to review
errors from the
intel monitor
software.
Optics
optics
Records the
optics reads for
a c8000
module.
10,000
per
module
Need to view
absorbance
data for
wavelengths
other than
primary and
secondary for
c System
12000
Hardware or
Software
issues for
i System and c
System
Permanent
Message
History
messagehistory
Power On
Self Test
post
Pressure
Monitor
pm
Replicate ID | Assay ID | Dilution ID |
Sample ID | Test Completion Date | Test
Completion Time | Module ID | Cuvette |
Concentration | 16 wavelengths with 33
reads
Records for the Date/Time of Event | Module ID | Error
last 12000 error Category | Message Text
codes logged in
the message
history category.
Last record for Date/Time of Event | Module ID | Event
each i System
Generated
processing
module, SCC or
sample handler
power on
sequence.
Captures
processing
module, SCC,
or sample
handler bootup
execution or
error messages.
Bootup Issues
for i System or
sample
handler
Records for
pressure
monitoring
results of fluid
aspirate events.
Pressure
Monitoring
Issues for
i System and c
System
Date/Time of Event | Module ID | Test ID | 10,000
Assay Number | Protocol | Step Number | per
Well Name | Pipetting volume | PM Status module
| Front End Pressure | Aspirate Pressure |
Back End Pressure | Aspirate Error Sum |
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Actual Theoretical Ratio | Pressure Error |
Stuff
Printed
Reports
*.rtf
An RTF version Formatted as the specific report
of each report
type.
Quality
Control
qc
Event recorded
any time a user
performs the
following:
includes or
excludes a QC
point, edits
configuration
parameters,
changes
Westgard rules,
recalibrates
reagent lot,
edits QC lot
default.
Date/Time of Event | Module ID | Operator 5000
ID | Assay Name | Control Name | Control
Lot Number | Control Level Name | Detail
| Event
QC event
details for
i System and c
System
Reagent
Activity
reagent
Records the
reagent
activities
associated with
loading and
unloading
reagent carriers
Reagent Carrier Detected I Reagent
4000
Carrier Load Complete I Reagent Carrier
Unload Complete I Carrier Removed I
Reagent Carrier Load I Reagent Carrier
Unload I Reagent Carrier Error I Create
Reagent Pack I Delete Reagent Pack I
Report Mixing Status I Reagent Pack Last
Aspiration I Disposition Reagent Pack I
Carousel Window I Request Carousel I
Request Carousel Response I Release
Carousel I Reagent Pack Unload Time I
Carrier Inventory I Aliquot Created I
Reagent Pack Available
Reagent
carrier load
and unload
issues for
c1000
Result
result
Records for the
last 11,200
attempted tests
run on the
system.
Replicate ID | Assay ID | Assay Status |
11200
Dilution ID | Sample ID | Sample Type |
Patient ID | Test Order Date | Test Order
Time | Test Initiation Date | Test Initiation
Time | Test Completion Date | Test
Completion Time | Assay Calibration Date
| Assay Calibration Time | Module ID |
Module SN | Operator ID | Dark Subreads
| Signal Subreads | Dark Count | Signal
Count | Corrected Count | Std Bak | Ave
Bak | Std For | Ave For | Shape |
Exception String | Result | Reported
Result | Reported Result Units | Result
Flags | Reagent Master Lot | Result
Interpretation | Dilution Protocol | Result
Details | Result Comment
Result, LLS,
and PM Issues
for i System
and c System
Records all
significant
sample
management
events.
Format-specific for each significant event. 1200
Sample
Handler Issues
Records script
Format is specific for the maintenance or
Sample
Activity
sampleactivity
Scripting
Script
One RTF To obtain a
version of copy of the
each
printed report.
report
type
printed.
10,000
Need exists to
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
commands and
responses from
a maintenance
or diagnostic
procedure.
diagnostic procedure.
review specific
errors that
occurred when
running the
maintenance
or diagnostic
procedure
Temporary
temporary_*.log
Records the log
data into a
temporary log
as a backup.
Temporary
Message
History
tempmessage
Records for the Date/Time of Event | Module ID | Error
last 200
Category | Message Text
messages
logged in the
temporary
category (ie.
Bar code read
errors, host
communication
errors)
200
Trace
trace
Hardware
Date/Time of Event | Module ID | Ticks |
interactions to
Event
and from
hardware
devices (ie.
Temperature
controller, OMS
boards)
10,000
per
module
No
No
Unhandled
unhandled
Records
software error
information.
Format-specific for software error
Wash
Aspirate
Mechanism
wam
Records for
wash aspiration
results of wash
aspirate events.
Date/Current_Time | Module_ID |
Zone_Number | St1test# | St1Max |
St1Delta | St2test# | St2Max | St2Delta |
St3test# | St3Max | St3Delta
Bar code read
errors or Host
communication
errors for
i System and c
System
Hardware
issues for
i System or
sample
handler
No
Yes
No
Non-specific
software errors
3200
Wash Aspirate
Issues for
i System
Yes
Copy Database to CD Option
This option backs up the database to the C: drive, compresses the database and records it to a CD. Once copied, the compressed
file is deleted from the C: drive. This option may be required when requested for software investigation.
Copy Archive Logs to CD Option
This option allows the user to copy previously retrieved logs from the hard drive to a CD. When the Retrieve Current Logs option is
selected, copies of the logs are compressed into one file and stored in D:\LOGS\ARCHIVEDLOGS. The file is named with the
following format: date_24time_serial#_[1-5}.zip. Up to five compressed archived logs are saved on the hard drive with 1 being the
newest and 5 being the oldest. The user is able to copy one or more archive files to a CD at a time.
Retrieve Memory Dump File Option (FSE only)
This option compresses and records the memory dump file to a CD. The memory dump file is used to gather data (debug
information) on the utilization of system memory for the SCC.
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. c4000, c4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
P-205 Calibrate Touchscreen
Version - 96756-111_337_3
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-205 Calibrate Touchscreen
Purpose
To calibrate the touchscreen on the SCC. Module SCC
Materials Required None
Time
Action
3 min
Steps
Reference
Access Explorer
1. Select the System icon.
2. Select Task Manager from the drop-down menu.
3. Select New Task.
4. Type Explorer.
5. Select OK.
6. Minimize Task Manager when Explorer opens.
Calibrate
Touchscreen
1. Using Explorer, scroll down and select Control Panel.
2. Double-click ELO Touchscreen to open it.
3. Select Align.
4. Follow the onscreen instructions to calibrate the touchscreen.
5. Select OK to complete the calibration.
Note
For some touchscreen monitors, better touchscreen response is achieved by
performing the touchscreen calibration twice.
Verify Touchscreen
Calibration
1. Move through at least four screens, using the touchscreen, to verify touchscreen
operation.
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. c4000, c4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
P-206 Printer Configuration
Version - 96756-111_305_2
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-206 Printer Configuration
Purpose
Materials Required
To configure the printer during installation, or when a new printer is installed.
None
Action
Log On as
FSE
Time
Steps
SCC/Printer
15 min
Reference
Note
1. Select Log on F2 from the Snapshot
screen.
2. Enter FSE in all capital letters in the User
name field.
3. Enter the FSE logon date code in the
password field.
Note
Enter the date code in reverse
order.
4. Select Done.
5. Verify that the Operator listed on the
Snapshot screen lists FSE.
Access
Explorer
Module
1. Select the System icon.
2. Select Task Manager from the drop-down
menu.
3. Select New Task.
4. Type Explorer.
5. Select OK.
6. Minimize Task Manager when Explorer
opens.
Rename
Note
Architect
If this is a new printer and no Architect
Printer to
Printer is listed, go to Load Printer Driver.
Printer Product
Name
1. Using Explorer, select the Printers folder.
Note
The printers folder is located in the
Prior to leaving the site, FSE is required to return the
system to operator level of access. To do this, perform
Log Off as FSE, or restart the SCC.
C:\Control Panel directory.
2. Right-click Architect Printer (highlights
printer name) and select Rename from the
drop down menu (selects printer name for
editing).
Note
If a menu doesn't display when you
right-click the name, select File,
Rename from the menu bar.
3. Enter the printer product name (example
OKI B4350).
4. Press Enter to rename the printer.
Load Printer
Driver
Note
If this is a new printer and the printer
driver is already listed in the printers
directory, skip this Action.
1. Insert the printer driver CD into the CD-
ROM drive.
Note
If the CD starts automatically, stop
that action. Exit the opening screen
from the CD and return to the
desktop.
2. Access the Printers folder and double-
click Add Printer.
3. Select Next (starts the Add Printer
Wizard).
4. Select the Local printer radio button.
5. Select Next.
6. Select LPT1 (connection port).
7. Select Next.
8. Select Have Disk.
9. Select Browse and locate the desired
printer driver file on the CD-ROM.
Note
Refer to the appropriate ISA for the
appropriate printer driver file name.
10. Select the driver and select Open.
11. Select OK, then Next several times until
the Completing the Add Printer Wizard
pop-up displays.
Note
Do not change any of the settings
on these screens.
12. Select Finish.
Note
The Wizard loads the new driver.
13. Remove the printer driver CD from the CD-
ROM drive.
Rename
Printer to
Architect
Printer
1. Right-click the name of the newly added
printer (highlights printer name) and select
Rename from the drop down menu
(selects printer name for editing).
Note
If a menu doesn't display when you
right-click the name, select File,
Rename from the menu bar.
2. Enter Architect Printer as the new name.
3. Press Enter to rename the printer.
Set Paper
Size
1. Right-click Architect Printer and scroll
down to Printing Preferences.
Note
If a menu doesn't display when you
right-click the name, select File,
Properties from the menu bar.
2. Select the Paper/Quality tab.
3. Select the Advanced button.
4. Select the desired paper size.
5. Select OK.
6. Go to Set Architect Printer as Default.
Set Architect
Printer as
Default
1. Right-click Architect Printer (highlights
printer name) and select Set as Default
Printer.
Note
If a menu doesn't display when you
right-click the highlighted item,
select File, Set as Default Printer
from the menu bar.
2. Verify that Set as Default Printer is
checked in the menu that displays.
3. Repeat this step to verify that when you
right-click the Architect Printer, a
checkmark displays in front of Set as
Default Printer.
4. Go to ARCHITECT Print Screen
Verification.
ARCHITECT
Print Screen
Verification
Note
1. From any ARCHITECT screen, press
Alt+Print Screen and verify that the
screen prints.
If this print test fails, refer to current ARCHITECT ISAs
for information on Properties and Document Defaults for
the printer.
ARCHITECT
Report Print
Test
Log Off as
FSE
Note
1. From the Snapshot screen, select the
Results icon.
2. From the dropdown menu, select Results
Review.
3. Select Print F4.
4. Select Results List Report.
5. Select Done to print.
If this print test fails, verify that the printer is selected as
the default printer. If it continues to fail, refer to current
ARCHITECT ISAs for information on Properties and
Document Defaults for the printer.
1. Select Log on F2 from the Snapshot
screen.
Note
The User Name field displays and is
populated with the name FSE.
2. Press Delete to delete the FSE name.
Note
The password field disappears.
3. Select Done.
4. Verify that nothing is listed on the startup
screen after Operator:.
Note
Prior to leaving the site, FSE is
required to return the system to
operator level of access.
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2008 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
P-207 ARCHITECT Print Test
Version - 96756-111_354_2
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-207 ARCHITECT Print Test
Purpose
Verify printer is configured correctly. Module SCC/Printer
Materials Required None
Action
Verify
ARCHITECT
Print Screen
Verify
ARCHITECT
Prints
Report
Time
Steps
3 min
Reference
Note
1. From any ARCHITECT screen,
If this print test fails, refer to current ARCHITECT ISAs for information
on Properties and Document Defaults for the printer.
select the Alt+Print Screen keys
and verify that the screen
prints.
Note
1. From the Snapshot screen,
select the Results icon.
2. From the dropdown menu,
select Results Review.
3. Select Print F4.
4. Select Results List Report.
5. Select Done to print.
6. Verify that the report header
prints.
If this print test fails, verify that the printer is selected as the default
printer. If it continues to fail, refer to current ARCHITECT ISAs for
information on Properties and Document Defaults for the printer.
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2008 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
P-209 Use of Debug Cables for Troubleshooting (SCC Platform B or C)
Version - 96756-111_293_2
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-209 Use of Debug Cables for Troubleshooting (SCC Platform B or C)
Purpose To provide instructions on how to use debug cables to troubleshoot system start up issues. This
procedure is especially useful when a processing module or sample handler remains in an OFFLINE
status after adequate time for system start up has been allowed.
Module SCC,
i2000
SR,
i2000,
SH
Materials 7-92394-01 Cables, Debug Kit
Required
Time
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1. The processing module and sample handler must be in a Stopped status.
Preparation
1. Connect one debug cable from the top connector on the front of the card cage to
connector P8 on the SCC DIGI board cable.
Note
This cable is for the processing module.
2. Connect one debug cable from the bottom connector on the front of the card cage to
connector P7 on the SCC DIGI board cable.
Note
This cable is for the sample handler.
Prepare Software
1. Power down the processing module.
2. Log on as FSE (P-201 Service Log On/Log Off Procedure).
3. Select System and then select Task Manager.
4. Select New Task.
5. Enter Explorer and then select OK.
6. Navigate to C:\TERMINALS.
7. Double-click on SSH.HT.
The sample handler hyperterminal window displays.
8. Double-click on IAHV.HT.
The processing module hyperterminal window displays.
15
min
Reference
Observe System Status
During Start Up
1. Power on the processing module.
Note
After power is applied, data displays in the processing module and sample
handler hyperterminal windows.
2. Allow the start up process to proceed until an error occurs or until the processing
module and sample handler are in a Stopped status.
3. Review the data generated during the start up process for errors or other problems.
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. c4000, c4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
P-210 Modem Test
Version - 96756-111_292_2
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-210 Modem Test
Purpose
To be performed on installation of a system SCC, or modem. Module SCC/Modem
Materials Required None
Action
Verify System
is Ready
Modem Into
System
Time
15 min
Steps
Reference
1. Verify system power is ON.
2. Verify modem is connected and ON.
3. Switch (Alt+Tab) to the PCANYWHERE window and verify status is Waiting.
1. Contact Country Support to dial in using PCANYWHERE Version 10.0 (or higher), or use a
separate computer equipped with PCANYWHERE (the FSR laptop) and a modem connection to
dial into the SCC.
Verify Remote
User
Connection
1. Remote user verifies that they are able to connect to the SCC and see the ARCHITECT user
interface.
2. Remote user verifies that they can move through at least four different screens without losing
connection.
3. Close remote user connection.
Verify System
is Ready
1. Switch (Alt+Tab) to the PCANYWHERE window and verify the status has returned to Waiting.
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2008 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
P-211 System Date, Time, and Time Zone
Version - 96756-111_291_2
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-211 System Date, Time, and Time Zone
Purpose
Set the date, time, and time zone and enable or disable daylight savings time. Module SCC
Materials Required None
Action
Log On as
FSE
Time
Steps
5 min
Reference
Note
1. Select Log on F2 from the Snapshot screen.
2. Enter FSE in all capital letters in the User name field.
3. Enter the FSE logon date code in the password field.
Prior to leaving the site, FSE is required to return
the system to operator level of access. To do this,
perform Log Off as FSE, or restart the SCC.
Note
Enter the date code in reverse order.
4. Select Done.
5. Verify that the Operator listed on the Snapshot screen
lists FSE.
Set Date,
Time, and
Time Zone
1. Select the System icon.
2. Select Configuration from the dropdown menu.
3. Select the System settings radio button.
4. Select the System control center category.
5. Select Configure F6.
6. Enter the System date and System time.
7. Select the desired time zone.
Note
Place a check in the Automatically adjust
clock for daylight saving changes checkbox
to select automatic adjustment for Daylight
Savings Time.
8. Select Done.
Verify
Settings
1. Access the Snapshot screen.
2. Verify the date and time are correct.
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2008 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
P-212 PCANYWHERE Startup
Version - 96756-111_290_2
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-212 PCANYWHERE Startup
Purpose
This procedure is used to configure PCANYWHERE to manual startup (no modem installed),
reconfigure automatic startup after a modem is installed, and restart PCANYWHERE.
Module SCC/Modem
Materials
Required
None
Time
Action
Steps
Log On
screen.
2. Enter FSE in all capital letters in the
User name field.
3. Enter the FSE logon date code in the
password field.
Note
Enter the date code in reverse
order.
4. Select Done.
5. Verify that the Operator listed on the
Snapshot screen lists FSE.
1. Select the System icon.
2. Select Task Manager from the drop-
down menu.
3. Select New Task.
4. Type Explorer.
5. Select OK.
6. Minimize Task Manager when Explorer
opens.
Access Control
Panel
1. Using Explorer, scroll down and select
Control Panel.
2. Select it to display the icons on the right
side of the screen.
Access
Services
Reference
Note
1. Select Log on F2 from the Snapshot
Access
Explorer
15 min
1. Scroll down the Explorer window to find
Prior to leaving the site, FSE is required to return the
system to operator level of access. To do this, perform
Log Off as FSE, or restart the SCC.
the Administrative Tools icon.
2. Double-click the Administrative Tools
icon.
3. Double-click the Services icon.
4. Verify that the Services window opens.
5. Scroll down to find PCANYWHERE Host
Service and double-click the icon to
select it.
PCANYWHERE
Settings
1. View the Service status and the
Startup type.
The Startup type [1] indicates
PCANYWHERE status during power ON.
Automatic indicates
PCANYWHERE starts
automatically at power ON.
Manual indicates the user must
start PCANYWHERE in the
Services Control panel
The Service status [2] indicates if the
service is or is not active.
Started in the status field
indicates that the PCANYWHERE
service is running.
Stopped indicates that the
PCANYWHERE service is not
running.
Disable
PCANYWHERE Note
Perform this procedure if a modem is
not installed on the SCC.
1. Set to Manual Startup:
From the services window, select
PCANYWHERE Host Service
from the list.
Set the Startup type to
Manual. [1]
Select OK to save the setting.
2. Stop the service:
If the Service status indicates
Started, select Stop to stop the
PCANYWHERE Host Service. [2]
A message displays indicating that
the system is attempting to stop
the PCANYWHERE service.
3. Select OK to save the setting.
4. Close the Services window.
5. Restart the SCC and verify that
PCANYWHERE does not start
automatically.
Verify/Configure to Automatic Startup and Start the Service
This is only required if PCANYWHERE does not go to the waiting mode when the SCC is restarted. This may occur if the service
setting for PCANYWHERE was changed from Automatic to Manual start.
Note
Verify that a modem is connected, turned on, and the telephone line is functional.
Action
Verify/Configure to
Automatic Startup
Steps
Reference
1. In the Services window, with PCANYWHERE Host Service selected, double-click.
2. Select the Automatic Startup type.
Start Service
1. If the Service status lists Started, verify the modem is operational according to P-
210 Modem Test.
2. If the Service status lists Stopped, select Start to start PCANYWHERE Host
Service. A message displays attempting to startup PCANYWHERE and then puts it
in Waiting.
Note
If an error message is received select OK.
3. Select OK to save the setting.
4. Close the Services window.
5. Restart the SCC.
Verify
PCANYWHERE
Starts Automatically
1. Switch (Alt+Tab) to the PCANYWHERE window and verify the status is Waiting.
Verification
1. Verify modem operation using P-210 Modem Test.
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2008 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
P-213 Modem Connection to an SCC
Version - 96756-111_289_2
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-213 Modem Connection to an SCC
Purpose
This procedure documents how to use PCANYWHERE to modem into an ARCHITECT
SCC.
Module SCC/Modem
Materials
Required
None
Time
Action
Contact
Customer
Steps
1. Contact the customer and obtain permission to
modem into their system.
2. Inform them why you are modeming in and what
activities you expect to perform while connected
to their system.
3. Ask the customer to verify that the modem is on
and connected to a telephone line.
Verify
PCANYWHERE
Status
1. Have the customer press Alt+Tab to locate the
PCANYWHERE icon.
Note
If the icon is not available, then
PCANYWHERE is not open or is not in a
waiting status.
2. Have the customer verify that the
PCANYWHERE dialog indicates
PCANYWHERE in a waiting status.
If PCANYWHERE is waiting, go to Open
PCANYWHERE.
If PCANYWHERE is not waiting, ask the
customer to restart the SCC, or refer to
P-212 PCANYWHERE Startup.
The customer may have closed
PCANYWHERE accidentally
PCANYWHERE has been changed
from Autostart to Manual start.
Open
PCANYWHERE
1. Start PCANYWHERE.
Reference
N/A
2. Select the Remotes button. [1]
3. Double-click the ARCHITECT icon. [2]
Note
If you work with pre-configured accounts,
double-click the account icon and the
computer automatically dials the number.
Enter Modem
Number
1. Enter the modem number for the ARCHITECT
SCC. [1]
Be sure to enter any necessary access codes
(for outside line, etc.)
2. Select OK.
Log In
1. Enter FSE in the Username field.
2. Enter fse in the Password field.
3. Enter SCC in the Domain field.
Note
The PCANYWHERE file manager window
displays.
Once connected to an SCC, an image of
the SCC screen displays on your system.
You can perform:
All on-screen operations.
Most keyboard operations.
Note
Response to mouse clicks and keyboard
entries is slower than when you are
working directly on an SCC. Also, the
colors used in the ARCHITECT software
are not correctly presented in the
PCANYWHERE screen image. This does
not impact available functionality.
Complete
Modem
Activities
1. Refer to the functions and activities listed under
Accessing Different Applications on the SCC to
complete the call.
If file transfer is required, refer to P-221
Modem File Transfer Procedure.
Close Call
1. If you logged onto the system as FSE at any
time during your call, log off at this time (refer to
P-201 Service Log On/Log Off Procedure.)
2. Select the End Remote Control Session
icon. [1]
3. Contact the customer to let them know that you
have completed your modem activities.
4. Document your activities according to local
country call management procedures.
Accessing Different Applications on the SCC
Note
The ALT+TAB key combination cannot be used to move between applications from a remote computer. Use Windows NT
Task Manager to switch between programs, end programs, or launch new programs on the SCC.
Action
Log On as
FSE
Steps
Note
1. Select Log on F2 from the Snapshot screen.
2. Enter FSE in all capital letters in the User
name field.
3. Enter the FSE logon date code in the
password field.
Note
Enter the date code in reverse order.
4. Select Done.
5. Verify that the Operator listed on the Snapshot
screen lists FSE.
Launch
Task
Manager
1. Select the System icon on the SCC image.
2. Select Task Manager from the drop-down
menu.
Switch
Programs
Reference
1. Open Task manager.
2. Select the program you want to use.
3. Select the Switch To button. [1]
Prior to leaving the site, FSE is required to return the
system to operator level of access. To do this, perform
Log Off as FSE, or restart the SCC.
Close
Application
1. Open Task manager.
2. Select the program you want to end.
3. Select End Task. [1]
4. Select Wait in the next dialog.
Note
If the same dialog displays and the
application did not quit, select End
Task in the dialog.
Open
Programs
1. Open Task manager.
2. Select the New Task button. [1]
If you know the name and the path of
the application you want to start, you
can type it in the dialog box. [2]
If you want to select the application by
browsing, select Browse [3] and find
the program in the Browse window.
3. Select OK.
4. Minimize the Task manager window.
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2008 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
P-214 Database Restore
Version - 96756-111_288_3
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-214 Database Restore
Purpose
If the system has database errors or will not boot up, perform this procedure to restore the
database from the system software.
Module SCC
Materials
Required
None
Time
20
min
Restore from Utilities
Action
Log On
as FSE
Steps
Reference
Note
1. Select Log on F2 from the Snapshot screen.
2. Enter FSE in all capital letters in the User name field.
3. Enter the FSE logon date code in the password field.
Note
Prior to leaving the site,
FSE is required to return the
system to operator level of
access. To do this, perform
Log Off as FSE, or restart
the SCC.
Enter the date code in reverse order.
4. Select Done.
5. Verify that the Operator listed on the Snapshot screen lists FSE.
Restore
Database
1. Select the System icon, then select Utilities.
2. Select the Backup Software radio button.
3. Select a backup from the available backup list.
4. Select [F5] Restore and restore the:
Module Calibration
System Configuration
Database
5. The system restarts and the module calibration, system configuration, and
database are restored.
6. For i1000SR, after restoring a system backup, force the system to unload all
the reagents from the carousel and then reload them.
Module Calibration - System
calibration files, robo.cal and
sample handler.cal files.
System Configuration Default host and system
parameters.
Database - System
database file, Architect.bak.
Contains M&D procedures,
assay files, assay
calibrations, results, module
and SCC configuration.
This may be done one of two ways:
1. Through the user interface, from Snapshot screen, select Reagents >
Select all > F7 Unload. Once the processing module is set to Ready
and the RSH to Running, the reagents will automatically unload. Then,
remove and reinsert the carriers to reload them.
OR
2. While the processing module and RSH are in Stopped or Ready
status, fully open and close the reagent carousel cover, which will
cause all the reagents to go to BCR Fail status. Once the processing
module is set to Ready and the RSH to Running, the reagents will
automatically unload. Then, remove and reinsert the carriers to reload
them.
Restore at Boot Up (cannot start ARCHITECT Software)
Action
Access
Restore
Window
Restore
Database
Steps
Reference
1. When the system software starts to bootup and
you get a screen that has the ARCHITECT logo,
press Alt+Shift.
2. Verify that a restore window displays.
1. Select the desired backup file (the file to restore)
to highlight it.
2. Select the Create database button.
3. Select Done.
Verification
1. Verify the ARCHITECT application starts correctly.
2. Perform startup on the processing module and the
sample handler.
3. Update Inventory.
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. c4000, c4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
P-215 PM Log Interpretation
Version - 96756-111_287_2
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-215 PM Log Interpretation
Purpose
Use to interpret PM log data after performing procedure P-204 Log Retrieval Procedure. Module SCC
Materials Required Floppy, CD, or modem for retrieval
Time
N/A
Example of PM Log:
The above sample represents only some of the potential errors. More than one error can occur, such as the 0X0150, because they
are or'd (combined) together. The 0X00150 shows a communications error and clot (0X0010) and two shape errors (0X0020).
PM
Status
Definition
0X0001 Invalid Syringe
Probable Cause and Corrective Action
PMIB is telling Syringe to cut on/off too early.
Try PMIB, LLS Board, Software protocol, experiment protocol
0X0002 Air Only
Aspirated
No liquid was picked up during aspiration. Also known as front end pulse error.
Check LLS to see if it is triggering above the liquid
Check for droplets on side of container (condensation, splashing)
Is the container empty?
Check for connection tightness, and then start with sensor
0X0010 Clot Detected
Clot Score Exceeded 1000. A clot was sucked in during aspiration.
Bad Samples. Check sample, especially if whole blood, for chunky bits (clots). Replace if clumpy.
Try a new probe then a sensor. Be sure to flush using CLI command for the pipettor (OMS XX
JGXXXX) before running PM again.
0X0020 Shape Error
Shape Error. Air was aspirated after liquid was sampled. Shape score in log exceeds 180
Sample fluid not homogenous (usually blood samples)
Probe hitting side of container. Check Robo Cal
Erratic LLS. Check LLS log for consistent liquid found position
Can be loose robot components (mount screws or Z-Motion Slop)
0X0040 Start /Stop
0X0100 Communications Suspect when you get multiple different errors on the same pipettor. Can be combined with another
Error
number.
0X0500 Communications The system may not see all the data.
Error
Broken or open connections on PMIB board. LLS/PMIB Connector wires broken. Check
connections or replace PMIB
Replace LLS Board
It has been observed that the PM/LLS components sometimes work fine except in certain
combinations with a particular pipettor. Try swapping the whole set of parts between a working
pipettor and the one in question.
0X0200 Over Pressure
Detected
Overpressure detected.
For overpressure, either the probe or sensor is clogged or the probe hit the bottom of the container and
sealed off without z-crashing.
0X0400 Under Pressure Under pressure detected.
Detected
For under pressure, check for liquid in container
General
If you get a large number of errors on a single pipettor regardless of sample size, the probable causes
are:
Sensor (erratic, not linear any more, leaking)
PMIB
Connections
LLS Board
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2008 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
P-216 WAM Log Interpretation
Version - 96756-111_286_2
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument produces
results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-216 WAM Log Interpretation
Purpose
Use to interpret WAM log data after performing procedure P-204 Log Retrieval Procedure. Module SCC
Materials Required Floppy, CD, or modem for retrieval
Time
N/A
A guideline to use for the WAM Station Delta at each probe position is that it should be at least 1250 units (1.25 C (33.6 F) degrees).
The WAM Log record structure (each line of data) is:
Date
Current_Time Module_ID Zone_Number St1test# St1Max St1Delta St2test# St2Max St2Delta St3test# St3Max St3Delta
06/10/1998 17:36:43
|1
|2
| 25
| 27274 | 34
|0
| 27649 | 852
|0
28808
| 2651
St1, St2, St3 means station 1, 2, 3 in that order.
Note
In the logfile, it is all squeezed together to conserve disk space and looks like:
06/10/1998 17:36:43|1|2|25|27274|34|0|27649|852|0|28808|2651
Note
Aspirations occur twice per lockstep - this means two lines of data for each lockstep.
Note
If no RV is present at a probe position, data is reported, but is very low. This occurs as an RV enters and moves through a wash zone.
At the first lockstep when an RV enters a wash zone, the data for Probe 1 looks normal, while the data for probe 2 and 3 is low. At
lockstep 2, the data for probe 1 and 2 should look normal, while the data for 3 is low. At lockstep 3, the data for all three probes should
look normal. (This assumes that there are at least three (3) RVs in the process path.)
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2008 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories.
i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
P-217 Disable Keyboard Locale Hot Keys
Version - 96756-111_275_2
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-217 Disable Keyboard Locale Hot Keys
Purpose This procedure documents how to disable the hot keys for local languages.
Module SCC
Note
If locale hot keys are enabled when Alt+Shift keys are selected by the operator, the operating
system switches from US (standard) keyboard mapping to other keyboards (such as German,
French, Spanish, and Italian).
Materials None
Required
Time
Action
Log On as
FSE
Steps
Enter the date code in reverse order.
4. Select Done.
5. Verify that the Operator listed on the Snapshot
screen lists FSE.
Disable
Keyboard
Locale Hot
Keys
Reference
Note
1. Select Log on F2 from the Snapshot screen.
2. Enter FSE in all capital letters in the User name field.
3. Enter the FSE logon date code in the password field.
Note
Access
Explorer
2
min
1. Select the System icon.
2. Select Task Manager from the drop-down menu.
3. Select New Task.
4. Type Explorer.
5. Select OK.
6. Minimize Task Manager when Explorer opens.
1. Use Explorer to navigate to the Control Panel folder.
2. Double-click on Control Panel.
3. Double-click on Keyboard.
4. Select the Input Locales tab.
5. Select Change Key Sequence button.
6. De-select Enable Key Sequence check box.
7. Select OK.
8. Select Apply.
9. Select OK.
Prior to leaving the site, FSE is required to return
the system to operator level of access. To do
this, perform Log Off as FSE, or restart the SCC.
10. Close Explorer.
Log Off as
FSE
Note
1. Select Log on F2 from the Snapshot screen.
Note
Prior to leaving the site, FSE is required to return
the system to operator level of access.
The User Name field displays and is populated
with the name FSE.
2. Press Delete to delete the FSE name.
Note
The password field disappears.
3. Select Done.
4. Verify that nothing is listed on the startup screen after
Operator:.
Verification
1. Press Alt+Shift on the keyboard.
Note
It is important that you only press Alt+Shift
once. If Alt+Shift is pressed more than once,
the keyboard mapping is not correctly set for
the verification.
2. Select the Orders icon.
3. Select Patient order from the drop-down menu.
4. Go to the SID field and press y on the keyboard.
Note
If "z" displays, repeat the procedure.
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2008 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
P-218 C: Drive Recovery Procedure (SCC Platform C)
Version - 96756-111_276_1
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-218 C: Drive Recovery Procedure (SCC Platform C)
Purpose This procedure is used when the integrity of the system software (SCC Platform C) is suspect (incorrect
shutdown of the SCC is a possible cause) or to install software when replacing the C: drive. This
procedure includes making a backup of the database, rewriting the C: drive, reconfiguring the SCC, and
restoring the database.
Module SCC
Materials ARCHITECT System Software Configuration Media
Required
Time
Action
Steps
30
min
Reference
Prerequisite
1. The processing module must be in Stopped, Ready, or
Offline status.
Log On as
FSE
Note
1. Select Log on F2 from the Snapshot screen.
2. Enter FSE in all capital letters in the User name field.
3. Enter the FSE logon date code in the password field.
Prior to leaving the site, FSE is required to
return the system to operator level of access.
To do this, perform Log Off as FSE, or restart
the SCC.
Note
Enter the date code in reverse order.
4. Select Done.
5. Verify that the Operator listed on the Snapshot screen
lists FSE.
Verify
Current
Backup
Note
1. Select the System icon, then Utilities.
2. Select Backup software from the Utilities screen.
3. Verify that a current backup displays in the Available
Backups field.
Insert CD
and Restart
SCC
1. Insert the ARCHITECT System Software
Configuration Media in the CD-ROM drive.
2. Select Shutdown [F3] from the Snapshot screen.
3. Select OK to confirm the Shutdown request.
4. Press Ctrl+Alt+Del keys simultaneously.
5. When the Confirm exit window displays, select
Shutdown and restart the computer and then select
OK.
If this cannot be performed, go directly to
Insert CD and Restart SCC.
Note
When the SCC restarts, a WARNING! You are
about to install ... message displays.
6. Press any key to pass the WARNING screen.
Note
The R:\> prompt displays.
Rewrite C:
Drive
Note
1. At the R:\> prompt, type 2 (Software Restore for C:)
REWRITE platform... "C", Drive C: and press Enter.
2. Press Enter to pass the WARNING! screen.
Note
The system starts rewriting and the C: drive is
rewritten with a clean installation of the operating
system, application programs, and default system
files.
3. When prompted to insert the next media, remove Disk 1
of 2, insert Disk 2 of 2, and select Enter (continues the
process).
4. When the rewriting process is complete and the R:\>
prompt displays, remove Disk 2 of 2 from the CD-ROM
drive.
5. Reboot the computer by simultaneously pressing the
Ctrl+Alt+Delete keys.
Note
The system restarts. When the System Settings
Change window displays, the version splash
screen displays 2.01 rather than 2.02 because
the changes made between software version
2.01 and 2.02 affect only the c8000 module
firmware.
6. When the "Do you want to restart your computer
now?" displays, select Yes.
Note
This reboot ensures all of the hardware is
recognized before continuing.
Note
If the display graphics mode is not correct, select
Shutdown [F3] to shutdown and then restart the
SCC to correct the condition.
Configure
First Module Note
When the SCC reboots, the Configure first module
window displays.
1. Press the Num Lock key to activate the number
keypad.
2. Enter the FSE logon code.
3. Select the first processing module type from the list.
Note
The ARCHITECT Software Configuration CD
is a service tool and should be taken from the
site when the service engineer leaves.
If installing a ci8200, the first processing module
is c8000.
4. Enter the Serial No. of the first module being installed.
5. Select OK to shutdown and restart the SCC.
Note
After the SCC reboots a new database is
created. This may take up to 20 minutes. When
complete, the Snapshot screen displays.
6. When 0537 Improper shutdown on SCC error
message displays, select OK.
Note
If a modem is not installed, the software displays
a Dr. Watson error. Perform procedure P-212
PCANYWHERE Startup to set the service to
manual.
Verify
Software
Version
1. When the Snapshot screen displays, log on as FSE (P-
201 Service Log On/Log Off Procedure).
2. Select the System icon, then Utilities.
3. Select Software install and verify software version 2.02
displays.
Restart SCC
and Locate
Backups
1. From the Utilities screen, select Backup software.
2. Verify that the last backups display in the Available
Backups field.
3. Locate the backup that you want to restore.
Restore
Database
1. Select the database backup that you wish to restore.
2. Select Restore, and restore the:
Module Calibration - System calibration files,
robo.cal and ish.cal files.
System Configuration - Default host and system
parameters.
Database - System database file, icw.odb.
Contains M&D procedures, assay files, assay
calibrations, results, module and SCC
configuration.
3. The system restarts and the module calibration, system
configuration, and database are restored.
Log On as
FSE
Note
1. Select Log on F2 from the Snapshot screen.
2. Enter FSE in all capital letters in the User name field.
3. Enter the FSE logon date code in the password field.
Note
Enter the date code in reverse order.
4. Select Done.
Prior to leaving the site, FSE is required to
return the system to operator level of access.
To do this, perform Log Off as FSE, or restart
the SCC.
5. Verify that the Operator listed on the Snapshot screen
lists FSE.
Access
Explorer
1. Select the System icon.
2. Select Task Manager from the drop-down menu.
3. Select New Task.
4. Type Explorer.
5. Select OK.
6. Minimize Task Manager when Explorer opens.
Calibrate
Perform P-205 Calibrate Touchscreen.
Touchscreen
Configure
Printer
Identify and
Perform
Required
Upgrades
Perform P-206 Printer Configuration.
Note
1. Determine if the software version installed requires any
upgrades.
Compare the TSB sticker on the SCC and the
processing module to the latest version of the
TSB/ISA listing.
Use Explorer to view the folders on the D: drive.
If a Change or Upgrade folder exists, and has
content, an upgrade has been performed.
Reinstalling software on the C: drive erases
any upgrades performed after the installation
of the latest software version using the
Software Configuration CD-ROM. It is
necessary to reinstall those upgrades.
2. Perform any required upgrades per the instructions
documented in the TSB or ISA.
Startup
Processing
Module(s)
and Update
Inventory
Perform
Control Run
1. Perform startup on the processing module(s) and
sample handler.
2. Update Inventory.
1. Using the reagents that shipped to the site, calibrate
and run at least two (2) sets of 10 (total of 20) replicates
of each level of control for one Two Step Assay
Protocol.
2. Verify that each of the results are within the ranges
published.
3. Print the QC report and verify that the CVs are under
10%. (Refer to P-24 Precision Run)
Note
Use all positive results for the calculation.
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2008 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
P-219 Ethernet Communication Verification
Version - 96756-111_294_2
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-219 Ethernet Communication Verification
Purpose
This procedure verifies that Ethernet communication has been established between the SCC and the Module SCC
processing module(s) or sample handler.
Materials
Required
None
Time
Action
Steps
15
min
Reference
Power ON SCC
1. Power ON the system control center.
Note
Do not go to the next step until the system control center displays the Snapshot
screen.
Power ON the
Module(s)
1. Power ON the processing module(s).
2. Verify that the status of the attached module(s) goes from Offline to Stopped.
Note
During data transfer, the corresponding LED on the Ethernet hub blinks rapidly.
Perform Startup
1. To change the status of the processing module and sample handler from Stopped to Ready,
perform the Startup procedure.
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2008 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
P-220 LLS Log File Interpretation
Version - 96756-111_253_2
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-220 LLS Log File Interpretation
Purpose
Use to interpret LLS log data after performing procedure P-204 Log Retrieval Procedure. Module SCC
Materials Required Floppy, CD, or modem for retrieval
LLS Log Field Definitions
Log excerpt showing how LLS should have increasing steps going into a container:
Regular LLS Log segment without errors:
LLS Status Codes
Time
N/A
Readouts generated by the LLS X Status command:
Note
Works better if LLS X CLR_STATUS is run first, where X is the LLS system number, 0 (sample), 1 (R1), or 2 (R2).
Liquid Sensed, first time after replacing the cpu, or LLS board
0909
Liquid sensed, normal readout
0101
Lost contact during aspiration
0505
Self test readout, never saw liquid
0808
Shifted 0101 readout, may have crashed the probe
1011
Positively crashed the probe
1010
Theta Ground (only shows up during robo cal)
0606
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2008 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
P-221 Modem File Transfer Procedure
Version - 96756-111_281_1
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-221 Modem File Transfer Procedure
Purpose
Use to transfer files to and from an ARCHITECT SCC. This allows you to retrieve system logs,
verify system files, or download updated files to the customer SCC.
Module Modem
Materials
Required
None
Time
Action
Access SCC
PCANYWHERE
File Manager
Steps
N/A
Reference
1. Select the File Transfer icon. [1]
Locate File(s)
1. Locate the file(s) you want to transfer on the
remote system or on the host system.
Transfer File(s)
1. Open the folder to which you want the file(s)
transferred.
2. Select the file(s) you want to transfer.
3. Select the Transfer icon. [1]
Note
The folder D:\Service\Temporary is on
every SCC as a temporary folder for files
that you want to transfer. The folder is a
temporary storage location; once file
transfer is complete and the files are
used appropriately, delete the files in this
folder.
Reference:
Verify Transfer
1. Verify that the file(s) that you transferred
displays in the receiving folder.
2. Complete the call according to P-213 Modem
Connection to an SCC.
The remote system (your PC) is on the left-hand
side of the screen. [2]
The host system (SCC) is on the right hand side
of the screen. [3]
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2008 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
P-223 Override Processing Module Cover Interlocks
Version - 96756-111_280_2
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-223 Override Processing Module Cover Interlocks
Purpose
Module
SCC
Time
NA
This procedure is used to override
the following covers:
front processing module cover
(c4000, i1000SR, i2000SR,
i2000)
rear processing module cover
(i2000SR, i2000)
R1, R2, and sample carousel
(c8000, c16000)
reagent supply center, reagent
supply center maintenance (Y)
(c4000)
Materials Required
None
Action
Log On as
FSE
Steps
Note
1. Select Log on F2 from the Snapshot screen.
2. Enter FSE in all capital letters in the User name field.
3. Enter the FSE logon date code in the password field.
Note
Enter the date code in reverse order.
4. Select Done.
5. Verify that the Operator listed on the Snapshot screen lists
FSE.
Override
cover
interlocks
Reference
1. Select System from the Snapshot screen.
2. Select Configuration, and then Modules.
3. Select the desired processing module, and then select On for
Override interlocks.
Note
Results are not reported when the cover interlocks are
overridden.
WARNING
The automatic reagent carousel scan is not
Prior to leaving the site, FSE is required
to return the system to operator level of
access. To do this, perform Log Off as
FSE, or restart the SCC.
performed if you open and close the reagent
carousel covers. If any reagents or segments are
removed or changed you must request a manual
reagent scan.
Change
override
cover
interlocks
to Off
1. Select System from the Snapshot screen.
2. Select Configuration, and then Modules.
3. Select the desired processing module, and then select Off for
Override interlocks.
Note
Prior to leaving the site ensure that the override cover
interlocks is configured to Off as results are not reported
when the covers are overridden.
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. c4000, c4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
P-226 Set Bar Code Transitions
Version - 96756-111_214_5
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument produces results, ENSURE appropriate
Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-226 Set Bar Code Transitions
Purpose
Materials
Required
This procedure is used to reduce the frequency of the invalid bar code read errors by editing the transition field of the appropriate bar code
SCC
Module
calibration file to a value correct for the bar code type, presentation, or number of characters being used.
Example Sample Tubes with customer bar code labels, pretreatment tubes or other tubes with special labels.
Action
Steps
Time
Reference
Prerequisites
1. Power ON the system.
2. The processing module must be in the Stopped, Warming, or Ready state.
Preparation
1. Obtain a variety of sample bar codes to be used.
Note
Some sites use a variety of bar code types and number of characters. To ensure that the
file is set properly to read all tubes, it is advised to determine the minimum number of
characters used.
2. Find out the bar code type (symbology) that is used.
Log On as
FSE
Determine
Number of
Characters
Perform
3253 Bar
Code
Configuration
1. Select Log on F2 from the Snapshot screen.
2. Enter FSE in all capital letters in the User name field.
3. Enter the FSE logon date code in the password field.
4. Select Done.
5. Verify that the Operator listed on the Snapshot screen lists FSE.
1. At the Snapshot screen, select Orders and then Patient order.
2. Select the SID field.
3. Using the SCC bar code scanner, scan the bar code label on a tube.
4. Count the number of characters entered into the field.
5. Repeat the process for the next tube.
6. Of the labels scanned, determine the minimum number of characters.
1. Perform 3253 Bar Code Configuration, Transition Value option (System, Diagnostics, SCC Option,
Utilities), and go to Shutdown and Restart SCC.
Manually Set
Note
Number of
The following steps are an optional method to manually enter transition values to the BCR.Cal
Transitions
File. This is required for values greater than those shown in the Bar Code Transitions table. Use
(Optional)
minimum value that gives reliable results.
1. Using Bar Code Transitions, locate the bar code symbology and the number of characters.
2. Determine the recommended number of transitions.
Note
Barcode types serve as examples. Special labels may use transition settings closest to
those shown on the table for the example type. All settings are verified prior to use by
performing the appropriate test listed at the end of this procedure. Both tube and empty
positions are checked. Transitions as high as 120 would be acceptable.
Bar Code Transitions
15
min
Access
Explorer
Open Bar
Code Cal
File
1. Select the System icon.
2. Select Task Manager from the drop-down menu.
3. Select New Task.
4. Type Explorer.
5. Select OK.
6. Minimize Task Manager when Explorer opens.
1. Navigate in Explorer on the left side to the desired folder for the type of sample handler.
RSH and/or LSH (Sample Carousel) = C:\IPLS\RSH\System
iRSH (c4000, i1000SR, ci4100) = C:\IPLS\iRSH\System
SSH = C:\IPLS\ISH\System
LAS = C:\IPLS\LASB\System
2. In the right field, select and double-click on BCR.CAL.
3. If the Open With pop up screen displays, select NOTEPAD.
Edit
Transition
Value
1. In the BCR.CAL file, locate the value for the transition value number under the Value column.
2. Change the number to the new value determined above.
3. Edit only the numerical value. DO NOT edit or delete any of the characters.
Note
The information for the Microscan MS3 barcode reader is not used at this time. This
information will only be present on instruments at v5.00 software or higher. If an error
occurs during the editing process go to Restore Default File.
Save File
1. At the top of the screen, select FILE then SAVE.
Restore
Default File
Note
This action is only required if there was an error in editing the BCR.CAL file.
1. Navigate in Explorer on the left side to the desired folder for the type of sample handler.
Note
Example: For the RSH you would navigate to C:\IPLS\RSH.
2. In the right field, select and double-click on the default directory and select BCR.CAL.
3. From the menu, select EDIT then COPY.
4. Navigate in Explorer to the appropriate sample handler system directory.
5. From the menu, select EDIT then Paste.
6. Go to Open Bar Code Cal File.
Shutdown
and Restart
SCC
1. Perform P-248 Startup and Shutdown to shutdown and restart the computer and processing
modules.
2. Go to Perform Diagnostic Procedure Bar Code Reader Test.
Perform
Diagnostic
Procedure
Bar Code
Reader Test
1. Perform the appropriate Maintenance and Diagnostic procedure
SSH - 3250 SH Bar Code Reader Test
RSH - 3252 RSH Bar Code Reader Test
iRSH (c4000, i1000SR, ci4100) - 3230 Bar Code Reader Test
LAS - 3255 LAS Crsl Bar Code Reader Test
LSH / Sample Carousel - 3251 Sample Carousel Bar Code Test
For information on the startup procedure,
refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and
shutdown.
For further information on performing
diagnostic procedures, refer to the
ARCHITECT System Operations Manual,
Section 10: Troubleshooting and
diagnostics, Subsection: System
diagnostics.
Note
Use at least 10 bar coded tubes from the site when performing Maintenance and
Diagnostics.
2. Verify that all the bar coded tubes used scan correctly.
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2010 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci4100, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200 are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
P-230 D: Drive Recovery Procedure
Version - 96756-111_328_2
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-230 D: Drive Recovery Procedure
Purpose
This procedure is used when the integrity of the D: drive is suspect (incorrect shutdown of the SCC is
a possible cause) or to install software when replacing the D: drive.
Module SCC
Materials
Required
ARCHITECT System Software Configuration Media
Time
Action
Insert CD and
Restart SCC
Steps
20
min
Reference
1. Insert the ARCHITECT System Software Configuration
Media in the CD-ROM drive.
2. Select Shutdown [F3] from the Snapshot screen.
3. Select OK to confirm the Shutdown request.
4. Press Ctrl+Alt+Del keys simultaneously.
5. When the Confirm exit window displays, select Shutdown
and restart the computer and then select OK.
Note
When the SCC restarts, a WARNING! You are
about to install ... message displays.
6. Press any key to pass the WARNING screen.
Note
The R:\> prompt displays.
Rewrite D: Drive
Note
1. At the R:\> prompt type 3 (Software Restore for D:)
REWRITE platform... , Drive D: and press Enter.
2. Press Enter to pass the WARNING! screen.
Note
The system starts rewriting and the D: drive.
3. When the rewriting process is complete and the R:\> prompt
displays, remove the CD from the CD-ROM drive.
4. Reboot the computer by simultaneously pressing the
Ctrl+Alt+Delete keys.
Note
The system restarts. Wait until the System Settings
Change window is displayed.
The ARCHITECT Software
Configuration CD is a service tool and
should be taken from the site when
the service engineer leaves.
5. Select Shutdown [F3] and then select OK to confirm the
shutdown request.
6. When the "Do you want to restart your computer now?"
displays, select Yes.
Note
This reboot ensures all of the hardware is recognized
before continuing.
Identify and
Perform Any
Required
Upgrades
Note
Reinstalling software on the D: drive erases any upgrade
information saved in the Change or Upgrade folder on the D
Drive. The TSB sticker can be used to obtain information on
required upgrades.
1. Determine if any upgrades affect the information just
installed on the D Drive.
Compare the TSB sticker on the SCC and the
processing module to the latest version of the
TSB/ISA listing.
2. Perform any required upgrades that affect the D: Drive per
the instructions documented in the TSB or ISA.
Backup
Database
1. When the Snapshot screen displays, select the System
icon, then Utilities.
2. Select Create backup [F4] (performs database backup).
3. Verify that the backup occurs without error.
Startup the
Processing
Module(s) and
Update Inventory
1. Perform startup on the processing module(s) and sample
handler.
2. Update Inventory.
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2008 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
P-231 Software Error Information
Version - 96756-111_329_2
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-231 Software Error Information
Purpose Checklist for gathering software error information. This information should be gathered and documented in Module SCC
the call management system, when a software error occurs. This checklist should be completed for any
software error, which reoccurs several times or requires onsite service.
Materials None
Required
Description
Time
Information Required
Describe the error in detail (list all actions taken, all system responses). If possible, print a
screen image of the error as not all errors are logged in the message history and
temporary message.
List all related error messages (message history and temporary message). How often
does this error occur?
Error Description
Did the error occur while printing a report? If so, which one?
Did the error occur while printing a screen image (Alt + Print Screen)?
Did the error occur while accessing the SCC?
Did the error occur while creating patient test orders, calibrators test orders, or controls
test orders?
What keystrokes were being selected when the lockup or error occurred?
Check for Hidden Error
Messages
A hidden error message may be present. Hold down the Alt+Tab keys and look for the
following Icon.
Use the Tab key to tab to this icon and deselect the Alt key. If an error message
is present, it should display.
What was the status of the Processing Module at the time of error?
Status and Peripheral
Devices
What was the status of the Sample Handler at the time of error?
Can the operator use the touchscreen? Keyboard? Mouse?
Does the SCC respond to STOP on the touchscreen or keypad?
20
min
List
Information
Here
What is the module configuration (i2000, i4000, i2000SR, c8000, etc.)?
What is the Software Version and when was it installed? (System, Utilities, Software
Install)
Were there any power issues at the time of the lockup? Does the customer have a UPS?
Is it correctly plugged into the backup outlet? (P-42 UPS Installation)
If the system is configured for a Host interface, what was the system doing at the time?
Was it querying the host or downloading tests from the host?
System Configuration &
Activities
If the system is configured for a Host interface, was it releasing patient, QC, or exception
results to the host?
If the system is configured for a Host interface, was it scanning patients or controls? Was
it running bar coded controls?
If the system is configured for automatic wash buffer transfer using the
ARCHITECT ARM, was an automatic or a manual transfer in progress?
If the system is configured for automatic wash buffer transfer using the
ARCHITECT ARM, was a Host transfer occurring at the same time as the transfer or
ARCHITECT ARM request?
Log Collection
Perform Diagnostic Procedure 6009, Log Utilities (System, Diagnostics, Module 5, Utilities,
6009 Log Utilities, Option 1, Retrieve Current Logs, Select Log Destination - Floppy, CD,
or Hard drive.)
Note
Up to five (5) sets of logs can be stored to the Hard drive. The logs can be copied
to a CD at a later time using 6009, Option 3, Copy Archived Logs to CD. The logs
can also be sent via modem at a later time.
Database Collection (if
needed)
Collect the Database for the following issues:
Reagent Issues (mismatches, read errors, etc.)
Assay Configuration Issues (such as Retest rules)
Search Function Issues
Tests not transitioning properly in Order Status Screen or Results Review Screen
(tests staying in Scheduled, Pending Transmission)
Copy the Database to a CD using 6009, Log Utilities, Option 2, Copy Database to CD
Rebooted the SCC?
Recovery - What
procedure was used to
recover from the error?
Rebooted the Processing Module?
Restored a backup database?
Reinstalled software? (P-218 C: Drive Recovery Procedure (SCC Platform C))
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. c4000, c4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
P-232 Delete Reagent Kit
Version - 96756-111_330_2
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-232 Delete Reagent Kit
Purpose
This procedure documents deletion of a reagent kit from the system. Module SCC
Materials Required None
Action
Time
Steps
Log On as FSE
5 min
Reference
Note
1. Select Log on F2 from the
Prior to leaving the site, FSE is required to return the system to
operator level of access. To do this, perform Log Off as FSE, or restart
the SCC.
Snapshot screen.
2. Enter FSE in all capital
letters in the User name
field.
3. Enter the FSE logon date
code in the password field.
Note
Enter the date code in
reverse order.
4. Select Done.
5. Verify that the Operator
listed on the Snapshot
screen lists FSE.
Access
Reagent
History Screen
1. Select the Reagent icon
from the Snapshot screen.
2. Select Reagent history from
the drop down menu.
Delete Reagent
Kit
Note
1. Select the desired reagent
kit.
2. Select Delete - F6.
3. Repeat Step1 and Step2 to
delete additional kits.
4. Verify deletion of the
selected reagent kit(s).
To delete an assay instead of a reagent kit, perform diagnostic
procedure 6114 Install/Delete Assays.
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2008 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
P-234 System Serialization
Version - 96756-111_333_2
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-234 System Serialization
Purpose
Materials Required
To configure serial numbers in the system software at installation.
None
Time
Action
Locate Serial
Number
Configuration
Information
Module
Steps
1. Architect System No. - Completed by the SCC vendor.
2. SCC Serial Number - Completed by the SCC vendor.
Note
The first character of the SCC Serial Number is an alpha
character. It identifies the hardware used in the SCC so that the
correct replacement parts and Hard Drive Images can be
installed.
3. SH Serial Number:
RSH (c8000, i2000SR, ci8200) - Displayed under the right side end
cap of the RSH (Example: RSH02001).
RSH (i1000SR) - Uses the same 5 digit serial number as the
processing module (Example: RSHxxxxx).
RSH (c4000, ci4100) - Uses the same 5 digit serial number as the
c4000 processing module (Example: RSH01065).
Standard Sample Handler (i2000) - Created by the SCC Vendor (the
Architect System No. preceded by the letters SH (Example: SH02001).
4. PM Serial Number:
c4000 - c4000 for production systems (the ARCHITECT PM serial
number preceded by c4; Example: c401065).
c8000 - c8xxxxx for production systems (the ARCHITECT PM serial
number preceded by c8; Example: c801065).
i1000SR - i1SRxxxxx for production systems (the ARCHITECT PM
serial number preceded by i1SR; Example: i1SR01065).
i2000 - i2xxxxx for production systems (the ARCHITECT PM serial
number preceded by i2; Example: i201065).
SCC
15 min
Reference
i2000SR - iSRxxxxx for production systems (the ARCHITECT PM
serial number preceded by iSR; Example: iSR01065).
Note
For multi-module systems, module 1 is on the left.
Log On as
FSE
Note
1. Select Log on F2 from the Snapshot screen.
2. Enter FSE in all capital letters in the User name field.
3. Enter the FSE logon date code in the password field.
Note
Enter the date code in reverse order.
4. Select Done.
5. Verify that the Operator listed on the Snapshot screen lists FSE.
Architect
System
Number and
SCC Serial
Number
Configuration
1. From the Snapshot screen, select the System tab.
2. Select Configuration.
3. Select the System Settings radio button.
4. Select the System Control Center category.
5. Select Configure F6.
6. Enter the following serial numbers:
Architect system no.
Note
If replacing the SCC, do not edit the Architect system
no. This number remains the same for the system as
long as it is at the current site.
SCC serial no.
Note
The system number and SCC serial number are located
on the SCC (Platform D - on the front; Platform B or C located on the top of the case). The SCC Serial no. field
only accepts eleven charaters. Do not use the alpha
charcter (D) that precedes the eleven character numeric
SCC serial number.
7. Select Done.
Note
After editing the serial number, shutdown and restart the SCC to
transfer the edits to the database.
Sample
Handler Serial Note
This activity is not required for LAS configurations.
Number
Configuration
1. From the Snapshot screen, select the System tab.
2. Select Configuration from the dropdown menu.
3. Select the System settings radio button.
4. Select the Sample Handler category.
5. Select Configure F6.
6. Enter the sample handler serial number.
7. Select Done.
Prior to leaving the site, FSE
is required to return the
system to operator level of
access. To do this, perform
Log Off as FSE, or restart
the SCC.
Note
After editing the serial number, shutdown and restart the SCC to
transfer the edits to the database.
Processing
Module Serial
Number
Configuration
1. Select the System icon.
2. Select Configuration from the dropdown menu.
3. Select the System Settings radio button.
4. Select the Modules category.
5. Select Configure F6.
6. Select the desired processing module from the dropdown menu.
7. Enter the processing module serial number.
8. Select Done.
9. After editing the serial number, shutdown and restart the SCC to
transfer the edits to the database.
Note
Do not go to the next step until the system control center
displays the Snapshot screen.
Enter Serial
Numbers in
Call
Management
1. Enter the serial numbers for the PM(s), SCC, and SH into call
management.
2. Enter the Architect System No. into Call Management as the location
code for each of the serial numbers.
3. Document the installation per approved country procedures.
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. c4000, c4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
P-244 WINMSD Report
Version - 96756-111_218_2
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-244 WINMSD Report
Purpose
This procedure recalls Windows NT historical information that shows whether NT device drivers have Module SCC
been reconfigured since they were set up.
Materials
Required
Floppy or modem for retrieval
Action
Access System
Diagnostics Window
Time
Steps
1. Select Task Manager from the drop-down menu.
2. Select New Task.
3. The Create New Task dialog displays.
4. Type winmsd in the Open: field and select OK.
The Windows NT Diagnostics window displays
Create and Save the
System Information
File
1. Select File, Save Report.
The Create Report dialog displays.
2. Select the radio buttons for All Tabs (Scope),
Complete (Detail Level), and File (Destination).
3. Select OK.
The Save WinMSD Report dialog displays.
4. Leave msdrpt.txt as the File name and select
the D: drive at the root level (no subdirectory) as
the location.
5. Select Save.
The file is save to the D: drive for us to retrieve
when drive is sent back.
Reference
5
min
6. Close the Windows NT Diagnostics window by
clicking on the X in the upper right corner of the
window.
7. Close Task Manager by clicking on the X in the
upper right corner of the window.
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2008 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
P-245 Stop Reagent Onboard Stability Timer
Version - 96756-111_219_2
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-245 Stop Reagent Onboard Stability Timer
Purpose
This procedure documents how to stop the onboard reagent stability timer. The procedure is only
required when:
Module
SCC
a repair significantly affects the time remaining for onboard stability
a hardware failure prevents a reagent scan from being performed
Note
Normally the onboard stability timer is stopped by removing the reagent kits and
performing a reagent scan (for the i2000/i2000SR).
Materials
Required
None
Time
Action
Determine time
remaining for
onboard stability
Steps
10
min
Reference
1. Select the Reagent icon from the Snapshot screen.
2. Select Reagent status from the drop down menu.
3. Select the View All radio button.
4. Print a listing of all the reagents onboard by
pressing ALT+Print Screen.
5. Review the print screen copies with the customer
and determine which reagent kits to remove from
the module.
Log On as FSE
Note
1. Select Log on F2 from the Snapshot screen.
2. Enter FSE in all capital letters in the User name
field.
3. Enter the FSE logon date code in the password
field.
4. Select Done.
5. Verify that the Operator listed on the Snapshot
screen lists FSE.
Remove Reagent
Kits from Module
1. Remove all the reagent kits from the module.
If i2000/i2000SR, go to Remove Reagent
Kits from Module (i2000/i2000SR).
If i1000SR, go to Remove Reagent Kits from
Prior to leaving the site, FSE is required to
return the system to operator level of access.
To do this, perform Log Off as FSE, or restart
the SCC.
Module (i1000SR).
Remove Reagent
Kits from Module
(i2000/i2000SR)
1. Remove all the reagent kits from the module and
store them in the refrigerator.
Note
Be sure to store all the bottles for each
reagent kit together so that there will not be
any loading errors when the reagents are
loaded on the module again.
2. Go to Stop Reagent Onboard Stability Timer.
Remove Reagent
Kits from Module
(i1000SR)
Stop Reagent
Onboard Stability
Timer
1. Select the Reagent icon from the Snapshot screen.
2. Select Reagent status from the drop down menu.
3. Select the reagent kits to be removed.
4. Select F7-Unload.
1. Stop the reagent onboard stability timer.
If i2000/i2000SR, go to Stop Reagent
Onboard Stability Timer (i2000/i2000SR).
If i1000SR, go to Stop Reagent Onboard
Stability Timer (i1000SR).
Stop Reagent
Onboard Stability
Timer
(i2000/i2000SR)
Note
The Remove - F8 function key is only available at
the FSE access level.
1. Select the Reagent icon from the Snapshot screen.
2. Select Reagent status from the drop down menu.
3. Select the reagent kits to be removed.
4. Select Remove - F8.
5. Verify removal of the selected reagent kits selected
from the reagent status screen.
Stop Reagent
Onboard Stability
Timer (i1000SR)
Note
The onboard stablity tracking timer stops when the
reagent carrier is unloaded from the reagent
carousel and removed from the RSH.
1. Select the Reagent icon from the Snapshot screen.
2. Select Reagent status from the drop down menu.
3. Select the reagent kits to be removed.
4. Select Remove - F8.
5. Verify removal of the selected reagent kits selected
from the reagent status screen.
Note
The Remove - F8 function key is only
available at the FSE access level.
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2008 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
P-248 Startup and Shutdown
Version - 96756-111_234_3
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-248 Startup and Shutdown
Purpose
Identify the recommended steps for a successful startup and shutdown. Module SCC
Materials Required None
Time
15 min
Startup
Action
Power ON
UPS and
Peripherals
Steps
Reference
1. Power ON the UPS.
2. Power ON the peripherals (modem, printer, monitor, etc.).
3. Verify that power to the processing module(s) is OFF.
Note
The power to the processing module(s) must be OFF prior to turning on the power to the
system control center. If the processing module(s) power is ON, communication is not
properly initialized between the system components.
Power ON
SCC
1. Power ON the system control center.
Note
Do not go to the next step until the system control center displays the Snapshot screen.
Power ON
Modules
1. Power ON the processing module(s).
2. To change the status of the processing module and sample handler from Stopped to Ready,
perform the Startup procedure.
Shutdown
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1. The processing module must be in Stopped, Ready, or Offline status.
Perform SCC Shutdown
1. Access the Snapshot screen by selecting Overview and then Snapshot.
2. Select Shutdown F3.
Reference
3. Select OK to confirm the Shutdown request.
4. When the screen turns blue, and a message about shutting down the SCC displays,
press the Ctrl+Alt+Delete keys simultaneously. Select Shutdown the computer, then
OK.
Note
Wait while the software applications shut down. A message displays informing
you that Shutdown is complete and you can turn off the power.
Note
You can choose to restart the SCC at this point.
5. Press and hold the power switch on the front of the central processing unit (CPU) for
10 seconds to power OFF the SCC.
Shut Down Processing
Module(s) and
Peripherals
1. Power OFF the processing module(s) and all peripherals.
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2008 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
P-601 Reagent Supply Center Temperature Detector Adjustment
Version - 204739-101_4326_1
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-601 Reagent Supply Center Temperature Detector Adjustment
Purpose
Perform this procedure to adjust
the displayed temperature of
reagent supply center.
Module
c4000
Materials Required
External thermometer (LN8C9488)
Insulated cup
Ice
Time
Procedure: 30 min
Verification: 30 min
Total: 1 hr
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
2.
3.
Remove
Temperature
Detector from
Reagent Supply
Center
1.
2.
3.
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired
and replace if necessary.
Verify the processing module has been on for at least 30
minutes prior to testing.
The processing module and RSH must be in Stopped
status.
Loosen the two (2) screws securing the left rear cover and
remove the cover.
Remove the foam insulation [1] covering the Reagent
Supply Center temperature detector.
Remove the two (2) screws [2] securing the detector
bracket and slide out the detector [3].
Note Do not disconnect the temperature detector from
the connector.
Determine Water
Temperature
1.
2.
3.
4.
Fill an insulated cup half full of water.
Attach the removed temperature detector to the external
thermometer probe with a rubber band and place the
probe and sensor into the water.
Add ice to cool the water to 5°C ± 3°C.
Note This is the testing temperature for this detector.
Wait for the reading to stabilize.
Determine Reagent 1.
Supply Center
Temperature
2.
3.
Select the As Needed category from the Maintenance
screen under the system icon.
Perform 3525 Temperature Status.
Read the temperature status of reagent supply center.
Verify Correct
Temperature
Reading
1.
Verify the reagent supply center temperature is within ±
0.2°C of the reading of the external thermometer in the
water.
• If correct, go to Reinstall Temperature Detector Into
Reagent Supply Center.
• If incorrect, continue with Open Card Cage Cover.
Open Card Cage
Cover
1.
2.
Open the right front door.
Remove the right front access panel by removing the four
(4) screws.
Loosen the four (4) thumbscrews securing the card cage
cover and open the cover.
3.
For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to the
ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10: Troubleshooting
and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
Adjust VR1 on
AC/DC Controller
Board
1.
2.
Close Card Cage
Cover
1.
2.
3.
Reinstall
Temperature
Detector into
Reagent Supply
Center
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
On the AC/DC controller board, turn VR1 (potentiometer)
clockwise to raise the displayed temperature.
Note Update the screen after each movement of VR1
to see the current reading.
Continue adjustment until the displayed temperature is
within ± 0.2°C of the actual temperature.
Close the card cage cover and secure with the four (4)
thumbscrews.
Install the right front access panel and secure with the four
(4) screws.
Close the right front door.
Remove the temperature probe and temperature detector
from the ice water and remove rubber band.
Remove and dispose of the insulated cup.
Gently insert the temperature detector into the reagent
supply center and secure with the bracket and two (2)
screws.
Install the foam insulation covering the temperature
detector.
Install the left rear cover and secure with the two (2)
screws.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
Change the status of the processing module and sample
handler from Stopped to Ready by performing the startup
procedure.
Verification
1.
After repair is complete, ensure appropriate Quality Control
is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
For information on the shutdown procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
P-602 SCC Bar Code Scanner Verification
Version - 204739-101_4327_1
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-602 SCC Bar Code Scanner Verification
Purpose
This procedure verifies bar code scanner function.
Module
Bar Code Scanner
Materials Required
Bar Code Labels
Time
3 min
Caution Class 2 Laser Radiation
Action
Steps
Verify SCC BCR
Functionality
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Verification
1.
Reference
From the Snapshot screen, select the
Orders icon.
From the drop-down menu, select
Patient orders.
Select the SID field.
Place the SCC bar code scanner over the
bar code label.
Verify the number from the label displays
in the SID field.
After repair is complete, ensure
appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
P-604 Internal Instrument Temperature Detector Adjustment
Version - 204739-101_4328_1
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-604 Internal Instrument Temperature Detector Adjustment
Purpose
Perform this procedure to adjust the displayed internal c4000
processing module Temperature.
Module
c4000
Materials Required
Standard Tool Kit
External thermometer (LN8C94-88)
50mL beaker
Time
60 min
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
2.
3.
Remove
Temperature
Detector for
Water Bath
Heater Assembly
1.
2.
3.
Determine Water
Temperature
1.
2.
3.
Determine
Internal c4000
Processing
Module
Temperature
1.
2.
3.
Inspect tools for damage, ensure
calibration is not expired and replace if
necessary.
Verify the processing module has been
ON for at least 30 minutes prior to
testing.
The processing module must be in
Stopped or Ready status.
Loosen the two (2) screws securing the
left rear cover and remove the cover.
Loosen the screw on the clamp [1]
securing the detector [2] at the base of
the heater assembly and slide the
detector to the left to remove.
Do not disconnect the temperature
detector from the connector.
Fill a beaker with 50mL of room
temperature water.
Attach the removed temperature
detector to the external thermometer
probe with a rubber band and place the
probes into the water.
Wait for the readings to stabilize.
Select As Needed category from the
Maintenance screen under the System
icon.
Perform 3525 Temperature Status.
Read the status of the instrument
internal temperature.
For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to
the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10:
Troubleshooting and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
Compare
Temperature
Readings
1.
Internal Instrument temperature must be
within ±0.2°C of the reading of the
external thermometer in the water.
• If correct, go to Install Temperature
Detector for Water Bath Heater
Assembly
• If incorrect, continue with Open
Card Cage Cover
Open Card Cage
Cover
1.
2.
Open the right front door.
Remove the right front access panel by
removing the four (4) screws.
Loosen the four (4) thumbscrews
securing the card cage cover and open
the cover.
3.
Adjust VR4
1.
2.
Close Card Cage
Cover
1.
2.
3.
Install
Temperature
Detector for
Water Bath
Heater Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
Verification
1.
On the AC/DC controller board, turn
VR4 (potentiometer) clockwise to raise
the displayed temperature and counterclockwise to lower the displayed
temperature.
Note Update the screen after each
movement of the
potentiometer to see the
current reading.
Continue adjustment until the displayed
temperature is within ±0.5°C of the
actual temperature.
Close the card cage cover and secure
with the four (4) thumbscrews.
Install the right front access panel and
secure with the four (4) screws.
Close the right front door.
Remove probes from the water.
Remove rubber band from probes.
Slide the detector into the clamp on the
base of the heater assembly and tighten
the clamp screw to secure the detector.
Install the left rear cover.
After repair is complete, ensure
appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
P-605 Water Bath Temperature Detector Adjustment
Version - 204739-101_4329_1
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-605 Water Bath Temperature Detector Adjustment
Purpose
Perform this procedure to adjust the displayed Water Bath
Temperature.
Module
c4000
Materials Required
Standard Tool Kit
External thermometer (LN8C94-88)
Time
60 min
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
2.
3.
Reference
Inspect tools for damage, ensure
calibration is not expired and replace if
necessary.
Verify the processing module has been
ON for at least 30 minutes prior to
testing.
The processing module must be in
Stopped or Ready status.
Perform 3526
1.
Check Water
Bath Temperature
2.
Select the As Needed category from the For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to
Maintenance screen under the System the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10:
Troubleshooting and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
icon.
Perform 3526 Check Water Bath
Temperature.
Note Allows for correct positioning
of the temperature probe in
the water bath.
Position Probe in
Water Bath
Position the probe from the external
thermometer into the water bath in the
position specified by 3526 Check Water
Bath Temperature.
Wait at least 1 minute for readings to
stabilize.
1.
2.
Read status of
Water Bath
Temperature
1.
2.
Using 3526 Check Water Bath
Temperature read the status of the
water bath temperature.
The reading should be within ±0.1°C of
the reading on the external
thermometer.
• If correct, go to Prepare for
Operation
• If the difference is more than
±0.1°C go to Open Card Cage
Cover
Open Card Cage
Cover
1.
2.
3.
Adjust VR5
1.
2.
Close Card Cage
Cover
1.
2.
3.
Open the right front door.
Remove the right front access panel by
removing the four (4) screws.
Loosen the four (4) thumbscrews
securing the card cage cover and open
the cover.
On the AC/DC controller board, turn
VR5 (potentiometer) clockwise to raise
the displayed temperature and counterclockwise to lower the displayed
temperature.
Note Update the screen after each
movement of the
potentiometer to see the
current reading.
Continue adjustment until the displayed
temperature is within ±0.1°C of the
actual temperature.
Close the card cage cover and secure
with the four (4) thumbscrews.
Install the right front access panel and
secure with the four (4) screws.
Close the right front door.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
Complete 3526 Check Water Bath
Temperature and remove the external
thermometer probe.
Verification
1.
After repair is complete, ensure
appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
P-606 Reagent Supply Center Bar Code Reader Alignment
Version - 204739-101_4330_2
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-606 Reagent Supply Center Bar Code Reader/Bottle Sensor Alignment
Purpose
Perform this procedure to align the Reagent Supply Center Bar
Code Reader and Bottle Sensor.
Module
c4000
Materials Required
Standard Tool Kit
PM10-63690*AGr1 Bar Code Reader JIG tool
2-202076-01 JIGU Cable
ISA ARCH-011 Updated JADAK 2D Barcode Reader Command
Card
Time
20 min
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
2.
3.
Preparation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Inspect tools for
damage, ensure
calibration is not
expired and replace if
necessary.
The processing
module must be in
Stopped or Ready
status.
Log On as FSE.
Open the Reagent
Supply Center cover
and remove any
reagents in segment J.
Store in appropriate
refrigerator.
Remove the left rear
cover.
Remove the left side
cover to provide
access to the bar code
reader adjustment
screws. [1]
Remove the two (2)
screws securing the
front left deck cover
[A].
Position the cover so
there is access to the
bar code reader. Do
not disconnect the
wires to the reagent
carousel cover and
rotation buttons.
Reference
Preparation
(continued)
1.
2.
Adjust the red circle
screw to the
uppermost position of
the oblong screw hole.
Adjust the blue circle
screws to the center of
the screw holes.
Move The
Reagent
Carousel To
Home
Position
1.
2.
3.
Put Bar
Code
Reader in
“Lights Off”
Aimer Mode
1.
2.
3.
4.
From the snapshot
screen, select
System, Diagnostics,
Module 5, Utilities
and perform 6200 CLI
Terminal Simulator.
Enter set_module 1
continue, r1oc h bcr
continue, and r1ic h
bcr continue to home
the inner and outer
carousels.
Verify the mark and
the slit are aligned
straight.
Disconnect the
barcode reader cable
from the reader and
the D-sub connector.
Connect the JIGU
cable between the Dsub connector and the
barcode reader.
Note Ensure the
switch on the
JIGU cable is
OFF.[1]
Turn on the JIGU
cable switch. The
barcode reader is
triggered on and the
red illumination and
the green aimer light
up.
Position the Lights Off
command barcode in
front of the barcode
reader (Inside the
Reagent Supply
Center behind the
window).
5.
Turn off the switch on
the JIGU cable. Then
turn the switch on the
JIGU cable back on.
Only the green aimer
lights up.
Put Bar
Code
Reader in
“Lights Off”
Aimer Mode
(continued)
Install JIG
Alignment
Tool
Per ISA ARCH-011 Updated JADAK 2D Barcode Reader Command Card.
1.
Install the JIG
Alignment Tool into the
BCR tray.[1]
Note The edge of
the JIG tool
must fit into
the right
corner of the
BCRTRSAY.
Adjust BCR
Position
1.
2.
Locate the BCR angle,
vertical and horizontal
adjustment screws (C,
D & E).
Adjust the BCR
position so the center
of the Aimer Light
(green) is positioned
on both the front and
back of the target.
Put Bar
Code
Reader in
“Lights On”
Mode
1.
2.
3.
Adjust Bottle 1.
Sensor
Position
2.
3.
4.
Bottle
Sensor
Sensitivity
Adjustment
1.
Scan the Lights On
barcode label at the
BCR Tray.
Turn off the switch on
the JIGU cable. Then
turn the switch on the
JIGU cable back on.
Verify the Illumination
Light (red) is lit.
Remove the JIGU
cable and reconnect
the bar code reader
cable.
Using 6200 CLI
Terminal Simulator,
type
C8000_COMMAND
<R1IC H BSPOS> to
move the carousel to
the bottle sensor
adjustment position.
Locate the bottle
sensor vertical and
horizontal adjustment
screws (A &B).
Adjust the Bottle
Sensor position so the
red beam hits the back
target plate through
the hole on the front
plate.
Remove the JIG
Alignment Tool.
Perform 6200 CLI
Terminal Simulator and
type r1ic pos bs k 1
to move the first
position of segment K
to the Bottle Sensor
adjustment position.
a. Verify the Mode
Switch on the
Bottle Sensor is
turned
clockwise fully.
b. Place a 90ml
reagent
cartridge into
the first position
of the K
segment.
c. Turn the
sensitivity
volume CCW
fully for the
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Verification
Read Test
1.
2.
3.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
Ensure reagent
cartridges are loaded
on the Reagent
Carousel.
From the Snapshot
screen, select
Reagents, Reagent
Status and Scan.
Verify all regents were
read correctly and
displayed in the
Reagent Status
screen.
3.
Install the front left
deck cover.
Install the left rear and
left side covers.
Log On as Operator.
1.
Perform System Start-
2.
Verification
lowest
sensitivity.
d. Turn the
sensitivity
volume CW
gradually until
the Active LED
(red) is lit.
Record the
position as “A”.
e. Remove the
90ml reagent
cartridge.
Turn the sensitivity
volume CW gradually
until the Active LED
(red) is lit and then turn
the volume CCW
gradually until the
Active LED goes OFF.
Record the position as
“B”.
Note If the red
light is not lit
at the
maximum
sensitivity
point, record
the position
as “B”.
Set the sensitivity
volume at the
intermediate position of
A and B.
Verify Active LED (red)
is OFF.
Place a 90mL reagent
cartridge into the first
position of K segment
and verify the Active
LED (red) is lit.
Remove the 90mL
reagent cartridge.
Type R1ic h and r1oc
h to home the inner
and outer carousels.
Exit 6200 CLI Terminal
Simulator.
2.
up to put the
processing module into
the Ready Status.
After repair is
complete, ensure
appropriate Quality
Control is in
specification and
calibrate as necessary.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2013 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
P-608 Sample Wash Cup Position Alignment
Version - 204739-101_4331_1
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-608 Sample Wash Cup Position Alignment
Purpose
Perform this procedure to align (mechanically) the Sample Wash Cup
to Sample Probe.
Module
c4000
Materials Required
Standard Tool Kit
Time
15 min
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Probe Stick Hazard
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
2.
Inspect tools for damage, ensure
For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to
calibration is not expired and replace if
the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10:
necessary.
Troubleshooting and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
Verify Sample
Pipettor Sample
Wash Cup
1.
Manually move the sample pipettor
through the sample wash cup to ensure
that probe passes through the cup without
contacting the cup.
Note Ensure probe is new and
straight.
Power On
1.
2.
Power on the c4000 processing module.
The processing module must be in
Stopped or Ready status.
Log On as FSE.
3.
Perform 1124
Wash Cup
Alignment
1.
2.
3.
4.
Adjust Sample
Wash Cup
1.
2.
Perform 1120
Sample Pipettor
Calibration
1.
2.
Reference
Select the Fluidics / Wash category from
the Diagnostics screen under the
System icon.
Perform 1124 Wash Cup Alignment.
Note Allows for correct positioning of
the sample probe for alignment
of the wash cup.
Select L1 for the Sample Pipettor.
Select L1 to home the pipettor over the
wash cup.
Loosen the screws on the base of the
sample wash cup and center the wash
cup under the sample probe.
Note Ensure the probe does not
contact the wash cup.
Tighten the screws on base of sample
wash cup once wash cup is in position.
Select the As Needed category from the
For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to
Maintenance screen under the System
the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10:
icon.
Troubleshooting and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
Perform 1120 Sample Pipettor Calibration.
Verification
3.
Log On as Operator.
1.
After repair is complete, ensure
appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
P-609 Degasser Canister Draining
Version - 204739-101_4332_1
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-609 Degasser Canister Draining
Purpose
Perform this procedure to remove fluid from the degasser unit canister. Module
c4000
Materials Required
Standard Tool Kit
Syringe
30 min
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
2.
Preparation
1.
2.
Drain Water from
Canister
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Verification
1.
Inspect tools for damage, ensure
calibration is not expired and replace if
necessary.
The processing module must be in
Stopped or Offline status.
Time
Power OFF the c4000 processing module
(use the main circuit breaker located at
the rear of the processing module).
Remove the left rear cover.
Open the left rear cover.
Locate canister drain tubing in front of
degasser and remove from clamp.
Remove cap and attach a syringe to the
end of the drain tubing.
Draw back on the syringe plunger to
remove water from the degasser canister.
Repeat as needed to remove all water
from the degasser canister and install cap
on drain tubing.
Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on
the processing module to
ensure proper initialization.
To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from
Stopped to Ready, perform the Startup
procedure.
Select the As Needed category from the
Maintenance screen under the system
icon.
Perform 2132 Flush Water Lines.
Check for leaks.
Install the left rear cover.
After repair is complete, ensure
appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
P-610 Reagent Wash Cup (R1 and R2) Alignment
Version - 204739-101_4333_1
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-610 Reagent Wash Cup (R1 and R2) Alignment
Purpose
Perform this procedure to align
(mechanically) the Reagent Wash Cups to
Reagent Probes.
Module
c4000
Materials Required
Standard Tool Kit
Time
15 min
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
WARNING
Action
Steps
Prerequisite
1.
2.
Probe Stick Hazard
Inspect tools for damage, ensure
For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to
calibration is not expired and replace if
the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10:
necessary.
Troubleshooting and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
Verify Reagent
Pipettor Does Not
Contact Reagent
Wash Cup
1.
Manually move the reagent pipettor
through the reagent wash cup to ensure
the probe passes through the cup without
contacting the cup.
Note Ensure probe is new and
straight.
Power on the
c4000
1.
2.
Power on the c4000 processing module.
The processing module must be in
Stopped or Ready status.
Log On as FSE.
3.
Perform 1124
Wash Cup
Alignment
1.
2.
3.
Adjust Sample
Wash Cup
1.
2.
3.
Reference
Select the Fluidics / Wash category from
the Diagnostics screen under the
System icon.
Perform 1124 Wash Cup Alignment.
Note Allows for correct positioning of
the reagent probe for alignment
of the wash cup.
Select L2 (R1) or L3 (R2) for the R1 or
R2 pipettors.
Loosen the screws on the base of the
reagent wash cup and center the cup
under the reagent probe.
Note Ensure the probe does not
contact the wash cup.
Adjust as needed.
Tighten the screws on the base of the
reagent wash cup once the wash cup is in
position.
Calibrate Pipettor
1.
2.
3.
Verification
1.
Select the As Needed category from the
Maintenance screen under the System
icon.
Perform 1121 R1 Pipettor Calibration or
1122 R2 Pipettor Calibration.
Log On as Operator.
For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to
the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10:
Troubleshooting and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
After repair is complete, ensure
appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
P-611 Wash Cup Position Alignment
Version - 204739-101_4334_1
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-611 Wash Cup Position Alignment
Purpose
Perform this procedure to
align (mechanically) the Mixer
Wash Cups to the mixers.
Module
c4000
Materials Required
Standard Tool Kit
Time
15 min
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
WARNING
Probe Stick Hazard
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to
the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10:
Troubleshooting and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
2.
The processing module must be in
Stopped or Ready status.
Log On as FSE.
Verify Mixer
Pipettor Position
1.
Manually move the mixer through the
mixer cup to ensure the mixer does not
contact the mixer wash cup.
Perform 1123
Mixer Alignment
1.
Select the Fluidics / Wash category from
the Diagnostics screen under the
System icon.
Perform 1123 Mixer Alignment.
Note Allows for correct positioning of
the mixer for alignment of the
wash cup.
Select L1 for Mixer 1 or L2 for Mixer.
Select L2 to position the mixer over the
Wash Cup.
2.
3.
4.
Adjust Mixer Cup
1.
2.
3.
4.
Verification
1.
Loosen the screws at the base of the
wash cup and position the wash cup so
that it is centered under the mixer.
Note Ensure the mixers do not
contact the wash cup.
Once the cup is in the correct position,
tighten the screws at the base of the
wash cup.
When adjustment is correct, exit 1123
Mixer Alignment.
Log On as Operator.
After repair is complete, ensure
appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
P-612 Bulk Solution Weight Sensor Adjustment
Version - 204739-101_4335_1
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-612 Bulk Solution Weight Sensor Adjustment
Purpose
Perform this procedure to adjust the bulk
solution weigh sensors for minimum
volume in the bulk solutions after a repair
or replacement.
Module
c4000
Materials Required
Standard Tool Kit
1 empty ICT Reference (large) bottle
1 empty alkaline or acid (small) bottle
1 metric ruler
Absorbent Towels
Time
30 min
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution Chemical Hazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Action
Steps
Preparation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Fill Bulk Solution
Bottles
1.
2.
Open Card Cage
Cover
1.
2.
3.
Access MECH
LED Board
1.
Inspect tools for damage, ensure
calibration is not expired and replace if
necessary.
The processing module must be in
Stopped or Ready status.
Open the supply (left front) door.
Remove the tubing from the ICT
reference bottle, alkaline wash bottle,
and acid wash bottle. Wrap each tube
with an absorbent towel.
Remove the ICT reference bottle,
alkaline wash bottle, and acid wash
bottle from the weight sensor platforms.
Fill the empty ICT reference solution
bottle with 15mm of water (165mL +/10mL).
Fill the empty alkaline or acid bottle with
14mm of water (67mL +/- 5mL).
Open the right front door.
Remove the right front panel by
removing the four (4) screws.
Loosen the four (4) thumbscrews
securing the card cage cover and open
the cover.
Verify the MECH LED board [1] is
visible from the left side of the
Reference
processing module.
Position Bottles
on Platform and
Verify LEDs are
ON
1.
2.
Verify Weight
Sensor
Specification
1.
2.
3.
Adjust Weight
Sensors
1.
2.
Position the test bottle on the
appropriate platform.
Note Do not place intake tubing in
the bottle.
Verify the LED on the MECH LED
Board is ON.
• ICT reference = LED 9-7 Empty
Sensor MCC Warning
• Alkaline = LED 9-8 Empty Sensor
B14 Warning
• Acid = LED 9-9 Empty Sensor B3
Warning
Pipette 11mL of water from the empty
ICT reference solution bottle. This
should lower the height of the water by
1mm (14mm).
Pipette 5mL of water from the empty
alkaline or acid bottle. This should lower
the height of the water by 1mm (13mm).
Verify the LED on the MECH LED
board is OFF.
Note The specification is for the ICT
reference solution LED to be
on for 15mm and off at 14mm.
The LED for alkaline or acid to
be on at 14mm and off 13mm.
• If a weight sensor is in
specification, go to Prepare for
Operation.
• If a weight sensor is not in
specification, go to Adjust Weight
Sensors.
Loosen the nut [1] on the flag
adjustment and turn the screw [2] CW if
the LED is OFF at the upper water
volume or CCW if the LED is ON at the
lower water volume.
Tighten nut [1] and retest.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Verification
1.
Install the ICT reference bottle, alkaline
wash bottle, and acid wash bottle on the
weight sensor platforms.
Install the tubing in the ICT reference
bottle, alkaline wash bottle, and acid
wash bottle.
Replace all cover(s) and close all doors.
Select the As Needed category from
the Maintenance screen under the
System icon.
Perform 2155 Flush Bulk Solutions.
After repair is complete, ensure
appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
P-613 +5VDC (PS1) Measurement
Version - 204739-101_4336_2
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-613 +5VDC (PS1) Measurement
Purpose
Perform this procedure to
measure +5VDC (PS1) in the
Main Power Supply.
Module
c4000
Materials Required
Standard Tool Kit
Multimeter
Time
45 min
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
2.
3.
Open Card Cage
Cover
1.
2.
3.
Measure +5VDC
on DAQ Board
1.
Inspect tools for damage, ensure
calibration is not expired and replace if
necessary.
The processing module must be in
Stopped or Ready status.
Log On as FSE.
Open the right front door.
Remove the right front access panel by
removing the four (4) screws.
Loosen the four (4) thumbscrews
securing the card cage front cover and
open the cover.
Verify the voltage between TP3
(+ lead) and TP4 (- lead) on the DAQ
board is +5.05VDC (±0.05).
• If the voltage is correct go to
Close Card Cage Cover.
• If the voltage is incorrect, proceed
to action item Adjust Voltage.
Adjust Voltage
1.
2.
3.
4.
Close Card Cage
Cover
1.
2.
3.
Remove the right rear cover.
Locate the variable resistors [1] on the
back of the Main Power Supply.
Adjust the variable resistor for PS1 for
a voltage reading of +5.05VDC (±0.05)
between TP3 (+ lead) and TP4 (- lead)
on the DAQ board.
Install the right rear cover.
Close the card cage cover and secure
with the four (4) thumbscrews.
Install the right front access panel and
secure with the four (4) screws.
Close the right front door.
Prepare for
Operation
1.
To change the status of the processing For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
module and sample handler from
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Stopped to Ready, perform the Startup Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
procedure.
Verification
1.
Select the Fuses / Motors category
For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to the
from the Diagnostics screen under the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10: Troubleshooting
System icon.
and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
Perform 5712 Voltages Test.
Log On as Operator.
After repair is complete, ensure
appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as
necessary.
2.
3.
4.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
P-614 +12VDC (PS3 Power Supply) Measurement
Version - 204739-101_4337_1
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-614 +12VDC (PS3 Power Supply) Measurement
Purpose
Perform this procedure to
measure the +12 VDC on the
AC/DC Driver Board.
Module
c4000
Materials Required
Standard Tool Kit
Multimeter
Time
45 min
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
2.
Open Card Cage
Cover
1.
2.
3.
4.
Inspect tools for damage, ensure
calibration is not expired and replace if
necessary.
The processing module must be in
Stopped or Ready status.
Open the right front door.
Remove the right front access panel by
removing the four (4) screws.
Loosen the two (2) screws on the Driver
Box door [1] and open the door.
Locate CN12 [2] on the AC/DC Driver
Board.
Measure +12 VDC
on AC/DC Driver
Board
1.
Verify that voltage between Pin 1 (+ lead)
and Pin 2 (- lead) on CN12 is +12VDC
(±0.3).
• If the voltage is correct, proceed to
action item Close Front Covers.
• If the voltage is incorrect, proceed to
action item Adjust Voltage.
Adjust Voltage
1.
2.
3.
Remove the right rear cover.
Locate the variable resistors [1] on the
back of the Main Power Supply.
Adjust the variable resistor for PS3 for a
voltage reading of +12VDC (±0.3) between
Pin 1 (+ lead) and Pin 2 (- lead) on CN12
on the AC/DC Driver Board.
Install Right Rear
Cover
1.
Install the right rear cover.
Close Front
Covers
1.
Close the Driver Box door and secure with
the two (2) screws.
Install the right front access panel and
secure with the four (4) screws.
Close the right front door.
2.
3.
Verification
1.
2.
Select the Fuses / Motors category from
the Diagnostics screen under the System
icon.
Perform 5712 Voltages Test.
3.
After repair is complete, ensure appropriate
Quality Control is in specification and
calibrate as necessary.
Note For further information on
performing diagnostic
procedures, refer to the
ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 10:
Troubleshooting and diagnostics,
Subsection: System diagnostics.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
P-615 +12VDC (PS5) Measurement
Version - 204739-101_4338_1
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-615 +12VDC (PS5) Measurement
Purpose
Perform this procedure to
measure +12VDC (PS5) in
the Main Power Supply.
Module
c4000
Materials Required
Standard Tool Kit
Multimeter
Time
45 min
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Action
Steps
Reference
Prerequisite
1.
For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
2.
Inspect tools for damage, ensure
calibration is not expired and replace if
necessary.
The processing module must be in
Stopped or Ready status.
Access Main
Power Supply
1.
Remove the right rear cover to access
the Main Power Supply and power
connectors. [1]
Verify +12VDC
(PS5) at Unit
Cooler Plug
1.
Locate the UC connector [1] located on
the side of the Main Power Supply.
Use a digital voltmeter to verify the
voltage between pin 1 (+ lead, orange
wire) and pin 2 (- lead, black wire) is
+12VDC (±0.6VDC).
Note This voltage is only present
2.
when the reagent carousel is
cooling.
• If the voltage is correct, go to
Install Right Rear Cover.
• If the voltage is incorrect, proceed
to action item Adjust Voltage.
Note UC Connector
123
456
789
Adjust Voltage
1.
2.
Locate the variable resistors [1] on the
Main Power Supply.
Adjust the PS5 +12V variable resistor
for a voltage reading of +12VDC
(±0.6VDC) between pin 1 (+ lead,
orange wire) and pin 2 (- lead, black
wire) is on the UC connector.
Install Right Rear
Cover
1.
Install the right rear cover.
Verification
1.
Select the Fuses / Motors category
For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to
from the Diagnostics screen under the the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10:
System icon.
Troubleshooting and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
Perform 5712 Voltages Test.
Log On as Operator.
After repair is complete, ensure
appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
2.
3.
4.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
P-616 +11.45 VDC, Lamp Power Supply (PS4) Measurement
Version - 204739-101_4339_1
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-616 +11.45 VDC, Lamp Power Supply (PS4) Measurement
Purpose
Perform this procedure to
adjust DC Lamp Power
Supply in the Main Power
Supply.
Module
c4000
Materials Re